ate
Hanan

Ht hie
a

nh ea
" ay

s Hk a

ih
int Ni
ae i
ae he

el ue i
Hf . ee

Babi

Ht Huh

iW, cn
ats a it

ih
oN es

EAN Hy Hat

a“

Tahal HH)
Me in mils if a
aE
tel Hy ine

ah Ce eat

iat Lid!

Hitt

ah HIN
ig
i} hii tat HH
ee i

iy ri is P Hote
Hi Hi ide te satad een ae
oe ‘

es

ee
aS

i hh
Pana Lv) 7
sin We
a mH

1 a a iat
) in a
ih ‘ita RY AE a

iSite " At LR Mut a a oe 4

mie
at

ny
in a
Hahei ae a Hh
‘ Ha ih - 4 : . ‘

oh ats

ian a
Nee a

GH

a y Ph i | i a

a=

Ae
Seeeeeeesstess

AS

ie

sis,

ros

a ay
i _
i ae i
: ih
ie if
i i
it
MI 3 i if
| i
etait
7 ce
ite oe
aah ne
Lo :
pas
ao :
a
jit

pa
Bere lesisree
aes

3

Sree

Oy
aS

a

att i i

<3.

a ut i it a
tide a it ine Hy

ae eo.

=

7-4
Ss a

Se
Spiste-tizeseaae

SSS

eee
=.
<r

Bee:

ee

, =
i cy
;
_ of
mm

a - i
a Lee! Pt

ae

ve i.

Riis
r ? Reie

A 1, | y nl 4 fv) ‘ a &e a i

wie '
ay Dey RA Wad Ty

ati Vv Ma F +1 } i DF] i hie i

rh | i } ; Jyh y
biti ON i a
yi ee) At Lae \

Da me, BN

506-1 ae 570749
']

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXIIT.

‘NUARY TO DECEMBER, 1894.

PHILADELPHIA :
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY.

1894,

Jan. 5, 1894.] 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USERUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vou. X XXIII. JANUARY, 1894. No. 144.

January 5, 1894.

The annual election for Officers and Councilors was held
this afternoon between the hours of 2 and 5 p.m. The result
was submitted to the Society at the evening meeting by the
officers of the election.

Stated Meeting, January 5, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Prof. W. H. Appleton, a lately elected member, was pre-
sented and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A circular was received from the Nederlandsche Maat-
schappij ter bevordering van Nijverheid, Harlem, offering a
prize for 1894.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Austra-
Jasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Sydney ;
Institut Egyptien, Cairo, Egypt; Anthropological Society,
Tokyo, Japan; Friesch. Genootschap van Geschied, etc., Leu-
warden ; Société R. de Géographie, Antwerp, Belgium ; Société
Hongroise de Géographie, Budapest ; Siebenbiirgische Verein

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. ¥XXIII. 144. A. PRINTED FEB. 13, 1894.

2 [Jan. 5,

fiir Naturwissenschaften, Hermanstadt, Transylvania; Physio-
logische Gesellschaft, Messrs. R. Friedliinder und Sohn, Berlin,
Prussia; Verein fiir Erdkunde, K. Sachs. Alterthums- Verein,
Dresden, Saxony; K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Deutsche
Akademie der Naturforscher, [alle a. S., Prussia; Deutsche
Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany; K. Sichs. Gesellschaft der
Wissenchaften, Leipzig; K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Munich, Bavaria; Society of Arts, Royal Astronomical So-
ciety, Editors of Nature, Royal Society, Meteorological So-
ciety, Prof. Joseph Prestwich, London, Eng.; Literary and
Philosophical Society, New Castle-upon-Tyne, Eng.; Geolog-
ical Survey of Canada, Ottawa; Bureau of Statistics of Labor,
Atheneum, The family of the late John Pickering, Boston,
Mass.; Harvard College, Mr. A. McFarland Davis, Cambridge,
Mass.; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.; The
Travelers Insurance Company, Hartford, Conn.; Editor of the
Archeological Mayazine, Meriden, Conn.; Yale University,
Kditors of American Journal of Science, New Haven, Conn. ;
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Mathematical So-
ciety, Meteorological Observatory, Editor of the Popular
Science Monthly, Prof. J. A. Allen, New York, N. Y.; Free
Public Library, Jersey City, N. J.; Geological Survey of New
Jersey, Trenton; American Chemical Society, Easton, Pa;
Kditors of the A/edical News, College of Pharmacy, University
of Pennsylvania, Messrs. Julius F. Sachse, Henry Phillips, Jr.,
Philadelphia; Editor of the American Chemical Journal, Bal-
timore, Md.; U.S. Geological Survey, Hydrographic Office,
Commissioner of Labor, Bureau of Statistics, Washington, D.C.;
State Board of Health, Nashville, Tenn.; Academy of Science,
St. Louis, Mo.; Geological Publishing Company, Minneapolis,
Minn.; kansas Academy of Science, Topeka, Kans.; Academy
of Science, Tacoma, Wash.; Agricultural Experiment Stations,
Pennsylvania State College, Knoxville, Tenn., Madison, Wis,
Laramie, Wyo; Sociedad Cientifica “ Antonio Alzate,”
Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de Tacubaya, Mexico,
Mex.; Société Scientifique du Chili, Santiago. -

Photographs for the Society’s Album were received of
Messrs. R. Meade Bache and Thomas M. Cleemann. |

1894.] 3

The following deaths were announced :
George de Benneviile Keim, Philadelphia, December 18,
1893, eet. 64.

Dr. Charles M. Cresson, Philadelphia, December 27, 1893,
eet. 66.

Dr. Dionys Stuer, Vienna, October 9, 1893.

The President having been authorized to appoint suitable
persons to prepare the usual obituary notices, subsequently ap-
pointed Dr. Daniel G. Brinton for Mr. Keim.

The officers of the election held this afternoon pursuant to
the laws of the Society reported the following members had
been elected as Officers and Council of the Society for the en-
suing year.:

President.
Frederick Fraley.

Vice- Presidents.

E. Otis Kendall, W.S. W. Ruschenberger, J. P. Lesley.

Secretaries.

George F. Barker, Daniel G. Brinton, Henry Phillips, Jr.,
George H. Horn.

Curators.

Patterson DuBois, J. Cheston Morris, R. Meade Bache.

Treasurer.

J. Sergeant Price.

Councilors for Three Years.

William P. Tatham, George R. Morehouse, Samuel Wagner,
William C, Cattell.

1

[Jan. 5,

Councilor for Two Years, in place of Thomas H. Dudley,

deceased.

Henry Hartshorne.

Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., was renominated for Librarian, and
the nominations were closed.

Dr. Daniel G. Brinton read a paper on “ Nagualism.”

Mr. Lyman read a paper on “The Age of the Newark
Brownstone.” .

Dr. Cope presented a communication on the fishes of Rio
Grande do Sul.

Pending nominations Nos. 1268, 1269, 1270, 1271, 1272,
12738, 1274 were read.

The report of the Finance Committee was presented and
the appropriations for the year were passed.

The Michaux Committee presented the following report and
resolution, which were adopted :

The Michaux Committee of the American Philosophical Society re-
spectfully reports, that at a meeting held on December 14, 1893, a letter
was received from Dr. J. T. Rothrock enclosing list of the time and sub-
jects proposed for the Fifteenth Course of Lectures for 1894, given under
the auspices of the American Philosophical Society :

MONDAY EVENINGS.

qy
©
2
rae)
vo

. Pennsylvania Forests and Forest Trees (illustrated).
. Protection of Pennsylvania Forests.
Waste of Pennsylvania Forests (illustrated).
. Possibilities of Forest Restoration.
. Legal Relations of our Forests.
“« 26. Trees in Cities and Towns (illustrated).
March 5. Waste Lands of the Commonwealth (illustrated).

rw)
=)

wo ot

“ce i
1

So ©

The Lectures will be delivered in the Pennsylvania University Building,
which has been kindly tendered to him for the purpose. He estimates
the cost of the lectures at $240.

The Committee approved of Dr. Rothrock’s proposition, and asks for the
passage by the Society of the following resolution :

“« Resolved, That the sum of two hundred and forty dollars be appropri-

1894.] 5 {[Lyman.

ated out of the income of the Michaux Fund for the expenses of the Fif-
teenth Course of the Michaux Forestry Lectures by Prof. J. T. Rothrock.”

By order of the Committee,

J. SERGEANT PRICE, Secretary.

The Librarian reported that Dr. Elliott Coues had returned
personally all the Lewis and Clarke manuscripts borrowed by
him ; that the same were correct in number and condition;
that Dr. Coues had arranged them in a most excellent and
careful manner, so as to facilitate all future reference ; in fact,
that they were in much better condition than when loaned by
the Society.

_ The Treasurer was authorized to receive from the city of
Philadelphia the sum of $8000 due January 1, 1894, and to
sign proper quittances therefor.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Age of the Newark Brownstone.
By Benj. Smith Lyman.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 5, 1894.)

There seems to be reasonable ground for doubt whether the rock beds
of the Newark, N. J., brown building stone quarries belong even to the
Mesozoic, as they have generally been thought to. In spite of the un-
favorable character of the sandstone for preserving fossils, it has yielded
a number of specimens, and the identification of at least two species has
beenattempted. Inthe New Jersey State Geological Report for 1879, p. 26,
the late deeply lamented State Geologist, Prof. Cook, speaks of certain
fossils at the closely adjacent Belleville quarries, evidently in the same
sandy beds, as follows, citing the unexcelled authority of Lesquereux :

** At the Belleville quarries thin seams of coal and impressions of the
stems and branches of plants are not uncommon. A fragment of the
stem of a plant with surface markings like the Lepidodendron was found,
and is now the property of Mr. David Hitehcock, of Orange. It is a very
plainly marked, flattened stem, eight inches long, four and one-half
inches wide, and one and one-half inches thick. Photographs of this

Lyman } 6 : [Jan. 5,
were taken and sent to Prof. L. Lesquereux, of Columbus, Ohio. He
returns the following answer :

«<The photographs are sufficient, if not for specific determination, at
least for positive reference of the specimens to Lepidodendron. Even I
should say that the specimens represent L. welthetmianum Presl as dis-
tinctly as a specific representation can be made upon a decorticated trunk
of Lepidodendron. ZL. weltheimianum is a leading species of the old red
sandstone found here, as in Europe, from the subcarboniferous measures
down to the Devonian, while until now we do not have any remains of
Lepidodendron of any kind from the upper coal measures (Permo-car-
boniferous), or from higher up than the Pittsburg coal.

«¢<« 7. weltheimianum is recorded only once from the true coal measures ;
this by Eichwald, from the Carboniferous sandstone of Russia, But
European authors, among others Goeppert, doubt the identity of the Rus-
sian species with L. weltheimianum, which is moreover extremely variable,
and has been described already under about thirty different names.’

«* Another fragment [Prof. Cook adds] has since been obtained from
the same quarries by Dr. Skinner, of Belleville, and is now in our posses-
sion. It is seven inches long, five and one-half inches wide, and one and
one-half inches thick, and is as plainly marked as the first. Other and
smaller specimens somewhat like the above have also been found in the
quarries in Newark. If these fossils are sufficient to determine the geo-
logical age of these beds, they put it in the upper Carboniferous, at least,
which is lower than has heretofore been claimed for it. A larger and
more complete collection of such fossils must be made if possible.

‘* Vegetable impressions are found in large numbers at the quarries of
Mr. Smith Clark, of Milford, but most of them are fragmentary and in-
distinct. Those which can beseen plainly enough for identification resem-
ble the Equisetum and some coniferous plants. They are evidently much
newer than the fossils at Newark and Belleville.”

It is not to be wondered at that the very sagacious Prof. Cook should
have perceived this great difference in age on even so cursory an exam-
ination; for the Newark brownstone is at least some nine thousand feet
lower geologically than the Milford beds, a part of the Perkasie shales of
Pennsylvania. Few species indicating the geological age have been
reported from the Milford beds ; but from the horizon of the Gwynedd
and Phoenixville dark shales, far below those of Milford, and quite above
the Newark beds, appear to have come most of the fossils in Pennsy]-
vania, Virginia, North Carolina, and elsewhere, that have been thought
to indicate the Rheetic age of all the older Mesozoic rocks of those States.

So fixed has become the impression of the Mesozoic age of all the beds
that have hitherto commonly been grouped together under the name of the
American New Red, and many other names, that it may even possibly
have caused some bias in the minds of paleontologists in their determina-
tion of more or less doubtful fossils ; though Lesquereux seems not to have
been fettered by such a prejudice to the extent of blindness to otherwise

1894.] T {[Lyman,

clear indications. Prof. William M. Fontaine may have been guided by
equally clear indications, but his expressed argument does not seem per-
fectly sound when he says of a ‘‘New Red”’ fossil described and figured
by Emmons as a Lepidodendron, and without pointing out what else it
is: ‘‘These impressions are, of course, not those of Lepidodendron, as
this plant does not exist in the Mesozoic.’? That would decidedly seem
to be begging the question as to the age of the fossil. Newberry appears
also to have been possibly influenced by the same assumption.

In has, in fact, been generally, but perhaps too superficially, assumed
from the predominance mainly of a red color, and the absence of notable
unconformities in the beds of the so-called New Red, and the lack of
numerous convenient fossil indications, that the beds all belonged to one
formation of no wide paleontological range, and consequently of no very
great thickness. Now that our Pennsylvania investigations prove be-
yond a doubt that the total thickness is at least some twenty-seven thou-
sand feet, the presumption is rather that the beds should be of very diverse
geological age ; and even it should not seem surprising if the lower ones,
including the Newark brownstone, should prove to be of Paleozoic age.

Lesquereux’s very positive, unhesitating recognition of the Lepidoden-
dron would of itself make it highly probable that the brownstone was at
least as old as the Carboniferous ; and somewhat confirmatory wholly in-
dependent fossil evidence has been found in Pennsylvania, Several years
ago Mr. S. E. Paschall, of Doylestown, pointed out to Prof. Henry Car-
vill Lewis certain calamite fossils that had been found by Mr. John S.
Ash half a dozen miles easterly from Doylestown, just north of the old
Paleozoic island, so to speak, and within the limits of the supposed Meso-
zoic, and now known to bea couple of thousand feet geologically below
the brownstone beds. Lewis thought the calamite might be of Permian
age. With much search Mr. Ash succeeded in finding a specimen that
contained two joints with the whole internode, some twelve or fifteen
inches long, and some eight inches or more broad, and it was sent to Les-
quereux for identification. Other affairs through the short remainder of
his busy life prevented Lesquereux from communicating any result of his
examination, and the specimen has not yet been recovered. But Mr.
Paschall has a less perfect fragment ten inches long, indicating a calamite
of at least six inches in breadth, with a single joint at two inches from
one end. Hesays there are other better specimens at the Academy of
Natural Sciences.

The only two recorded fossils, both plants, that have been supposed to
be identified beyond doubt, from the Newark quarries, are the Divounites
longifolius and Clathropteris platyphylla, mentioned by Newberry in his
Monograph xiv, of the U. S. Geological Survey, on ‘‘The Fossil Fishes
and Fossil Plants of the Triassic Rocks,”’ etc., 1888, pp. 92 and 94. Fon-
taine speaks of the Diodnites lonyifolius among the North Carolina fossils,
U. 8. Geological Survey, Monograph vi, 1883, p. 111, judging merely by a
description and figure of Emmons’, as probably nearly allied to Zamites

Lyman.] 8 [Jan. 5,

provimus from the Rajmahal group of India (Jurassic) ; and in describing
the Clathropteris platyphylla from the Virginia coal measures (probably
corresponding in age to the Gwynedd and Pheenixville shales, and de-
cidedly later than the Newark beds) points out (p. 56) several differ-
ences between it and the European Jurassic plant, with which, on the
whole, he thinks it should be associated. Newberry (Monograph xiv, p.
94) says that fragments of the Clathropteris platyphylla have been ob-
tained, though only rarely, from the beds of Newark; but the one he
figures is from Milford, N. J., that is, some nine thousand feet above the
Newark beds.

Newberry mentions (p. 86) also an imperfect Newark fossil that, ‘‘in
reviewing the literature of the Triassic flora ’’ (an expression that seems
to show his inclination to assume a priori that the Newark beds were
necessarily Mesozoic), he found to resemble the Hguisetum meriani ; but
he candidly adds: ‘‘ Until the fructification of these Equisetoid plants
shall be found which will permit a better comparison with those of older
and later formations, it is a useless expenditure of time to discuss the
question whether they are species of Calamites which have survived from
the Carboniferous age, are true Hquiseta, or are species of an extinct
genus of that family.”

Newberry further speaks of a fossil tree trunk found frequently in the
sandstone quarries of Newark, resembling Lepidodendron, adding in re-
gard tothe idea of its being one : ‘‘ Thisisa manifesterror. Lepidodendron
did not pass from the Carboniferous to the Mesozoic age.’’ Evidently he
took it in advance for granted that the beds of Newark could not be older
than Mesozoic. It is not unlikely these very fossils are of the species so
readily identified by Lesquereux with the Lepidodendron. Newberry
thinks they are probably a Palissya; and Fontaine mentions Palissya
indica, a plant of the Rajmahal group, as occurring in North Carolina.

Apparently no other fossils have been recorded as coming from
Newark ; and it is seen that only two of them have been identified with
any approach to certainty. Moreover, neither of the two would seem to
be so closely like the nearest European and Indian forms as altogether to
preclude the possibility of their being of very different age from them,
especially considering their geographical remoteness.

Rogers, in his Final Report on the Geology of Pennsylwania, 1858, Vol.
ii, p. 507, suggests the possibility of finding Permian fossils among the
highest rocks of Greene county, in the southwestern corner of the State ;
and Stevenson, in his Report of the Second Geological Survey of Pennsyl-
vania, 1876, shows (p. 35) that the highest known rocks there are red
shales. Whether Carboniferous or Permian, it is by no means inconceiv-
able that they may prove to be contemporaneous with the Newark beds.

The Canadian geologists have found that much of the formerly so-
called Trias of Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia
is really Permian, Permo carboniferous, or even Carboniferous (see the
Canada Geological Survey Reports: Ells, 1882-84, 1885 ; Fletcher, 1886,

1894.] 9 [Lyman.

1890-91). Their description of the rock-beds shows a good deal of resem-
blance to those of Newark. Fletcher, in his last report, gives several
detailed sections of Permian rocks up to five thousand and eight thousand
feet in thickness. It seems hardly probable that no traces of so vast a
formation should be found in the eastern United States near either the
Mesozoic or Paleozoic rocks with which it is so intimately associated in
Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island.

It would seem, then, that the Mesozoic age of the beds of Newark is
not so thoroughly certain but that it might be worth while for paleontolo-
gists to reéxamine with renewed care the indications of the fossils that
really bear on the point. For undoubtedly the very scanty and imperfect
testimony of the fossils already known; the apparent bias, on the one
hand, in favor of comparing them only with Mesozoic forms that are ex-
tremely remote at best ; on the other hand, the less biased partial identi-
fication of some Newark fossils with Paleozoic ones under conditions at
least equally favorable as regards skill and material; the great thickness
of measures below the comparatively well-identified Rhetic or Triassic
horizon of the Gwynedd and Phenixville shales, the same probably as
the Richmond and North Carolina coal-bearing beds ; and the possibility.
to say the least, that some of the red beds conformably at the top of the
Carboniferous rocks of southwestern Pennsylvaniaand of West Virginia,
as well as some of the Permian or Carboniferous beds of eastern Canada,
may be of identical age with the Newark beds; all these circumstances
make it seem not altogether improbable that the Newark brownstone is
older than the Mesozoic.

Further on the Age of the Newark Brownstone.
By Benjamin Smith Lyman.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 19, 1894.)

An additional-reason for doubting the Mesozoic age of the Newark
brownstone may be found in the remarks of Newberry on his fossil plant
Dendrophycus triassicus, found at Portland, Conn., in sandstone of pos-
sibly the same age as the Newark brownstone. He quotes (Monograph
xiv, p. 82) Lesquereux’s description of Dendrophycus Desori, found in the
Pennsylvania No. XI, or Umbral shales; and adds: ‘‘I have copied this
description nearly entire because it is almost literally applicable to a plant
represented on Pl. xxi of this memoir and obtained from the sandstones
of Portland, Conn. When we consider the vast interval of time between
the deposition of the Umbral shale of Pennsylvania and that of the
Rhetic sandstone of Connecticut, one the base of the Carboniferous sys-

PROC, AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxI1I. 144. B. PRINTED FRB. 13, 1894.

Lyman.] 10 [Jan. 19,

tem and the other the summit of the Trias, it cannot fail to be regarded
as interesting and surprising that the resemblance should be so complete.
But for the a priori improbability that a species of seaweed should be so
long-lived I should hardly feel justified in giving even a new specific
name to the Triassic specimens. Possibly a comparison of more material
would show differences not now perceptible, but the peculiar mode of
growth and the details of structure seem to be essentially the same. In
the Portland sandstones, as in the Umbral shales, the fronds of Dendro-
phycus are enrolled in masses that suggest cabbage heads of large size and
rather loose texture, while the mode of subdivision and the character of
the final ramifications of the fronds are so like that, with the similarity of
the enclosing rock, the specimens from the two localities and horizons
are almost undistin guishable.’’

It seems clear that the Portland Dendrophycus, if viewed without prej-
udice, would, like the Belleville and Newark Lepidodendron, strongly
indicate the Paleozoic age of the brownstone.

It is not yet certain, however, whether the Portland sancethns and the
Newark brownstone are of the same age; for the Portland beds are near
the eastern edge of the so called Mesozoic rocks of Connecticut that have
generally easterly dips, so that the beds have sometimes been taken to be
near the top of the column, while the Newark beds are no doubt towards
the bottom of the so-called Mesozoic of New Jersey. Still the geological
structure in Connecticut has not been so thoroughly worked out as to
make that position of the Portland beds perfectly sure. Percival’s map
would seem rather to indicate that they are on the eastern side of a basin ;
and Dana (Am. Jour. Sci., 1891, Vol. xlii, p. 445) says the sandstone at
Portland is nearly horizontal, and occasionally the dip is westerly. It
seems, then, not impossible that some of the lower, more ancient beds
have here come to the surface. It is not yet known, either, how great
may be the total thickness of the Connecticut Mesozoic, so-called ; nor to
what parts of the New Jersey and Pennsylvania rocks it may correspond,
But the lithological character, as well as the decidedly Paleozoic look of
the only determined fossil of the Portland beds, go somewhat strongly to
show an identity in age with the Newark brownstone.

At any rate the paleontological argument for the Mesozoic age of all
parts of the so-called New Red is plainly not so perfect as it has often
been supposed to be.

1894.] 1 1 [Brinton.

Nagualism. A Study in Native American Folk-lore and
History.

By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, Jan’y 5, 1894.)

CONTENTS.

1. The words Nagual, Nagualism, Nagualist. 2. The Earliest Refer-
ence to Nagualism. 38. The Navalli of the Aztecs; their Classes and
Pretended Powers. 4. The Sacred Intoxicants ; the Peyotl, the Ololiwh.
qui, the Teopatli, the Yax Ia, etc. 5. Clairvoyance and Telepathy dur-
ing Intoxication. 6. The Nawallé of Modern Mexico. 7. The Tonal
and the Zounalpouhque ; the Genethliac System of the Nahuas, 8. The
Aztec Sodality of ‘‘ Master Magicians.’? 9. The Personal Guardian
Spirit.

10. Folk-lore of the Mixe Indians. 11. Astrological Divination o1
the Zapotecs. 12. Similar Arts of the Mixtecs. 13. Nagualism in Chi-
apas, as Described by Bishop Nufiez de la Vega. 14. Nagualism
Among the Quiches, Cakchiquels and Pokonchis of Guatemala. 15.
The Metamorphoses of Gukumatz. 16. Modern Witchcraft in Yucatan
and Central America; the Zahoris and Padrinos.

17. Fundamental Principles of Nagualism, Hatred of the Whites and of
Christianity. 18. Its Organization and Extent; its Priesthood. 19. Its
Influence in the Native Revolts against the Spanish Power. 20, Ex-
alted Position of Woman in Nagualism. 21. This a Survival from An-
cient Times. 22. A Native Joan of Arc. 23. Modern Queens otf
Nagualism.

24. The Cave-temples and the Cave-gods; Oztoteotl, Tepeyollotl,
Votan, etc. 25. The Sacred Numbers, 3 and 7. 26. Fire Worship of
the Nagualists. 27. Fire Rights Connected with the Pulque. 28. Fire
Ceremonies of the Modern Mayas. 29. Secret Significance of Fire
Worship. 30. The Chalchiuites, or Sacred Green Stones. 31. The
Sacred Tree and the Tree of Life. 32. The Cross and its Symbolic
Meaning. 33. The Lascivious Rites of the Nagualists. 34. Their Re-
lation to the Symbols of the Serpent and the Phallus.

35. Confusion of Christian and Native Religious Ideas; Prayers of
Nagual] Priests. Their Symbolic Language 36. The Inquisition and
Nagualism. 37. Etymology of the Word WNagual. 388, The Root a in
the Maya, Zapotec and Nahuatl Languages. 389. The Doctrine of Ani-
mal ‘Transformation in the Old World. 40. The Doctrine of Personal
Spirits in the Old World. 41. Scientific Explanations of Nagual Magic,
42. Conclusion.

Briuton.] 1 2 [Jan. 5,

1. The words, a nagual, nagualism, a nagualist, have been
current in English prose for more than seventy years; they are
found during that time in a variety of books published in Eng-
land and the United States,* yet are not to be discovered in
any dictionary of the English language; nor has Nagualism a
place in any of the numerous encyclopzedias or ‘ Conversation
Lexicons,” in English, French, German or Spanish.

This is not owing to its lack of importance, since for two
hundred years past, as I shall show, it has been recognized as a
cult, no less powerful than mysterious, which united many and
diverse tribes of Mexico and Central America into organized
opposition against the government and the religion which had
been introduced from Europe; whose members had acquired
and were bound together by strange faculties and an occult
learning, which placed them on a par with the famed thaumatur-
gists and theodidacts of the Old World; and which preserved
even into our own days the thoughts and forms of a long sup-
pressed ritual.

In several previous publications I have referred briefly to this
secret sodality and its aims,} and now believe it worth while to
collect my scattered notes and present all that I have found of
value about the origin, aims and significance of this Eleusinian
Mystery of America. I shall trace its geographical exten-
sion and endeavor to discover what its secret influence really
was and is.

2. The earliest description I find of its particular rites is that
which the historian Herrera gives, as they prevailed in 1530, in
the province of Cerquin, in the mountainous parts of Honduras.
It is as follows:

**The Devil was accustomed to deceive these natives by appearing to
them in the form of a lion, tiger, coyote, lizard, snake, bird, or other ani-
mal. To these appearances they apply the name Naguwales, which is as
much as to say, guardians or companions; and when such an animal
dies, so does the Indian to whom it was assigned. The way such an alli-
ance was formed was thus : The Indian repaired to some very retired spot

* These words occur a number of times in the English translation, published at Lon-
don in 1822, of Dr. Panl Felix Cabrera’s Teatro Critico Americano. The form nagual in-
stead of nahual, or naual, or nawal has been generally adopted and should be preferred.

+ For instance, in ‘The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths,” pp. 21, 22, in Pro-
ceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 1881; Annals of the Cakchiquels, Introdue-
tion, p. 46; Essays of an Americanist, p. 170, etc.

1894. ] { 3 [Brinton.

and there appealed to the streams, rocks and trees around him, and weep-
ing, implored for himself the favors they had conferred on his ancestors.
He then sacrificed a dog ora fowl, and drew blood from his tongue, or
his ears, or other parts of his body, and turned to sleep. Either in his
dreams or half awake, he would see some one of those animals or birds
above mentioned, who would say to him, ‘On such a day go hunting and
the first animal or bird you see will be my form, and [ shall remain your
companion and Nagual for all time.’ Thus their friendship became so
close that when one died so did the other ; and without such a Nagual the
natives believe no one can become rich or powerful.’’*

This province of Cerquin appears to have been peopled by a
tribe which belonged to the great Mayan stock, akin to those
which occupied most of the area of what is now Yucatan, Tabasco,
Chiapas and Guatemala.+ I shall say something later about the
legendary enchantress whom their traditions recalled as the
teacher of their ancestors and the founder of their nation.
What I would now call attention to is the fact that in none of
the dialects of the specifically Mexican or Aztecan stock of lan-
guages do we find the word nagual in the sense in which it is
employed in the above extract, and this is strong evidence that
the origin of Nagualism is not to be sought in that stock.

3. We do find, however, in the Nahuatl language, which is
the proper name of the Aztecan, a number of derivatives from
the same root, na, among them this very word, Nahuatl, all of
them containing the idea “to know,” or ‘ knowledge.” The
early missionaries to New Spain often speak of the naualli
(plural, nanahualtin), masters of mystic knowledge, dealers in
the black art, wizards or sorcerers. They were not always evil-
minded persons, though they seem to have been generally
feared. The earliest source of information about them is
Father Sahagun, who, in his invaluable History, has the follow-
ing paragraph :

“The naualli, or magician, is he who frightens men and sucks the
blood of children during the night. He is well-skilled in the practice of

this trade, he knows all the arts of sorcery (nawallotl) and employs them
with cunning and ability ; but for the benefit of men only, not for their

* Historia de las Indias Occidentales, Dec. iv, Lib. viii, cap. 4.

t More especially it is the territory of the Chorti dialect, spoken to this day in the
vicinity of the famous ancient city of Copan, Honduras. Cerquin lies in the mountains
nearly due east of this celebrated site. On the Chorti, see Stoll, Zur Ethnographie der Re-
publik Guatemala, pp. 106-9.

Brinton.] 14 [Jan 5,

injury. Those who have recourse to such arts for evil intents injure the
bodies of their victims, cause them to lose their reason and smother them.
These are wicked men and necromancers.’’*

It is evident on examining the later works of the Roman
clergy in Mexico that the Church did not look with any such
lenient eye on the possibly harmless, or even beneficial, exercise
of these magical devices. We find a further explanation of
what they were, preserved in a work of instruction to confessors,
published by Father Juan Bautista, at Mexico, in the year 1600.

‘‘There are magicians who call themselves teciwhtlazque,t and also by
the term nanahualiin, who conjure the clouds when there is danger of
hail, so that the crops may not be injured. They can also make a stick
look like a serpent, a mat like a centipede, a piece of stone like a scorpion,
and similar deceptions. Others of these nanahwaltin will transform them-
selves to all appearances (segun Ja aparencia), intoa tiger, a dog ora weasel.
Others again will take the form of an ow], a cock, or a weasel ; and when
one is preparing to seize them, they will appear now as a cock, now as an
owl, and again as a weasel. These call themselves nanahualtin.’’t

There is an evident attempt in this somewhat confused state-
ment to distinguish between an actual transformation, and one
which only appears such to the observer.

In another work of similar character, published at Mexico a
few years later, the “ Road to Heaven,” of Father Nicolas de
Leon, we find a series of questions which a confessor should
put to any of his flock suspected of these necromantic
practices. They reveal to us quite clearly what these occult
practitioners were believed to do. The passage reads as follows,
the questions being put in the mouth of the priest :

‘‘Art thou a soothsayer? Dost thou foretell events by reading signs,
or by interpreting dreams, or by water, making circles and figures on its
surface? Dost thou sweep and ornament with flower garlands the places
where idols are preserved? Dost thou know certain words with which to
conjure for success in hunting, or to bring rain?

‘*Dost thou suck the blood of others, or dost thou wander about at
night, calling upon the Demon to help thee? Hast thou drunk peyotl, or
hast thou given it to others to drink, in order to find out secrets, or to dis-
cover where stolen or lost articles were? Dost thou know how to speak

to vipers in such words that they obey thee?’ §

* Bernardino de Sahagun, Historia dela Nueva Espana, Lib. x, cap. 9.

} Derived from teciwhtiaza, to conjure against hail, itself from teciuh, hail. Alonso de
Molina, Vocabulario Mexicano, sub voce.

$ Bautista. Advertencias pura los Confesores, fol. 112 (Mexico, 1600).

2 Nicolas de Leon, Camino del Cielo, fol. 111 (Mexico, 1611).

1854, ] 15 [Brinton.

4. This interesting passage lets in considerable light on the
claims and practices of the nagualists. Not the least important
item is that of their use of the intoxicant, peyotl, a decoction of
which it appears played a prominent part in their ceremonies.
This is the native Nahuatl name of a certain plant, having a
white, tuberous root, which is the part employed. It is men-
tioned as “ pellote” or “ peyote” in the Farmacopea Mexicana
as a popular remedy, but its botanical name is not added. Ac-
cording to Paso y Troncoso, it is one of the Composite, a
species of the genus Cacalia.* It is referred to in several pas-
sages by Father Sahagun, who says that it grows in southern
Mexico, and that the Aztecs derived their knowledge of it from
the older “ Chichimecs.” It was used as an intoxicant,

““Those who eat or drink of this peyotl see visions, which are some-
times frightful and sometimes ludicrous. The intoxication it causes lasts
several days. The Chichimecs believed that it gave them courage in time
of danger and diminished the pangs of hunger and thirst.’’+

~ Its use was continued until a late date, and very probably has
not yet died out. Its composition and method of preparation
are given ina list of beverages prohibited by the Spanish author-
ities in the year 1784, as follows :

‘« Peyote : Made from a species of vinagrilla, about the size of a billiard
ball, which grows in dry and sterile soil. The natives chew it, and throw
it into a wooden mortar, where it is left to ferment, some leaves of tobacco
being added to give it pungency. They consume it in this form, some-
times with slices of peyote itself, in their most solemn festivities, although
it dulls the intellect and induces gloomy and hurtful visions (sombras
muy funestas).’’t

The peyotl was not the only herb prized as a means of casting
the soul into the condition of hypostatic union with divinity.
We have abundant evidence that long after the conquest the
seeds of the plant called in Nahuatl the ololiuhqui were in high

* Paso y Troncoso, in Anales del Museo Nacional de Mexico, Tom. iii, p. 180.

+ Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Fspana, Lib. x, cap. 29, and Lib. xi, cap. 7. Hernandez has
the following on the mysterious properties of this plant: ‘‘Illud ferunt de hac radice
mirabile (si modo fides sit vulgatissime inter eos rei habendz), devorantes illam quodli-
bet presagire predicereque; velut an sequenti die hostes sint impetum in eos facturi?
Anne illos felicia maneant tempora? Quis supellectilem, aut aliud quidpiam furto sub-
ripruerit? Et ad hune modum alia, quibus Chichimecze hujusmodi medicamine cogno-
scendis.” Franciscus Hernandus, Historia Plantarum Nove Hispanix, Tom. iii, p. 71
(Ed., Madrid, 1790).

t Diccionario Universal, Appendice, Tom. i, p. 360 (Mexico, 1856).

16 [Jan. 5,

Brinton.]

esteem for this purpose. In the Confessionary of Father Bar-
tholomé de Alva the priest is supposed to inquire and learn as
follows :

“ Question. Hast thou loved Gcd above all things? Hast thou loved
any created thing, adoring it, looking upon it as God, and worshiping it?

“« Answer. I have loved God with all my heart ; but sometimes I lave
believed in dreams, and also I have believed in the sacred herbs, ‘ie
peyotl, and the ololiuhqui ; andin other such things (onteneltocac in temictt,
in xiuhtzintli, in peyotl, in ololiuhqui, yhuan in occequitlamantlt).’'*

The seeds of the ololiuhqui appear to have been employed
externally. They were the eftficient element in the mysterious
unguent known as “the divine remedy ” (teopatli), about which
we find some information in the works of Father Augustin de
Vetancurt, who lived in Mexico in the middle of the seventeenth
century. He writes:

‘«The pagan priests made use of an ointment composed of insects, such
as spiders, scorpions, centipedes and the like, which the neophytes in the
temples prepared. They burned these insects in a basin, collected the
ashes, and rubbed it up with green tobacco leaves, living worms and in-
sects, and the powdered seeds of a plant called ololiwhqui, which has the
power of inducing visions, and the effect of which is to destroy the reason-
ing powers. Under the influence of this ointment, they conversed with
the Devil, and he with them, practicing his deceptions upon them. They
also believed that it protected them, so they had no fear of going into the
woods at night.

‘“This was also employed by them as a remedy in various diseases, and
the soothing influence of the tobacco and the ololiuhqui was attributed
by them to divine agency. There are some in our own day who make
use of this ointinent for sorcery, shutting themselves up, and losing their
reason under its influence ; especially some oldanen and old women, who
are prepared to fvll an easy prey to the Devil.’’+

The botanist Hernandez observes that another name for this
plant was coaxihuitl, “ serpent plant,” and adds that its seeds
contain a narcotic poison, and that it is allied to the genus Sola-
num, of which the deadly night-shade is a familiar species. He
speaks of its use in the sacred rites in these words:

“‘Indorum sacrifici, cum videri volebant versari cum superis, ac re-

sponsa accipere ab eis, ea vescebantur planta, ut desiperent, milleque
phantasmata et demonum observatium effigies circumspectarent.’’{

* Confessionario Mayor y Menor en lengua Mexicana, fol. 8, verso (Mexico, 1634),
+ Vetancurt, Teatro Mexicano, Trat. iii, cap. 9.
} Hernandez, Historia Plantarum Nove Hispanix, Tom. lii, p. 32,

1894,] 1 7 (Brinton.

Of the two plants mentioned, the ololiuhqui and the peyotl,
the former was considered the more potent in spiritual virtues.
“They hold it in as much veneration as if it were God,” says
a theologian of the seventeenth century.* One who partook
of these herbs was called payni (from the verb pay, to take
medicine); and more especially tlachixqui,a Seer, referring to
the mystic “second sight,” hence a diviner or prophet (from the
verb tlachia, to see).

Tobacco also held a prominent, though less important, place
in these rites. It was employed in two forms, the one the dried
leaf, picietl, which for sacred uses must be broken and rubbed
up either seven or nine times; and the green leaf mixed with
lime, hence called tenextlecietl (from tenextli, lime).

Allied in effect to these is an intoxicant in use in southern
Mexico and Yucatan, prepared from the bark of a tree called by
the Mayas baal-che. The whites speak of the drink as pitarilla.
It is quite popular among the natives, and they still attribute to
it a sacred character, calling it yax ha, the first water, the primal
fluid. They say that it was the first liquid created by God, and
when He returned to His heavenly home He left this beverage
and its production in charge of the gods of the rains, the four
Pah-Ahtuns.+

5. Intoxication of some kind was an essential part of many
of these secret rites. It was regarded as a method of throwing
the individual out of himself and into relation with the supernal
powers. What the old historian, Father Joseph de Acosta, tells
us about the clairvoyants and telepaths of the aborigines might
well stand for a description of their modern representatives :

“Some of these sorcerers take any shape they choose, and fly through
the air with wonderful rapidity and tor long distances. They will tell
what is taking place in remote localities long before the news could pos-
sibly arrive. The Spaniards have known them to report mutinies, bat-
tles, revolts and deaths, occurring two hundred or three hundred leagues
distant, on the very day they took place, or the day after.

* Dr. Jacinto de la Serna, Manual de Min stros de Indios para el Conocimiento de sus Idol-
atrias y Extirpacion de Ellas, p. 163. This interesting work was composed about the mid-
dle of the seventeenth century by a Rector of the University of Mexico, but was first
printed at Madrid, in 1892, from the MS. furnished by Dr. N. Leon, under the editorship
of the Marquis de la Fuensanta del Valle.

+ MSS. of the Licentiate Zetina, and Informe of Father Baeza in Registro Yucateco,
Tom. i.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. xxxitr. 144. c. PRINTED FEB. 13, 1894,

Brinton.] 18 (Jan. 5.

“To practice this art the sorcerers, usually old women, shut themselves
in a house, and intoxicate themselves to the degree of losing their reason.
The next day they are ready to reply to questions.’’*

Plants possessing similar powers to excite vivid visions and
distort the imagination, and, therefore, employed in the magical
rites, were the thiuimeezque, in Michoacan, and the chacuaco, in
lower California.

6. In spite of all effort, the various classes of wonder-workers
continued to thrive in Mexico. We find in a book of sermons
published by the Jesuit Father, Ignacio de Paredes, in the
Nahuatl language, in 1757, that he strenuously warns his hearers
against invoking, consulting, or calling upon “the devilish
spell-binders, the nagualists, and those who conjure with
smoke.” {

They have not yet lost their power; we have evidence enough
that many children of a larger growth in that land still listen with
respect to the recitals of the mysterious faculties attributed to
the nanahualtin. An observant German traveler, Carlos von
Gagern, informs us that they are widely believed to be able to
cause sicknesses and other ills, which must be counteracted by
appropriate exorcisms, among which the reading aloud certain
passages of the Bible is deemed to be one of the most potent.§

The learned historian, Orozco y Berra, speaks of the powers
attributed at the present day to the nahual in Mexico among the
lower classes, in these words:

“The nahual is generally an old_Indian with red eyes, who knows
how to turn himself into a dog, woolly, blackand ugly. The female witch
can convert herself into a ball of fire ; she has the power of flight, and at
night will enter the windows and suck the blood of little children. These
sorcerers will make little images of rags or of clay, then stick into them
the thorn of the maguey and place them in some secret place; you cap

* Acosta, Dela Historia Moral de Indias, Lib. v, cap. 26.

+ Of the thivimeezque Hernandez writes: ‘‘ Aiunt radicis cortice unius unciz pondere
tuso, atque devorato, multa ante oculos observare phantasmata, multiplices imagines ac
monstrificas rerum figuras, detegique furem, si quidpiam rei familiaris subreptum sit.’’
Hist. Plant. Nov. Hispan., Tom, iii, p. 272. The chacuaco and its effects are described by
Father Venegas in his History of California, ete.

} ‘In Mictlan Tetlachihuique, in Nanahualtin, in Tlahuipuchtin.” Paredes, Promptu-
ario Manual Mexicano, p. 128 (Mexico, 1757). The tlahuipuchtin, ‘those who work with
smoke,’’ were probably diviners who foretold the future from the forms taken by smoke
in rising in the air. This class of augurs were also found in Peru, where they were called
Uirapircos (Balboa, Hist. du Perou, p. 28-30).

§ Von Gagern, Charakteristik der Indianischer Bevilkerung Mexikos, s. 125.

1891.] 19

[Brinton,

be sure that the person against whom the conjuration is practiced will
feel pain in the part where the thorn is inserted. There still exist among
them the medicine-men, who treat the sick by means of strange contor-
tions, call upon the spirits, pronounce magical incantations, blow upon
the part where the pain is, and draw forth from the patient thorns, worms,
or pieces of stone. They know how to prepare drinks which will bring
on sickness, and if the patients are cured by others the convalescents are
particular to throw something of their own away, as a lock of hair, or a
part of their clothing. Those who possess the evil eye can, by merely
looking at children, deprive them of beauty and health, and even cause
their death,’’*

7%. As I have said, nowhere in the records of purely Mexican,
that is, Aztecan, Nagualism do we find the word nagual employed
in the sense given in the passage quoted from Herrera, that is
as a personal guardian spirit or tutelary genius. These tribes
had, indeed, a belief in some such protecting power, and held that
it was connected with the day on which each person is born. They
called it the tonalli of a person, a word translated to mean that
which is peculiar to him, which makes his individuality, his self.
The radical from which it is derived is éona, to warm, or to be
warm, from which are also derived fonatiuh, the sun. Tonalli,
which in composition loses its last syllable, is hkewise the word
for heat, summer, soul, spirit and day, and also for the share or
portion which belongs to one. Thus, fo-tonal is spirit or soul in
general; no-tonal, my spirit; no-tonal in tpan no-tlacat, “ the
sign under which I was born,” 7.e., the astrological day-sign.
From this came the verb fonalpoa, to count or estimate the sigus,
that is, to cast the horoscope of a person ; and fonalpouhque, the
diviners whose business it was to practice this art.+

These tonalpouhque are referred to at length by Father Saha-
gun.{ He distinguishes them from the naualli, though it is clear
that they corresponded in functions to the nagualistic priests of
the southern tribes. From the number and name of the day of

* Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 25. Francisco Pimentel, in his thoughtful work,
Memoria sobre las Causas que han originado la Situacion Actual de la Raza Indigena de
Mexico (Mexico, 1861), recognizes how almost impossible it is to extirpate their faith in
this nagualism. ‘ Conseryan los agueros y supersticiones dela antigitedad, siendo cosa
de fe para ellos, los nahuales,” ete., p. 200, and comp. p. 145.

+ On these terms consult the extensive Dictionnaire de la Langue Nahuatl, by Rémi
Simeon, published at Paris, 1887. Itis not impossible that tona is itself a compound root,
including the monusyllabic radical na, which is at the basis of nagual.

t Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Expaia, Lib. iv, passim, and Lib. x, cap. 9.

Brinton.] 20 [Jan. 5,

birth they forecast the destiny of the child, and stated the power
or spiritual influence which should govern its career.

The tonal was by no means an indefeasible possession. It was
a sort of independent mascotte. So long as it remained with a
person he enjoyed health and prosperity; but it could depart,
go astray, become lost; and then sickness and misfortune
arrived. This is signified in the Nahuatl language by the verbs
tonalcaualtia, to check, stop or suspend the tonal, hence, to
shock or frighten one; and tonalitlacoa, to hurt or injure the
tonal, hence, to cast a spell on one, to bewitch him.

This explains the real purpose of the conjuring and incanta-
tions which were carried on by the native doctor when visiting
the sick. It was to recall the fonal, to force or persuade it to
return; and, therefore, the ceremony bore the name “ the resti-
tution of the tonal,’ and was more than any other deeply im-
bued with the superstitions of Nagualism. The chief officiant
was called the tetonaltiani, ‘he who concerns himself with the

tonal.” On a later page I shall give the formula recited on such
an occasion.

8. There is some vague mention in the Aztec records of a
semi-priestly order, who bore the name nauwalteteuctin, which
may be translated “master magicians.” They were also known
as (eotlauice, “sacred companions in arms.” As was the case
with most classes of the ¢eteuctin, or nobles, entrance to the
order was by a severe and prolonged ceremony of initiation,
the object of which was not merely to test the endurance of
pain and the powers of self-denial, but especially to throw the
mind into that subjective state in which it is brought into con-
tact with the divine, in which it can “see visions and dream
dreams.” The order claimed as its patron and founder Quetzal-
coatl, the “ feathered serpent,” who, it will be seen on another
page, was also the patron of the later nagualists.*

The word naualli also occurs among the ancient Nahuas in
composition as a part of proper names ; always with the signifi-
cation of “magician,” as in that of Naualcuauhtla, a chief of
the Chalcos, meaning “ wizard-stick,” referring probably to the

* See Ch. de Labarthe, Révue Américaine, Serieii, Tom. ii, pp. 222-225, His translation of

naualleteuctin by ‘‘Seigneurs du génie’’ must be rejected, as there is absolutely no au-
thority for assigning this meaning to nawalli.

1894.] 21 [Brinton,
rod or wand employed by the magi in conjuration.* So also
Naualac, the “ wizard water,” an artificial lake not far from the
city of Mexico, surrounded by ruined temples, described by M.
Charnay.}

9. The belief in a personal guardian spirit was one of the
fundamental doctrines of Nagualism; but this belief by no
means connotes the full import of the term (as Mr. H. H. Ban-
croft has erroneously stated). The calendar system of Mexico
and Central America, which I have shown to be substantially
the same throughout many diverse linguistic stocks, had as one
of its main objects, astrological divination. By consulting it the
appropriate nagual was discovered and assigned, and this was cer-
tainly a prominent feature in the native cult and has never been
abandoned.

In Mexico to-day, in addition to his special personal guardian,
the native will often choose another for a limited time or for a
particular purpose, and this is quite consistent with the form of
Christianity he has been taught. For instance, as we are in-
formed by an observant traveler, at New Year or at corn-
planting the head of a family will go to the parish church and
among the various saints there displayed will select one as his
guardian for the year. He will address to him his prayers for
rain and sunshine, for an abundant harvest, health and pros-
perity, and will not neglect to back these supplications by lib-
eral gifts. If times are good and harvests ample the Santo is
rewarded with still more gifts, and his aid is sought for another
term; but if luck has been bad the Indian repairs to the church
at the end of the year, bestows on his holy patron a sound curs-
ing, calls him all the bad names he can think of, and has nothing
more to do with him.§

10. A Mexican writer, Andres Iglesias, who enjoyed more
than common opportunities to study these practices as they
exist in the present generation, describes them as he saw them
in the village of Soteapan, a remote hamlet in the State of Vera
Cruz, the population of which speak the Mixe language. ‘This

* Anales de Cuauhtitlan, p. 31. The translator renders it ‘‘ palo brujo.”’
+ Les Anciennes Villes du Nouveau Monde, pp. 146-148, figured on p. 150. Onits signifi-
cance compare Hamy, Decades Americane, pp. 74-S1.

{ The Native Calendar of Central America and Mexico (Philadelphia, 1893).
2 Eduard Mihlenpfordt, Mexico, Bu. i, s. 255,

22 [Jan. 5,

Brinton.]

is not related to the Nahuatl tongue, but the terms of their
magical rites are drawn from Nahuatl words, showing their
origin. Every person at birth has assigned to him both a good
anda bad genius, the former aiming at his welfare, the latter at
his injury. The good genius is known by the Nahuatl term
tonale, and it is represented in the first bird or animal of any
kind which is seen in or near the house immediately after the
birth of the infant.

The most powerful person in the village is the high priest of
the native cult. One who died about 1850 was called “ the
Thunderbolt,” and whenever he walked abroad he was preceded
by a group of chosen disciples, called by the Nahuatl name
tlatoques, speakers or attorneys.* His successor, known as “ the
Greater Thunder,” did not maintain this state, but nevertheless
claimed to be able to control the seasons and to send or to miti-
gate destructive storms—claims which, sad to say, brought him
to the stocks, but did not interfere with the regular payment of
tribute to him by the villagers. He was also a medicine man
and master of ceremonies in certain “ scandalous orgies, where
immodesty shows herself without a veil.”

11. Turning to the neighboring province of Oaxaca and its
inhabitants, we are instructed on the astrological use of the eal-
endar of the Zapotecs by Father Juan de Cordova, whose Arte
of their language was published at Mexico in 1578. From what
he says its principal, if not its only purpose, was astrological.
Each day had its number and was called after some animal, as
eagle, snake, deer, rabbit, etc. Every child, male or female, re-
ceived the name of the day, and also its number, as a surname;
its personal name being taken from a fixed series, which differed
in the masculine and feminine gender, and which seems to have
been derived from the names of the fingers.

From this it appears that among the Zapotecs the personal spirit
or nagual was fixed by the date of the birth, and not by some

* The word is derived from tlatoa, to speak for another, and its usual translation was
“chief,” as the head man spoke for, and in the name of the gens or tribe.

+ The interesting account by Iglesias is printed in the Appendix to the Diccionario
Universal de Geographia y Historia (Mexico, 1856). Other writers testify to the tenacity
with which the Mixes cling to their ancient beliefs. Sefior Moro says they continue to
be ‘‘ notorious idolaters,” and their actual religion to be ‘‘an absurd jumble of their old
superstitions with Christian doctrines” (in Orozco y Berra, Geografia de las Lenguas de
Mexico, p. 176).

1894.] 23 [Brinton.

later ceremony, although the latter has been asserted by some
writers ; who, however, seem to have applied without certain
knowledge the rites of the Nahuas and other surrounding tribes
to the Zapotecs.*

Next in importance to the assigning of names, according to
Father Cordova, was the employment of the calendar in decid-
ing the propriety of marriages. As the recognized object of
marriage was to have sons, the couple appealed to the profes-
sional augur to decide this question before the marriage was
fixed. He selected as many beans as was the sum of the num-
bers of the two proponents’ names, and, counting them by twos,
if one remained over, it meant a son; then counting by threes
any remainder also meant sons; by fours the remainder meant
either sons or daughters; and by five and six the same; and
if there was no remainder by any of these five divisors the
marriage would result in no-sons and was prohibited.

It is obvious that this method of fortune-telling was most
auspicious for the lovers; for I doubt if there is any combina-
tion of two numbers below fourteen which is divisible by two,
three, four, five and six without remainder in any one instance.+

The Zapotecs were one of those nations who voluntarily sub-
mitted themselves to the Spaniards, not out of love for the
Europeans, but through hatred of the Aztecs, who had con-
quered them in the preceding century. Their king, Coyopy,
and his subjects accepted Christianity. and were generally bap-
tized ; but it was the merest formality, and years afterwards
Coyopy was detected secretly conducting the heathen ritual of
his ancestors with all due pomp. He was arrested, sent to the
city of Mexico, deprived of his power and wealth, and soon
died; it is charitably supposed, from natural causes. There is
no question but that he left successors to the office of pontifex
maximus, and that they continued the native religious cere-
monies.

12. The sparse notices we have of the astrology of the Mix-
tecs, neighbors and some think relatives of the Zapotecs, reveal

* For instance, J. B. Carriedo, in his Estudios Historicos del Estado Oaxaqueiio (Oaxaca,
1849), p. 15, says the nahwalt was a ceremony performed by the native priest, in which the
infant was bled from a vein behind the ear, assigned a name, that of a certain day, and
a guardian angel or tona. These words are pure Nahuatl, and Carriedo, who does not
give his authority, probably had none which referred these rites to the Zapotecs.

+ Juan de Cordova, Arte en Lengua Zapoteca, pp. 16, 202, 203, 213, 216.

Brinton.] 24 [Jan. 5,

closely similar rites. The name of their king, who opposed
Montezuma the First some sixty years before the arrival of
Cortez, proves that they made use of the same or a similar cal-
endar in bestowing personal appellations. It is given as Tes
Micos, Three Monkeys.

Unfortunately, so far as I know, there has not been published,
and perhaps there does not exist, an authentic copy of the Mix-
tec calendar. It was nevertheless reduced to writing in the
native tongue after the conquest, and a copy of it was seen by
the historian Burgoa in the Mixtec town of Yanhuitlan.* Each
day was named from a tree, a plant or an animal, and from them
the individual received his names, as Four Lions, Five Roses,
etc. (examples given by Herrera). This latter writer adds that
the name was assigned by the priests when the child was seven
years old (as among the Tzentals), part of the rite being to con-
duct it to the temple and bore its ears. He refers also to their
auguries relating to marriage.t These appear to have been dif-
ferent from among the Zapotecs. It was necessary that the
youth should have a name bearing a higher number than that of
the maiden, and also “that they should be related ;” probably
this applied only to certain formal marriages of the rulers which
were obliged to be within the same gens.

13. I have referred in some detail to the rites and supersti-
tions connected with the Calendar because they are all essential
parts of Nagualism, carried on far into Christian times by the
priests of this secret cult, as was fully recognized by the Catho-
lic clergy. Wherever this calendar was in use, the Freemasonry
of Nagualism extended, and its ritual had constant reference to
it. Our fullest information about it does not come from cen-
tral Mexico, but further south, in the region occupied by the
various branches of the Mayan stock, by the ancestors of some
one of which, perhaps, this singular calendar, and the symbolism
connected with it, were invented.

One of the most important older authorities on this subject
is Francisco Nunez de la Vega, a learned Dominican, who was
appointed Bishop of Chiapas and Soconusco in 1687, and who
published at Rome, in 1702,a stately folio entitled “ Constitu-

* Quoted in Carriedo, ubi supra, p. 17.
{ Hist. de las Indias Oc., Dec. iii, Lib. iii, cap. 12.

*
1894.] 25 (Brinton.

ctones Dicecesanas del Obispado de Chiappa,” comprising discus-
sions of the articles of religion and a series of pastoral letters.
The subject of Nagualism is referred to in many passages, and
the ninth Pastoral Letter is devoted to it. As this book is one
of extreme rarity, I shall make rather lengthy extracts from it,
taking the liberty of condensing the scholastic prolixity of the
author, and omitting his professional admonitions to the wicked.

He begins his references to it in several passages of his Intro-
duction or Preambulo,in which he makes some interesting state-
ments as to the use to which the natives put their newly-acquired
knowledge of writing, while at the same time they had evidently
not forgotten the ancient method of recording ideas invented by
their ancestors.

The Bishop writes :

“‘The Indians of New Spain retain all the errors of their time of heath-
enism preserved in certain writings in their own languages, explaining
by abbreviated characters and by figures painted in a secret cypher * the
places, provinces and names of theirearly rulers, the animals, stars and
elements which they worshiped, the ceremcnies and sacrifices which
they observed, and the years, months and days by which they predicted
the fortunes of children at birth, and assign them that which they call
the Naguals. These writings are known as Repertories or Calendars,
and they are also used to discover articles lost or stolen, and to effect
cures of diseases. Some have a wheel painted in them, like that of Pyth-
agoras, described by the Venerable Bede; others portray a lake sur-
rounded by the Naguals in the form of various animals. Some of the
Nagualist Masters claim as their patron and ruler Cuchulchan, and they
possessed a certain formula of prayer to him, written in the Popoluca
tongue (which was called Baha in their time of heathenism), and which
has been translated into Mexican.+

«“Those who are selected to become the masters of these arts are taught
from early childhood how to draw and paint these characters, and are
obliged to learn by heart the formulas, and the names of the ancient
Nagualists, and whatever else is included in these written documents,
many of which we have held in our hands, and have heard them ex-
plained by such masters whom we had imprisoned for their guilt, and
who had afterwards become converted and acknowledged their sins.’’t

* So I understand the phrase, “ figuras pintadas con zifras enigmaticas.”’

+ Popoluca was a term applied to various languages. I suspect the one here referred
to was the Mixe. See an article by me, entitled ‘‘Chontales and Popolucas; a Study in
Mexican Ethnography,’ in the Compte Rendu of the Eighth Session of the Congress of
Americanists, p. 556, seq.

} Constit. Diocesan, p. 19.

PROC. AMER, PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. D. PRINTED FEB. 13, 1894.

Brinton.] 26 [Jan. 5,

The Bishop made up his mind that extreme measures should
be taken to eradicate these survivals of the ancient paganism in
his diocese, and he therefore promulgated the following order in
the year 1692:

«And because in the provinces of our diocese those Indians who are
Nagualists adore their naguals, and look upon them as gods, and by their
aid believe that they can foretell the future, discover hidden treasures,
and fulfill their dishonest desires: we, therefore, prescribe and command
that in every town an ecclesiastical prison shall be constructed at the ex-
pense of the church, and that it be provided with fetters and stocks (con
grillos y cepos), and we confer authority on every priest and curate of a
parish to imprison in these gaols whoever is guilty of disrespect toward
our Holy Faith, and we enjoin them to treat with especial severity those
who teach the doctrines of Nagualism (y con rigor mayor 4 los dogma-
tizantes Nagualistas).”’ *

In spite of these injunctions it is evident that he failed to
destroy the seeds of what he esteemed this dangerous heresy in
the parishes of his diocese; for his ninth Pastoral Letter, in
which he exposes at length the character of Nagualism, is
dated from the metropolitan city of Ciudad Real, on May 24,
1698. As much of it is germane to my theme, I translate as
follows:

‘‘There are certain bad Christians of both sexes who do not hesitate to
follow the school of the Devil, and to occupy themselves with evil arts,
divinations, sorceries, conjuring, enchantments, fortune-telling, and
other means to forecast the future.

““These are those who in all the provinces of New Spain are known by
the name of Nagualists. They pretend that the birth of men is regulated
by the course and movements of stars and planets, and by observing the
time of day and the months in which a child is born, they prognosticate
its condition and the events, prosperous or otherwise, of its life ; and the
worst is that these perverse men have'‘written down their sigus and rules,
and thus deceive the erring and ignorant.

“‘These Nagualists practice their arts by means of Repertories and
superstitious Calendars, where are represented under their proper names
all the Naguals of stars, elements, birds, fishes, brute beasts and dumb
animals ; with a vain note of days and months, so that they can announce
which corresponds to the day of birth of the infant. This is preceded by
some diabolical ceremonies, after which they designate the field or other
spot, where, after seven years shall have elapsed, the Nagual will appear
to ratify the bargain. As the time approaches, they instruct the child to

* Constitut. Diocesan, Titulo vii, pp. 47, 48.

1894.] 27 [Brinton.

deny God and His Blessed Mother, and warn him to have no fear, and
not to make the sign of the cross. He istold to embrace his Nagual ten-
derly, which, by some diabolical art, presents itself in an affectionate
manner even though it be a ferocious beast, like a lion ora tiger. Thus,
with infernal cunning they persuade him that this Nagual is an angel of
God, who will look after him and protect him in his after life.

“To such diabolical masters the intelligent Indians apply, to learn from
these superstitious Calendars, dictated by the Devil, their own fortunes,
and the Naguals which will be assigned to their children, even before
they are baptized. In most of the Calendars, the seventh sign is the fig-
ure of a man and a snake, which they call Cuchulchan. The masters
have explained it as a snake with feathers which moves in the water.
This sign corresponds with Mexzichuaut, which means Cloudy Serpent,
or, of the clouds.* The people also consult themin order to work injury
on their enemies, taking the lives of many through such devilish artifices,
and committing unspeakable atrocities.

‘Worse even than these are those who wander about as physicians or
healers; who are none such, but magicians, enchanters, and sorcerers,
who, while pretending to cure, kill whom they will. They apply their
medicines by blowing on the patient, and by the use of infernal words ;
learned by heart by those who cannot read or write; and received in
writing from their masters by those acquainted with letters. The Master
never imparts this instruction to a single disciple, but always to three at
a time, so that in the practice of the art it may be difficult to decide which
one exerts the magical power. They blow on feathers, or sticks, or
plants, and place them in the paths where they may be stepped on by
those they wish to injure, thus causing chills, fevers, ugly pustules and
other diseases ; or they introduce into the body by such arts toads, frogs,
snakes, centipedes, etc, causing great torments. And by these same
breathings and magic words they can burn down houses, destroy the
growing crops and induce sickness. No one of the three disciples is per-
mitted to practice any of these arts without previously informing the
other two, and also the Master, by whom the three have been taught.

‘We have learned by the confession of certain guilty parties how the
Master begins to instruct his disciple. First he tells him to abjure God,
the saints and the Virgin, not to invoke their names, and to have no fear
of them. He then conducts him to the wood, glen, cave or field where
the pact with the Devil is concluded, which they call ‘the agreement’
or ‘the word given’ (in Tzental quiz). In some provinces the disciple
is Jaid on an ant-hill, and the Master standing above him calls fourth a
snake, colored with black, white and red, which is known as ‘the ant-
mother’ (in Tzental zmezquiz).+ This comes accompanied by the ants

* Rather with the Quetzalcoatl of the Nahuas, and the Gucumatz of the Quiches,
both of which names mean ‘Feathered Serpent.’’ Mixcohuatl, the Cloud Serpent, in
Mexican mythology, referred to the Thunder-storm.

+ In his Tzental Vocabulary, Father Lara does not give this exact form; but in the
neighboring dialect of the Cakchiquel Father Ximenes has quikeho, to agree together, to
enterinto an arrangement; the prefix zme is the Tzental word for ‘‘ mother.”’

Brinton.] 28 [Jan. 5,

and other small snakes of the same kind, which enter at the joints of the
fingers, beginning with the left hand, and coming out at the joints of the
right hand, and also by the ears and the nose; while the great snake
enters the body with a leap and emerges at its posterior vent. After-
wards the disciple meets a dragon vomiting fire, which swallows him en-
tire and ejects him posteriorly. Then the Master declares he may be ad-
mitted, and asks him to select the herbs with which he will conjure ; the
disciple names them, the Master gathers them and delivers them to him,
and then teaches him the sacred words.

‘«These words and ceremonies are substantially the same in all the
provinces. The healer enters the house of the invalid, asks about the
sickness, lays his hand on the suffering part, and then leaves, promising
to return on the day following. At the next visit he brings with him
some herbs which he chews or mashes with a little water and applies to
the part. Then he repeats the Puter Noster, the Ave, the Credo and the
Salve. and blows upon the seat of disease, afterwards pronouncing the
magical words taught him by his master. He continues blowing in this
manner, inhaling and exhaling, repeating under his breath these magical
expressions, which are powerful to kill or to cure as he chooses, through
the compact he has made with the Devil. Finally, so as to deceive the
bystanders, he ends with saying in a loud voice: ‘God the Father, God
the Son, and God the Holy Ghost. Amen.’

‘‘This physician or healer is called in the towns of some of the
provinces poata vanegs, and the medicine gspoail ; and everything relat-
ing to healing among the Indians to which they apply these terms means
also to practice sorcery ; and all words derived from poz allude to the
Nagual ; for this in some provinces is called poalon, and in others patzlan,
and in many tzéhuizin, which is something very much feared by the In-
dians. We have ascertained by the confessions of many who have been
reconciled that the Devil at times appears to them in the shape of a ball
or globe of fire in the air, with a tail like a comet.*

“According to the most ancient traditions of these Indians this idol,
poxlon, was one of the most important and venerated they had in the old

* Father Lara, in his Vocabulario Tzendal MS. (in my possession), gives for medical
(medico), ghpoxil; for medicine (medicinal cosa), pox, xpoxtacoghbil; for physician
{medico), ghpoxta vinic (the form vanegh, person, is also correct). The Tzendal poz (pro-
nounced posh) is another form of the Quiche-Cakchiquel paz, a word which Father
Ximenes, in his Vocabulario Cakchiquel MS. (in my possession), gives in the compound
puz-naual, with the meaning, enchanter, wizard. Both these, I take it, are derived from
the Maya puz, which means to blow the dust, ete., off of something (soplar el polyo de
la ropa 6 otra cosa. Dice. de la Lengua Maya del Convento de Motul, MS. The dictionary
edited by Pio Perez does not give this meaning). The act of blowing was the essential
feature in the treatment of these medicine men. It symbolized the transfer and exer-
cise of spiritual power. When Votan built his underground shrine he did it @ soplos, by
blowing (Nunez de la Vega, Constitut. Diocesan, p. 10). The natives did not regard the
comet's tail as behind it but in front of it, blown from its mouth. The Nahuatl word in
the text, tzihuizin, is the Pipil form of wihwitzin, the reverential of aihwitl, which means a
leaf, a season, & year, or acomet. Apparently it refers to the Nahuatl divinity Xiuhté-
cutli, described by Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Espufa, Lib. i, cap. 13, as god of fire, ete.

1894.] 29

[Brinton.

times, and the Tzentals revered it so much that they preserved it innum-
erable years painted on a tablet in the above figure. Even after they were
converted to the faith, they hung it behind a beam in the church of the
town of Oxchuc, accompanied by an image of their god Hicalahau, hav-
ing a ferocious black face with the members of a man,* along with five
owls and vultures. By divine interposition, we discovered these on our
second visit there in 1687, and had po little difficulty in getting them
down, we reciting the creed, and the Indians constantly spitting as they
executed our orders. These objects were publicly burned in the plaza.

“Tn other parts they reverence the bones of the earlier Nagualists, pre-
serving them in caves, where they adorn them with flowers and burn
copal before them. We have discovered some of these and burned them,
hoping to root out and put a stop to such evil ceremonies of the infernal
sect of the Nagualists.

‘At present, all are not so subject to the promptings of the Devil as
formerly, but there are still some so closely allied to him that they trans-
form themselves into tigers, lions, bulls, flashes of lightand globes of fire.
We can say from the declaration and solemn confession of some penitents
that it is proved that the Devil had carnal relations with them, both as in-
cubus and succubus, approaching them in the form of their Nagual ; and
there was one woman who remained in the forest a week with the demon
in the form of her Nagual, acting toward him as does an infatuated
wonian toward her lover (como pudiera con su proprio amigo una muger
amancebada). Asapunishment for such horrible crimes our Lord has
permitted that they lose their life as soon as their Nagual is killed ; and
that they bear on their own bodies the wound or mark of the blow which
killed it; as the curas of Chamula, Copainala and other places have as-
sured us.

“The devilish seed of this Nagualism has rooted itself in the very flesh
and blood of these Indians. It perseveres in their hearts through the in-
structions of the masters of the sect, and there is scarcely a town in these
provinces in which it has not been introduced. It is a superstitious idola-
try, full of monstrous incests, sodomies and detestable bestialities.’”’

Such are the words of the Bishop of Chiapas. We learn
from his thoroughly instructed and unimpeachable testimony
that at the beginning of the eighteenth century Nagualism
was a widespread and active institution among the Indians of
southern Mexico; that it was taught and practiced by profes-
sors who were so much feared and respected that, as he tells us
in another passage, they were called “ masters of the towns ;”>
that they gave systematic instruction to disciples in classes of

* Hicalahau, for ical ahau, Black King, one of the Tzental divinities, who will be re-
ferred to on a later page.

+ ‘‘ Mestros de los pueblos,’’ Constitut. Diocesan, i, p. 106.

Brinton.] 30 [Jan. 5,
three, all of whom were bound together by pledges of mutual
information and assistance; that a fundamental principle of the
organization and an indispensable step in the initiation into its
mysteries was the abjuration of the Christian religion, and an
undying hatred to its teachers and all others of the race of the
white oppressors; and that when they made use of Christian
phrases or ceremonies it was either in derision or out of hypoc-
risy, the better to conceal their real sentiments.

here are a number of other witnesses from the seventeenth
century that may be summoned to strengthen this testimony,
if it needs it.

14, In the History of Guatemala, written about 1690 by
Francisco Antonio Fuentes y Guzman, the author gives some
information about a sorcerer of this school, who was arrested in
Totonicapan, and with whom the historian had something to do
as corregidor. ‘

The redoubtable magician was a little old man, viejezuelo, and
when caught had in his possession a document giving the days
of the year according to the European calendar, with the Nagual,
which belonged to each one. That for January is alone given
by our writer, but it is probable that the other months merely
repeated the naguals corresponding to the numbers. It ran as
follows :

Nagual Calendar for January.

1. Lion. 17. Arrow.

2. Snake. 18. Broom.

3. Stone. 19. Jaguar.

4. Alligator. 20. Corn-husk,.
5. Ceiba tree. 21. A flute.

6. The quetzal (a bird). 22. Green-stone.
7. A stick. 23. Crow.

8. Rabbit. 24, Fire.

9. A rope. 25, A pheasant.
10. Leaf. 26. A reed.

11. Deer. 27. Opossum.
12. Guacamayo (parrot). 28. Huracan (the thunder-storm).
13. Flower. 29. The vulture.
14. Toad. 30. Hawk.

15. Caterpillar. dl. Bat.

16. A chip.

1894.] 31

[Brinton.

When the sorcerer was examined as to the manner of assign-
ing the proper nagual to a child he gave the following account :

Having been informed of its day of birth, he in due time
called at the residence of the parents, and told the mother to
bring the child into the field behind the house. Having there
invoked the demon, the nagual of the child would appear under
the form of the animal or object set opposite its birthday in the
calendar, a serpent were it born on the 2d of January, a flower
were it on the 13th, fire were it on the 24th,and so on. The
sorcerer then addressed certain prayers to the nagual to protect
the little one, and told the mother to take it daily to the same
spot, where its nagual would appear to it, and would finally ac-
company it through all its life. Some, but not alJ, obtained the
power of transforming themselves into the nagual, and the
author declares that, though he could not cite such a case from
his own experience, his father knew of several, and reliable
priests, religiosos de fé, had told him enough examples to fill
volumes.*

The tribes to which this author refers were the Cakchiquels
and Quiches, who spoke practically the same tongue. An ex-
amination of some of the old dictionaries prepared by the early
missionaries furnishes further and interesting information about
this obscure subject.

In the Cakchiquel language of Guatemala, the word naual was
applied both to the magician himself, to his necromantic art,
and to the demonic agency which taught and protected him.
This is shown by the following explanation, which I quote from
Father Coto’s Vocabulario de la Lengua Cakchiquel, 1651, a
manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical So-
ciety :

‘* Magic or Necromancy : puz or naual ; and they were accustomed to
call their magicians or sorcerers by the same terms. It was a kind of
magic which they invoked in order to transform themselves into eagles,
lions, tigers, etc. Thus, they said, ru puz, ru naual, pedro le cot, balam,
‘Peter’s power. his nawal, is a lion, a tiger.’ They also applied the words
puz and nauwal to certain trees, rocks and otherinanimate objects, whence
the Devil used to speak to them, and likewise to the idols which they
worshiped, as gazlic che, gazlic abah, huyu, k’o ru naual, ‘The life of
the tree, the life of the stone, of the hill, is its nawal,’ ete. ; because they
believed there was life in these objects. They used to have armies and

* Historia de Guatemala, 6, Recordacion Florida, Tom. ii, p. 44, seq.

Brinton.] “ 32 [Jan. 5,

soldiery to guard their lands, and the captains, as well as many who were
not captains, had their nauwales. They called the captain ru g’ alache ;
rohobachi, ti ru gaah, ru pocob, ru gh’ amay a ghay ti be chi naualili [he
works magic with his shield, his lance, and his arrows].

“To practice such magical arts: tin nawalih (‘I practice magic’), an
active verb. They use it, for instance, when a man asks his wife for
something to eat or drink, and she has nothing, owing to his negligence,
she will say : ‘Where do you suppose I can get what you want? Do you
expect me to perform miracles—za pe ri tin naualih—that they shall come
to my hands?’ So when one is asked to Jend or give something which he
has not, he will exclaim: Zin naualih pe ri puvak, etc. (‘Can I perform
miracles,’ etc.)

“Tt also signifies to pretend something, concealing the truth, as va ru
naualim ara neh chu g’ ux ri taih tan tu bijh pedro, ‘ Peter is feigning this
which he is saying.” They are also accustomed to apply this word to the
power which the priests exert (in the sacraments, etc.).”’

A long and foolish account of the witchcraft supposed to be
practiced among the Pokonchis of Guatemala, also a tribe of
Mayan stock, is given by the Englishman, Thomas Gage, who
was cura of a parish among them about 1630, and afterwards re-
turned to England and Protestantism. He described, at weari-
some length, the supposed metamorphosis of two chiefs of neigh-
boring tribes, the one into a lion, the other into a tiger, and the
mortal combat in which they engaged, resulting in the death of
one to whom Gage administered absolution. No doubt he had
been worsted in a personal encounter with his old enemy, and,
being a man of eighty years, had not the vigor to recover. The
account is of interest only as proving that the same supersti-
tions at that time prevailed among the Pokonchis as in other
portions of Guatemala.*

15. A really mighty nagualist was not confined to a single
transformation. He could take on many and varied figures.
One such is described in the sacred beoks of the Quiches of
Guatemala, that document known by the name of the Popol
Vuh, or National Book. The passage is in reference to one of

their great kings and powerful magicians, Gucumatz by name.
It says:

“Truly he was a wonderful king. Every seven days he ascended to
the sky, and every seven days he followed the path to the abode of the

* Gage, A New Survey of the West Indies, p. 388, seq. (4th Ed.).

1894.] 33 [Brinton.

dead ; every seven days he put on the nature ofa serpent, and then he
became truly a serpent; every seven days he assumed the nature of an
eagle, and then he became truly an eagle; then of a tiger and he became
truly a tiger; then of coagulated blood, and he was nothing else than
coagulated blood.’’*

It may be said that such passages refer metaphorically to the
versatility of his character, but even if this is so, the metaphors
are drawn from the universal belief in Nagualism which then
prevailed, and they do not express it too strongly.

16. Among the Maya tribes of Yucatan and Guatemala we
have testimony to the continuance to this day of these beliefs.
Father Bartolomé de Baeza, cura of Yaxcaba in the first half of
this century, reports that an old man, in his dying confession,
declared that by diabolical art he had transformed himse f into
an animal, doubtless his nagual ; and a young girl of some twelve
years confessed that she had been transformed into a bird by
the witches, and in one of her nocturnal flights had rested on
the roof of the very house in which the good priest resided,
which was some two leagues from her home. He wisely sug-
gests that, perhaps, listening to some tale of sorcery, she had
had a via dream, in which she seemed to take this flight. It
is obvious, however, from his account, as well as from other
sources, that the belief of the transformation into lower animals
was and is one familiar to the superstitions of the Mayas.+ The
natives still continue to propitiate the ancient gods of the har-
vest, at the beginning of the season assembling at a ceremony
called by the Spaniards the misa milpera, or “ field mass,” and
by themselves ¢7’ch, “ the stretching out of the hands.”

The German traveler, Dr. Scherzer, when he visited, in 1854,
the remote hamlet of Istlavacan, in Guatemala, peopled by
Quiché Indians, discovered that they had preserved in this re-
spect the usages of their ancestors almost wholly unatfected by
the teachings of their various Christian curates. The“ Master”
still assigned the naguals to the new-born infants, copal was
burned to their ancient gods in remote caves, and formulas of

* Le Popol Vuh, ou Livre Sacré des Quichés, p. 315 (Ed. Brasseur, Paris, 1861). In the
Quiche myths, Gucumatz is the analogue of Quetzalcoatl in Aztec legend. Both name
mean the same, ‘‘ Feathered Serpent.”’

+ Baeza’s article is printed in the Registro Yucateco, Vol. i, p. 165, seq.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. EB. PRINTED FEB. 14, 1894.

34 (Jan. 5,

Brinton.]

invocation were taught by the veteran nagualists to their neo-
phytes.*

These Zahoris,} as they are generally called in the Spanish of
Central America, possessed many other mysterious arts besides
that of such metamorphoses and of forecasting the future.
They could make themselves invisible, and walk unseen among
their enemies; they could in a moment transport themselves to
distant places, and, as quickly returning, report what they had
witnessed ; they could create before the eyes of the spectator a
river, a tree, a house, or an animal, where none such existed ;
they could cut open their own stomach, or lop a limb from
another person, and immediately heal the wound or restore the
severed member to its place; they could pierce themselves with
knives and not bleed, or handle venomous serpents and not be
bitten ; they could cause mysterious sounds in the air, and fas-
einate animals and persons by their steady gaze; they could
eall visible and invisible spirits, and the spirits would come.

Among the native population of the State of Vera Cruz and
elsewhere in southern Mexico these mysterious personages go
by the name padrinos, godfathers, and are looked upon with a
mixture of fear and respect. They are believed by the Indians
to be able to cause sickness and domestic calamities, and are
pronounced by intelligent whites to present “a combination of
rascality, duplicity and trickery.”’}

17. The details of the ceremonies and doctrines of Nagual-
ism have never been fully revealed ; but from isolated occur-
rences and partial confessions it is clear that its adherents
formed a coherent association extending over most of southern

* “Wird ein Kind im Dorfe geboren, so erhiilt der heidnische Gétzenpriester von die-
sem Ereignisse viel eher Kunde, als der katholische Pfarrer. Erst wenn dem neuen
Weltbiirger durch den Aj-quig das Horoskop gestellt, der Name irgend eines Thieres
heigelegt, Mi-si-sal (das citronengelbe Harz des Rhus copallinum) verbrannt, ein Lieb-
lingsgotze angerufen, und noche viele andere aberglaiibische Mysterien verrichtet wor-
den sind, wird das Kind nach dem Pfarrhause zur christlichen Taufe getragen. Das
Thier, dessen Name dem Kinde kurz nach seiner Geburt vom Sonnenpriester beigelegt
wird, gilt gew6hnlich auch als sein Schutzgeist (nagual) fiirs ganze Leben.’ Dr. Karl
Scherzer, Die Indianer von Santa Catalina Istlavacan, p. 11, Wien, 1856.

+ The word zahori, of Arabic origin, is thus explained in the Spanish and English dic-
tionary of Delpino (London, 1763) : ‘So they call in Spain an impostor who pretends to
see into the bowels of the earth, through stone walls, or into a man’s body.” Dr.
Stoll says the Guatemala Indians speak of their diyiners, the Ah Kih, as zahorin. Guate-
mala, 8. 229,

t Emetorio Pineda, Descripcion Geograsica de Chiapas y Soconusco, p. 22 (Mexico, 1815).

1894.] 30 [Brinton.

Mexico and Guatemala, which everywhere was inspired by two
ruling sentiments—detestation of the Spaniards and hatred of
the Christian religion.

In their eyes the latter was but a cloak for the exactions,
massacres and oppressions exerted by the former. ‘To them the
sacraments of the Church were the outward signs of their own
subjugation and misery. They revolted against these rites in
open hatred, or received them with secret repugnance and con-
tempt. In the Mexican figurative manuscripts composed after
the conquest the rite of baptism is constantly depicted as the
symbol of religious persecution. Says a sympathetic student
of this subject:

“The act of baptism is always inserted in their records of battles and
massacres. Everywhere it conveys the same idea,—making evident to
the reader that the pretext for all the military expeditions of the Spaniards
was the enforced conversion to Christianity of the natives ; a pretext on
which the Spaniards seized in order to possess themselves of the land and
its treasure, to rob the Indians of their wives and daughters, to enslave
them, and to spill their blood without remorse or remission. One of these
documents, dated in 1526, adds a trait of savage irony. A Spanish sol-
dier is represented dragging a fugitive Indian from a lake by a lasso
around his neck ; while on the shore stands a monk ready to baptize the
recreant on his arrival !’’*

No wonder that the priests of the dark ritual of Nagualism
for centuries after the conquest sought to annul the effects of
the hated Christian sacraments by counteracting ceremonies of
their own, as we are told they did by the historian Torquemada,
writing from his own point of view in these words :

“The Father of Lies had his ministers who aided him, magicians and
sorcerers, who went about from town to town, persuading the simple people
to that which the Enemy of Light desired. Those who believed their deceits,
and had been baptized, were washed on the head and breast by these sor-
cerers, who assured them that this would remove the effects of the chrism
and the holy oils. I myself knew an instance where a person of promi-
nence, who resided not far from the City of Mexico, was dying, and had
received extreme unction ; and when the priest had departed one of these
diabolical ceremonialists entered, and washed all the parts which had been
anointed by the holy oil with the intention to destroy its power.’’+

* Madier de Montjau, ‘‘ Manuscrits Figuratifs de ’ Ancien Mexique,” in Archives de la
Société Americaine de France, 1875, p. 245.
t+ Torquemada, Monarquia Indiana, Lib. xv, cap. 16.

Brinton. ] 36 [Jan. 5,

Similar instances are recorded by Jacinto de la Serna. He
adds that not only did the Masters prescribe sacrifices to the
Fire in order to annul the effects of extreme unction, but they
delighted to caricature the Eucharist, dividing among their con-
gregation a narcotic yellow mushroom for the bread, and the
inebriating pulque for the wine. Sometimes they adroitly con-
cealed in the pyx, alongside the holy wafer, some little idol of
their own, so that they really followed their own superstitions
while seemingly adoring the Host. They assigned a purely
pagan sense to the sacred formula, ‘“ Father, Son and Holy
Ghost,” understanding it to be “ Fire, Earth and Air,” or the
like.*

Whoever or whatever was an enemy to that religion so brutally
forced upon these miserable creatures was to them an ally
and a friend. Nunez de la Vega tells us that he found written
formulas among them reading: “O Brother Antichrist, Brother
Antichrist, Brother Antichrist, come to our aid!”—pathbetic
and desperate appeal of a wretched race, ground to earth under
the iron heels of a religious and military despotism.t

18. The association embraced various tribes and its members
were classified under different degrees. The initiation into these
was by solemn and often painful ceremonies. Local sodalities
or brotherhoods were organized after the manner of those usual
in the Roman Church; but instead of being named after St.
John or the Virgin Mary they were dedicated to Judas Iscariot
or Pontius Pilate out of derision and hatred of the teachings of
the priests ; or to the Devil or Antichrist, who were looked upon
as powerful divinities in opposition to the Church.{

There were certain recognized centres of the association, near
which its most important dignitaries resided, and where their
secret councils and most imposing ceremonies were held. One
of these was Zamayac, in the province of Suchiltepec ; a second
near Huehuetan, Soconusco; a third at Totonicapan, Guate-

* De la Serna, Manwal de Ministros, pp. 20, 21, 42, 162. The mushroom referred to was
the quauhnanacatl, probably the same as the teyhuinti of Hernandez, Hist. Plant. Nov.
Hispan., Tom. ii, p. 358, who says that it isnot dangerous to life, but disturbs the mind,
inciting to laughter and intoxication. :

+ Actual slavery of the Indians in Mexico continued as late as the middle of the seyen-
teenth century. See Cayo, Tres Siglos de Mexico, ete., Tom. bls jaye bls

} Brasseur, Hist. des Nations Civilisées de Mexique, Tom. iy, p. 822.

1894.] ot

[Brinton.

mela; a fourth at Cancuc, Chiapas; a fifth at Teozapotlan,
Oaxaca; and a few others may be surmised.

The high priest who resided at each of these centres exercised
control over all the nagualistic teachers and practitioners in an
extensive district. On the occasion of an official inquiry by the
Spanish authorities it was ascertained that the high priest of
Zamayac included under his rule nearly one thousand sub-
priests,* and no doubt others of his rank were not less potent.

The unity between the members of the association over an in-
definitely wide area was perfectly well known to the Spanish
priests and civil authorities. The ceremonies, formulas and
methods of procedure were everywhere identical or alike. This
itself was justly regarded as a proof of the secret intelligence
which existed among the members of this cabalistie guild.+

To a certain extent, and at least in some localities, as Chiapas
and Guatemala, the priesthood of Nagualism was hereditary in
particular families. This is especially stated by the historian
Ordonez y Aguiar, who had exceptional opportunities for ac-
quainting himself with the facts.{

A traveler of the first decade of this century, who has left us
anumber of curious details of the superstitions of the Chris-
tianized Indians in Mexico of that day, Benito Maria de Moxo,
informs us that he had discovered the existence of different
grades in the native soothsayers and medicine men, and that all
in a given locality recognized the supremacy of one whom they
referred to as “the little old man,” #/ Viejito. But he was un-
able to ascertain by what superior traits or rights he obtained
this distinction.§

According to some authorities, the highest grade of these
native hierophants bore among the Nahuas the symbolic name

* Informe del teniente general, Don Jacobo de Barba Figueroa, corregidor de la Provincia
de Suchitepeque. quoted by Brasseur.

+ Jacinto de la Serna says: ‘‘ Los meestros de estas ceremonias son todos unos, y lo que
sucede en esta cordillera en todas sucede.’’ Manual de Ministros, p.52. Speaking of the
methods of the nagualists of Chiapas, Bishop Nufiez de la Vega writes: ‘‘Concuerdan
los mas modernos con los mas anliguos que se practicaban en Mexico.” Constituciones
Diocesanas, p. 134.

t He observes that there were “ familias de los tales sabios en las quales en manera de
patrimonio se heredaban, succediendo los hijos 4 los padres, y principalmente su abom-
inable secta de Nagualismo.’’ Historia del Cielo y dela Tierra, MS., p. 7. Ordonez ad-
vances various erudite reasons for believing that Nagualism isa religious belief whose
theory and rites were brought from Carthage by Punic navigators in ancient times.

§ Maria de Mox6, Cartas Mejicanas, p. 270 Genova, n. d.).

Brinton. ] 38 | Jan. 5,

of “ flower-weavers,” Xochimilca, probably from the skill they
had to deceive the senses by strange and pleasant visions.* In
the south they were spoken of as “ guardians,” which may have
been derived from the classes of priests so-called in the Zapotec
religion.}

19. It will be seen from the above, that Nagualism, beginning in
an ancient superstition dating back to the time of primitive bar-
barism, became after the Conquest a potent factor in the politi-
cal and social development of the peoples among whom it ex-
isted ; that it was the source from which was drawn and the
means by which was sustained the race-hatred of the native
American towards his foreign conquerors, smouldering for cen-
turies, now and then breaking out in furious revolt and civil
war.

There is strong reason to suspect its power where, for obvious
reasons, it has not been demonstrated. It has always been a
mystery and a matter of surprise to the historians of Yucatan
how rapidly spread the plans of the insurrection which secured
lasting independence for the natives, after these plans had been
agreed upon by the two chiefs, Antonio Ay and Cecilio Chi, at
the remote rancho of Xihum,in July, 1847. Such unanimity
of action could only have been possible through the aid of a
powerful, well-disciplined and widespread secret organization.
There can scarcely be a doubt they were the chiefs or masters
of the redoubtable order of Nagualism in the Peninsula.

There is no question that such was the case with the brief and
bloody revolt of the Mayas in 1761. It suddenly broke out in
a number of villages near Valladolid, Yucatan, headed by a full-
blood native, Jacinto Can-Ek; but some of the participants
afterwards confessed that it was the outcome of a conspiracy
which had been preparing for a year.

When the appointed day arrived, Jacinto boldly announced
himself as the high priest of the fraternity of sorcerers, a master
and teacher of magic, and the lineal successor of the famous

* “ NXochimilea, que asi lamavan A los mui sabios encantadores.’’ Torquemada, Mon-
arquia Indiana, Lib. xv, cap. 16.

7 In Nahuatl, tlapiani, a guardian or watchman. The Zapotec priesthood was divided
into the huijatoos, “greater guardians,” and their inferiors, the copavitoos, ‘‘ guardians
of the gods.”” Carriedo, Estudios Historicis, Pp: 93.

{ See Eligio Ancona, Historia de Yucatan, Tom. iy, eap. 1 (Mérida, 1880).

1894.] 39 [Brinton.

ancient prophet, Chilan Balam, “ whose words cannot fail.” Ina
stirring appeal he urged his fellow-countrymen to attack the
Spaniards without fear of consequences.

««Be not afraid,’ he exclaimed, ‘of their cannons and their forts ; for
among the many to whomI have taught the arts of magic (el arte de bru-
jeria) there are fifteen chosen ones, marvelous experts, who by their
mystic power will enter the fortress, slay the sentinels, and throw open
the gates to our warriors. I shall take the leaves of the sacred tree, and
folding them into trumpets, I shall call to the four winds of heaven, and
a multitude of fighting men will hasten to our aid.’ ’’*

Saying this, he took a sheet of paper, held it up to show that it
was blank, folded it for a moment, and then spread it out covered
with writing! This deft trick convinced his simple-minded
hearers of the truth of his claims and they rushed to arms. He
led them, clothed in the robe of the Virgin and with her crown
on his head. But neither their enthusiasm nor their leader’s art
magic availed, and soon Jacinto and his followers fell victims to
the stake and the gallows. After theirdeath the dance of “ the
tiger,” or of Chac-Mool—the “ ghost dance ” of the Mayas—was
prohibited ; and the use of the sacred drum—the favorite in-
strument of the native priests-—was forbidden.+

In fact, wherever we have any full accounts of the revolts
against the Spanish domination during the three centuries of its
existence in New Spain, we can manifestly trace the guiding
fingers of the powerful though hidden hand of Nagualism. An
earlier revolt of the Mayas in Yucatan occurred in 1585. It
was led by Andres Chi, a full-blood Indian, and a deseendant of
the ancient royal house of the Cocomes. He also announced
himself as a priest of the ancient faith, a prophet and a worker
of miracles, sent to instruct his own people in a new religion
and to give them an independent political existence. Seized by

* The mention of the fifteen, 5 x 3, chosen disciples indicates that the same system of
initiating by triplets prevailed in Yucatan as in Chiapas (see above, p. 27). The sacred
tree is not named, but presumably it was the ceiba to which I refer elsewhere. The ad-
dress of Jacinto was obtained from those present, and is given at length by the Jesuit
Martin del Puerto, in his Relacion hecho al Cabildo Eclesiastico por el preposito de la Com-
pania de Jesus, acerca de la muerte de Jacinto Can-Ek y socios, Dec. 26, 1761. It is published,
with other documents relating to this revolt, in the Appendix to the Diccionario Univer-
sal, edited by Orozco y Berra, Mexico, 1856. On the prophecies of Chilan Balam, see my
Essays of an Americanist, pp. 255-273 (Philadelphia, 1890).

+ Eligio Ancona, Hist. de Yucatan, Tom. ii, p. 152.

Brinton. ] 40 [Jan. 5,

the Spaniards, he was charged with idolatry, sorcery and dis-
turbing the peace, and was ignominiously hanged.*

Not less definitely inspired by the same ideas was the Mixe
Indian, known as “Don Pascual,” who led the revolt of the
Tehuantepec tribes in 1661. He sent out his summons to the
“thirteen governors of the Zapotecs and Chontales ” to come to
his aid, and the insurrection threatened to assume formidable
proportions, prevented only by bringing to bear upon the natives
the whole power of the Roman Church through the Bishop of
Oaxaca, Cuevas Davalos.t

Nearly the same locality had been the scene of the revolt of
the Zapotecs in 1550, when they were led by a native priest who
claimed to be an incarnation of the old god Quetzalcoatl, the
patron deity of the nagualists.{ —

In the city of Mexico itself, inthe year 1692, there was a vio-
lent outbreak of the natives, when they destroyed three million
dollars worth of property. Doubtless this was partly attribut-
able to the scarcity of food which prevailed; but that the au-
thorities traced it also to some secret ceremonials is evident
from the law which was immediately passed forbidding the In-
dians to wear the piochtli, or scalp-lock, a portion of the hair
preserved from birth as part of the genethliac rituals,§ and the
especial enactments against the octli.

As for the revolt of the Tzentals of Chiapas, in 1712, it was
clearly and confessedly under the leadership of the nagualistic
priesthood, as I shall indicate on a later page.

The history of the native American race under the Spanish
power in North America has never yet been written with the
slightest approach to thoroughness. He who properly qualifies

* See Pedro Sanchez de Aguilar, Informe contra Idolum Cultores en Yucathan (Madrid,
1639) ; Eligio Ancona, Historia de Yucatan, Tom. ii, pp. 128, 129.

+ The chief authority on this revolt is Juan de Torres Castillo, Relacion de lo Sucedido
en las Provincias de Nexapa, Izlepex y Villa Alta (Mexico, 1662). See also Cayo, Los Tres
Siglos de Mexico durante el Gobierno Espanol, Tom. ii; p. 41, and a pamphlet by Christoval
Manso de Contreras, Relacion cierta y verdadera de lo que sucedio en esta Provincia de Tehu-
antepec, etc. (printed at Mexico, 1661), which I know only through the notes of Dr. Be-
rendt. Mr. H. H. Bancroft, in his very meagre account of this event, mistakingly insists
that it took place in 1660. History of Mexico, Vol. iii, p. 164.

} See Brasseur de Bourbourg, His‘oire des Nations Civilisées dela Mexique, Tom iy, 824.
2 Cavo, Los Tres Siglos, etc., Tom. ii, p. 82. On the use and significance of the piochili

we have some information in Vetancurt, Teatro Mexicano, Tom. ii, p. 464, and de la Serna,

Manual de Ministros, pp. 166, 167. It was the badge of a certain order of the native
priesthood.

1894.] 4] [Brinton.

himself for that task will certainly reach the conclusion ex-
pressed a number of years ago by the eminent American anti-
quary and historian, Mr. E. G. Squier, in these words :

‘« Among the ruling and priestly classes of the semi-civilized nations of
America, there has always existed a mysterious bond, a secret organiza-
tion, which all the disasters to which they have been subjected have not
destroyed. It is to its present existence that we may attribute those
simultaneous movements of the aborigines of Mexico and Central Amer-

ica, which have more than once threatened the complete subversion of
the Spanish power.’’*

That mysterious bond, that secret organization,is Nagualism.

20. A remarkable feature in this mysterious society was the
exalted position it assigned to Women. Not only were they ad-
mitted to the most esoteric degrees, but in repeated instances
they occupied the very highest posts in the organization. Ac-
cording to the traditions of the Tzentals and Pipils of Chiapas,
when their national hero, Votan, constructed by the breath of
his mouth his darkened shrine at Tlazoaloyan, in Soconusco, he
deposited in it the sacred books and holy relics, and constituted
a college of venerable sages to be its guardians ; but placed them
all in subjection to a high priestess, whose powers were abso-
lute.+

The veracious Pascual de Andagoya asserts from his own
knowledge that some of these female adepts had attained the
rare and peculiar power of being in two places at once, as much
as a league and a half apart ;{ and the repeated references to
them in the Spanish writings of the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries confirm the dread in which they were held and the ex-
tensive influence they were known to control. In the sacra-
ments of Nagualism, Woman was the primate and hierophant.

21. This was a lineal inheritance from pre-Columbian times.
In many native American legends, as in others from the old
world, some powerful enchantress is remembered as the founder
of the State, mistress of men through the potency of her magic
powers.

* Adventures on the Musquito Shore, by S. A. Ward, pseudonym of Mr. Squier, p. 208
(New York, 1855).
+Nuiiez de la Vega, Constituciones Diocesanas, p. 10, and comp. Brasseur de Bour-

bourg, Hist. des Nat. Civ. de Mexique, Tom. i, p. 74.
t Herrera, Hist. de las Indias Occidentales, Dec. ii, Lib. iii, cap. 5.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXII. 144. F. PRINTED FEB. 14, 1€94,

Brinton.] 42 [Jan. 5,

Such, among the Aztecs, was the sorceress who built the city
of Mallinalco, on the road from Mexico to Michoacan, famous
even after the conquest for the skill of its magicians, who
claimed descent from her.* Such, in Honduras, was Coami-
zagual, queen of Cerquin, versed in all occult science, who died
not, but at the close of her earthly career rose to heaven in the
form of a beautiful bird, amid the roll of thunder and the flash
of lightning.

According to an author intimately familiar with the Mexican
nagualists, the art they claimed to possess of transforming
themselves into the lower animals was taught their predecessors
by a woman, a native Circe, a mighty enchantress, whose usual
name was Quilaztli (the etymology of which is unknown), but
who bore also four others, representing her four metamorphoses,
Cohuacihuatl, the Serpent Woman; Quauhcihuatl, the Eagle
Woman ; Yaocihuatl, the Warrior Woman; and Tzitzimecihuatl,
the Specter Woman.{

The powers of these queens of magic extended widely among
their sex. We read in the chronicles of ancient Mexico that
when Nezahualpilli, the king, oppressed the tribes of the coast,
the tierra caliente, they sent against him, not their warriors, but
their witches. These cast upon him their fatal spells, so that
when he walked forth from his palace, blood burst from his
mouth, and he fell prone and dead. §

In Guatemala, as in ancient Delphos, the gods were believed
to speak through the mouths of these inspired seeresses, and at
the celebration of victories they enjoyed a privilege so strange
and horrible that I quote it from the old manuscript before me
without venturing a translation :

ae

. . . « Despues de sacrificar los antiguos algun hombre, despedacan-
dolo, si era de los que avian cogido en guerra, dicen que guardaban el

* Acosta, Hist. Nat. y Moral de las Indias, Lib. vii, eap. 5.

+ The story is given in Herrera, Hist. de las Indias, Dec. iv, Lib. viii, cap. 4. The name
Coamizagual is translated in the account as “Flying Tigress.’’ I cannot assign it this
sense in any dialect. i

{ Jacinto de la Serna, Manual de Ministros, p. 138. Sahagun identifies Quilaztli with
Tonantzin, the common mother of mankind and goddess of child-birth (Zist. de Nueva
Espana, Lib. i, cap. 6, Lib. vi, cap. 27). Further particulars of her are related by Tor-
quemada, Monarquia Indiana, Lib. ii, cap. 2. The tzitzime were mysterious elemental
powers, who, the Nahuas believed, were destined finally to destroy the present world
(Sahagun, 1. ¢., Lib. vi, cap. 8). The word means “ flying haired’’ (Serna).

¢ Torquemada, Monarquia Indiana, Lib. ii, cap. 62.

1894.] 43 [Brinton.

miembro genital y los testiculos del tal sacrificado, y se los daban A una
vieja que tenian por profeta, para que los comiese, y le pedian rogasse a
su idolo les diesse mas captivos.’’ *

When Captain Pedro de Alvarado, in the year 1524, was
marching upon Quetzaltanango, in Guatemala, just such a fearful
old witch took her stand at the summit of the pass, with her
familiar in the shape of a dog, and “ by spells and nagualistic
incantations ” undertook to prevent his approach.+

As in the earliest, so in the latest accounts. The last revolt
of the Indians of Chiapas occurred among the Zotzils in 1869.
The cause of it was the seizure and imprisonment by the Spanish
authorities of a “mystical woman,” known to the whites as
Santa Rosa, who, together with one of their ahaus or chieftains,
had been suspected of fomenting sedition. The natives marched
thousands strong against the city of San Cristobal, where the
prisoners were, and secured their liberation; but their leader,
Ignacio Galindo, was entrapped and shot by the Spaniards, and
the mutiny was soon quelled.{

22. But perhaps the most striking instance is that recorded
in the history of the insurrection of the Tzentals of Chiapas,
in 1713. They were led by an Indian girl,a native Joan of Arc,
fired by like enthusiasm to drive from her country the hated
foreign oppressors, and to destroy every vestige of their pres-
ence. She was scarcely twenty years old, and was known to
the Spaniards as Maria Candelaria. She was the leader of what
most historians call a religious sect, but what Ordonez y Aguiar,
himself a native of Chiapas, recognizes as the powerful secret
association of Nagualism, determined on the extirpation of the
white race. He estimates that in Chiapas alone there were
nearly seventy thousand natives under her orders—doubtless an
exaggeration—and asserts that the conspiracy extended far into

* Fr. Tomas Coto, Diccionario de la Lenqua Cakchiquel, MS., s. v. Sacrificar; in the
Library of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia.

+ ‘‘Trataron de valerse del arte de los eneantos y naguales”’ are the words of the author,
Fuentes y Guzman, in his Recordacion Florida, Tom. i, p. 50. In the account of Bernal
Diaz, it reads as if this witch and her dog had both been sacrificed ; but Fuentes is clear
in his statement, and had other documents at hand.

t Teobert Maler, ‘‘ Mémoire sur l’Etat de Chiapas,’ in the Révue d’ Ethnographie, Tom.

iii, pp. 309-311. This writer also gives some valuable facts about the Indian insurrection
in the Sierra de Alicia, in 1873.

Brinton.] 44 [Jan. 5,

the neighboring tribes, who had been ordered to await the result
of the effort in Ghinpas:

Her authority was absolute, and she was merciless in requir-
ing obedience to it. The disobedient were flayed alive or
roasted over a slow fire. She and all her followers took particu-
lar pleasure in manifesting their hatred and contempt for the
religion of their oppressors. They defiled the sacred vessels of
the churches, imitated with buffoonery the ceremonies of the
mass, which she herself performed, and stoned to death the
priests whom they caught.

Of course, her attempt against the power of Spain was hope-
less. It failed after a bitter and protracted conquest, character-
ized by the utmost inhumanity on both sides. But when her
followers were scattered and killed, when the victorious whites
had again in their hands all the power and resources of the
country, not their most diligent search, nor the temptation of
any reward, enabled them to capture Maria Candelaria, the
heroine of the bloody drama. With a few trusty followers she
escaped to the forest, and was never again heard of.*

More unfortunate were her friends and lientenants, the priest-
esses of Guistiupan and Yajalon, who had valiantly seconded
Maria in her patriotic endeavors. Seized by the Spaniards, they
met the fate which we can easily imagine, though the historian
has mercifully thrown a veil on its details.t

23. Of just such a youthful prophetess did Mr. E. G. Squier
hear during his travels in Central America, a “ sukia woman,”
as she was called by the coast Indians, one who lived alone mid
the ruins of an old Maya temple, a sorceress of twenty years,
loved and feared, holding death and life in her hands.{ Per-

* The long account given by Mr. H. H. Bancroft of this insurrection is a travesty of the
situation drawn from bitterly prejudiced Spanish sources, of course, utterly out of sym-
pathy with the motives which prompted the native actors. See his History of the Pacific
States, Vol. ii, p. 696, sqgq. Ordotiez y Aguiar, who lived on the spot within a generation
of the occurrences, recognizes in Maria Candelaria (whose true name Bancroft does not
give) the real head of the rebellion, ‘‘ quien ordenaba los ardides del motin; . ... delo
que principalmente trataban las leyes fundamentales de su secta, era de que no quedase
rastro alguno de que los Europeos havian pisado este suelo.’’ His account is in his un-
published work, Historia del Cielo y dela Tierra, written at Guatemala about 1780. Juarros,
speaking of their rites, says of them: ‘“Apostando de la fé, profanando los vasos sagra-
dos, y ofreciendo sacrilegos cultos 4 una indizuela.’’ Historia dela Ciudad de Guatemala,
Tom. i, p. 17.

+ Bancroft, ubi supra, p. 705, note. One was hanged, whom Garcia Pelaez calls ‘una
india bruja.’ Memorias para la Historia de Guatemala, Tom. ii, p. 153.

{ Squier, ubi supra, passim.

[Brinton.

1894. ] 45

haps his account is somewhat fanciful; it is so, indeed; but it
is grounded on the unshaken beliefs and ancient traditions of
the natives of those climes, and on customs well known to those
who reside there.

The late distinguished Americanist, the Abbé Brasseur de
Bourbourg, during his long travels in Mexico and Central
America, had occasion more than once to come in contact with
this trait of the ancient faith of the Nagualists, still alive in
their descendants. Among the Zapotecs of the Isthmus of
Tehuantepec he saw one of the queens of the mystic fraternity,
and he describes her with a warmth which proves that he had
not lost his eye for the beautiful.

««She wore a piece of light-green stuff loosely folded around her form
at the hips, and falling to a little distance above the ankle; a jacket of
red silk gauze with short sleeves and embroidered with gold, clothed the
upper part of her person, veiling her bosom, upon which lay a chain of
heavy gold pieces, pierced and strung on a cord. Herrich black hair was
divided on the forehead, and drawn back in two splendid tresses fastened
with blue ribbons, while a white muslin kerchief encircled her head like
the calantica of the ancient Egyptians. Never in my life have I seen a
more striking figure of an Isis or a Cleopatra.

‘«There was something strange in her expression. Her eyes were the
blackest and the brightest in the world; but there were moments when
she suddenly paused, leaned against the billiard table or the wall, and
they became fixed and dead like those of a corpse. Then a fiery glance
would shoot from beneath her dark lashes, sending a chill to the heart of
the one to whom it was directed. Was it madness, or was it, as those
around her believed, a momentary absence of soul, an absorption of her
spirit into its nagual, a transportation into an unknown world? Who
shall decide ?’’*

24. It would be a mistake to suppose that Nagualism was an
incoherent medley of superstitions, a mass of jumbled fragments
derived from the ancient paganism. My study of it has led me
to a widely different conclusion. It was a perpetuation of a
well-defined portion of the native cult, whose sources we are
able to trace long anterior to the period of the eonquest, and
which had no connection with the elaborate and bloody ritual of
the Aztecs. The evidence to this effect is cogent.

Wherever in later days the Catholic priests found out the

* Voyage a UV Isthmus de Tehuantepec, p. 164. He adds a number of particulars of the
power she was supposed to exercise.

Brinton.] 46 {Jan. 5,

holy places and sacred objects of the nagualists, they were in-
caves or deep rock-recesses, not in artificial structures. The
myths they gleaned, and the names of the gods they heard, also
point to this as a distinguishing peculiarity. An early instance
is recorded among the Nahuas of Mexico. In 1537 Father
Perea discovered a cavern in a deep ravine at Chalma, near Mal-
linaleo (a town famous for its magicians), which was the sanc-
tuary of the deity called Oztoteotl, the Cave God (oztotl, cave ;
teotl, god), ‘“ vererated throughout the whole empire of Monte-
zuma.” * He destroyed the image of the god, and converted
the cavern into a chapel.

We cannot err in regarding Oztoteotl as merely another name
of the Nahuatl divinity, Tepeyollotl, the Heart, or Inside, of the
Mountain, who in the Codex Borgia and the Codex Vaticanus
is represented seated upon orin acavern. His name may equally
well be translated “‘ the Heart of the Place,” or “of the Town.”

Dr. Eduard Seler has shown beyond reasonable question that
this divinity did not originally belong to the Aztec Pantheon,
but was introduced from the South, either from the Zapotecs,
the Mixtecs, or the Mayan tribes, beyond these.t The Cave
God of the Aztecs is identical with the Votan of the Tzentals of
Chiapas, and with the U-q’ux Uleuh of the Quiches of Guate-
mala, and probably with the Cozaana of the Zapotecs.

The rites of all of these were conducted in caverns, and there
have been preserved several interesting descriptions of the con-
tents of these sacred places. That relating to the ‘‘ dark house
of Votan ” is given thus in the work of the Bishop of Chiapas:

‘‘Votan is the third hero who is named in the calendar, and some of
his descendants still reside in the town of Teopisca, where they are known
as Votans. He is sometimes referred to as Lord of the Sacred Drum, and
he is said to have seen the great wall (which must have been the Tower
of Babel), and to have divided this land among the Indians, and given to
each tribe its language.

* “ Que era venerado en todo elimperiode Montezuma.”’ See Diccionario Universal, Ap-
pendice, s. v. (Mexico, 1856),

+ ‘Dass der Gott Tepeyollot] im Zapotekenlande und weiter siidwiirts seine Wurzeln
hat, und dem eigentlichen Aztekischen Olymp fremd ist, dariiber kann kein Zweifel
mehr obwalten.’’ See Dr. Seler's able discussion of the subject in the Compte-Rendu of
the Seventh International Congress of Americanists, p. 559,.seqg. The adoption of
subterranean temples was peculiarly a Zapotecan trait. ‘ Notandose principalmente en
muchos adoratorios de los Zapotecos, estan los mas de ellos cubiertos, 6 en subterraneos
espaciosos y lobregos.’’ Carriedo, Estudios Historicos, Tom. i, p. 26.

1891.] . 47 [Brinton.

“They say further that he once dwelt in Huehuetan, a town in the pro-
vince of Soconusco. Near there, at the place called Tlazoaloyan, he
constructed, by blowing with his breath, a dark house, and put tapirs in
the river, and in the house a great treasure, and left all in charge of a
noble lady, assisted by guardians (tlapiane) to preserve. This treasure
consisted of earthenware vases with covers of the same material; a stone,
on which were inscribed the figures of the ancient native heroes as found
in the calendar ; chalchiuites, which are green stones ; and other super-
stitious objects.

‘All of these were taken from the cave, and publicly burned in the
plaza of Huehuetan on the occasion of our first diocesan visit there in
1691, having been delivered to us by the lady in charge and the guar-
dians, All the Indians have great respect for this Votan, and in some
places they call him ‘the Heart of the Towns.’ ’’*

The English priest, Thomas Gage, who was curate of a parish
among the Pokonchi Indians of Guatemala about 1630, relates
his discovery of such a cave, in which the idol was preserved,
and gives this description of it:

‘We found the Idol standing upon a low stool covered with a linen
‘cloth. The substance of it was wvod, black shining like jet, asif it had
been painted or smoked ; the furm was of a man’s head unto the shoul-
ders, without either Beard or Mustachoes ; his look was grim, with a
wrinkled forehead, and broad staring eyes.

“‘They boasted of this their god, saying that he had plainly told them
they should not believe anything I preached of Christ, but follow the old
ways of their forefathers.’’+

The black color here mentioned was a relic of ancient symbol-
ista, referring to the night, darkness, and the obscurity of the
holy cavern. Vetancurt informs us that the priests of the
ancient paganism were accustomed to rub their faces and bodies
with an ointment of fat and pine soot when they went to sacri-
fice in the forests, so that they looked as black as negroes { In
the extract from Nufiez de la Vega already given, Ical Ahau,
the “ Black King,” is named as one of the divinities of the
nagualists.

In some parts the principal idol found in the caves was the

* Constituciones Diocesanas, pp. 9, 10.

t Gage, A New Survey of the West Indies, pp. 389, 393.

t Teatro Mexicano, Tratado iii, cap. 11. Mr. Bandelier has called attention to the nam-
ing of one of the principal chiefs among the Aztecs, Tlilancalqui, ‘‘Man of the Dark
House,’’ and thinks it related to the Votan myth. Twelfth Annual Report of the Peabody
Museum, p. 689.

Brinton. ] 48 [Jan. 5,

mummied or exsiccated body of some former distinguished
priest or chieftain. One such is recorded by Bartholomé de
Pisa, which was found among the Zapotecs of Coatlan. It bore
a name taken from the calendar, that of the tenth day, and was
alleged to be the preserved cadaver of acelebrated ruler.* An-
other interesting example is narrated by Villa Senor y Sanchez,
who describes it as an eye-witness. It was discovered in a spa-
cious cave located some distance to the west of the city of
Mexico, in Nahuatl territory, on the side of what was known as
“ the Sun mountain ’—la Mesa de Tonati. He speaks of it as
remarkably well preserved, “ both the muscles and the bones.”

“Tt was seated in an armchair which served for a throne, and was
clothed in a mantle, which fell from the shoulders to the feet. This was
richly adorned with precious stones, which, according to the native cus-
tom, were sewed into the texture of the cloth. . The figure also wore
shoulder straps, collars, bracelets and fastenings of silver. From its
forehead rose a crown of beautiful feathers of different colors. arranged
so that onecolor should alternate with another. The left hand was rest-
ing on the arm of the chair, while in the right was a sharp cutlass with
silver mountings. At its feet were several vases of fine stone, as marble
and alabaster, in which were offerings of blood and meat, obtained from
the sacrifices.’

The same writer refers to other examples of these sacred
caves which he had seen in his journeys. One was near the
town of Teremendo, where the sides and roof had been artifi-
cially dressed into the shape of huge arches. A natural altar had
been provided in a similar manner, and on it, at the time of his
visit, were numerous idols in the figures of men and animals,
and before them fresh offerings of copal and food. Elsewhere
he refers to many such caverns still in use as places resorted to
by the natives in la gran Sierra de Tlascala.}

These extracts prove the extent of this peculiar worship and
the number of these subterranean temples in recent generations.
The fame of some of the greater ones of the past still survives,
as the vast grotto of Chalcatongo, near Achiutla, which was the
sepulchral vault of its ancient kings; that of Totomachiapa, a

* Herrera, Historia de las Indias Occidentales, Dec. iii, Lib. iii, cap. 14.

t Villa Sefior, Teatro Americano, Lib. v, cap. 388 (Mexico, 1747). Father Cavo adds that
there were signs of human sacrifices present, but of this I can: find no evidence in the
aca Comp. Cayo, Los Tres Siglos de Mexico durante el Gobierno Espanal, Tom.
; ‘ Teatro Americano, Lib, ii, cap. 11; Lib. iii, cap. 18.

1894.] 49 © [Brinton.

solemn scene of sacrifice for the ancient priests; that of Just-
lahuaca, near Sola (Oaxaca), which was a place of worship of
the Zapotecs long after the Conquest ; and that in the Cerro de
Monopostiac, near San Francisco del Mar. *

The intimate meaning of this cave-cult was the worship
of the Earth. The Cave God, the Heart of the Hills, really
typified the Earth, the Soil, from whose dark recesses flow the
limpid streams and spring the tender shoots of the food-plants,
as well as the great trees. To the native Mexican, the Earth
was the provider of food and drink, the common Father of All;
so that to this day, when he would take a solemn oath, he stoops
to the earth, touches it with his hand, and repeats the solemn
formula: Cuix amo nechitla in toteotzin? “ Does not our Great
God see me?”

25. Theidentity of the Tepeyollotlofthe Nahuas and the Votan
of the Tzentals is shown not only in the oneness of meaning of
the names, but in the fact that both represent the third day in
the ritual calendar. For this reason I take it, we find the num-
ber three so generally a sacred number in the symbolism of the
nagualists. We have already learned in the extract from Nunez
de la Vega that the neophytes were instructed in classes of
three. ‘To this day in Soteapan the fasts and festivals appointed
by the native ministrants are three days in duration.; The
semi-Christianized inhabitants of the Sierra of Nayerit, the
Nahuatl-speaking Chotas, continued in the last century to ven-
erate three divinities, the Dawn, the Stone and the Serpent;
analogous to a similar “ trinity ” noted by Father Duran among
the ancient Aztecs.§

The number nine, that is, 3x 3, recurs so frequently in the
conjuration formulas of the Mexican sorcerers that de la Serna
exclaims: “ It was the Devil himself who inculeated into them
this superstition about the number nine.” ||

* See Miihlenpfordt, Mexico, Bd. ii, pp. 209-266; Brasseur, Hist. des Nations Civ. de la
Mexique, Vol. iv, p. 821; Herrera, Historia de las Indias, Dee. iii, Lib. iii, cap. 12, ete.

} Diccionario Universal, Appendice, s. v.

t Their names were Ta Yoapa, Father Dawn; Ta Te, Father Stone; Coanamoa, the
Serpent which Seizes. Dicc. Univ., App., Tom. iii, p. 11.

2 Duran, Historia de los Indios, Tom. ii, p. 140. They were Tota, Our Father; Yollometli,
the Heart of the Maguey (probably pulque); and Topiltzin, Our Noble One (probably
Quetzaleoatl, to whom this epithet was often applied).

| ‘‘ Fue el Demonio que les dié la supersticion del numero nueve.’”’ Manual de Minis-
tros, p. 197.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. G. PRINTED FEB, 15, 1894.

Brinton. ] 50 [J an. 5,

The other number sacred to the nagualists was seven. I have,
in a former essay, given various reasons for believing that this
was not derived from the seven days of the Christian week, but
directly from the native calendar. * Nunez de la Vega tells us
that the patron of the seventh day was Cuculcan, “ the Feathered
Serpent,” and that many nagualists chose him as their special
protector. As already seen, in Guatemala the child finally ac-
cepted its naual when seven years old ; and among some of the
Nahuatl tribes of Mexico the tonal and the calendar name was
formally assigned on the seventh day after birth.+ From similar
impressions the Cakchiquels of Guatemala maintained that when
the lightning strikes the earth the ‘ thunder stone ” sinks into
the soil, but rises to the surface after seven years. {

The three and the seven were the ruling numbers inthe genea-
logical trees of the Pipiles of San Salvador. The “ tree” was
painted with seven branches representing degrees of relationship
within which marriage was forbidden unless a man had performed
some distinguished exploit in war, when he could marry beyond
the nearest three degrees of relationship.§ Another combination
of 3 and 7, by multiplication, explains the customs among the
Mixes of deserting for 21 days a house in which a death has
occurred. ||

The indications are that the nagualists derived these numbers
from the third and seventh days of the calendar “ month ” of
twenty days. 'Tepeololtec, the Cave God, was patron of the
third day and also ‘ Lord of Animals,” the transformation into
which was the test of nagualistic power.§ Tlaloc, god of the
mountains and the rains, to whom the seventh day was hallowed,
was represented by the nagualistic symbol of a snake doubled
and twisted on itself, and was generally portrayed in connection
with the ‘ Feathered Serpent” (Quetzalcoatl, Cuculehan, Guku-
matz, all names meaning this), represented as carrying his
medicine bag, «iquipilli, and incensory, the apparatus of the

* The Native Calendar of Central America and Mexico, p. 12.

+ Motolinia, Ritos Antiguos, Sacrificios e Idolatrias de los Indios dela Nueva Espana, p.
340 (in Coleccion de Documentos ineditos para la Historia de Espana).

} Thomas Coto, Vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel, MS., sub voce, Rayo.

@ Herrera, Historia de las Indias, Dee. iv, Lib. viii, cap. 10.

| Diccionario Universal, Appendice, ubi supra.

{| ‘ Sefor de los Animales.’’ Codex Telleriano-Remensis, Parte ii, Lam. iy.

1894.] 51 [Brinton.

native illuminati, his robe marked with the sign of the cross to
show that he was Lord of the Four Winds and of Life. *

26. The nagualistic rites were highly symbolic,and the sym-
bols used had clearly defined meanings, which enable us to
analyze the religious ideas underlying this mysterious cult.

The most important symbol was Fire. It was regarded as
the primal element and the immediate source of life. Father
Nicolas de Leon has the following suggestive passage in this
connection :

‘If any of their old superstitions has remained more deeply rooted
than another in the hearts of these Indians, both men and women, it
is this about fire and its worship, and about making new fire and pre-
serving it for a year in secret places. We should be on the watch for
this, and when in their confessions they speak of what the Fire said
and how the Fire wept, expressions which we are apt to pass by as
unintelligible, we must Jay our hands on them for reprehensiop. We
should also be on the watch for their baptism by Fire, a ceremony
called the yiahuiltoca,+ shortly after the birth of a child when they bestow
on it the surnames ; nor must the lying-in women and their assistants
be permitted to speak of Fire as the father and mother of all things
and the author of nature; because it is a common saying with them
that Fire is present at the birth and death of every creature.’

This curious ceremony derived its name from the yiahuwitli, a
plant not unlike the absinthe, the powdered leaves of which,
according to Father Sahagun, the natives were accustomed to
throw into the flames as an offering to the fire.{ Long after the
conquest, and probably to this day, the same custom prevails in
Mexico, the fumes and odor of the burning leaves being con-
sidered very salubrious and purifying to the air of the sick
room §

* See Dr. Seler’s minute description in the Compte Rendu of the Eighth Session of the
Congrés International des Américanistes, pp. 588, 589. In one of the conjuration formu-
las given by de la Serna (Manual de Ministros, p. 212) the priest says: ‘‘ Yo soy el sacer-
dote, el dios Quefzalcoatl, que se bajar al infierno, y subiré 4 lo superior, y hastalos nueve
infiernos.’”?’ This writer, who was very competent in the Nahuatl, translates the name
Quetzaleoatl by ‘‘culebra con cresta’’ (id., p. 171), an unusual, but perhaps a correct
rendering.

+ His words here are somewhat obscure. They are, ‘‘ El baptismo de fuego, en donde
las ponen los sobre nombres que llaman yahuiltoca, quando nacen.’’ This may be trans-
lated, ‘* The baptism of fire in which they confer the names which they call yahwiltoca.”’
The obscurity is in the Nahuatl, as the word toca may be a plural of focait/, name, as well
as the verb toca, to throw upon. The passage is from the Camino del Cielo, fol. 100, verso,

t Sahagun, Historia de la Nueva Espana, Lib. iv, cap. 25.

2 It is mentioned as useful for this purpose by the early physicians, Francisco Xime-
nes, Cuatro Libros de la Naturaleza, p. 144; Hernandez, Hist. Plant. Nove Hispanix, Tom.

Brinton.] 52 [Jan. 5,

The word yiahuiltoca means “the throwing of the yiauhtli”
(from toca, to throw upon with the hands). Another name for
the ceremony, according to Father Vetancurt, who wrote a ¢en-
tury later than Leon, was apehualco, which has substantially the
same meaning, ‘a throwing upon” or “a throwing away.” * He
adds the interesting particulars that it was celebrated on the
fourth day after the birth of the child, during which time it was
deemed essential to keep the fire burning in the house, but not
to permit any of it to be carried out, as that would bring bad
luck to the child.

Jacinto de la Serna also describes this ceremony, to which he
gives the name ¢lecuiaxtliliztli, “‘ which means that they pass the
infant over the fire ;’ and elsewhere he adds: ‘‘ The worship of
fire is the greatest stumbling-block to these wretched idolaters.” +

2%. Other ceremonies connected with fire worship took plave
in connection with the manufacture of the pulque, or octli, the
fermented liquor obtained from the sap of the maguey plant.
The writer just quoted, de Vetancurt, states that the natives in
his day, when they had brewed the new pulqueand it was ready
to be drunk, first built a fire, walked in procession around it and
threw some of the new liquor into the flames, chanting the while
an invocation to the god of inebriation, Tezcatzoncatl, to de-
scend and be present with them.

This was distinctly a survival of an ancient doctrine which
connected the God of Fire with the Gods of Drunkenness, as
we may gather from the following quotation from the history
composed by Father Diego Duran:

“The octli was a favorite offering to the gods, and especially to the
God of Fire. Sometimes it was placed before a fire in vases, sometimes

ii, p. 200. Capt. Bourke, in his recent article on “The Medicine Men of the Apaches”’ (in
Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 521), suggests that the yiahuitli of the
Aztecs is the same as the “ hoddentin,” the pollen of a variety of cat-tail rush which the
Apaches in a similar manner throw into the fire as an offering. Hernandez, however,
describes the yiahwitli as a plant with red flowers, growing on mountains and hill-sides—
no species of rush, therefore. De la Serna says it is the anise plant, and that with it the
natives perform the conjuration of the ‘yellow spirit’? (conjuro de amarillo espiritado),
that is, of the Fire (Manual de Ministros, p. 197).

* From the verb apeua. WVetancurt’s description is in his Teatro Mexicano, Tom. i, pp.
462, 463 (Ed. Mexico, 1870). ;

} His frequent references to it show this. See his Manual de Ministros, pp. 16, 20, 22, 24,
36, 40, 66, 174, 217, ete. The word tlecuiztliliztli is compounded of tlecuilli, the hearth or
fireplace, and ixtlilwia, to darken with smoke.

1894, ] 53 [Brinton.

it was scattered upon the flames with a brush, at other times it was poured
out around the fireplace.’’*

28. The high importance of the fire ceremonies in the secret
rituals of the modern Mayas is plainly evident from the native
Calendars, although their signification has eluded the researches
of students, even of the laborious Pio Perez, who was so inti-
mately acquainted with their language and customs. In these
Calendars the fire-priest is constantly referred to as ah-toc, liter-
ally “the fire-master.” The rites he celebrates recur at regular
intervals of twenty days (the length of one native month) apart.
They are four in number. On the first he takes the fire; on the
second he kindles the fire; on the third he gives it free play,
and on the fourth he extinguishes it. A period of five days is
then allowed to elapse, when these ceremonies are recom-
menced in the same order. Whatever their meaning, they are
so important that in the Buk Xoc, or General Computation of
the Calendar, preservee in the mystic “ Books of Chilan Balam,”
there are special directions for these fire-masters to reckon the
proper periods for the exercise of their strange functions.}

29. What, now, was the sentiment which underlay this wor-
ship of fire? I think that the facts quoted, and especially the
words of Father de Leon, leave no doubt about it. Fire was
worshiped as the life-giver, the active generator, of animate ex-
istence. This idea was by no means peculiar to them. It re-
peatedly recurs in Sanskrit, in Greek and in Teutonic mythology,
as has been ably pointed out by Dr. Hermann Cohen.{ The
fire-cod Agni (ignis) is in the Vedas the Maker of men; Pro-
metheus steals the fire from heaven that he may with it animate
the human forms he has moulded of clay; even the connection
of the pulque with the fire is paralleled in Greek mythos, where
Dionysos is called Pyrigenes, the “ fire-born.”

Among the ancient Aztecs the god of fire was called the

* Duran, Historia de los Indios de la Nueva Espafia, Tom. ii, p. 240. Sahagun adds that
the octli was poured on the hearth at four separate points, doubtless the four cardinal
points. Historia de Nueva Espajia, Lib. i, cap. 13. De la Serna describes the same cere-
mony as current in his day, Manual de Ministros, p. 35. The invocation ran :—“ Shining
Rose, light-giving Rose, receive and rejoice my heart before the God.”

+A copy of these strange ‘‘ Books of Chilan Balam ’”’ is in my possession. I have de-
scribed them in my Essays of an Americanist (Philadelphia, 1890).

+ See his remarks on “‘ Apperception der Menscheuzeugung als Feuerbereitung,’’ in the
Zeitschrift fiir Vilkerpsychologie, Bd. vi, s. 113, seq.

=
Brinton.] 54 [Jan. 5,

oldest of gods, Huehueteotl, and also “ Our Father,” Tota, as it
was believed from him all things were derived.* Both among
them and the Mayas, as I have pointed out in a previous work,
he was supposed to govern the generative proclivities and the
sexual relations. + Another of his names was Xiuhtecutli, which
can be translated ‘“ God of the Green Leaf,” that is, of vegetable
fecundity and productiveness. {

To transform themselves into a globe or ball of fire was, as we
have seen (ante, p. 29), a power claimed by expert nagualists,
and to handle it with impunity, or to blow it from the mouth, was
one of their commonest exhibitions. Nothing so much proved
their superiority as thus to master this potent element.

30. The same name above referred to, ‘the Heart of the
Town,” or “of the Hills,” was that which at a comparatively
late date was applied to an idol of green stone preserved with
religious care in a cavern in the Cerro de Monopostiac, not far
from San Francisco del Mar. The spot is still believed by the
natives to be enchanted ground and protected by superhuman
powers. §

These green stones, called chalchiuitl, of jadeite, nephrite,
green quartz, or the like, were accounted of peculiar religious
significance throughout southern Mexico, and probably to this
day many are preserved among the indigenous population as
amulets andcharms. They were often carved into images, either
in human form or representing a frog, the latter apparently the
symbol of the waters and of fertility. Bartholomeé de Alva re-
fers to them in a passage of his Confessionary. The priest asks
the penitent:

“‘Dost thou possess at this very time little idols of green stone, or
frogs made of it (in chalchiuh coconeme, chalchiuh tamazoltin) ?

“Dost thou put them out in the sun to be warmed? Dost thou keep
them wrapped in cotton coverings, with great respect and veneration ?

“Dost thou believe, and hold for very truth, that these green stones
give thee food and drink, even as thy ancestors believed, who died in their
idolatry? Dost thou believe that they give thee success and prosperity

* Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Espafia, Lib. i, cap. 18. The Nahuatl text is more definite
than the Spanish translation.

+ See my Myths of the New World, p. 154, seq. ;

t In the Nahuatl language the word «ihuitl (wiwitl) has four meanings: a plant, a tur-
quoise, a year and a comet.

¢ J. B. Carriedo, Estudios Historicos del Estado Oaxaquefio, Tom. i, p. 82, ete.

1894.] 5d {Brinton.

and good things, and all that thou hast or wishest? Because we know very
well that many of you so believe at this very time.’’ *

Down to quite a recent date, and perhaps still, these green
stones are employed in certain ceremonies in vogue among the
Indians of Oaxaca in order to ensure a plenteous maize harvest.
The largest ear of corn in the field is selected and wrapped up
in a cloth with some of these chalchiuite. At the next corn-
planting it is taken to the field and buried in the soil. This is
believed to be a relic of the worship of the ancient Zapotec
divinity, Quiegolani, who presided over cultivated fields.+

They are still in use among the natives as lucky stones or
amulets. In the Zotzil insurrection of 1869, already referred to,
one was found suspended to the neck of one of the slain In-
dians. It came into the possession of M. Maler, who has de-
scribed and figured it.t It represents a human head with a curi-
ous expression and a singular headdress.

From specimens of these amulets preserved in museums it is
seen that any greenish stone was selected, preferably those yield-
ing a high, vitreous polish, as jadeite, turquoise, emerald, chlor-
melanite or precious serpentine. The color gave the sacred
character, and this, it seems to me, was distinctly meant to be
symbolic of water and its effects, the green of growing plants,
and hence of fertility, abundance and prosperity.

31. There is another symbol, still venerated among the pres-
ent indigenous population, which belongs to Nagualism, and is
a survival from the ancient cult; this is the Tree. The species
held in especial respect is the ceiba, the silk-cotton tree, the
ytzamatl (knife-leaved paper tree) of the Nahuas, the yax che
(green, or first tree) of the Mayas, the Bombax ceiba of the
botanists. It is of great size and rapid growth. In Southern
Mexico and Central America one is to be seen near many of the
native villages, and is regarded as in some way the protecting
genius of the town.

Sacred trees were familiar to the old Mexican cult, and, what
is curious, the same name was applied to such as to the fire,

* Alva, Confessionario en Lengua Mexicana, fol. 9.
+ Carriedo, Estudios Historicos, pp. 6, 7.
t In the Revue d’ Ethnographie, Tom. iii, p. 318. Some very fine objects of this class are

described by E. G. Squier, in his ‘‘ Observations on the Chalchihuitl,”’ in the Annals of
the Lyceum of Natural History, Vol. i (New York, 1869).

Brinton.] 56 (Jan. 5,

Tota, Our Father. They are said to have represented the gods
of woods and waters.* In the ancient mythology we often hear
of the “tree of life,” represented to have four branches, each
sacred to one of the four cardinal points and tlie divinities asso-
ciated therewith.

The conventionalized form of this tree in the Mexican figura-
tive paintings strongly resembles a cross. Examples of it are
numerous and unmistakable, as, for instance, the cruciform tree
of life rising from a head with a protruding tongue, in the
Vienna Codex.t}

32. Thus, the sign of the cross, either the form with equal
arms known as the cross of St. Andrew, which is the oldest
Christian form, or the Latin cross, with its arms of unequal
length, came to be the ideogram for “life” in the Mexican
hieroglyphic writing ; and as such, with more or less variants,
was employed to signify the tonalli or nagual, the sign of
nativity, the natal day, the personal spirit.{ The ancient
document called the Mappe Quinatzin offers examples, and its
meaning is explained by various early writers. The peculiar
character of the Mexican ritual calendar, by which nativities
were calculated, favored a plan of representing them in the
shape of a cross; as we see in the singular Codex Cruct-
formis of the Boturini-Goupil collection.

33. But the doctrines of Nagualism had a phase even more
detestable to the missionaries than any of these, an esoteric
phase, which brought it into relation to the libidinous cults
of Babylon and the orgies of the ‘‘ Witches’ Sabbaths ” of the
Dark Ages. Of these occult practices we of course have no
detailed descriptions, but there are hints and half-glances which
leave us in no doubt.

When the mysterious metamorphosis of the individual into
his or her nagual was about to take place, the person must

* Diego Duran, Historia de los Indios de Nueva Espana, Tom. ii, p. 140.

+ In Kingsborough, Antiquities of Mexico, Vol. ii, Pl. 180. On the cross as a form de-
rived from a tree see the observations of W. H. Holmes, in the Second Annual Report of
the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 270, 271.

{ ‘‘ Au Mexique, le cadre croisé, la croix en sautoir, comme celle de St. André, avee
quelques variantes, representait le signe de nativité, tonailli, la féte, le jour natal.’ M.
Aubin, in Boban, Catalogue Raisonnée de la Collection Goupil, Tom. i, p. 227. Both Gomara
and Herrera may be quoted to this effect.

1894.] 57 [Brinton.

strip to absolute nudity ;* and the lascivious fury of bands of
naked Nagualists, meeting in remote glades by starlight or in
the dark recesses of caves, dancing before the statues of the
ancient gods, were scenes that stirred the fanaticism of the
Spanish missionaries to its highest pitch. Bishop Landa in-
forms us that in Yucatan the dance there known as the naual
was one of the few in which both men and women took part,
and that it “was not very decent.” It was afterwards pro-
hibited by the priests. We have excellent authority that such
wild rites continued well into the present century, close to
the leading cities of the State,+ and it is highly likely that they
are not unknown to-day.

34. Moreover, it is certain that among the Nagualists, one
of their most revered symbols was the serpent; in Chiapas,
one of their highest orders of the initiated was that of the
chanes, or serpents. Not only is this in Christian symbolism
the form and sign of the Prince of Evil and the enemy of God,
but the missionaries were aware that in the astrological sym-
bols of ancient Mexico the serpent represented the phallus ;
that it was regarded as the most potent of all the signs ; { and
modern research has shown, contrary to the opinion long held,
that there was among these nations an extraordinary and ex-
tensive worship of the reciprocal principle of nature, associated
with numerous phallic emblems.§

Huge phalli of stone have been discovered, one, for instance,
on the Cerro de las Navajas, not far from the city of Mexico,

* See a curious story from native sources in my Essays of an Americanist, pp. 171, 172.
It adds that this change can be prevented by casting salt upon the person.
+ Benito Maria de Moxo, Cartas Mejicanas, p. 257; Landa, Cosas de Yucatan, p. 193.

t Pedro de los Rios, in his notes tothe Codex Vaticanus, published in Kingsborough’s
great work, assigns the sign, cohwatl, the serpent, to ‘‘il membro virile, i] maggio augurio
di tutti gli altri.”’ Itis distinctly so shown on the 75th plate of the Codex. De la Serna
states that in his day some of the Mexican conjurors used a wand, around which was
fastened a living serpent. Manual de Ministros, p. 37.

2 There is abundant evidence of this in certain plates of the Codex Troano, and there
is also alleged to be much in the Codex Mexicanus of the Palais Bourbon. Writing about
the latier, M. Aubin said as far back as 18t1—“‘le culte du Jingam on du phallus n’etait
pas etranger aux Mexicains, ce qu’ etablissent plusieurs documents peu connus et des
sculptures découvertes depuis un petit nombre d’années.”’ His letter is in Boban, Cala-
logue Raisonné de la Collection Goupil, Tom. ii, p. 207. On the frequent identification of
the serpent symbol with the phallus in classical art, consult Dr. Anton Nagele’s article,
“Der Schlangen-Cultus,”’ in the Zeitschrift fiir Volkerpsychologie, Band xvii, p. 285, seq.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. H. PRINTHKD FEB. 15, 1894.

58 [Jan. 5,

Brinton. ]

and another in the State of Hidalgo.* Probably they were
used in some such ceremonies as Oviedo describes among the
Nahuas of Nicaragua, where the same symbol was represented
by conical mounds of earth, around which at certain seasons the
women danced with libidinous actions. Although as a general
rule the pottery of ancient Mexico avoids obscenity, Brasseur
stated that he had seen many specimens of a contrary character
from certain regions,t and Dr. Berendt has copied several strik-
ing examples, showing curious yont symbols, which are now in
my possession.

We may explain these as in some way connected with the
worship of Pantecatl, the male divinity who presided over pro-
fligate love, and of Tlazolteotl, the Venus Impudica of the Aztec
pantheon ; and it is not without significance that the cave-temple
of Votan, whose contents were destroyed by the Bishop of Chi-
apas, in 1691 (see above, p. 47), was located at Tlazoaloyan, both
names being derived from a root signifying sexual action.{ The
other name of the divinity, called “ the Heart of the Hills,” is
in Quiche, Alom, “ he who begets,” and the Zapotec Cozaana, an-
other analogue of the same deity, is translated by Seler, “ the
Begetter.” Such facts indicate how intimately the esoteric
doctrines of Nagualism were related to the worship of the re-
productive powers of nature.

ood. It will readily be understood from what has been said
that Nagualism was neither a pure descendant of the ancient
cults, nor yet a derivative from Christian doctrines and Euro-
pean superstitions. It was astrange commingling of both, often
in grotesque and absurd forms. In fact, the pretended Christi-
anity of the native population of Mexico to-day is little more
than a figment, according to the testimony of the most competent
observers.§

The rituals and prayers of the nagualists bear witness to
this. It is very visible in those I have quoted from Nuiiez de

* Cf. G. Tarayre, Exploration Mineralogique des Regions Mexicaines, p. 283 (Paris, 1869), and
Bulletin de la Société d’ Anthropologie de Paris, Juin, 1893.

+ Sources del Histoire Primitive de’ Mexique, p. 81.

} From <o, to join together. Compare my Essays of an Americanist, p. 417 (Philadel-
phia, 1890).

2 ‘‘ El indio Mexicano es todayiaidolatra.” F. Pimentel, La Situacion actual dela Raza
Indigena de Mexico, p. 197.

1894. ] 59 [Brinton,

la Vega, and I can add an interesting example of it which has
not heretofore been published. I take it from the MSS. of
Father Vicente Hernandez Spina, cura of Ixtlavacan, in Guate-
mala, a remote village of the Quiches. He wrote it down in the
native tongue about forty years ago, as recited by an ah-kih,
“reader of days,” a native master of the genethliac art, who had
composed it in favor of a client who had asked his intercession.

Prayer of an Ah-Kith.

““O Jesus Christ my God: thou God the Son, with the Father and the
Holy Spirit, art my only God. To-day, on this day, at this hour, on this
day Tihax, I call upon the holy souls which accompany the sun-rising
and the sun-setting of the day: with these holy souls I call upon thee, O
chief of the genii, thou who dwellest in this mountain of Siba Raxquin ;
come, ye holy spirits of Juan Vachiac, of Don Domingo Vachiac, of Juan
Ixquiaptap, the holy souls of Francisco Excoquieh, of Diego Soom, of

‘Juan Fay, of Alonzo Tzep ; I call the holy souls of Diego Tziquin and of
Don Pedro Noh: you, 0 priests, to whom all things are revealed, and
thou, chief of the genii, you, lords of the mountains, lords of the plains,
thou, Don Purupeto Martin, come, accept this incense, accept to-day this
candle.* c

“*Come also, my mother Holy Mary, the Lord of Esquipulas, the Lord
of Capetagua, the beloved Mary of Chiantla, with her who dwells at San
Lorenzo, and also Mary of Sorrows, Mary Saint Anna, Mary Tibureia,
Mary of Carmen, with Saint Michael the Archangel, the captain St.
James, St. Christoval, St. Sebastian, St. Nicolas, St. Bonaventura, St.
Bernardin, St. Andrew, St. Thomas, St. Bartholomew, and thou my be-
loved mother St. Catherine, thou beloved Mary of the Conception, Mary
of the Rosary, thou lord and king Pascual, be here present.

“And thou, Frost, and thou, excellent Wind, thou, God of the plain,
thou, God of Quiac-Basulup, thou, God of Retal-Uleu, thou, lord of San
Gregorio, thou, lord of Chii-Masa. [These are mountains and localities,
and in the original there fellow the names of more than a hundred others.
The prayer concludes as follows :]

«<. .. . TL who appoint myself godfather and godmother, [ who ask, I
the witness and brother of this man who asks, of this man who makes
himself your son, O holy souls, I ask, do not let any evil happen unto
him, nor Jet him be unhappy fer any cause.

‘‘[ the priest, I who speak, I who burn this incense, I who light this
candle, I who pray for him, I who take him under my protection, I ask
you that he may obtain his subsistence with facility. Thou, God, canst
provide him with money ; let him not fall ill of fever; I ask that he shall

* The “ holy souls’’ who are here appealed to by name are those of deceased ah-kih, or
priests of the native cult.

Brinton.] 60 [Jan. 5,

not become paralytic; that he may not choke with severe coughing ; that
he be not bitten by a serpent ; that he become neither bloated nor asth-
matic ; that he do not go mad; that he be not bitten by a dog ; that he be
not struck by lightning ; that he be not choked with brandy ; that he be
not killed with iron, nor by a stick, and that he be not carried off by an
eagle; guard him, O clouds; aid him, O lightning ; aid him, O thunder ;
aid him, St. Peter; aid him, St. Paul; aid him, eternal Father.

“‘And I who up to this time have spoken for him to you, I ask you that
sickness may visit his enemies. So order it, that when his enemies go
forth from their houses, they may meet sickness; order it, that wherever
they go, they may meet troubles ; do your offices of injury to them, where-
soever they are met; do this that I pray, O holy souls. God be with you ;
God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Spirit; Amen, Jesus.”

Most of such invocations are expressed in terms far more re-
condite and symbolic than the above. We have many such
preserved in the work of Jacinto de la Serna, which supply
ample material to acquaint us with the peculiarities of the
sacred and secret language of the nagualists. I shall quote but
one, that employed in the curious ceremony of “calling back the
tonal,” referred to on a previous page. I append an explanation
of its obscure metaphors.

Invocation for the Restitution of the Tonal.

‘‘Ho there! Come to my aid, mother mine of the skirt of precious
stones!+ What keeps thee away, gray ghost, white ghost?” Is the ob-
stacle white, or is it yellow? See, I place here the yellow enchantment
and the white enchantment.®

“T, the Master of the Masters of enchantments, have come, I, who
formed thee and gave thee life.4 Thou, mother mine of the starry skirt, thou,
goddess of the stars, who givest life, why hast thou turned against this
one?$

*« Adverse spirit and darkened star, I shall sink thee in the breadth and
depth of the waters.® I, master of spells, speak to thee Ho there!
Mother mine, whose skirt is made of gems, come, seek with me the shin-
ing spirit who dwells in the house of light,7 that we may know what god
or mighty power thus destroys and crushes to earth this unfortunate one.
Green and black spirit of sickness, leave him and seek thy prey else-
where.

‘*Green and yellow ghost, who art wandering, as if lost, over moun-
tains and plains, I seek thee, I desire thee ; return to him whom thou hast
abandoned. Thou, the nine times beaten, the nine times smitten, see that
thou fail me not. Come hither, mother mine, whose robe is of precious

1894.] 61

{Brinton.

gems; one water, two waters ; one rabbit, two rabbits; one deer, two
deers ; one alligator, two alligators.®

‘‘Lo! I myself am here; I am most furious ; I make the loudest noise
of all ; I respect no one ; even sticks and stones tremble before me. What
god or mighty power dare face me, me, a child of gods and goddesses?”
I have come to seek and call back the tonal of this sick one, wherever it
is, whithersoever it has wandered, be it nine times wandered, even unto
the nine junctures and the nine unions.!! Wherever it is, I summon it

to return, I order it to return, and to -heal and clean this heart and this
head.”’

Explanations.

1. The appeal is to Water, regarded as the universal Mother. The
«skirt of precious stones ’’ refers to the green of the precious green stones,
-a color sacred to water.

. The question is addressed to the tonal.

. The yellow enchantment is tobacco ; the white, a cup of water.

. That is, assigned the form of the nagual belonging to the sick man.
. This appeal is directed to the Milky Way.

. ‘The threat is addressed to the fonal, to frighten it into returning.
The ‘‘ shining spirit’ is the Fire-god.

. The yellow tobacco, prepared ceremonially in the manner indicated.
. These are names of days in the native calendar which are invoked.
10. The priest speaks in the person of his god.

11. Referring to the Nahuatl belief that there are nine upper and nine
under worlds.

EOP WwW

c ©

From the same work of de la Serna I collect the following
list of symbolic expressions. It might easily be extended, but
these will be sufficient to show the figurative obscurities which
they threw around their formulas of conjuration, but which were
by no means devoid of coherence and instruction to those who
could understand them.

Symbolic Expressions of the Nagualists.

Blood.—‘‘ The red woman with snakes on her gown”’ (referring to the
veins).

Copal Gum.—‘‘ The white woman ”’ (from the whitish color of the fresh
gum).

Cords (for carrying burdens).—‘‘ The snake that does woman’s work ”’
(because women sit still to knit, and the cord works while itself is car-
ried).

Drunkenness.—‘‘ My resting time,’’ or ‘‘ when I am getting my breath.”’

The Earth.—‘‘ The mirror that smokes ”’ (because of the mists that rise

62 [Jan. 5,

Brinton.]

from it); ‘the rabbit with its mouth upward ”’ (the rabbit, in opposition
to the one they see in the moon; with its mouth upward, because of the
mists which rise from it like the breath exhaled from the mouth) ; ‘‘the
flower which contains everything’’ (as all fruit proceeds from flowers, so
does all vegetable life proceed from the earth, which is therefure spoken
of as a flower) ; ‘‘the flower which bites the mouths”’ (a flower, for the
reason given ; it eats the mouths, because all things necessarily return to
it, and are swallowed by it).

Pingers.—‘‘ The five fates,’’ or ‘‘the five works,’’ or ‘the five fields ”’
(because by the use of his fingers man works out hisown destiny. Hence
also the worship of the Hand among the Nahuas as the god Maitl, and
among the Mayas as the god Kab, both which words mean ‘‘hand’’).

Fire.—‘‘Our Father of the Four Reeds’’ (because the ceremony of
making the new fire was held on the day Four Reeds, 4 Acatl) ; ‘‘ the
shining rose ;’’ ‘the yellow flyer ;’’ ‘the red-haired one ;”’ ‘‘the yellow
spirit.’’

A Knife of Copper.—‘‘ The yellow Chichimec’’ (because the Chichi-
mecs were alleged to tear out the bowels of their enemies).

The Maguey Plant.—‘‘ My sister, the eight in a row’’ (because it was
planted in this manner).

A Road.—‘‘ That which is divided in two, and yet has neither begin-
ning, middle nor end’”’ (because it always lies in two directions from a
person, and yet all roads lead into others and thus never end).

Sickness.—‘‘The red woman;’’ ‘‘the breath of the flame;’’ ‘our
mother the comet”’ (all referring to the fever) ; ‘‘the Chichimec”’ (be-
cause it aims to destroy life, like these savage warriors) ; ‘‘the spider’’
(because of its venomous nature).

Smoke.—‘‘ The old wife’’ (¢. ¢., of the fire).

The Sun.—‘‘ Our holy and pockified Uncle’”’ (referring to the myth of
Nanahuat!, who was syphilitic, and leaping into the flames of a fire rose as
the sun).

Tvbacco.—‘‘ The nine (or seven) times beaten ’’ (because for sacred pur-
poses it was rubbed up this number of times) ; ‘‘theenchanted gray one”’
(from its color and use in conjuring).

Water.—‘* The Green Woman” (from the greenness which follows
moisture) ; ‘‘our Mother, whose robe is of precious stones’’ (from the:
green or vegetable life resembling the turquoise, emerald, jade, etc.).

>

36. It might be asked how the dark arts and secret cere-
monies of the Nagualists escaped the prying eyes of the officers
of the Holy Inquisition, which was established in Mexico in
1571. The answer is, that the inquisitors were instructed by
Cardinal Diego de Espinosa, who at that time was Inquisitor
General and President of the Council of the Indies, “ to abstain
from proceedings against Indians, because of their stupidity and

1894.] 63 [Brinton.

incapacity, as well as scant instruction in the Holy Catholic
faith, for the crimes of heresy, apostasy, heretical blasphemy,
sorcery, incantations, superstitions,” etc.

Energetic inquisitors, however, conceded very grudgingly this
exemption. In the imposing auto de /é celebrated in the city of
Mexico, in 1659,a half-breed, Bernardo del Carpio by name,
son of a full-blood Indian mother, accused of blasphemy, etce.,
endeavored to escape the Holy Office by pleading his Indian
blood ; but his appeal was disallowed, and the precedent estab-
lished that any admixture whatever of European blood brought
the accused within the jurisdiction of the Inquisition.* Even
this seems to have been a concession, for we find the record of
an auto de fé held in 1609,in the province of Tehuantepec, in
which eight full-blood natives were punished for worshiping
the goddess Pinopiaa.f Mr. David Ferguson, however, who has
studied extensively the records of the inquisition in Mexico, in-
forms me that in none of the trials read by him has he observed
any charges of Nagualism, although many white persons were
accused, and some tried, for consulting Indian sorcerers.

37%. It will be seen from what I have said, that the rites of
Nagualism extended as widely as did the term over Mexico and
Central America. It becomes, therefore, of importance to dis-
cover from what linguistic stock this term and its associated
words are derived: From that source it is reasonable to sup-
pose the rites of this superstition also bad their origin.

The opinions on this subject have been diverse and positive.
Most writers have assumed that it is a Nahuatl, or pure Mexi-
ean, word ; while an eminent authority, Dr. Stoll, is not less cer-
tain that it is from a radical belonging to the neighboring great
stock of the Mayan dialects, and especially the Quiche, of Gua-
temala.{ Perhaps both these positions are erroneous, and we

* See the Relacion del Auto celebrado en Mexico, afio de 1659 (Mexico, En la Imprenta del
Santo Officio, 1659).

+ J. 8. Carriedo, Estudios Historicos del Estado Oaxaqueno, Tom. i, pp 8, 9 (Oaxaca, 1849).
About 1610 a number of Indians in the province of Acapulco were put to death for hav-
ing buried enchanted ashes beneath the floor of a chapel! (Serna, Manual de Ministros,
p. 52.)

t ‘‘ Nagual ist in seiner correcten Form naoal ein echtes Quiché-Wort, ein Substanti-
vum instrumentale, vom Stamme nad, wissen, erkennen. Naoal ist dasjenige, womit
oder woran etwas, in diesem Falle das Schicksal des Kindes, erkannt wird, und hat mit

dem mexikanischen nahwalli (Hexe), mit dem man es vielleicht in Verbindung bringen
mochte, nichts zu schaffen.” Guatemala, s. 238.

64 [Jan. 5,

Brinton. ]

must look elsewhere for the true etymology of these expressions,
Unquestionably they had become domesticated in both Maya and
Nahuatl; but there is some reason to think they were loan-words,
belonging to another, and perhaps more venerable, civilization
than either of these nations could claim.

To illustrate this I shall subjoin several series of words de-
rived from the same radical which is at the basis of the word
nagual, the series, three in number, being taken from the three
radically diverse, though geographically contiguous, linguistic
stocks, the Maya, the Zapotec and the Nahuatl.

From the Maya, of Yucatan.

Naual, or nautal, a native dance, forbidden by the missionaries.

Naatil, talent, skill, ability.

Naat, intelligence, wisdom.

Naatah, to understand, to divine.

Nanaol, to consider. to contemplate, to meditate, to commune with one-
self, to enter into oneself.

Noh, great, skillful ; as nok ahceh, a skillful hunter.

From Maya Dialects.
QuicHB&-CAKCHIQUEL.

Naual, a witch or sorcerer.

Naualin, to tell fortunes, to predict the future.

Qui naualin, to sacrifice, to offer sacrifices.

Na, to feel, to suspect, to divine, to think in one’s heart.
Nao, to know, to be alert or expert in something.

Naol, a skillful person, a rhetorician.

Naotizan, to make another intelligent or astute.

Natal, the memory.

Natub, the soul or shadow of a man.

Noh, the god of reason (‘‘ Genius der Vernunft,’’ Scherzer).
Noh, to fecundate, to impregnate (Popol Vuh).

TZENTAL.

X-gna, to know.

X-qnaulai, to know often or thoroughly (frequentative).
Naom, wise, astute (naom vinic, hombre sabio).

Naoghi, art, science.

Naoghibal, memory.

Ghnaoghel, a wise man.

Alaghom naom, the Goddess of Wisdom.

1894.] 65 [Brinton.

From the Zapotec, of Oaxaca.

Nana, gana, gona, to know.

Nona, to know thoroughly, to retain in the memory.
Nana ticha, or nona lit, a wise man.

Guela nana, or guela nona, wisdom, knowledge.

Hue gona, or ro gona, a teacher, a master.

Na lit, truth ; nt na lit, that which is true.

Nacina, or naciina, skill, dexterity.

Hui naa, a medicine man, a ‘‘ nagualist.’’

Nahaa, to speak pleasantly or agreeably.

Nayaa, or nayapt, to speak easily or fluently.

Rigoo gona, to sacrifice, to offer sacrifice.

Ni nana, the understanding, the intelligence, generally.
Nayanii, the superior reason of man.

Nayaa, al : :
Naguii, \ superiority, a superior man (gentileza, gentil hombre).

From the Nahuatl, of Mexico.

Naua, to dance, holding each other by the hands.

Naualli, a sorcerer, magician, enchanter.

Nauallotl, magic, enchantment, witchcraft.

Nauatl, or nahuaitl, skillful, astute, smart ; hence, superior ; applied to
language, clear, well-sounding, whence (perhaps) the name of the
tongue.

Nauati, to speak clearly and distinctly.

Nauatlato, an interpreter.

38. I believe that no one can carefully examine these lists of
words, all taken from authorities well acquainted with the sev-
eral tongues, and writing when they still retained their original
purity, without acknowledging that the same radical or syllable
underlies them all; and further, that from the primitive form
and rich development of this radical in the Zapotec, it looks as
if we must turn to it to recognize the origin of all these expres-
sions, both in the Nahuatl and the Maya linguistic stocks.

The root na, to know, is the primitive monosyllabic stem to
which we trace all of them. Nahual means knowledge, es-
pecially mystic knowledge, the Gnosis, the knowledge of the
hidden and secret things of nature; easily enough confounded
in uncultivated minds with sorcery and magic.*

* The Abbé Brasseur observes: ‘‘ Le mot nahwal, qui vet dire toute science, ou science
de tout, est fréquemment employé pour exprimer la sorcellerie chez ces populations.”
Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, 1857, p. 290. In another passage of his works the specu-
lative Abbé translates naual by the English ‘‘ know all,’’ and is not averse to believing
that the latter is but aslight variant of the former.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. I. PRINTED FEB. 21, 1894.

Brinton. ] 66 [Jan. 5,

It is very significant that neither the radical na nor any of its
derivatives are found in the Huasteca dialect of the Mayan
tongue, which was spoken about Tampico, far removed from
other members of the stock. The inference is that in the south-
ern dialects it was a borrowed stem.

Nor in the Nahuatl language—although its very name is de-
rived from it *—does the radical na appear in its simplicity and
true significance. To the Nahuas, also, it must have been a
loan.

It is true that de la Serna derives the Mexican navalli, a
sorcerer, from the verb nahualtia, to mask or disguise oneself,
“because a naualli is one who masks or disguises himself under
the form of some lower animal, which is his nagual ;” but it is
altogether likely that nahualtia derived its meaning from the
custom of the medicine men to wear masks during their cere-
monies.

Therefore, if the term nagual, and many of its associates
and derivatives, were at first borrowed from the Zapotec lan-’
guage, a necessary corrollary of this conclusion is, that along
with these terms came most of the superstitions, rites and
beliefs to which they allude; which thus became grafted on the
general tendency to such superstitions existing everywhere and
at all times in the human mind.

Along with the names of the days and the hieroglyphs which
mark them, and the complicated arithmetical methods by means
of which they were employed, were carried most of the doc-
trines of the Nagualists, and the name by which they in time
became known from central Mexico quite to Nicaragua and
beyond.

The mysterious words have now, indeed, lost much of their
ancient significance. In a recent dictionary of the Spanish of
Mexico nagual is defined as “a witch; a word used to frighten
children and make them behave,” ¢ while in Nicaragua, where the
former Nahuatl population has left so many traces of its pres-
ence in the language of to-day, the word nagual no longer means
an actor in the black art, or a knowledge of it, but his or her

* See an article by me, entitled “On the Words ‘Anahuac’ and ‘Nahuatl,’ ’’ in the
American Antiquarian, for November, 1893.

+ Manual de Ministros, p. 50.

| Jesus Sanchez, Glosario de Voces Castellanas derivadas del Idioma Nahuatl, sub voce.

1894. ] 67

{Brinton.

armamentarium, or the box, jar or case in which are kept the
professional apparatus, the talismans and charms, which consti-
tute the stock in trade or outfit of the necromancer.*

Among the Lacandons, of Mayan stock, who inhabit the
forests on the upper waters of the Usumacinta river, at the
present day the term naguate or nagutlat is said to be applied to
any one “ who is entitled to respect and obedience by age and
merit ;” + but in all probability he is also believed to possess
superior and occult knowledge.

39. All who have any acquaintance with the folk-lore of the
world are aware that the notion of men and women having the
power to change themselves into beasts is as wide as supersti-
tion itself and older than history. It is mentioned in the pages
of Herodotus and in the myths of ancient Assyria. It is the
property of African negroes, and the peasantry of Europe still
hold to their faith in the reality of the were-wolf of Germany,
the loup-garou of France and the lupo mannaro of Italy. Dr.
Richard Andrée well says in his interesting study of the subject :
“He who would explain the origin of this strange superstition
must not approach it as a national or local manifestation, but as
one universal in its nature; not as the property of one race or
family, but of the species and its psychology at large.” ¢

Even in such a detail as the direct connection of the name of
the person with his power of change do we find extraordinary
parallelisms between the superstition of the red man of America
and the peasant of Germany. As in Mexico the nagual was as-
signed to the infant by a form of baptism, so in Europe the
peasants of east Prussia hold that if the godparent at the time of
naming and baptism thinks of a wolf, the infant will acquire the
power of becoming one; and in Hesse to pronounce the name of the
person in the presence of the animal into which he has been
changed will restore him to human shape.§

40. I need not say that the doctrine of personal spirits is
not especially Mexican, nor yet American; it belongs to man in

* “ Nagual—el lugar, rincon, cajon, nambira, etc., donde guarda sus talismanes y
trajes de encanta la bruja.” Berendt, La Lengua Castellana de Nicaragua, MS.

+ Emetorio Pineda, Descripcion Geograflea de Chiapas y Soconusco, p. 23 (Mexico, 1845).

t See his article ‘‘ Wer-wolf,’’ in his Ethnographische Parailelen und Vergleiche, p. 62, seq.

2 Richard Andrée, ibid., ss. 63, 64.

68 (Jan. 5,

Brinton. ]

general, and can be recognized in most religions and many phil-
osophies. In ancient Greece both the Platonicians and later the
Neo-Platonicians thought that each individual has a particular
spirit, or daimon, in whom is enshrined his or her moral person-
ality. Tothis daimon he should address his prayers, and should
listen heedfully to those interior promptings which seem to arise
in the mind from some unseen silent monitor.*

Many a member of the Church of Rome substitutes for the
daimon of the Platonists the patron saint after whom he is
named, or whom he has chosen from the calendar, the hagiology,
of his Churcb. This analogy did not fail to strike the early
missionaries, and they saw in the Indian priest selecting the
nagual of the child a hideous and diabolical caricature of the
holy rites.

But what was their horror when they found that the similarity
proceeded so far that the pagan priest also performed a kind of
baptismal sacrament with water ; and that in the Mexican picture-
writing the sign which represents the natal day, the tonal, by
which the individual demon is denoted, was none other than the
sign of the cross, as we have seen. This left no doubt as to the
devilish origin of the whole business, which was further sup-
ported by the wondrous thaumaturgic powers of its professors.

41. How are we to explain these marvelous statements? It
will not do to take the short and easy road of saying they are all
lies and frauds. Tbe evidence is too abundant for us to doubt
that there was skillful jugglery among the proficients in the
occult arts among those nations. They could rival their col.
leagues in the East Indies and Europe, if not surpass them.

Moreover, is there anything incredible in the reports of the
spectators? Are we not familiar with the hypnotic or mesmeric
conditions in which the subject sees, hears and feels just what
the master tells him to feel and see? The tricks of cutting one-
self or others, of swallowing broken glass, of handling venom-
ous reptiles, are well-known performances of the sect of the
Aissaoua in northern Africa, and nowadays one does not have
to go off the boulevards of Paris to see them repeated. The
phenomena of thought transference, of telepathy, of clairvoy-

* See Alfred Maury, La Magie et l Astrologie, pp. 88, 89, 267, ete.

1894.] 69 {Brinton.

ance, of spiritual rappings,do but reiterate under the clear light
of the close of the nineteenth century the mystical thaumaturgy
with which these children of nature were familiar centuries ago
in the New World, and which are recorded of the theosophists
and magicians of Egypt, Greece and Rome.* So long as many
intelligent and sensible people among ourselves find all explana-
tions of these modern phenomena inadequate and unsatisfactory,
we may patiently wait for a complete solution of those of a
greater antiquity.

42, The conclusion to which this study of Nagualism leads
is, that it was not merely the belief in a personal guardian spirit,
as some have asserted; not merely a survival of fragments of
the ancient heathenism, more or less diluted by Christian teach-
ings,as others have maintained; but that above and beyond
these, it was a powerful secret organization, extending over a
wide area, including members of different languages and varying
culture, bound together by mystic rites, by necromantic powers
and occult doctrines; but, more than all, by one intense emo-
tion—hatred of the whites—and by one unalterable purpose—
that of their destruction, and with them the annihilation of the
government and religion which they had introduced.

INDEX.

Native words explained, in Italics; names of Authors quoted, in SMALL CAPITALS.

Page. Page.
Nohutiawemeceesecee. access 40 41 Alon 1Weltveciaciimnstes sissies 1-00
INCOBTMAG TO ctarcieoh seo a8 he tis otk, 420i) Aun A Se Sec Mee yareren a SnilG, O440D
PNG UMRTAMR elk? “Sate caicte is /ois1o ei .c1er—e 40 | Anahuac...... Yat Sateen Ae 66
OT ee ee 5 See S743) Amoonay Bena: &- EEG a
PAUP Ursteters eieietehsvnc «lois eee eG OO mL AN DAGOAG EDM escivacte asc 4
PAVU=COC arate siete «= Bemis diniapav sisye wise, DEE | NMR rec, dc Seana aisicisrsie: 6 67
IN EE ROWE, TNGS SGodcre Gabe nc .. 68 | Antichrist, appealed to....... 36
Alaghom Naom, a goddess.... 64 | Apehwalco..........ce.e0. eee 52

* In the Notice Preliminaire to the second part of his work, La Magie etl’ Astrologie dans
V Antiquité et au Moyen Age, Mr. Alfred Maury admirably sums up the scientific resources
at our command for explaining the mystical phenomena of experience, without deny-
ing their reality as actual occurrences.

Brinton. ] [Jan. 5,
Page. Page.
PANURBSTING ME sc coteieid fevers See repens O60 (lO hitewAnGnes: sss ae Aor 39
Ly EVMOMOn a GaotooucaG cbse 38) | CHiECEciia:. erieciasso thoes 4 ats}
Aztecan language...... Jcicselo,ut) | CHIGHIMEGS (ss aiccen eee 15, 62
INTHE CBinore suste.cs.nl ose cane Oe 1) || OAD IGM S 5 da cen socd sac 39, 58
Chontalesien sss. ecee widieseecOyeeu
Baal-Chér..+0+-+s0sseveeee ss 1% Chorti dialect... 22.5... ssten 13 n.
2 ne ne Con enseetecsea crs a CRatas) trilae..:..1s <<a00<0e 49
INTHE OA Peele eee aeons 3
umoworn 1. H....../ 31,4044 Ga) ce
SANDHU R))| Als cic) ores aieere eee 47 Goait ae ee 49
(Sap UISIINels scnsisreie aeieiecrm stem ee 39, OL Pe aee ie ee cl = 48
BUDS SUS ane o3 30 40 || .Coaaihaiil 4 cece. See 16
= aga | an ae ce COMMA carte mens ope eee 42
Russ etield a De ae Cohwatitsianiofececiccs cece 57 n.
Bheenpy, C- HP nc ce wena Be) HY Codex Beis BEPC crite 56
OFTBIEO Te OMA NOS casnsonee 47 Cowen, El ckc... cue 53
Blowin; asia rites. oc-tereiele ct 27, 28 || Copaneminajor) ..aceeeen ee
Basen a: PAs alos Mee eS Re Copawitoos is 2d ek eee 38
7 Books of Chilan Bulut 12-7233 CORDOVA, «Jisk acca sae 22, 23
BowRkKE, Capti.c.ce-aceeseee 52 Gono. Pe eee 31, 43, 50
oe seuae (de Bowrbowie) aon Coyopy, Kingit: wakes creeeeee 23
pie tpt) Cozaana.. a oh okat shore ialetehet eshte 46, 58
BUle DOO. oa oainice ont. <= Vaan ae Cross, as symbol......... 50, 51, 56
BUBGOA, Pieces. apees onsen: . Cuculchanteen see 25, 27, 50
Caprera, Dr. P. F.......... jg | “ Dark House, ”’ Hes /s ersten 46, 47
Cakchiquel language........ 28, 31 Dawn, ae deity Pa eres 49
Calendar, the native. .21-24, 538, 61 Dionysos Pyrigenes.......... 53
@alioriliass cs oc. dace eceoe eee 18 | DELPINO........0.2-. cesses 34
Cancue town ce 37 Drumythetsacredesseseaeee 39, 46
Candelamia wart eneracleeee 43 Drunkenness, god of......... Be
Gan RicsJacinton.. +s. 2e-ae gg | Duman, D.........---0. 52, 53, 56
Carpio, Bernardo del .. 63.\| arth, asdeityos css 49, 61
CARRIEDO, AIGA Senator 23, 38, 46, 54 66 Essays of an Americanist,’’ 12,
Gave God) the sé cenisocs ose 46, 49 39, 58, 57, 58
WMVOJEE viele castes siesie TOO AO AS
Wea trees .tcren sits eee A aciere 55 FERGUSON, pee eo coos 68
Cerquin, province....... 12, 18, 42 “Field MASS,"* the ....-- ewes. 33
ANA (WO) eR ciata adn as oo oto c 39 Fingers, eee FOP Ss a rannaies 62
TR MEUMED oh Secs ois ainiaid sie wei \sapate ie eee ERED ey tee 36, 51, 58, 61, 62
Chalcatono or tnreyrtec osc aeiiser 48 Four Winds, Lord of......... 51
Chalchihuitl..........00. 47,54, 55 | Pros, symbol................ 54
ONT COS eater sls oraeia ie eroetene gq | FUENSANTA DEL VALLE...... 17
Chalinay place ccs ciate 46 PUENTES ¥ GUZMAN..... ++ 80, 43
OVUMLEB aieercieierats\c cians: svveere soars 57 | (GAG: MEONMASHeeete arte 82, 47
GU HEATRNUAGY SD Gren, rey ane ole crete ie rene 21. | "GAGHRN: Cease te. aes 18

1894.]

Page.
Galindo, Ig.......0sssecesses 43
‘‘Ghost dance’”’ of Mayas.... 39
Gm Osigmtes ac arciaevepeleisielsseicrs\eie.6 65
Goupil collection..........0+. 56
CreenasiOMeSie ee eieisi«lcloleiers e:e:s 54
SPO MOUer eter feielelel =telelele sel sie « 28
Ghiabemal assets cals arses 32, 47
Gucumatz, king...... adoood 32, 50
lefyagh ais) GEN (G0 comoonoGoeoee 62
SoEeart Ofmthne skull Sit sic ¢ 49, 54
‘‘Heart of the Maguey ’”’..... 49

‘Heart of the Towns ’’ . 46, 47, 55
HERNANDEZ, F......15, 18, 36, 51
HERRERA, A. DE, 12, 13, 19, 24, 41,

42, 48, 50
EUCTLGHOMeane ss cctes esis are > 29, 47
SSELOU Memb ha naiatalsielsesialsia-2 o-- ° 52
LOMAS) \Wintkleeeees - - Laer 56
EVO CMULAST Ae eioeio cele siccicte 5 12, 42
Huasteca dialect ........0... 66
Huehuetan, town ...........90, 47
FARECHIECUG O UU lanai clet siete = lereleceteyohs «6/6 54
FAUHALO08. oo. eect wen ce ses 38
TOMO > prICA ORO BR OD OLIOAE 29, 47
IVGHESIONS, w\Sinorc dou rene Doar 21
ME CMISTHOMGELMG ects orciste'.c oielsieie 62
MMtfORICAMGS ss a fels va lo(e.0 siove« oso! iy ate
NStlavacany TOW \ejcicsc8 + > oele 30
PUUMETUG tote teceie aiets ia eustsxs.0.4.o10.3,0:618 54
BUNOVAURUEL OS Sa are efevel «iat opoiticliersicns: wos 44
RHUL PLANE CAiioy voyeeaiteketela%eis\e.6:s iat 49
TEGAN ENGL SG CGO OOUDOOOC 62
KInGSBOROUGH, Lord ........ 56
ASE ATRUTNEEY CH: eicie oleie =: =.0 =\0ln's 20
aAcandongs tribes 0)... <<. amie 67
IDUNSIDAY LO Sia Os Ga Reem cote 57
PAURYACINI Ee Aic cs clot tohc¥oieic/niare yale 27, 28
Thamoveg IDS 0S ee o cece eye eo 17
GIGING MING DB «wre. s <iersieiere 14, 51, 53
Life, ideogram of............. 56
IDPS A intae) Oa en ODD Opera oor 56
Tingam, the. ........--s..00- 57

{Brinton.
Page.
Maguey, Heart of the........ 49
Maitl, the Hand, as deity..... 62
i DNrity dan aot rice Seance 43, 55
Mallinaleo. town. ose... 42, 46
MANSO DE CONTRERAS....... 40
Mappe Quinantzin\.=..:, 0... 56
MARTA DE WOx0, Bs... 2... 3%, bY
IVEAWIRIV) Abstsic ceding evo eters eae 68, 69
Mayan" stock, 222 c0% .%:: 18, 24, 32
Ma VAS orteleetctas ciasisle IW opis aiay. 033
Mayas;-revolts Of s.%)..5....¢ 38, 39
Mexican Ian guage a ciciccs ose 13
MICH OAC tects ee eis erece’s 18
Milky Way, as deity.......... 61
Mixcohuatl......... AOAC ICS 27
Mixes: tribeseccsires =e 21, 25, 40, 50
Mixtecs trilbesaere cre crorerere 23, 24
MOLINA, “Av cwcrlastes cisvere eserererese 14
Monopostiac, Cerro de........ 49
MONT aA, Mie oe acini eccaicls ae eo
MORON ST once tise eer ahigesarerere 22
MOM OLUN TAG ver sreteictactsocieers c 50
MUHLENPFORDT, H.......... 21
Mushrooms, intoxicating. .... 36
Was the ooteecserciess. 13, 19 n. 65
NAGEL BH) HA rcicistcieteisieisistelte es 6 57
INagual, ptieee ct 12, 19, 25, 30, 66
IMEYAVENNN 6 poncnoopabouscec 12, 24
Na gua liste saecte eeu <i 12, 25, 26
Nahual. See Nauailli.
INaualtia 2 errteictectiee es «oe 66
Nahuatl language, 18, 20, 22, 49,

54, 65, 66

Nana hua. <0... 2-.-.- 18, 14, 18
Nanahustlaideitiycs 22... 62
IN GUGUAC He ate creel oo cis stelelelS' overs 21
TN OULOUCUUULTUIG Sok ieve cie.d.0 60s ae 20
Naat... ose. 18, 18, 19, 20,-65, 66
IN CILQULOLLs Parca cretetercisciacioe tees 13, 65
UNGUQCLCWCILIVS a0 aces 6,051 o.0'»:3 20
Navajas, Cerro de las......... 57
Nayerit, Sierra. de............ 49
Nezahualpilli, king........... 42
Nine, sacred number......... 49
Noh, god of reason........... 64

Brinton.]
Page.
NUNEZ, DE LA VEGA, 24, 36, 37, 41,
50
Oaxaca, province..... .. 22, 40; 5b
OCEUSS fo citer toto goes aes A002
HOON oh oeG 030.608 Way, all, 174
ORDONEZ Y AGUIAR........ 387, 44
Orozco y BERRA........ 18, 22, 39
OMT DO Ronee cictd sates oe ertone chore 58
WX CHUCTTOWM ie eic.e o's ce cracretee 29
OE TOTZOU 5a OO DOD OOOO OOO iieroetep AO
ARATE OSS <1, oters a erove ees ovolerel aietehers 34
Pah-Ahtuns, deities.......... 1
mite catlercdeitygerrertelettetrtetete 58
VATED NAG. 6 oesiate iejeta eters 5 alts)
BNSC a DON cr. oe ona eee enn 40
IBAROrY RON COSO rere) crs sicielelate 15
JEURELL LOSE OOO CORO CO ooo OO 28
IANO POS CHOCO OR OUE OOO OC 17
PTAA Gus are one scsi w ave corer ete 44
WOM OES, <<a (elstelahs'etorezens aieterstorers Sr ily)
NBER YG Zr Fs syeus severe at sajsyore oheriebenete 53
IZETSOM MINS PURI. conc 'so erettierers 19, 21
JD VUNs Goon don! Gao. 6o08 14-18
halls; symbol. <<... -wrtseee 57
J ROOT DERG RO DRIER RCRRCIO CET G © Od il
IPTINGE NDIA Ho ciel ese:<! o-ovons,venetetene 19
PE UUINEEID AS Bic fetere o'e1b a8 ays rere 34, 58, 67
Pinjopiaas SOddess\ ..1. imi ere = 05
AGO CTU UUiaxe role te eho ts) ysnete obeavorcnerene erate 40
IP yhoyllsy, (Mle Gaobmanono00 6404 41, 50
AES AS FEDES a eye-ctats teveteresers ene weet, AS
OKONCHIS, trlbess. cee ease eee 32
JEQWO) (MIE Ni Cernacoseoese oso 382
Popoluea languages sss... e. ~ 20
PROM aA Pcie iste! sis a lola terstetetanc ee tomers 28
JERROD SS CORREO MOE. 6 De eciorione 28
ODED OUUILED Se elele (ern sielelsietcverefalatats 28
AWE TON Terie. Cctols etre etere 39
DOUG DUTT ISOC OARE D OCOIIE 42
Quauhnanacall ..........0s 36 n.
Quetzalcoatl, 20, 27, 34, 40, 49, 50,
51 n.

Quiche language..... 28, 31, 68, 64

Page
Quichesirihey- a. eee 32, 33
Quiegolani, deity... c.=. sees 55
QUAL ZU. 5 o.015'0 a's cles otohcleneeeeteees 42
QUAB ralaiaie aioe isleie'sle etnies eae ete y
Riesdson, Pod ots... cc + ces 64
‘‘Restitution of the tonal ’’. .20, 60
RTOs EE DROLD HE LOSi jist 57
SaHAGuUN, B., 18, 14, 15, 19, 42, 51,
54
SANCHEZ, 40) tac iaeiteapeisee eee 66
San Francisco del Mar........ 49
Scalp lockse-tieusyaeciiel terete 40
ScHERZHRWC.J.i..c0.)3 nee 33
SELER 2D sc dacs cece seeeeee 46
SERNA, J., 17, 36, 37, 40, 42, 51, 52
57, 60
Serpent of the Clouds......... 27
Senpemt, plant) cise stele ats 16
Serpent, feathered....... 20, 27, 50
Serpent, which seizes....... 49 n.
Serpent, symbolise. omer 57
Seven, sacred number....... 33, 50
SIMEON SS Rie ecrenne eee 19
Slavery of Indians......... 36 n
Smoke, divining by........ 18 n
Snake, symbol. See Serpent.
NOtCAPAM.. <<. \sjeres.c-s.cis ae 21, 49
SPINA; Wis. ELS Ass cis,ctetee: reiterate 59
SOUINR whaGueeeeeoreor 41, 44, 55
STOLE Ose nice eens eae 34, 63
| Stone, as deity. ....... setweeet ao
COTSHIMUA SONI 2 sagan nogn ace 44
‘Suny Moun (atin. etesereeere 48
SUN), NAME Ofc ares onsen eee 62
Tapirs, SACKEd ys. tsvuipeteceerets 47
TARAYRE Gy aoe pein edebea siete 58
VO DOS cite ce. cients seer eee 49
TQ YOUDUs sesso ee 49
YH IOUOA EOD caai outa 6800 & 14
Telépathiy..ccks sears eestor 17
Tenieatlecvettue «camera stra ally
Peopaltn sos .ccmoaie pee cor 16
Teotlauteesracwoarticce naar te 20

1894.]

Page
Pa7a POM AT cha hic s ere awe Ves 37
Wepeololiec deity........2.0... 50
NEST UCT BO EO AoE 46, 49
Meremendo, tOwnees-..26 +5. - 48
UOCEM CHU terse fotoreate Poise Secor. 6s 20
TRACI OCCT Un iy 2 Ob DOOR EES 20
ECUITCRUITL Deer eget Rens) «a set schoo: 1% af 36
Wezeatzoneatl, deity:....6:.... 52
SURO UIAECROULG:t 0:50) o\o(aiu cae 0 sss ss 18
Three, sacred number........ 49
SUP WACer StONG! «02. «ose 50 |
LATA BSS Se Oe CRC ARE OE 33
Givendance, then... ss... 39 |
Wachixqut, SCC... 6+. 0v.s ess 17%
Plahaipuchtin .....--..405- 18n
Minloc wdeity:. .)... is poe 50
SRUDISUU TIN, fol «discal wtnstatel 20 3, 1s 2s) «'s 38, 47
Mascalay letra Gers.0. 26 ten: 48 |
WRUTEGOMLEB ne ctcastc tiniaic le crave aij" 2=? «4s 22 |
Plawoal Oye 2.2 ctela:s.0 te o- «n> 41, 47
Mlazolteowl, Welty... c55 6. 2 58
ET CCUUELLOLUELLU ea enertare obs: cas lela 52
LON BEC U0) TAO eRe NE Re 47 n.
MobaACCOwe. cocieee cee NOs Gleloes
Tonal, tonallt ..19, 23 n., 50, 60, 68
GVA CAUOUTO «sates: sles 263.0 20
IR ORIG S86 SODA OCIS OOO 20 |
TO TUM OULLEGILE) oe: 2 m!e¥s)») 612 S204 5-6) « 19 |
MONMMUCUIU Ee araceyeie cies, 2 42
MODULI a teraa Bes =a ile o's 18 seine 49
TNORQUEMADA, P..:...... 35, 38, 44
TORRES CAS TINGO:. 52. = a6... 40
“ORT NG ee WS Sines A eT 49, 54, 56
MO to machiic pany asi fel aclow < </<\0- 48
PROLOMICA AT ete atee!s wc 01si6 oe « «16 30, 36
WineGs “SACTEOmeclecs 2 aec% ss 5 39, 55 |
Mreeiof the! Gross... ....2- <0. 50
Mreewor Wifes... - Sa ae = Oley
AT RUVITCOS 1c aycie\s occ si 2.2 o's ovaiors 24
Mrimity the Natives... .....+ +: 49
TANI ie is AA arse 27, 39
Tzentals, tribe. ...24, 27, 29, 40, 41
TNO DIST D: te COTE ee 28
Tzttzime, the...... Rae Parr 42n
Teitzimecthuatl.......ceeccee 42

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII.

{Brinton.

Page

EDR MOROEGS 06 CODD ADU boone 18 n
CEG UDOT OUTS. Heike Salo eles els 46

We NERINIMG AS we een. ST os 18
Menugslmpudicare...:..2 ..0c3 58
AUGTENT OF VARS ene eee 21, 34
VintaANcuRTs) AG... 2... 16, 40, 47, 52

| VILLA SENOR Y SANCHEZ..... 48
VG tamite omens crepe nal cnesereis G2 41, 46, 49
Wea Diep Ale ace wetetae ee © oar 41

| Water, divination Diycpeatser ms 14
Waters, as WeMlyyactiiect <li «ls 61, 62
Wiere-wolit arama ou toc 67
Wisdom, goddess of.......... 64
IW iGheStasn ceeeen Seis 18

|) “Witches? ‘Sapbathsta secret. 56
|) AVAALUEL,. rai oy rareeatateren siers ots ote 54n
WW NGI UTICNID . <peeee ees ae ¢ 28
XIMENES, FRANCISCO........- 51

|) XMS Poa eretere recs eiereisioenre 28
INTO TOD... oc BH Ono Sooo OD OUT 50
Xiuhtecutli...... ols syaisianels arsh3 28, 54
SXOCHUMIULCT paeite eres ucts mhetolret ae 38
VU VE0 CORES atarehators evs \e1ste st <¥e 51
Sanh uitlanestOwierraee elas 24
MCMC SocebassosoasaQue ar 42
VKQUiches oasis ete eer ke,e 3) 55
YOR NWs.. eee ae oe ite kes 2 ite
Fu uitlen there rec nate ersessi3:s0e 51
VOULOUEUite s creverstom ciecciote bie 2 49

hs MOU SHAT stelers Sets areh sib hnve ve 32 58
OPTION sexe CRS Os PDE CIO RE 55

lL MAT@R AIS srcteraiesate’ oeiaeye ets *.17, 33, 38
VANTIN Cetos Bh oo oC Ea nEeae 34
ZAMAY AC LOW ss. estas oe + « 36, 37
Zapotecs, tribe, 22, 23, 40, 45, 46,
48, 55

ei eTNi Meme creistetate cts eciele, o 0i< ily,
| PUG RIA eo Don SEE COCO ee oe 27
ZOUZlSTEVOluVnOL.piecscctes ses 43, 55

144. J. PRINTED FEB. 21, 1894.

Hubbard. J 74 [Dece. 15,

The Yolk Nucleus in Cymatogaster aggregatus Gibbons.

By Jesse W. Hubbard.*
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 15, 1893.)

The so-called yolk nucleus is a compact, irregular mass of granules
found in the yolk of the eggs of certain animals. It lies outside the germ-
inal vesicle and usually takes a deep stain similar to the nucleolus within
the germinal vesicle.

It has been seen in the eggs of Cnidarians (Hacker and others), Nem-
atodes (Monticelli), Sagitta (Hertwig), Crustaceans (Weismann and
others), Myriopods (Ludwig), Insects (Balbiani), Arachnids (Carus, Lud-
wig and others), Lamellibranchs (Ihering), Gastropods (Balbiani), Teleo-
steans (Van Bambeke), Batrachians (Cramer, Carus and others), Reptiles
(Eimer), Aves (Cramer and others), Mammals (Schafer). It is probably
a normal structure of fish eggs, but on account of unfavorable conditions
its complete history has not been traced in any species.

The problem we wish to solve is: (1) How does this body originate, (2)
what becomes of it, (8) what function has itinthe egg? There are many
difficulties to the solution of the problem by ordinary fish eggs. Their
great size, complexity of structure owing to accumulation of volk, close
proximity to each other and liability to crumble in sectioning—all are
a detriment to its study.

Cymatogaster has in these respects many advantages over all others.
(1) The eggs of this genus are the smallest of fish eggs, hence a few sec-
tions show the entire egg. The eggs of Cymatogaster reach a maximum
size of .3 mm. in diameter; while other fish eggs average about 1 mm.
in diameter. (2) There are comparatively few eggs in each ovary, so they
are not distorted by crowding. (3) In their natural state, if uninjured by
reagents, they are perfectly spherical and thus admit of easy measure-
ment. (4) There is but little yolk when ripe and hence they may be sec-
tioned without crumbling. (5) The nucleus seldom contains many nu-
cleoli. It generally has but one distinct nucleolar spot. In very young
eggs, and those about ripe, a few others may be seen, not more than four
or five. (6) The last and most important advantage these eggs possess is
the fact that the yolk nucleus is conspicuous from the time the eggs have
reached a diameter of 20 ~ until maturation and even beyond that to the
closing of the blastopore !

The observations were made on ovaries collected by Dr. Carl Eigen-
mann on the coast of California. They represent individuals from 17 mm.
to 140 mm. in length and were preserved chiefly in June, July and
August and in October, November, December, January and February.
Most of them were preserved in Flemming’s strong mixture of osmic-

* Contributions from the Zodlogical Laboratory of the Indiana University, under the
direction of Carl Eigenmann, iii.

1893.] 75 [Hubbard.

chromic-acetic. A few others in platinum chloride and corrosive subli-
mate. ‘Those killed in the two last mentioned were not very favorable for
the study of the yolk nucleus. Some of the ovaries were stained in toto
by hematoxylin. Others were stained on the slide by eosin. This is
an excellent stain for eggs near maturity. The former was the better for
younger eggs. After clearing with clove oil and infiltration in paraffin
they were cut and mounted in Canada Balsam.

I made a number of experiments with different staining media. Neither
mythyl green, mythy] violet, dahlia or safrinin sufficiently differentiated
the tissues and the body I wished to trace. I found, however, that mythyl
violet did not stain anything in the ovary, but did stain the outside mus-
cular tissue and the spermatazoans contained in the ovary, the latter be-
ing stained a bright violet. Using alcoholic eosin and methyl] violet as a
double stain rendered all the tissues red except the spermatozoons, which
were a bright violet.

I have examined the ovaries of very small fish measuring 17 mm., 29
mm., 35 mm. and 40 mm. in length. In none of the largest eggs of these
did I find any trace of a yolk nucleus. In a fish 45 mm. long [ found a
few eggs which seemed to have this body, but not at all distinct, as the
ovary was not well preserved. The adult fish reaches a length 140 mm.
In a fish 70 mm. long I found this body quite distinct. So it must appear
in the egg when the fish is between 40 mm. and 70 mm. in length. But,
as I had no specimens between these two sizes, I cannot definitely de-
termine just when it appears in the egg.

In the young, 40 mm. and less in length, the largest eggs measure 39 4,
30 u, 25. In none of these eggs was the body visible in the proto-
plasm of the egg. But eggs about the same size as above found in an
ovary of an adult fish showed clearly the presence of this body. This
early stage was not seen in all the ovaries sectioned. The one in which
it was seen was taken October 21, killed in osmic-chromic acetic, stained
in hematoxylin, cleared with clove oil and mounted in Canada Balsam.
The smallest egg in which the yolk nucleus was observed was 20 « in
diameter, 7. ¢., it was smaller than the largest egg in the ovary of the
small fish 40 mm. in length, in which the yolk nucleus had not appeared.
In these eggs of the adult fish the protoplasm around one side of the nu-
cleus takes a deep stain. It appears as a crescent-shaped body, fitting
very closely to one side of the nucleus and forming a kind of cap (Fig.
1, yk. nl.). Anotheregg of the same measurement shows a little more
advanced stage. The body is more definite in shape, not of so pronounced
a crescent form and appears to have enlarged considerably (Fig. 2, yk.
nl.). The next important change is seen in a slightly larger egg, 25 u in
diameter (Fig. 3, yk. nl.). Here the body has assumed an oval form
without any definite cell wall or hard outline. Although usually touch-
ing the nucleus it seems to have no further connection with it. In this
egg it is quite large, measuring 19 in minor axis and 12} “in major
axis. From this time the body seems to have severed its connection with

Hubbard. ] 76 [Dee. 15,

the nucleus, and during the remainder of the egg’s immaturity gradually
movesaway from the nucleus. From this fact and its early relation to the
nucleus it seems evident that it must have originated from the nucleus. Bat
there is another more potent proof that thisisitsorigin. The largest eggs
in the young fishes 17 mm., 29 mm., 35 mm. and 40 mm. in length mea-
sured as follows :

Wrameteriofte roe. cer tects 3) 4. Diameter of nucleus ........ 20 yu.
ee IMTT oO 30 “Wu. rs ae et ae etre 173 yw.
« FAME ete ee 25 p. «e gota ai. 15 p.

In other words, the diameter of the nucleus is more than half the diameter
of the egg. It will be remembered that none of these eggs contained a
yolk nucleus. The smallest eggs in the adult fish containing:a yolk nu-
cleus measured as follows :

Midmeter Of eRe: 2.2. 2 - 20/u. “Diameterof nucleus’. /n.. 10 p.
we OER Peincisn pba DS 25 pL. ee GN, 2h Mi tekee eteteke 123 uw.
ve Ce Teese ects eet 30 oY EP Se etter 15 py.

That is, the nucieus has now been reduced toa diameter equal to one-
half that of the egg. If this body originates from the nucleus as an ex-
trusion of a part of its substance we should expect the nucleus to be rela-
tively larger to the size of the egg before it appears than after its appear-
ance. This is exactly the case in these eggs (compare nucleus in Fig.
Ja and Fig. 3). It will be seen from the two sets of measurements given
above that in the eggs in which this body is not visible the diameter of
the nucleus is always more than half that of the egg, while in the eggs in
which it is visible the diameter is just half that of the egg. This relation
is true in all the measurements I made.

Take an egg with a diameter of 25 ~ asa typical size of the smallest
eggs in the adult fish and the largest inthe small fish. To simplify opera-
tions I have taken the number of divisions of the mikrometer instead of
the absolute measurement of the egg. Then the sizes of the eggs are ex-
pressed as follows :

Diam. of egg in adult fish ..... (3) 5..° “Diam, ofimucleus. 3... .eneee 23.
ut es Smalls 7 (Oo) Roe of 20 3.

ed

The dark body (¢) in the protoplasm of the egg being an oblate spheroid
measures 2 in conjugate axis and 2.875 in tranverse axis.

Now the solid contents of the nucleus in 0 ought to equal the solid con-
tents of the nucleus s, plus the solid contents of the dark body e, or 0 =
ste.

Formula for contents of a sphere is \/ =

* a ot ** oblate spheroid

4 7 D%,

is / = ¢2za@’o.
\/ = volume.

D = diameter.

a@ = semi-transverse axis.

b = semi-conjugate axis.

1893. ] a [Hubbard.

Substituting values in the formula for the sphere \/ of the nucleus of
egg o = 14.1372. \/ of the nucleus of egg s = 8.18125. \/ of the dark
body e (or the oblate spheroid) = 5.90704 -+. Therefore o (14.1372) =
s (8.1825) + e (5.9070 +), leaving an error of only .049, which amounts to
very litthe when considering that each division of the mikrometer only
equals .005 mm. and that the outlines of the dark body not being very de-
finite it was difficult to get the precise measurement.

I think this clearly proves that the body originates from the nucleus.
But I do not believe it is by ordinary cell division with the formation of a
karyokinetic figure. It seems to be a general extrusion of substance from
the nucleus.

It will be seen from an inspection of Figs. 4-12 that this body is con-
siderably smaller in these stages than in smaller eggs (Fig. 3). Whether
this is due to reagents causing a shrinkage or whether due to a condensa-
tion of substance [am unable to determine. After the egg is 40 in size
(Fig. 5), at which time the body has reached its minimum size, it con-
tinues to constantly increase through all of the other sizes. It is nearly
always irregular in shape and very seldom hasa hard outline which might
represent a cell wall.

Sometimes it assumes very peculiar shapes (see Figs. 7, 9, 10, 13).
The most aberrant form is represented in Fig. 9, where it seems to havea
long filament or tail, which is only seen by careful focusing.

Cymatogaster is viviparous. The eggs of this fish ripen during the
months of December, January and February. In an ovary taken on Oc-
tober 21 they range in size from .02 mm. to.2 mm. The eggs of Novem-
ber 2 begin to show signs of ripening (Fig. 17 (@)). Here the nucleus
is a little eccentric. The zona radiata is quite distinct and the follicle is
well formed. At this stage of maturity there is a peculiar circular region
shaded much more darkly than the remainder of the vitellus. This al-
Ways appears on the side of the nucleus next to the yolk nucleus and
opposite the point of the egg to which the nucleus seems to be moving,
The yolk nucleus under consideration is quite close to the periphery of
the egg.

November 30 some of the eggs become about ripe. Fig. 18 represents
one which will probably be ripe in January. In this egg the follicle is
much developed, the nucleus has become very eccentric and the yolk nu-
cleus is nearly touching the periphery of the egg. Up to this time the
constant tendency of this body has been to become further and further
removed from the nucleus towards the periphery of the egg.

In the stages indicated by Figs. 19 and 20* the body has become slightly
changed in appearance. These eggs are nearly ripe. The nucleus has
reached its limit of eccentricity, and in one stage (Fig. 20) has lost its cell
wall. I have merely indicated its position, which is seen in another sec-
tion. The yolk is beginning to collect at the entodermic pole of the egg,
%. é., around the yolk nucleus.

* These and succeeding figures are based on preparations made by Dr, Eigenmann.

Hubbard. ] 78 [Dee. 15,

In the ripe egg (Fig. 21) the body in question is found surrounded by
the yolk. This egg was in the act of giving off the second polar globule.
The latter is not figured because seen in another section.

After the egg is matured this body assumes many curious and interest-
ing shapes (Figs. 21-26). In Fig. 21 the yolk nucleus seems to have.
broken into large granules, several of them being grouped into a dark
mass (yk. nl.). The whole region including the granules is somewhat
shaded.

After the egg has segmented into two cells, the appearance is nearly the
same as that just described, except the granules are not quite so large and
prominent (Fig. 22). To this time the yolk nucleus has shown a granu-
lar structure, but as I have represented in the remaining figures it looses
that structure and appears to be homogeneous.

In the stage represented in Fig. 23 this yolk nucleus has entirely
changed its appearance. I did not have the sections to show the inter-
mediate stages. At this time the egg has segmented into 32-64 cells. The
yolk nucleus and its vicinity shows four different degrees of shading. The
centre of what seems to be the yolk nucleus proper is ofa lighter shade
than the margin which is quite dark. Outside of this there is a still
lighter shade than that within the body. Beyond the last is another still
Jess distinct.

When the egg has segmented into many cells, perhaps 600 (Fig. 24),
the yolk nucleus is larger and shows only one distinct shading.

Fig. 25 shows the greatest peculiarity of any. Here the blastopore is
nearly closed. The body in question is somewhat pear-shaped and has a
few small vacuoles scattered through it. It does not have such a dis-
tinctly granular structure, but is of a uniformly dark shade. It seems to
form a kind of plug to the blastopore. The lower edge of this body is
marked by a distinct outline, but the upper edge does not have such an
outline. For a considerable region in its vicinity there are different de-
grees of shading. Also near the upper side there is a heavy shading which
seems to consist of minute granules.

After the closing of the blastopore (Fig. 25) the yolk nucleus is much
reduced in size, the shadings have disappeared and there is seen only a
number of granules. The yolk also contains several similar granules .
scattered through it. Here it seems evident the yolk nucleus has reached
the final stage of disintegration. It does not appear in any of the later
stages of development. I think that the different appearances this body
presents after segmentation of the egg begins are due to the fact that it is
in the process of disintegration. The different depths of shading probably
indicate the scattering of its substance through the yolk.

This body seems always to be situated at or nearer the entodermic end
of the pole of the egg. Its position is constant during all its stages of
growth. It may be utilized in determining whether the axis of the egg has
any definite and uniform relation to the axis of the ovary. A compari-

” at

1893. ] 79 (Hubbard.

son of the axis of eggs as determined by the position of the yolk nucleus
shows that the axis of the egg has no uniform relation to the axis of the
ovary.

SUMMARY.

1. This body originates from the nucleus in very small eggs in the
adult ; soon after the cell becomes fully differentiated as an egg.

2. It constantly moves from the nucleus towards the entodermic pole
of the egg which it reaches when the egg is ripe.

3. It is situated at the entodermic pole of the egg at maturity and during
later stages. ;

4. It is capable of growth condensing apparently when very young
and then continuing to grow to considerable size.

5. It is of definite chemical composition, having great affinity for cer-
tain stains.

6. It remains in the egg until the closing ot the blastopore and then
breaks up and disappears in the yolk.

7. It is found in the eggs of many animals and has been figured as be-
longing to the spermatogonium or male cell, See especially Zeit. fur
Wissen. Zool., Vol. li, Taf. xxxvi; also Arkiv. fir Mikro. Anat., Vol.
ReKOR Key lal fe exox

The majority of papers on embryology which mention this body dismiss
it without much comment. However, there are a few writers who at-
tempt to explain its function in other animals. The consensus of opinion
seems to be that it is the centre of yolk formation. But there is no direct
evidence that such is the case. It is mere speculation from the fact that it
is found in the protoplasm uf the egy, before the yolk is formed. In the
eggs of Cymatogaster I have never seen any evidence that it gives rise to
the yolk. The yolk globulesare scattered through the protoplasm, seem-
ing to appear equally in all parts of the egg. As the yolk gradually
forms it is homogeneously distributed in different sectors of the egg until
maturation. Then the yolk collects at the entodermic pole of the egg,
where the yolk nucleus has become located long before.

The close association which this body has with the yolk would seem to
indicate that it is in some way connected with it. But how? I think in
many of the eggs in which this body has been seen it is not at all func-
tional. But from the length of time it remains in the eggs of Cymato-
gaster and from the wonderful changes it undergoes in growth it would
seem to be functional in this egg. Dr. Eigenmann has shown that these
eggs mature very rapidly and hence have a small amount of yolk.
This fact may account for the yolk nucleus remaining so long after seg-
mentation begins. If the egg matured very slowly and allowed the
formation of a large amount of yolk this body would probably disappear
before the egg is ripe, as it does in other fishes.

Another interesting question arises as to what determines its position

Hubbard. ] 80 [Dee. 15,

exactly at the entodermic pole of the egg. It seems to tend to that defin-
ite position when it first leaves the nucleus. But without any question it
takes up its station there before the nucleus begins to move towards the
periphery of the egg, as the nucleus always moves in a directly opposite
direction from the body. In all eggs the yolk collects at the entodermic
pole of the egg. Does this peculiar body serve as an attraction for the
yolk in this egg? Or is it a mere coincidence that it 1s in the midst of the
yolk and has no particular connection with it?

In conclusion, I would say that I cannot definitely determine its func-
tion. I think the body is homologous with the meganucleus in proto-
zoans. It is the vegetative portion of the egg given off from the nucleus
when the egg cell has become fully differentiated as such. That which
remains of the nucleus is homologous with the micronucleus in proto-
zoans. It is the animal part of the egg which is further concerned wholly
with the reproduction of the species.

HistoricaL REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE ON THE YOLK NUCLEUS.

Hoffman (78, p. 545) in his studies on the young ovarian eggs of am-
phibians saw the yolk nucleus in Rana esculentia. He merely mentions
it and describes it as a round, dark, granular body within the yolk. He
says it is not seen in all amphibians.

Balbiani (79) has had some very peculiar views on the origin of this
body. His ideas being now so untenable, I quote this more as a curiosity
than as shedding any light on the true origin. He considers the follicular
cells as homologous to the spermatoblasts. The yolk nucleus corresponds
to the spermatic elements. One, becoming free from the follicle, penetrates
the yolk. When it first enters it leaves a sort of canal hehind it, which is
soon closed up by the surrounding yolk. It is a sort of spermatozoid and
partially fertilizes the egg preliminary to the true fertilization which takes
place later. In parthenogenetic eggs this body would perform the func-
tion of the male element. If his descriptions are based on facts the body
he described is not homologous with the yolk nucleus of authors in
general.

Schafer (’80) describes and figures this body in the eggs of the rabbit. .
He thinks he saw some connection between the nucleus and the yolk
nucleus. He believes that the latter is derived from the former, but not
by a process of ordinary cell division.

Schutz (’82) has given an extended review of this body, as seen in vari-
ous classes of animals. But he seems to have no adequate conception
either of its origin, function or fate. He remarks that the yolk may have
produced it and that it later serves as nutrition for the yolk. The observa-
tions were made on isolated specimens of fresh eggs. No sections were
made nor was the body traced out in any single species. He has, how-
ever, carefully compiled a large list of animals in which it has been seen,
and has described its structure and appearance in many ofthem. His refer-

1893.] 81 [ Hubbard.

ences to the literature on the subject is extensive, but, much of it being
inaccessible to me, I have made no note of what I could not personally
examine.

Van Bambeke (’83) studied this body in the eggs of Luciscus rutilus
and Rhodeus amarus. He says very little as to its origin, but thinks it
may come from the nucleus. His figures show it to be connected with
the nucleus by a funnel-shaped tube, the large end of which encloses the
nucleus and the small end touches the yolk nucleus. From this appear-
ance it would seem to be connected in some way with the nucleus. He
seems to think this body is the centre of the yolk elements.

Balbiani (’83, p. 676) found this body in the eggs of Geophiles. In
these eggs the nucleus sends out prolongations. These break off close to
the nucleus and in turn they break up into large granules. These take a
deep stain. These granules, he thought afterwards, left the vitellus and
became the cells of the follicle. In this theory he was supported by Fol,
Roule and Sabatier. There was one granule, however, that became
differentiated from the others, and instead of forming a cell of the follicle
remained in the vitellus and became what is known as the yolk nucleus.
He thought its function was to originate the yolk. He says: ‘‘ The first
granulations of yolk are produced on the surface of this body and after-
wards distribute themselves to all parts of the egg.’” In some animals he
finds lines radiating in all directions from this body. Forming the limit
to these radiating lines are concentric layers of substance.

Balfour (’85, pp. 21, 50) describes the yolk nucleus as seen in Araneina
by Ludwig and others. He says it always disappears before development
commences. He remarks that it is probably connected in some way with
the nutrition of the ovum. This body is not found in all genera of
Araneina.

Haeker (92, p. 251) having studied this body in Aequorea forskalea
calls it the metanucleolus. In the ovarian eggs it was present within the
nucleus as the nucleolus. One half hour after being laid the nucleus ap-
peared to extrude this body. He traced the body in the blastomeres until
a late stage in cleavage. The author thinks homologous structures have
been seen in other Medusze. He considers the paracopulation cells of
Daphnids described by Weismann and Ishikawa as homologous with the
metanucleus of Medusz. Haeker did not observe any division or any
radial arrangement of protoplasm around this body.

Monticelli (’92) has studied this structure in the ova of Distomum veli-
porum and D. richicardi. He concludes that the vitelline nucleus is a
cytoplasmic product, a nutritive diflerentiation probably acting as a centre
in the formation of yolk.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. K. PRINTED MARCH 3, 1894.

Hubbard.] 82 [Dee. 15,

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Papers of which I have only seen an abstract are marked with an
asterisk.

Bausianl, E. G.: ’64.* Sur la constitution du germs dans l’ceuf animal
avant la fécondation. Comptes rendus, lviii, pp. 584-588, 621-625.

’"79.* Lécons sur le génération de Vertébrés. Paris.

’83. Sur l’origine des cellules du follicle et du noyan vitellin de l’ceuf
chez les Geophiles. Carus, Zool. Anz., vii. Jahrgang, Dec., pp.
676-678. Leipzig.

Bawrour, Francis M.: ’85. Comparative Embryology. Vol. i, pp. 20,
51. London, Macmillan & Co.

Carus: ’50. * Ueber die Entwickelung des Spinneneies. Siebold’s &
Kolliker’s Zeit. ftir Wissen. Zool. Leipzig.

CRAMER: ’48. * Bemerkung tiber das Zellenleben in der Entwickelung
des froscheies. Miiller’s Archiv. fiir Anat. Phys. und‘Wissen. Med.

EIGENMANN, Carl: ’89. American Naturalist, Oct., 1889, p. 924.

92. Viviparous Fishes of the West Coast of North America. Report of
the U. S. Fish Commission.

GOETTE, ALEXANDER: ’75. Entwickelungsgeschichte der Unke. Leip-
zig.

HorrMay, C. K.: ’78. Entwickelung und Bau des Hierstockeies (Am-
phibien). Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vi. Bd., 2. Ab-
theilung, p. 545.

HAeEkKeEr, V.: 792. Die Furchung des Eis von Aequorea forskalea—Der
metanucleolus. Arkiv. fiir Mik. Anat., 40. Bd., Sept., 1892, p. 251,
Taf. xiii, xiv.

Hertwie, O.: ’78. Beitr. zur Kenntniss der Bildung, Befruchtung, und
Theilung des thierischen Eis. Morph. Jahrb., 4. Bd., 1878.

KRAEMER, ADOLPH: ’92. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Ces-
toden der siisswasser Fische. Zeit. fiir Wissen. Zool., 53 Bd., Fig.
27, Taf. xxviii, pp. 698, 712.

Lupwie, Husert: ’74. Ueber die Eijbildung im ‘Thierreiche. Pp. 117,
120. Wirzburg, 1874.

LEUKART: ’53. * Abstract in ‘‘ Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Unke.’
By Alexander Goette. P. 7%. Leipzig, 1875.

Monriceu, F. S.: ’92. * Vitelline nucleus in ova of Trematodes. Journ.
Royal Micro. Society, Oct., 1892, p. 618. London.

OPpPEL, ALBERT: ’92. Die Befruchtung des Reptilieneies. Arkiv. fiir
Mikro. Anat., 39. Bd., pp. 264-286, Figs. 14, 18, 20, 25, 28, 31, 32,
af ix, x

Rickert, J.: 92. * Polyspermy in Vertebrates. Amer. Nat., Nov.,
1892. P. 967.

Scuarer, E. A.: ’80. *On the Structure of the Immature Ovum in the

Common Fowl and the Rabbit. Pro. Roy. Soc., No. 202, 1880, p.
243, Pl. iii, Fig. 18. London.

Praceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII No, 144. Plate I

; TURP:
ea ae
:

;
ar } ; ‘ : ‘
, ; 4 =
Be hs 0 wie A)
a é '
eh ed "
wr > '
tek 5
aTt 4
wi.)
oh
> #
> ~
;
:
<
2 =
:
i
H Si
ae 1
7
(
=e J]
. L. ?
;
‘
~
' i
®
-
.
“4 ‘
:
-
;

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII; Wo, 144. Plate I

‘

un

’ o .
ar a)

a 2.

ioe |
4g
=
=

ae an $3

he

a kt is
2

ee ee 8

i

*

ay A a :
= PT aw
Ula Tae oF eae

Rye)

Plate, Ill

\\\

Vol, XXXIT No. 144

Ly
ANY »

Us

\y

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc

1893.] 83 [Hubbard.

St. GrorGE, VALETTE: ’92. Ueber innere Zwitterbildung beim Fluss-
krebs. Arkiv. fiir Mikro. Anat., Vol. xxxix, Taf. xxi.
ScutTz, JosmPuH: ’82. Ueber den Dotterkern, dessen Entstehung, Struc-
tur, Vorkommen, und Bedeutung. Bonn, 1832.
Tuompson : ’59. * Abstract in ‘‘ Die Entwick. der Unke.’’ By Alexan-
der Goette. P.8. Leipzig.
Van BaMBEEE, C. H.: ’70. * Abstract in ‘‘ Die Entwick. der Unke.”’ By
Alexander Goette. P.9. Leipzig.
83. Contributions 4 l’histoire de la constitution de l’cuf.
Brussels, 1883. Extrait du Bulletin de 1’Académie royale des sciences
de Belgique. 52 année, 3 serie, tome vi, No. 12.
ZELLER, Ernst: ’91. Berichtigung, betreffend die Samenaufnahme der
weiblichen Tritonen. Zeit. fiir Wissen. Zool., Vol. li, Taf. xxxvi.

_ EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Abbreviations.
b—blastoderm.
J—follicle.
m—egg membrane — zona radiata.
ni—nucleus.
yk—yolk.
z—zona radiata.
yk. nl.—yolk nucleus.
All the figures were drawn with the Abbe camera and Zeiss D and 4 u,
x 320.
Figs. 1-9 and 24-26, inclusive, are found on Plate i.
«« 10-18, inclusive, are found on Plate ii.
& 19-28, 6é ce “e 66 ill.
Fig. 1. First appearance of yolk nucleus in smallest eggs.
** 1(a). -Nucleus before extrusion of yolk nucleus.
«« 2, 3. Successive stages of growth.

- 4. Yolk nucleus much reduced in size.
‘« §-16. Successive changes in appearance and growth of the yolk
nucleus.

(All of the above eggs stained in hematoxylin.)

“‘17(a),18. Stained in eosin.

as 19. Egg near the time of maturation.

Fig. 20. A little latter stage than that of Fig. 19.

«« 21. Aripeegg. Yolk collected at entodermic pole of the egg.

‘« 22. Egg segmented into 2 cells.

as as - ‘© 32-64 cells.

ee: SU a e ‘« many cells, probably 600.

«© 25. Late stage in segmentation. Blastopore nearly closed.

‘© 26. Blastopore closed. Yolk nucleus somewhat scattered through
the yolk.

Cope.] Crean [Jan. 5,
On the Fishes obtained by the Naturalist Expedition in Rio Grande do Sul.
By H. D. Cope.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 5, 1894.)

The fishes of the Brazilian province of Rio Grande do Sul have been
locally studied by Hensel (1868-70) and Von Jhring (1893), so that they
are better known than those of some other parts of South America. The
latest enumeration, that of Von Jhring, includes forty-nine species. The
present report includes forty-one species, of which twenty are not found
in Von Jhring’s list. Perhaps three of these are enumerated by that
author under different names, so that this paper adds perhaps seventeen
species, bringing the whole number to sixty-six species. The number of
species in Von Jhring’s list which I have not found in this collection is
thirty. This wide diversity in the collections is probably due to the fact
that those studied by Hensel and Von Jhring were made much nearer the
coast, while my collection was obtained in the interior near the moun-
tains. The absence of various species of the lower and tide waters from
my collection, together with the presence of species of the smaller
streams, may be thus accounted for. A summary of the results will be
given at the end of the paper.

The collection now reported on was made by Mr. H. H. Smith, who
was sent to Brazil in the interest of the American Naturalist. A report
on the Mammals was made in that periodical in the year 1889; and re-
ports on the Reptiles and Batrachia have been published in the Proceed-
ings of this Society for 1884 and 1887.

PLECTOSPONDYLI.

CHARACINID &.

MacRODON TAREIRA BI. and Schn.

Authors who think, with the American Ornithologists’ Union, that
scientific nomenclature may record error instead of truth, call this well-
known South American species, Mucrodon malabaricus, because Bloch
described it first under that name, under the mistaken idea that it was a
native of India.

XIPHORHAMPHUS BRACHYCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Teeth of the maxillary bone small, equal. Head short, body deep,
scales large. Depth of body entering length without caudal fin,
10

three times; length of head in the same four times. Scales 5;. Fin

radii, D.11; A. 27. Muzzle short, entering length of head 3.5 times ;
diameter of eye entering the same four times; interorbital space con-
vex, its width entering length of head 3.5 times, hence equal length of
muzzle. The profile is slightly descending and nearly straight. The

1894.] 85 [Cope.

extremity of the maxillary bone is in line with the posterior border of the
orbit. The pectoral fin reaches the base of the ventral, but the ventral
does not quite reach the anal.

The color is silver, with greenish and bluish reflections. A large black
spot at the base of the caudal, and a smaller one behind the epiclavicle.
No lateral band.

Total length, 177 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 145 mm. ; length
to base of anal, 89 mm.; length to base of ventral, 63 mm.; length of head,
37 mm.

This species is near the X. hepsetus Cuv. From the full description
and figures given by Steindachner,* we learn that in that species, both
the body and head are of more slender proportions at all ages, and that
the interorbital diameter is relatively narrower. It possesses also a silver
lateral band which terminates in a black stripe on the caudal peduncle
and fin. The scale and ray formule are the same in the two species.

The X. jenynsii Gthr. was thought by Steindachner to be identical with
the X. hepsetus, but he subsequently concluded that it is distinct (see Sztz-
ber. Wien Akad., 1891, p. 371). It is,evidently very near the latter,
and has a more slender form of head and body than the X. brachycepha-
lus. The depth enters the length, according to Steindachner, 3.3 to 3.5
times ; and the length of head enters the length 3.5 to 3.6 times. The
interorbital width is less, entering the length of the head 4 to 4.5 times.
Scales of lateral line 56-62.

Two specimens.

XIPHORHAMPHUS HEPS8ETUS Cuv. Steind., J. ¢.

Two specimens. The smaller measuring 179 mm., agrees with Stein-
dachner’s description, but the larger, 215 mm., differs in exceeding the
proportions given as characteristic of ola individuals. Thus the scale

17

14
formula is 7; the highest figures given by Steindachner being 70. The

8 7
eye enters the total length of the head 5.5 times ; the highest relative
proportions of Steindachner’s description being 4.66 times. In both
specimens the length of the head exceeds the depth of the body.

ASIPHONICHTHYS STENOPTERUS Cope, Amer. Naturalist, 1894, p. 67.

Char. gen.—Subfamily Hydrocyonine. Teeth on premaxillary, maxil-
lary and dentary bones ; the first in two series, the last in one ; those of
both of unequal lengths. Dorsal fin short, above the anterior rays of the
Jong anal. No lateral line of pores, except on a few anterior scales.
Gill-rakers lanceolate.

This genus is Anacyrtus without a lateral line of pores.

Char. specif.—Dorsal outline elevated ; profile of cranium concave ;
mouth directed obliquely upwards. Scales 42,20. Fin radii, D. 11; A.
46, the anterior three shorter; V.9; P. 15. Depth of body 2.66 times in

* Sitzungsber. K. Wien Akad. Wiss., Nov., 1876, p. 85.

Cope.] 86 [Jan. 5,

length without caudal fin. Length of head 3.8 times in the same. Eye
three times in head; exceeding length of muzzle and equal interorbital
width. Dorsal fin elevated, narrow; pectorals narrow, covering basal
third of ventrals ; ventrals lanciform, reaching fourth anal ray. Color sil-
very, with an ill-defined silver lateral band. An obscure postclavicular dark
spot, and some obscure dark dots on the silver lateral band. No basal
caudal spot.

Length to end of middle caudle radii, 80 mm. ; length to base of caudal
fin, 72 mm.; length to base of anal (oblique) 35 mm.; length to base of
ventrals, 26 mm.; length of head, 20 mm.

A single specimen from the Jacuhy. Besides the generic characters,
the scales are larger than in the known species of Anacyrtus.

CHORIMYCTERUS TENUIS Cope, Amer. Naturalist, 1894, p. 67.

Char. gen —Denticulate teeth on intermaxillary and dentary bones,
and in a single row on the former. On the dentary bone a second inte-
rior series of simple teeth. Dorsal and anal fins short ; the former com-
mencing in front of the base of the latter. Nares separated by a wide
space. Lateral line complete.

This genus is near to Characidium, but differs in having two series of
mandibular teeth. From Piabucina it differs in the separated nostrils and
the presence of a lateral line.

Char. specif.—Form slender; the depth contained seven times in the
length less the caudal fin. Profile of muzzle decurved ; mouth small, the
end of the maxillary nearly reaching the anterior margin of the orbit.
Eye large, oval, contained in the length of the head three times, and as
wide as the interorbital space opposite its posterior border. Teeth of both
jaws rather elongate, with a single lateral denticle on each side of and
near the acute Se Length of head five times in total length without
caudal fin. Scale 39. Fin radii, D. 11; A.9; V.9; P. 12. Pectorals

y)

“a

elongate, not reaching ventrals; ventrals reaching about half-way to
anal. Caudal fin deeply emarginate. Color silvery, most brightly on
the suborbital and opercular regions. Scales with slightly shaded
borders.

Total length, 66 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 55 mm. ; length to
base of anal, 41 mm.; length to base of ventral, 27 mm.; length to base of
dorsal, 22 mm.; length of head, 11 mm.

This fish is more slender than the Characidium fasctatum of Reinhardt,
and has a different scale formula and coloration. It is still more slender
than the @. etheostoma Cope, and C. steindachnerit Cope.

PSEUDOCORYNOPOMA DORI@. Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genoa, x, 1891, 646.
Bergia altipinnis Steind., Stzber. K. Akad. Wien, 1891, 336.

Char. gen.—Dorsal fin originating above the anterior part of the elon-

gate anal fin. Denticulate teeth on the premaxillary and dentary bones,

et tae he ar

1894.] 87

[Cope.

in two series on the former and one series on the latter; no canines.
Nares close together. Pectoral and ventral regions compressed acute.
Lateral line straight, continuous. Ventral fins small. Gill rakers lanceo-
late.

This genus is allied to Gasteropelecus, but the lateral line is of the nor-
mal type, that is, straight and continuous. From Piabucina, it differs in
having two series of premaxillary teeth, and from Chalcinus in the
absence of conical teeth between the dentary series. It is an interesting
form connecting Gasteropelecus with Chalcinus,

Char. specif.—General form rhombic, the profile straight from the base
of the dorsal fin to the extremity of the muzzle. Mouth opening obliquely
upwards. Pectoroventral outline moderately and not extremely convex.
Pectoral fin elongate, falcate, reaching anal; ventral not reaching anal.

7
Scales 40- Minexradie Ds 10 AL 3c Vi 73 eels. Anterior rays of

dorsal aaa anal fins in probably male individuals, produced, the former
reaching the base of the caudal. The caudal deeply emarginate. Depth
entering length 2.6 times; length of head entering same four times.
Diameter of eye entering length of head (without chin) three times; and
entering the interorbital width 1.25 times. General color silvery; a
whiter silver band extending from near the epiclavicular region to the
base of the caudal fin above the lateral line. No dark markings.

Total length, 67 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 52 mm ; length to
base of anal (oblique), 36 mm.; length to base of dorsal (oblique), 32 mm. ;
length to base of ventral, 25 mm.; length to base of pectoral, 15 mm.;
length of head, 13.5 mm.

This is apparently an abundant species in the Jacuhy. My specimens
agree with those described by Steindachner from Montevideo, except
that in the latter the eye is a little smaller, entering the length of the

ead 34 times, and there are 40-1 anal rays. The P. argentinwm Holmb.
from the Plata (Revista Argentina, 1891, p. 190) is, to judge from the
description, a more slender fish, with the lateral line nearer the dorsal
border.

TETRAGONOPTERUS RUTILUS Jenyns; Steindachner, Sitzungsber. Wien
Akad. Wiss., November, 1876, p. 17.

The five species of Tetragonopterus represented in the collection may
be distinguished synoptically as follows :

a. No teeth on the maxillary bone.
Scales of lateral line, 40; anal rays, 28 ; eyes, } head, equal interorbital

space ; elongate ......... 6. sceee eee e cece tee c nee ceeeees T. rutilus.
Scales of 1.]., 36; anal rays, 28; eye, + head, 14 interorbital space ; or-
Roi Gull ane eaeten seer a shorsians <venag ete arelchar aie cel ctefayefevetaralatcretersts af: stey Fe T. jacuhiensis.

Lateral line, 32-8; anal rays, 23; eye, 2.5, equal interorbital space ;
rhombic....... Soetyor SWobecto dhe cobboee seneeeee L. eigenmanniorum.

Cope.] 88 [Jan. 5,

Lateral line, 87; anal rays, 20; head thick ; eye, 33, 1} in interorbital ;
LOIN ATC tre eieiaars fave <i2 > ss eis oles <= oereletetetatetncreteteleRa iss S500 55 T. laticeps.
aa. Teeth on the base of the maxillary bone.

Lateral line, 35 ; anal rays, 19; eye large. 24 in head, equal interorbital ;
ELON Pate 5) MO SPOS... .. oc ees Dein ods oie anieisisiciee sions BG qoC. T. pliodus.

In the 7. rvutilus the form is rather elongate, the depth entering the
length (minus caudal fin), 2.66 times, while the head is short, entering
the length 4.5 times. The eye is large, entering the length of the head
three times, and equaling the width of the convex interorbital space.
The maxillary is toothless and reaches the vertical line of the
anterior border of the orbit. The muzzle is ue long as three-quarters

the diameter of the eye. Scale formula, 40. Radii, D. 11; A. 28;

14
V. 7, with a lanceolate scale at axilla. The pect reaches the base of the
ventral, but the ventral does not reach the anal. Origin of dorsal a little
posterior to that of ventral. The color is yellow silvery, whiter on the
middle of the sides. Humeral and caudal spots obscure, the former not
visible in some specimens ; apparently vertical where obscurely visible.
Median caudal rays black.

Total length, 185 mm.; length to base of caudal, 110 mm.; length to
base of anal, 70 mm.; length to base of ventral (oblique), 50 mm.;
length of head, 24 mm.

The specimens agree in the main with Steindachner’s description,*
although the number of scales of the lateral line is a little greater than is
given by him. In outline of body our specimens are most like his elon-
gated variety (P1. ii, Fig. 3) ; but the head is shorter, since in the variety
the head enters the length four times instead of 4.5 times.

A few specimens.

TETRAGONOPTERUS JACUHIENSIS Sp. nov.

The deepest bodied species of the Jacuhy, rather deeper than the 7.
maculatus of Cuvier. The depth enters the length less the caudal fin 2.25
times, and the length of the head enters the same four times. The eye is
rather small, entering the length of the head four times, while the inter-
orbital space is 1.5 times its diameter. The profile of the head is slightly
concave ; and those of the back and belly are about equally convex.

6-8
Scales 6. Radii, D. 11; A. 27-8; V. 8, with axillary scale. First
AL
dorsal ara little posterior to first ventralray. Color silvery with steel-
blue reflections. Humeral and basal caudal spots conspicuous, the for-
mer subround and situated in the centre of a pale area, which is bounded
posteriorly by a vertical curved black border, sometimes indistinct. Cau-
dal spot continued on middle caudal rays.
Total length, 114 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 95 mm. ; length

* Sitzungsber. K. Wien Akad., November, 1876, p. 17.

1894.] 89 [Cope.

to base of anal, 63 mm. ; length to base of ventral (oblique), on 45 mm. ;
length of head, 23 mm.

This species is allied to the 7. maculatus Linn., but that species has a
larger eye (one-third head) and a longer anal fin (32-38 rays). *

The number of rays is so constant in numerous specimens, that, if
Steindachner’s figures are correct, which there is no reason to doubt, this
form must be distinct. The 7. maculatus is ascribed by both Boulenger
and Von Jhring to Rio Grande do Sul.

The proximal part of the maxillary bone is minutely serrate, but not
dentate.

Fifteen specimens.

TETRAGONOPTERUS EIGENMANNIORUM sp. nov.

A species of rhombic form, differing from those above described in the
smaller number of anal radii, and fewer scales of the lateral line. Depth
entering length without caudal fin two and a half times ; length of head in

the same 3.4 times. Eye large, longer than muzzle, entering head three
7
times, and equal interorbital width. Scales 32. Radii, D. 11; A. 23.

Ventral commencing a little anterior to first Feel ray, not reaching
anal. Pectoral reaching ventral. Profile of head very slightly concave.
Dorsal and ventral profiles subsequently arched. Color silvery, with a
whiter silvery lateral band. No humeral nor distinct caudal spot. Middle
caudal rays dusky.

Total length, 67 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 53 mm. ; length to
base of anal, 85 mm_; length to base of ventral (oblique), 26 mm. ;
length of head, 15 mm.

But one specimen presents exactly the typical characters of this spe-
cies, but five others probably belong to it. They have a few more scales
of the lateral line, as 83-4, and one has 36. They have a basal caudal
spot, and four of them show traces of the humeral spot, and have a steel-
blue reflection, as in the 7. jacuhiensis. The small number of the anal
rays, 28-4, distinguishes it from the latter, where there are always 27-8 ;
and the form is more elongate.

This species is dedicated to Prof. and Mrs. C. H. Eigenmann of the
University of Indiana, whose work on the fishes of South America has so
elucidated the subject.

TETRAGONOPTERUS LATICEPS sp. NOV.

Form, elongate oval; depth entering length (without caudal fin) 2.6
times ; length of head into same, 3.75-4 times. Profile of back descend-
ing regularly from dorsal fin; of front, straight or slightly concave.
Diameter of eye greater than length of muzzle, entering 3 to 3.3 times in
length of head. Front slightly convex transversely, wider than diame-

* Teste Steindachner, l. c., p. 10.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxIII. 144. L. PRINTHKD MARCH 3, 1894,

Cope.] 90 [Jan. 5,

6
ter of eye, and entering length of head 2.33 to 2.5 times. Scales, 37 ; Ra-
ry;
dii, D.11; A. 20. Pectoral fin reaching base of ventral; ventral not
reaching anal. No denticulations on maxillary bone. Color, silvery ; a
silver lateral stripe, with humeral and caudal spots. The humeral spot is
subround and the caudal extends to the end of the median caudal rays.

Total length, 74 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 60 mm.; length to
first anal ray, 40 mm.; length to base of ventral (oblique), 28 mm.; length
of head, 16 mm.

Eighteen specimens of this species are before me. It is allied to the
T. fasciatus Cuv., 7. brevimanus Gunther, and 7. jenynsii Steindachner.
The body is deeper than in the first named, and the frontal region is
wider ; the muzzle is shorter and the maxillary bone is not denticulate.
From 7. brevimanus it differs in the deeper body, larger eye, and longer
pectoral fin. The 7. jenynsii has a narrower front, only 33 scales of the
lateral line, and the humeral spot a vertical bar. According to Stein-
dachner’s figure, the dorsal outline descends towards the dorsal fin ; in
T. laticeps it rises to that fin I would have suspected that this species
might be the 7. thringti of Boulenger, but one of the principal characters
of that species, as well as of the 7. alburnus of Hensel, is that it has but
10 dorsal radii. The 7. obscurus Hens. has the interorbital diameter equal
the eye, and a vertical humeral spot.

TETRAGONOPTERUS PLIODUS sp. nov.

Form rather elongate, depth entering length (less caudal fin) three
times; length of head entering the same four times. Maxillary bone
extending beyond anterior border of orbit, supporting several tridenticu-
late teeth on its proximal portion. Eye large, much exceeding muzzle,
entering length of head 2.25 times, and a little exceeding the interorbital

4
width. Scales, 35. Radii, D.10; A.19;V. 9. Pectorals not reaching
4

ventrals, nor ventralsthe anal fin. Dorsal originating a little posterior to
line of origin of ventrals. Silvery, with a broad, distinct, silver lateral
band. No spots of any kind.

Total length, 70 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 57 mm.; length to
base of anal, 88 mm.; length to base of ventral (oblique), 26 mm.; length
of head, 13 mm.

This is apparently a rare species, only two individuals being contained
in the collection, It has many peculiarities, one of which is the posses-
sion of only ten rays in the dorsal fin. It shares this character with the
T. alburnus of Hensel from the same region, but this species has 27 rays
in the anal fin and the body is more elongate. It has some points in
common with the 7. thringit (Boulenger, Amer. Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1891,
p. 172). Boulenger does not mention the maxillary teeth, which he
could scarcely have overlooked. It has also one or two additional rows

1894.] 91 [Cope.

of scales above the lateral line, and has the humeral] and caudal spots,
which are wanting in the 7. pliodus.

HEMIGRAMMUS LUETKENII Boul. Tetragonopterus lwetkenit Boulenger,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1891, p. 1738. Chirodon luetkenti von Ihring,
Stsswass. Fische v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 22.

Form deep ovate, outlines of body equally convex. Profile of front
straight, a slight concavity above line of preopercle. Depth of body into
length (less caudal fin), two and a half times; length of head into the
same, four times: Eye large, its diameter greater than length of muzzle,
a little less than interorbital width, and entering length of head 2.8 times.

aL
Scales, ee Radii, D. 11; A. 23. Pectorals not reaching ventrals, and
4%
ventrals not reaching anal. No teeth on the maxillary bone. Tubes of
lateral line on eight to twelve scales. Dorsal fin originating a little be-
hind vertical line of origin of ventrals. Color, silvery ; a silver band on
side. Humeral spot large, distinct, subround ; caudal spot distinct, ex-
tending to extremities of median caudal radii.

Total length, 76 mm.; length, without caudal fin, 60 mm.; length to
origin of anal, 49 mm.; length to origin of ventral (oblique), 29 mm.;
length of head, 10 mm.

This species differs from the H, robustulus Cope in its more compressed
head and in the absence of teeth on the maxillary bone. An abundant
species in the Jacuhy.

CHIRODON MONODON sp. nov.

A single crenate tooth on the proximal extremity of the maxillary bone.
General form rhombic oval. Depth in length, less caudal fin, 2.6 times ;
length of head in the same, 3.6 times. Eye large, its diameter exceeding
length of muzzle, equaling interorbital width, and entering length of head

3 times. Scales, a Radii, D. 10; A. 19-22. Pectoral reaching ven-
4%

tral, and ventral nearly reaching anal. Origin of dorsal a little posterior

to that of ventral. Lateral line extending on 9-10 scales. Silvery; an

indistinct, narrow, dusky line visible on the middle of the side from the

caudal fin to below the dorsal.

Total length, 46 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 85 mm.; length to
base of anal, 23 mm.; length to base of ventral, 15 mm.; length of head,
9 mm.

This small species has a scale formula about as in the Hemigrammus
ihringii, but there is but one series of premaxillary teeth ; there is a
tooth on the base of the maxillary bone, and there are only ten dorsal
rays. The number of anal rays is somewhat variable. Of the three
specimens, one has 19 rays, the second 20, and the third 22. This is a
deeper bodied form than the C. pisciculus Gird., and the only other spe-

92 [Jan. 5,

Cope.]

cies, C. interruptus Jen., is said to have 11 dorsal rays and no maxillary
teeth.

DIAPOMA SPECULIFERUM, Amer. Naturalist, 1894, p. 67.

Char. gen.—Adipose fin present. Dentition as in Tetragonopterus, 7. ¢.,
with two rows of denticulate teeth on the premaxillary bone and one row
on the dentaries. Origin of the short dorsal fin entirely posterior to that
of the ventrals. Anal fin elongate. Belly not keeled. The operculum
produced posteriorly below the lateral line to an apex. Lateral line not
complete. Nares close together. Inferior limb of external branchial
arch without rakers.

This genus is allied to Hemigrammus, but has a peculiarly formed oper-
culum, which displays.a tendency towards the character which is so
much developed in Corynopoma Gill.*

Char specif.—Form rather elongate, the depth entering the length 3.25
times (less caudal fin). Length of head entering the same 3.6 times.
Maxillary bone elongate, reaching the line of the anterior border of the
pupil, supporting 4-5 teeth at its proximal end. Eye large, its diameter
exceeding the length of the muzzle, equaling interorbital width, and
entering length of head three times, one diameter equaling the long hori-
zontal diameter of the operculum and suboperculum. The latter two
elements form a subtriangular plate, of which the long diameter is hori-
zontal, and of which the base is continued as a process along the posterior
border of the preoperculum. The apex of the triangle is formed by the

extremity of the suboperculum, and is obtuse. Scales, i lateral line

5
pores and tubes present on ten scales behind the epiclavicle, and on eight
scales anterior to the caudal fin. Radii, D. 1.9; A. 2.29; V. 7%; P. 11.
Pectorals just reaching ventrals, and ventrals not reaching anal. Caudal
deeply emarginate, a curved patch of scales extending on the inferior
lobe from the base. Anal fin with its free border concave, the anterior
rays longer than the posterior, and the posterior longer than the middle
rays.

Sides, excepting the dorsal portion and that part adjacent to the anal
fin, with a mercury-like metallic surface ; the operculum most brilliantly
refulgent, the checks little less so. A straight leaden line from the head
to the base of the caudal fin. No spots.

Total length, 45 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 36 mm.; length to
base of anal, 22 mm.; length to base of ventrals, 17 mm.; length of head,
10 mm.; length of head to preoperculum, 6 mm.

But one specimen of this curious little fish was sent by Mr. Smith. It
is the most brilliant of the Characinidee known to me.

*This genus received several names from Prof. Gill at the same time. Of these, Dr.
Gunther selected Corynopoma, as he had a right to do, and he has been followed in this
by most other ichthyologists. One of the other names cannot therefore be now selected
for this genus because it was printed on a previous page, as has been recently proposed.

1894.] 93

! Cope.

CURIMATUS GILBERTII Q. and G.
Numerous specimens.

STERNOPYGIDA.
CARAPUS FASCIATUS Pallas.

STERNOPYGUS VIRESCENS Val.
Apparently abundant.

NEMATOGNATHI.
SILURID A.

RHAMDIA SAPO Val.

Five specimens which agree with the description given by the Eigen-
manns, except in the possession of narrower bands of premaxillary and
dentary teeth. The premaxillary patch is five times as long as wide.

RHAMDELLA STRAMINEA sp. nov.

Surface of posterior cranial bones fossate, but covered with a thin skin.
Fontanel reaching base of supraoccipital process, with a narrow bridge
Opposite the posterior border of the orbit. Adipose fin entering the length
(to base of caudal) five times, and equal to depth of body; length of
head entering total, four times. Upper lip projecting a little beyond
lower ; tooth band in both jaws wide ; teeth well developed. Eye 4 times
in length of head to angle of operculum; one and a third times in inter-
orbital width, and one anda half times in length of muzzle. Centre of
pupil nearer end of muzzle than opercular angle. Maxillary barbels
reaching middle of ventral fins ; external mentals reaching base of pec-
toral fins ; middle mentals half as long as externals. Dorsal spine rather
slender, elongate, toothless ; pectoral spine more robust, longer than soft
rays, with eight robust spines on its internal border, and more numerous
smaller dentations on the anterior border, which are not recurved. Radii,
D.16; A.18; PI. 8. Caudal fin deeply emarginate, the superior lobe
a little longer than the inferior.

Total length, 85 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 68 mm.; length to
base of anal, 50 mm.; length to base of ventral, 833 mm.; length to base
of pectoral, 19 mm. Length of head to apex of supraoccipital process,
21 mm.

Color in spirits, brownish straw-color, with silvery opercle, rather
sparsely dusted with black specks. Adipose fin dusky bordered.

Five specimens of this species, which approaches the R. jenynsti Gthr.,
according to the detailed description given by the Eigenmanns. That
species is said to have the eye only one-fifth the length of the head, and
the adipose fin is one-fourth the total length. The occipital process is
said to be covered with a thick skin. In the R. straminea this process is
rugose and is covered by a very thin skin, and approaches quite near to
the dorsal plate. From the R. eriarcha E. and E., from the Uraguay

G
Cope.] G4 Jan. 5,

river, this species differs in the proportions of the eye and head, the much
longer barbels, much shorter adipose fin, etc.

PIMELODUS NIGRIBARBIS Blgr., Proceeds. Zool. Soc., London, 189i, .
p. 282, Pl. xxv, Fig. 1.

Several specimens.

LoRiIcariA CADE® Hensel, Archiv. f. Naturgesch, 1868, p. 369.

Represented by four specimens of rather small size. The muzzle is
depressed and is acuminate when viewed from above, and its length from
the orbit enters the length of the head to the posterior extremity of the
occipital plate two and a half times. The edges of the muzzle are hispid
but not bristly. The abdomen is covered with a continuous series of
scales, of which the lateral are elongate and directed forward, and the
median smaller and in two rows. Those between the ventrals are distinct
but solidly united, and there is a single anal which is notched in front for
the anus. The scuta of the nape are furnished with obtuse keels, one on
each side, which form a pair of ridges which converge forwards and are
continued on the occipital plate until they approach quite closely. They
then diverge and terminate above the postorbital plate. The third median
nuchal plate is not ridged, but a lateral plate which joins it and the sec-
ond nuchal on each side has a keel. There is no keel posterior to this,
nor any between it and the superior keel of the lateral line. The space
between the nostrils forms a median narrow ridge which bifurcates pos-
teriorly, each half disappearing above the middle of the supraorbital
border, from which it is separated by a groove, which is a posterior con-
tinuation from the nareal fossa. The central premaxillary ridge is
divided by a narrow median groove, and a shallow groove bounds the
Jateral plates on each side, terminating in a preorbital fossa. Scales of
lateral line, 28-29; the lateral keels uniting on the eighteenth scale.
Diameter of eye, without the shallow notch, entering length of head 5.5
times and interorbital width 1.25 times. ‘

The length of the head to the end of the occipital plate enters the
Jength (less the caudal fin), 5.25 times ; and the width of the head enters
its length 1.4 times; the depth of the head enters the length of the same
twice. Premaxillary jaws not separated by an emargination, but firmly
united. Teeth, §. Lips coarsely and shortly fringed all round, the pos-
terior coarsely tubercular and not notched posteriorly. Beard shorter
than diameter of eye. The dorsal spine enters the total length (less cau-
dal fin) 4.25 times, and the anal spine enters the same 0.6 times. Radii,
D. 1.7; P. 1.6; V. 1.5; A. I.5. The pectoral fins just reach the ventrals,
and the ventrals the anal. The marginal rays of the caudal are not
stronger than those of the other fins. Its border is concave, and the
superior apex is a little longer than the inferior, and it is without filamen-
tous prolongation.

Color light brown above, yellowish below. Five brown cross-bands on

1994... «. Q5

[Cope.

the dorsal region and one on the nape. Five obscure dusky spots on the
lateral border of the head to the opercular fissure. Dorsal fin with a dark
spot near the extremity. Caudal with a dark spot at each apex and two
at the base. Anal, ventrals and pectorals dusky at the extremity.

Total length, 73 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 66 mm. ; length
to base of anal fin, 81 mm. ; length to base of ventral, 21 mm. ; length
to base of pectoral, 11 mm. ; length to end of occipital plate, 15 mm.

The only species which it is necessary to compare with this one is the
Loricaria konopickyi of Steindachner.* According to this author this
species resembles the LZ. cadew in most essential respects. It has, how-
ever, two lines of keels between the dorsal spine and the lateral ridge,
where none exist in the Z. cadew, and the middle rows of abdominal
scales are in five rows instead of three. The teeth are nine or ten instead
of six or seven, and the keels of the lateral scales come together on the
fifteenth instead of the eighteenth row. The muzzle enters the head
length 2.5 times instead of twice. The L. konopickyi is from the Amazon
basin.

Loricaria lima Kner, to which this species is referred as identical by
Von Jhring, differs as follows: The head enters the length 4.66 times ;
the superior ray of the caudal fin is produced ; the eye enters the heall 7.5
times ; the fins are spotted.

LORICARIA SPIXII Steindachner, Denkschr. Wien Akad. Wiss., 1881, 18 ;
Pl. ii. Several specimens.

HISONOTUS L&VIOR Sp. nov.

Form rather slender, the depth at the base of the first dorsal ray enter-
ing the length to base of tail, six times ; and equaling the length of the
muzzle anterior to the orbit. Eye small, entering length of head five
times, and three and a half times in the nearly flat interorbital space.
Venter not entirely covered with scales, there being a series on each side,
and a row of smaller ones in the middle, separated from them by a naked
space. Median series expanding into a shield just posterior to bases of
ventral fins. Dorsal and ventral aspects of caudal region rounded.
Scales posteriorly moderately hispid, smoother anteriorly ; on the tep of
the head the prickles very small. Lower lip convex, with narrow mar-
gin, and coarsely tubercular surface.

Origin of dorsal fin a little posterior to line of origin of ventrals. Caudal
fin with the inferior angle produced a little farther than the superior. Spines
of fins only moderately hispid, except towards the extremities of the pec-
torals, where the prickles are coarser. Radii, D. 1.7; P. 1.7; Weeloior:
A. 1.5. Scales of lateral line, twenty-eight. The pectoral fins reach
the middle of the length of the ventrals, but the latter do not reach the
anal.

* Denkschriften math. Wiss. Klass. Kais. Akademie d. Wissensch., 1879, p. 45, Pl. vi, Fig. 3,
and Pl. vii, Fig. 1.

Cope.] 96 [Jan. 5,

Color, light brown. The dorsal fin is sparsely and the caudal fin is
closely spotted with blackish, and the spinous ale of both are light
colored with oe spots.

Total length, 52 mm. ; length to basis of caudal fin, 41 mm. ; length to
base of anal, 25 mm.; length to base of ventrals, 16 mm. ; length to line
connecting bases of pectorals, 10 mm.

A single specimen from the Rio Jacuhy, Rio Grande do Sul.

This is the third species of the genus now known, the one first de-
scribed being the H. notatus of Higenmann.* This species is said to
be characterized by the presence of a triangular posterior process of
the occipital element, and by the compressed and elevated form of the
head ; characters not seen in the present species. The orbit is smaller,
but the interorbital space is only as wide as three of its diameters. It has
only twenty-five plates of the lateral line. The Hisonotus nigricaudat of
Boulenger differs in the twenty-five plates of the lateral line, the I. 5
pectoral rays, the more numerous rows of ventral plates and the larger

eye.
HISONOTUS LEPTOCHILUS sp. nov.

Form rather slender; head rather depressed. Depth at first dorsal ray
entering length to base of caudal fin, 5.5 times. Eye small, entering
length of head 5.5 times, and three times on the rather flat interorbital
space. Venter covered with from ten to twelve rows of scuta, a single
row on each side anteriorly, larger than the others. Caudal. region
rounded above and below. Hispid everywhere, especially on the super-
temporal region. Three transverse and a median rhombic scuta between
the occipal scute and the base of the dorsal spine. Lower lip thin, with
thin transverse posterior margin and inconspicuous tubercles.

Dorsal fin originating a little posterior to ventrals. Pectorals reaching
middle .of ventrals; veitrals barely reaching anal. Inferior angle of
caudal fin a little longer than the superior. Radii, D. I. 7; P. L6; V.L
5; A. 1.5. Scales of lateral line, 28.

General color dusky, with numerous small pale spots everywhere, most
conspicuous when the fish is immersed in fluid. Fins lighter, conspicu-
ously spotted with dusky.

Total length, Be mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 44 mm. ; length to
base of anal, 35.5 mm. ; length to base of ventrals, 17.5 mm. ; length to
base of pectorals, 10 mm. ; interorbital width, 6 mm.

The important characters which distinguish this species from the ZH.
levior, are the thin and truncate lower lip with feeble tuberculation ;
the numerous ventral plates; the narrower interorbital space, and the
greater hispidity, especially of the head. It differs from the H. notatus in
much the same way as the , levior.

* “ Revision of South American Nematognathi,” California Acad. Sciences, 1890, p. 391.
+ Proceeds. Zovl. Soc., London, 1891, p. 234.

1894.] QT

{Cope,

Hisonotus nr@ricauDa Boulenger. Otocinclus nigricauda, Boul., Pro-
ceeds. Zool. Soc., London, 1801, p. 234; Pl. xxv, Fig. 3.

One specimen. This species differs from those described above, in the
presence of only two nuchal scuta between the occipital bone and the
base of the first dorsal ray, as represented in Boulenger’s figure. In this
point it agrees with the two species of Otocinclus to be described below.
In the two species of Hisonotus referred to, there are four nuchal plates
crossing the same space. -

The specimen of H. nigricauda measures, only 80mm. The sides and
posterior two-thirds of the middle line of the belly are squamous, the
remainder smooth.

_OTOCINCLUS FLEXILIS sp. nov.

Head large, muzzle rather short, width posteriorly equal depth of body
at first dorsal spine, and entering the length less the caudal fin four and a
quarter times. Eye entering length of head four times, and interorbital
width three times. Body compressed; superior and inferior aspects
of caudal peduncle flattened, and separated from sides by an angular
keel. Surfaces everywhere hispid. Perforations of supratemporal plate
numerous. Lower lip very thin, and entirely smooth. Plates of belly in
two lateral rows which are directed forwards, and are separated by a
single row on the middle line, which is sometimes more or less incom-
plete, thus permitting those of the lateral series to come in contact.
Occipital plate angulate posteriorly, and separated from dorsal spine
by two transerse plates and a small median posteriorly.

The pectoral spines reach the base of the ventral fins, and the ventrals
fall considerably short of the anal. Caudal lobes acute, subequal. Radii,
D.1.7; P.1.6; V.1.5; A.I.5. The spines are all strongly hispid,
and those of the pectoral fin are more robust than that of the dorsal.
Plates of lateral line, 25.

Light yellowish brown, with a row of about six oblong dusky spots
along the lateral line, which become obscure anteriorly. <A series of
corresponding spots along the dorsal region. Dorsal and caudal fins light
colored with numerous dusky spots. A biack spot at the base of the cau-
dal fin in some specimens.

Total length, 56 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 43 mm. ; length to
base of anal, 27 mm. ; length to base of ventral, 19 mm. ; length to base
of pectoral, 10 mm. ; length of head, 10 mm. ; interorbital width, 7.5 mm.

This species need only be compared with the O. afinis of Steindachner,
which is found near to Rio de Janeiro. That species has a posterior
tuberosity of the occipital plate which is wanting in this species, and
Steindachner represents only cne entire plate between the occipital and
the base of the dorsal spine. This region is more depressed in the 0.
flewilis, and the body is considerably more compressed, from the dorsal to

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XxxXIII. 144. M. PRINTED MARCH 5, 1894.

98 (Jan. 5.

Cope.J

the caudal fins. The eye is also smaller than inthe 0. afinis. The lip is
even weaker than in the AHisonotus leptochilus.
Rio Jacuhy, Rio Grande do Sul; numerous specimens.

OTOCINCLUS FIMBRIATUS Sp. nov.

Form moderately stout ; depth at base of D. I. entering length without
caudal fin, four times. Head rather depressed with the muzzle rounded,
entering the length (measured to opercular border) three and a half times.
Eye entering length of head 4.25 times, and the flat interorbital space
2.75 times. Posterior lip well developed, coarsely tubercuiar, its border,
together with the border of the anterior lip and the inner edge of the
beard, fringed with obtuse processes. Occipital plate with acute apex,
separated from base of dorsal spine by two transverse plates and a small
median posterior one. Venter with three series of scuta; a Jateral series
of long ones directed forwards on each side, and a row of median scuta
in contact with them. Scales everywhere hispid. Supratemporal perfo-
rations small, numerous, but concealed by the integument. Inferior and
superior aspects of caudal region flattened, and separated by an angular
keel from the sides.

Origin of dorsal fin immediately above that of the ventral. Caudal
Jobes acute, equal. Radii, D. 1.7%; P: 1.6; V. 1.5; A. TI. 5: Pectorals
reaching a little beyond base of ventrals ; latter barely reaching base of
anal. Twenty-five rows of scuta in lateral line.

Color, light reddish yellow. There are four large dusky spots along
the lateral line, the anterior enlarged and obscure. A series of corre-
sponding dorsal spots. Caudal fin with three vertical dusky bars, which
are sometimes broken into spots. Other fins with a dusky spot at base ;
the anal and dorsal with the spinous ray entirely dusky. Below, straw
color.

Total length, 38.5 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 283 mm.; Jength
to base of anal, 18.5 mm.; length to base of ventral, 13 mm.; length to
base of pectoral, 7.5 mm ; interorbital width, 5.5 mm.

This is the smallest of the Silurids here described, and is to be com-
pared with the Otocinclus affinis already mentioned. The angulation and
elevation of the nuchal region described by Steindachner as characteristic
of that species are here wanting, and the fringe of the lips is not figured
nor described by him. The eye is considerably smaller, entering the
length of the head to the apex of the occipital shield 5.5 times instead of
four times. In the O. affinis there isa longitudinal lateral band instead
of spots, and the fins are not represented as spotted, as is the case with the
O. fimbriatus. As compared with the O. flexilis, the O. fimbriatus differ-
greatly in the tubercular and fringed lip, relating to it in this respect
much as the Hisonotus levior does to the H. leptochilus. It is a smaller
species than the O. flexilis, and is more brightly colored and with less
numerous lateral spots. The ventral fins are relatively longer, and the

1891.] 99 [Cope.

dorsal fin originates above their base, and not behind it, as is the case in
07 flexilis.

Rio Jacuhy, Rio Grande do Sul ; numerous specimens.

In the many specimens of this species and the O. flexilis in the collec-
tion, the adipose fin spine is constantly wanting.

PLECOSTOMUS COMMERSONITI Val.

One adult specimen. A young individual, which I suppose to belong
to this species, exhibits the following characters :

Scuta not connected with each other anterior to the posterior border of
the dorsal fin, and consisting of a median ossification only, each scute sup-
porting a median comb of bristle-like teeth, which is longitudinal on most
of them and is directed obliquely upwards posteriorly on the superolateral
series. Besides the central comb, each scute has a shorter one near its
superior and inferior extremities. Inferior surface, as far as the vent,
without granules or scales. Scuta of lateral line, 28. Traces of a longi-
tudinal angle on the posterior part of the supratemporal plate, and of two
near together on the posterior part of the occipital. Head marked with
coarse granular ridges, which are little marked on the suborbital and in-
terorbital regions, and are replaced by fine lines on the anterior part
of the occipital plate. Muzzle acuminate oval, viewed from above ; tip
naked ; sides without bristles. Occipital bounded posteriorly by a single
nuchal plate, which is separated from the basal dorsal fin plate by a second
nuchal. Lip large, entire, coarsely tubercular. Teeth about +2 on each
side. The humeral angle extends on two plates only.

Fin radii, D. I. 7; P. 1.6; V.I.5; A. 5. The eye enters the length of
the head to the apex of the occipital plate six times, three times in the
muzzle, and 2.25 times in the interorbital space, which is plane. The
base of the dorsal fin is as long as the space from its posterior ray to half
way between the adipose fin and the base of the caudal. The pectoral
extends a little beyond the base of the ventral, and the ventral to a short
distance beyond the posterior ray of the anal fin. The inferior apex of
the caudal fin is considerably longer than the superior.

Total length, 47 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 8 mm.; Jength to
base of anal fin, 23 mm.; length to ventral, 17 mm.; length to base of
pectoral, 9 mm., length of head to apex of occipital plate, 18 mm. Color
in alcohol, reddish brown, an obscure dark shade about the base of the
dorsal fin. A single row of dusky spots in each membranous space of
the dorsal fin. Caudal fin with about three oblique vertical cross-rows of
rufous spots.

The single specimen on which this description is founded is probably
young, yet various indications point to its being of small size at maturity.
The well-developed lip and tubercles are those of a mature fish, and the
relatively small size of the eye indicate that little change is to be looked
for in the proportions of the head. It is probable that the deficient ossifi-
cation of the anterior body plates is a character of immaturity.

Cope.] ; 1 00 [Jan. 5,

PLECOSTOMUS ASPILOGASTER sp. nov.

Head with three obtuse angles; the lateral extending posterior to the
orbits ; the median obscure between the orbits, but distinct on the occipi-
tal plate. Belly covered with granular scales which are collected into
indistinct scuta posterior to the lip. Posthumeral ridge short, covering
only four or five scuta. Besides this, the scuta are not keeled,
but are distinctly angular on the dorsolateral and ventrolateral rows,
and traces of keels exist on the anterior scuta of the two median
lateral rows. Occipital plate bounded posteriorly by two scuta which
are obtusely angulated, and these are separated from the base of the dor-
sal spine by three transverse nuchal plates, each of which has an obtuse
lateral angle of the surface. There is a naked patch on the end of the
muzzle, which does not reach the superior surface. Eye small, entering
length of head eight times, muzzle five times, and interorbital space 3.75
times. Lateral line of scuta, 30. All the scuta are rough with longitu-
dinal ridges, but they are not very spinous. Inferior and superior sur-
faces of caudal peduncle flattened. Length of head entering total (with-
out caudai fin), three and one-third times.

Base of dorsal fin equal space between its posterior ray and a point half
way between adipose and caudal fins. First dorsal ray equal length of
head ; shortest caudal rays equal from end of muzzle to posterior border
of orbit. Radii, D. I. 8 in three specimens, J. 9in one; P. 1.6; V. 1.5;
A.5. Pectoral extending to basal third of ventral ; ventral to posterior
border of anal. Teeth 42 on each side the terminal portion elongate,
amber-colored. Length of median caudal rays .66 of length of head.

Total length, 250 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 198 mm.; to base of
anal, 122 mm.; to base of ventral, 82 mm.; to base of pectoral, 41 mm.
Length of head to posterior border of occipital plate, 54 mm.; width of
head at opercular fissure of lateral angle, 49 mm. Length of specimen
with dorsal radii I. 9, 275 mm.

Color above, dark brown, spotted anteriorly with dusky ; below un-
spotted light brown. There are two or three dusky spots on each scuta,
but these are not visible posterior to the dorsal fin. The head is closely
spotted with very small dusky spots, which are large and more distinct
on the supratemporal region, where they have a diameter of about a milli-
meter and are separated by spaces of about the same diameters. The
dorsal fin is coarsely spotted with dusky, there being one or two rows on
each interspinous membrane. The pectorals, ventrals and anal are simi-
larly spotted, with a single row between the spines, and the caudal fin is
unspotted.

In general proportions, and in the fin and scale formula, this species
resembles the P. commersonii, but in various other respects it apparently
resembles the P. carinatus of Steindachner. It differs from this species
in the very obscure or absent carination, in the much smaller eye, and in
the shorter base of the dorsal fin, according to its describer. It is from

ir *

1894.] 101 (Cope.

the Jutahy in Western Amazonia. The four specimens of the P. aspilo-
gaster before me are from the Jacuhy, Rio Grande do Sul. This species
also approximates the P. limosus Eigenm. (Proceeds. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
1888, pp. 167-8), from the Uraguay R. According to the description
this species has the occipital plate bordered by a single nuchal instead of
by three, and the middle rays of the caudal fin are nearly equal to the
length of the head. The -postdorsal region should be rounded above and
below, whereas it is flattened, and the fins and belly are spotted. In the
P. aspilogaster the caudal fin and belly are without markings.

The Plecostomus virescens Cope (Proceeds. Academy, Philadelphia, 1874,
p. 187) was founded on young individuals from Eastern Peru. The Eigen-
“manns state their inability to locate it in their system of Nematognathi.
In their table of the genus Plecostomus (I. c. p. 398) is a section which
includes species with the ventral integument more or less scaleless, a
character which Boulenger alleges to be more or less untrustworthy. In
any case two specimens of the P. virescens of 60 mm. in length have the
belly smooth. In one of 70mm. a few granules appear on the median
line of the belly. In one of 92 mm., a band of granules extends from the
anus to the coracoid bridge on the middle line spreading and fading out
laterally on the belly. Supposing the latter character to be retained to
maturity (which is uncertain) the P. virescens differs from the species
referred to the section with naked bellies by the Eigenmanns. Disregard-
ing the squamation of the belly, the former enters the section which
includes the P. bicirrhosus. The ].]. is 26-7. Superciliary borders a little
raised. The triangular part of the occipital bone is bordered by two
scuta on each side, and one scutum which touches the apex, and none of
them are angulated. Body scales not keeled. The base of the dorsal
equals its length from the adipose fin. A few small spines at the inferior
opercular angle. Head and body unspotted. All the fins spotted. Appa-
rently nearest the P. villarsii Luetken.

CALLICHTHYS TAMOATA Linn.

CoRYDORAS PALEATUS Jenyns. C. marmoratus Steind., Denkschr.
K. Akad. Wien, 1879 (see Pl. v, Fig. 1) ; good figure.

About sixty specimens, varying in length from 35 mm. to 70mm. I
have examined about fifty of these in order to ascertain whether there is
any variation in the degree of extension of the coracoid bones over the
pectoral region. There is no variation, that of each side remaining widely
separated from the corresponding one of the other side in all the speci-
mens. Not having met with any variation in any of the species in this
respect, I distinguished the species where the pectoral region is enclosed
below by the coracoids, as a distinct genus, retaining for it the name
Corydoras, and naming the series witb naked breast, Gastrodermus.* Ac-
cording to Eigenmann,j the type of Corydoras, C. punctatus L., possesses

* Proceeds. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 681.
+ Revision of S. Amer, Nematognathi, 1890, p. 465.

1 02 [Jan. 5,

Cope.]

the character which I have assigned to Gastrodermus, which is therefore
the true Corydoras. It therefore becomes necessary to give the genus
with armored thorax a new generic name. This I propose shall be Osteo-
gaster. The type is the Corydoras eques of Steindachner, and the only
other species which can be positively assigned to it is, according to
Eigenmann, the C. splendens Castelnau.

ICHTHYOCEPHALI. |

Prof. Gill has called my attention to an error which occurs in my
paper on the classification of fishes published in 1871, in the exchanged
places of the genera Monopterus and Symbzranchus. The characters of
the one are by an inadvertence ascribed to the other, by an accidental
exchange of the names.

SYMBRANCHID.

SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS Bloch.
HAPLOMI.
CYPRINODONTID®.

GIRARDINUS CAUDIMACULATUS Hensel., Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1870, p. 362 ;
Von Jhring, Stsswasserf. 0. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28.

Depth of body a little greater than length of head. Dorsal fin origina-
ting above middle of anal. Scales 28-8. MRadii, D. 1.7; A.10. Eye
one-third head, exceeding length of muzzle, and 1.5 times in interorbital
width. Scales between interorbital space and dorsal fin, 18. Yellowish
with a black vertical spot on the thirteenth scale from the caudal fin.

PERCOMORPHI.
CICHLID&.

CRENICICHLA LEPIDOTA Heckel; Steindachner, Sztzber. K, Wien Akad.
Wiss., 1874, p. 22.

Numerous specimens ; euldenty the common perch of the Jacuhy.

CRENICICHLA LACUSTRIS Cast.; Steindachner, Sitzber. K. Wien Akad.
Wiss., Dec., 1874, p. 18.

Form elongate, body compressed ; profile gently decurved from the
first dorsal ray to the upper lip, which is less produced than the promi-
nent mandible. The length of the head is contained in the total 3.66
times, and into that of the head and body three times. Depth of body
contained in total 5.5 times, and into that of head and body 4.5 times.
Eye not large, entering length of head 6.5 times; twice in muzzle with-
out chin, and 1.6 times in interorbital space, which is slightly convex
ue

transversely. Scales “~; those of the lateral line fewer than those of the

transverse rows, for tie reason that on the anterior part of the body one
lateral line scale is bounded by three scales of the transverse rows, and

1894.] 103 [Cope.

on the posterior part of the body, one lateral line scale corresponds to two
transverse rows. Thus the transverse rows number 72, while there are
only 40 in the lateral line.. Fin radii, I). XX.12; A. IfI.9; V. 1.5;
P. 17. Color brownish above and yellowish below in alcohol. Sides of
body and head with dorsal and anal fin rather sparsely spotted with
small black spots. A much larger black spot at the base of the caudal
fin, which is not light bordered. A black band from the eye, the opercu-
lar border, and another very distinct one from the eye downwards across
the cheek. Paired fins uniformly yellowish.

Total length, 196 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 168 mm.; length
to base of anal, 115 mm.; length to base of ventral, 89 mm.; length to
base of dorsal (axial), 53 mm.

The number of transverse rows of scales is intermediate in the genus,
while the number of those traversed by the lateral line is smaller than is
mentioned by authors as occurring in any known species. The promi-
nence of tbe lower jaw approximates a character of the C. lwciws Cope, of
the upper Amazon, but in that species the top of the head is flat and hori-
zontal and not convex and decurved. The scales are also larger.

But three specimens of this fish were taken by Mr, Smith. The small-
est measures 137 mm. in total length and differs as a younger individual
in the larger eye, which enters the head 4.75 times, and equals the inter-

orbital width. Radii, D. XXII. 13; A. III. 9. Scales 41 , the transverse

22
series twice as numerous as those of the lateral line posteriorly, and three
times as numerous anteriorly. Besides the black specks there is a row of
eight dusky spots on the side of the body.

GEOPHAGUS GYMNOGENYS Hense’., Arch. fur Naturgesch., 1870, p. 61;

Von Jhring, Stisswasser Fische von Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 31.
I find four species of Geophagus in the Smith collection, which difter

as follows :
a. Cheeks naked or nearly so.

Profile nearly straight ; eye one-third head ; caudal fin emarginate ; anal
AGlemayas. ody Oval; amaller. cic .<cscs detieemee so G. gymnogenys.

Profile of skull strongly convex at orbit ; eye one-third head; outline of
body contracting from first dorsal spine posteriorly ; caudal fin trun-
eate) anal sort rays; 8; smaller... 20 css foe oe te cue os G. camurus.
aa. Cheeks scaly.

Profile straight, preorbital bone wider; caudal fin truncate; anal with
eight soft rays ; eye one-fourth head ; 1. 1., 25; smaller.. G. brachyurus.

Profile straight ; preorbital bone much wider; eye more than four times
in head ; body oval ; 1.1., 28; anal with nine soft rays ; caudal fin
ROTC EGIO ETE PES pAb Oe aeedoGOUr coc oc COLe ae Miia avere G. brasiliensis.

In each of the four species of Geophagus here described, the inferior
bounding fold of the inferior lip is interrupted at the middle line. The

Cope.] 104 [Jan. 5,

lamelliform lobe of the first branchial arch is simple in the G. gymnogenys,
in G. camurus and G. brachyurus its border is divided into digitate pro-
cesses. In my specimen of G. brasiliensis the digitate processes are pres-
ent but rudimental. Hensel has distinguished a species as characterized
among other points by the absence of scales on the cheek. Steindachner
does not appear to have met with this condition in the G@. brasiliensis, yet
he refers Hensel’s species to the latter, believing that the absence of
scales from the cheek is an abnormality, ‘‘ probably most frequent during
the spawning season.’’ I find the character on the contrary to be con-
stant in the eight specimens of G. gymnogenys and G@. camurus, which
are of different sizes and ages, and which are characterized by well-
marked peculiarities of the form of the head and the body. The scales
are constantly present in five specimens of the G. brachyurus, which are
of the same size as those of the G. gymnogenys and G. camurus, and
are associated with equally well-marked specific characters. I believe
with Von Jhring that Hensel is right in regarding the character as of
specific value.

In the Geophagus gymnogenys the anterior border of the orbit is as far
from end of muzzle as the posterior border of the orbit is from the con-
vexity of the opercular border. Profile nearly straight, dorsal fin not
scaly at base. Cheek naked except a patch of five scales between the
orbit and preopercle. Preorbital bone a little wider than tegumentary

3
orbit. Scales 28. Fin radii, D. XIII. 11; A. III. 8. Body deep; the

depth egntaned tn the length to base of caudal fin 2.33 times ; length of
head in the same, three times. Pectoral fin reaching first soft ray of anal ;
caudal fin openly emarginate.

Color brown, each scale with a paler centre. A dark-brown spot
extends over the dorsum immediately in front of the dorsal fin and
extends to the lateral line on each side. Two dark spots below the spi-
nous dorsal fin, and two below the soft dorsal, above the lateral line. A
dark spot below the lateral line behind the superior opercular angle, and
another on the side below the rays xi and xii of the spinous dorsal. Dor-
sal and caudal fins dusky with rather numerous oval and round pale
spots. A dark spot on superior part of operculum and one below eye.

Total length, 107 mm. ; length to base of caudal fin, 87 mm.; length to
base of anal, 53 mm.; length to base of ventral, 89 mm.; length of head
side, 26 mm.

One specimen.

GEOPHAGUS CAMURUS Sp. nov.

Anterior border of orbit more distant from end of muzzle than the pos-
terior border is from convex border of operculum. Profile strongly con-
vex at and in front of the orbit. Form most elevated at the base of the
dorsal fin, then tapering posteriorly. Cheeks naked or with one or two
obscure scales. Preorbital bone a little wider than tegumentary orbit.

ee

i a, ee

1894.] 105 [Cope,

3%
Scales BB Fin radii, D. XIV. 10; A. ILI. 8; two out of seven speci-

mens arith the dorsal spines XIII, and two with the soft rays of the anal
9. Caudal fin truncate. Greatest depth entering length, minus caudal
fin, 2.5 times; length of head in same three times. Diameter of eye
entering head three times. Pectoral fin reaching first soft ray of anal.

Color brown, each scale with a paler centre. The spotting is similar
to that of the G. gymnogenys except that the dorsal region is dusky and
without well-defined spots, the saddle shaped black spot in front of the
dorsal only remaining. Below the lateral line on the middle of the side
is a strongly defined spot, and traces of one behind the epiclavicle are also
visible. A dark bar below the orbit, which is absent from most of the
specimens, which have been somewhat bleached by alcohol. Fins
spotted as in G. gymnogenys.

Total length, 95 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 72 mm.; length to
base of anal, 48 mm.; length to base of ventral, 26 mm; length of head on
side, 24 mm.

Seven specimens. This species is near the G. gymnogenys, but differs
much in the form of the head and body, and in the number of the rays of
the dorsal fin.

GEOPHAGUS BRACHYURUS sp. nov.

Anterior border of orbit about as far from the end of the muzzle, as
from the convexity of the opercular border. Preorbital bone distinctly
longer than diameter of tegumentary orbit. Profile straight, slightly

concave at orbit. Form of body to caudal peduncle an oblong oval.
3
Cheeks with five rows of scales below orbit. Scales 95. Fin radii, D.

XIV. 9; A. IIL. 8. In two specimens the dorsal rays eee V.9and XIII.
10; and in the latter specimen the anal rays are III. 9; in a thin speci-
men the anal rays are III. 7. Caudal fin truncate. Greatest depth
entering the length, minus the caudal fin, 2.2 times; length of head enter-
ing the same 2.75 times. Diameter of eye entering side of head four
times.

Color in alcohol brown, the dorsal and anal fins blackish. The color
of the spinous part of the former is varied by the presence of oblique spots
of a pale color, which form stripes running upwards and backwards.
These transparent spots are wanting on the anal fin. A black spot at
base of first dorsal rays ; another below the lateral line below the middle
of the spinous dorsal and a black bar below the eye.

Total length, 97 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 75 mm.; length to
base of anal, 52 mm.; length to base of ventral, 35 mm.; length of head,
28 mm.

Five specimens. ‘his species is well distinguished from the species
previously described, by the smaller eye, and an abbreviation of the body

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. N PRINTED MARCH 5, 1894.

Cope. ] 106 [Jan. 5,

posteriorly. The latter character reduces the number of scales of the
lateral line and alters the relative proportions generally. Thus the length
of the caudal peduncle equals that of the preorbital bone to the orbit ; in
the G. gymnogenys it equals the length of that bone plus the diameter of
the orbit. The coloration of the fins is also peculiar.

GEOPHAGUS BRASILIENSIS Quoy and Gaimard; Steindachner, Sitzd. K.
Wien Akad., 1871, December, p. 13.

Anterior border of orbit considerably farther from the end of the muz-
zle than the posterior border is from the convex edge of the operculum.
The middle of the length of the head falls near the middle of the pupil.
Profile straight and steeply descending. Preorbital bone 1.75 times as
long as the diameter of the orbit. Cheeks with five rows of scales.

4%
Form of body oval, a little higher in front. Scales 3B. Fin radii, D.

XV. 11; A. ILI. 9. Greatest depth two and one-third een in length to
base of caudal fin; length of head in same two and three-quarter times.
Diameter of eye entering head 4.66 times, and twice in the interorbital
width, measured over its strong convexity. Caudal fin rounded, trun-
cate in the middle, its basal portion scaly throughout.

Color light brown in alcohol, each scale with a paler centre; a large
black spot below the lateral line opposite the middle of the spinous dor-
sal fin. A few scattered pearl blue spots on the operculum and on the
scales posterior to it. Caudal fin, spinous dorsal,.and base of soft dorsal
dusky ; the caudal with oval transparent spots and the spinous dorsal
with a few oblique transparent streaks, directed upwards posteriorly. A
few round transparent spots at the posterior base of the soft dorsal.
Paired fins unspotted, the anterior rays of the ventrals dusky.

Total length, 193 mm.; length to base of caudal fin, 153 mm.; length
to base of anal, 102 mm.; length to base of ventrals, 58 mm.; length of
head, 54 mm.

This species agrees with the @. gymnogenys and camurus in its scale for-
mula, and with the G. brachyurus in its scaly cheek and coloration. It
differs from all of them in the more posterior position of the eye and
length of preorbital bone, and in the shape. of the caudal fin. In some
respects it agrees with the Geophagus macrolepis of Giinther,* but in that
fish the eye has a much more posterior position. There is but one speci-
men of the G. brasiiiensis in the collection.

ACARA TETRAMERA Heckel Brasil. Fluss-Fische ; Ann. der Wien Mus., ii,
p. 341. Steindachner Sttzber. Wien Akad., 1875, January, p. 5.

Numerous specimens. Dr. Steindachner having endeavored to show
that the A. flavilabris Cope, is identical with this species, I embrace the
present opportunity of making a direct comparison. With five speci-

* Calal. Fishes Brit. Mus., iv, p. 314.

1894.] 1 O07 [Cope.

mens of the A. flavilabris before me, I find that there are but two rows of
scales on the cheek, one row on the inferior limb of the preopercle, and
- one on the interopercle, as I have figured and described. In A. tetra-
mera there are three rows On the cheek, and none on the preopercle and
interopercle, as described by Steindachner. The preorbital bone is only
-66 the diameter of the orbit in A. flavilabris, as in the younger A. tetra-
mera. 'The front between the orbits is absolutely flat in A. flavilabris,
while it is convex at the borders in A. tetramera. All the specimens of
A. flavilabris have XVI dorsal spines. In all the lower lip is conspicu-
ously yellow, a character not present in the A. tetramera in my collection,
nor described by authors. The absence of this characteristic mark is the
only fault in my figure.*

ACARA AUTOCHTHON Gthr. Steindachner Sitzber. K. Wien Akad., 1874,
December, p. 4.
SUMMARY.

The species enumerated in the preceding pages are distributed in fami-
lies as follows :

New New
Total. Genera. Species.

Clupeide...... SOOO EOC Sonor a 0 0
Charaemidess: jeer sa. ses mideeleieisicies eke 3 9
RSEGRIEO WY US aise dw wraiatere,e sehq's «5: 2 0 0
Siluride ..... Biter dasstitn: Siwie oialeoareiewe 14 0 6
PV ROEAMOG NINES oar 'o'e'se cd es awe ae 1 0 0
CY PIHOMORGDs 2.0600. . ces wees 1 0 0
TCIM Beer tareyy ycevei dis siete a oyase. 9. a.¢0 8% 8 0 2

PICO iers sev cys, hoes erevetateve eas ets 42 3 aly

Besides the addition of seventeen species to the fauna of the Jacuhy
river, five genera are introduced. Four of these are Characinide, viz:
Asiphonichthys, Chorimycterus, Diapoma and Pseudocorynopoma. Of
these the first three are new to science, and the last has been previously
known from the drainage of the La Plata only. The fifth genus is
Sternopygus, which has not been enumerated by previous authors as
found in the Jacuhy river.

NOTE.

Mr. Smith obtained near Chapada in Matto Grosso from the head
waters of the Paraguay, Jetragonopterus lineatus Steind. and 7. mooret
Boul. From the head waters of the Tocantins, not far from the same lo-
cality, he obtained a species close to the 7. caudimaculatus Gthr.

* Proceeds. Academy Phila., 1872, p. 255., Pl. xi, Fig. 4.

Cope.]

108 [Jan. 5,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Figures all natural size unless otherwise stated.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig.

Fig. 14:

Avis
18.

52 G2 BQ en

Puate IV.

Xiphorhamphus brachycephalus Cope ; a. head from above.

PLATE V.

Asiphonichthys stenopterus Cope.
Chorimycterus tenuis Cope.
Diapoma speculiferum Cope.
Tetragonopterus pliodus Cope.

PuatTE VI.

Tetragonopterus jacuhiensis Cope.
Tetragonopterus laticeps Cope.
Tetragonopterus eigenmanniorum Cope.
Chirodon monodon Cope.

Puate VII.

Rhamdella straminea Cope.

Hisonotus leptochilus Cope. a. Head from above $ natural size ;
b. Head from below.

Hisonotus levior Cope. a. Head from above $ natural size ;
b. Head from below.

Otocinclus flerilis Cope. a. Head from above 3 natural size ;
b. Head from below.

Puate VIII.

Plecostomus aspilogaster Cope, 3 natural size. a. head from
below xX 3,

Loricaria cadew Hensel, from side. a. From above; 0. From
below $ natural size.

PuatE IX.

Otocinclus fimbriatus Cope. a. Head from above xX 2; 2B.
Head from below x 2.

Geophagus camurus Cope.

Geophagus brachyurus Cope.

uhpuodso,aq

Proceedings Aner, Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII; Wo, 144, Plate IV,

SSCS <=
Sees = SS
RNaSeseesmmaneee
BARS SSI
A. SSSSSassey WS

es a SS
EC a SS
SSS OARS =e

ae Le ce a, os
PP ie ae 7
Ont, ae ee

- 7 : te <The y 7 vo Pd as
a Ae ; \ ag > eres a ered aah |
0s. y fe < > : id ; ’ z — ° 2 "e: es we ri ‘<a
oats in tie od a at pie a eS
7 - A _— } ; a5
— ¥ 4 / “ tl _ : :
> : yes ; 7 : 7 :
1 2 . .
— iy :

Plate V,

Vol. XXKIII, No. 144,

Proceedings Amer Philos, Soc,

Plectospondyli.

. «Bie ¥ \ «
eA yo

Plate VI,

Vol. XXXII, Nos 144,

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc,

Plectospondyli.

-ayyouBoyouasr

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol, XXXIII, No, 144, Plate Vil

:

Lie:

ee

gn D:

Proceedings Amer Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII, No, 144: Plate VIII

Wy ;
KD
WES LS -
i f Y, Jj;

/
iit b pp
Wh bf

=a! \ LL SSS

ZINN LL Daf)
Ae

HEE

Nematognathi.

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII, Wo, 144, Plate It,

16. Nematognathi. 17-18. Percomorphi.

‘vial

~—

1894.] 109 [Cope.

On the Structure of the Skullin the Plesiosaurian Reptilia, and on Two New
Spectes from the Upper Cretaceous.

By E. D. Cope.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 2, 1894.)

Prof. S. W. Williston has described in the Proceedings of the Kansas
Academy of Science for 1890, the skull and part of the skeleton of a
Plesiosauroid from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas, under the name of
Cimoliasaurus snovit. Through the kindness of Prof. Williston, I have
had the opportunity to examine the specimen, and I have been able to
make some observations on the structure of the skull, which supplies an
important desideratum in our information on the subject.

In a paper in which I endeavor to trace the homologies of the cranial
bars of the Reptilia,* L ascribe + to the Sauropterygia a single postorbital
arch, and state that the available evidence is to the effect that this is the
zygomatic. I remark, ‘‘The supratemporal has no anterior connections
according to this author’”’ (Von Meyer on Nothosaurus), ‘‘and the supra-
mastoid is not described. From all that I can gather from Owen's figures
and descriptions of Plesiosaurus, the structure is the same, which is con-
firmed by observation on such imperfect specimens as are accessible to me.’’

Examination of Williston’s specimen shows that there is but one postor-
bital bar, and that this is partly the zygomatic, since it extends to the
distal extremity of the quadrate, and encloses with ita small zygomatic or
quadratojugal bone. But the posterior part of the arch includes also a
large supratemporal, as in many Testudinata. Above the supratemporal,
and forming the parietomastoid arch, isthe separate element which I have
referred to in the above quotation as supratemporal, but which it is now
clear is the supramuastoid. It is then homologous with the element in
Ichthyosaurus and in the Cotylosauria, which I have called by that name.
This discovery enables me to demonstrate the correctness of my supposi-
tion made in the paper already quoted (pp. 19-22), that the postero-lateral
process of the parietal bone, so characteristic of Sphenodon and Lacertilia,
really includes the supramastoid element. There is no question about
the distinctness of this element from the parietal in the Cimoliasaurus, and
the suture is shown in the outline figures given by Williston in his descrip-
tion referred to. The suture between it and the supratemporal is not so
distinct, but is nevertheless visible. The following figure is copied from
Williston, with the sutures inserted as I observed them.

*‘On the Homologies of the Posterior Cranial Arches in the Reptilia,’ Trans. Amer.
Philos. Soc., 1492, p. 11.

nb Gay Ds ole

110 [Feb. 2,

Cope.]

Posterior part of right side of skull of Cimoliasaurus snovit Willist.
Modified after Williston.

I embrace the present opportunity to correct an error into which I inad-
vertently fell when naming the elements of the cranium in the Coty-
losauria, in the essay above quoted. That segment which forms the
lateral angle of the superior table of the skull in the Cotylosaurian rep-
tiles, the Stegocephalous batrachians, and many fishes, is there termed the
os intercalare, after Cuvier. It is, however, not his intercalare, but his
external occipital. This is the epiotic of Huxley, but as it is not homo-
logous with that element in the Reptilia, it requires another name. I
propose that it be called the os tabulare, or the tabular bone. I do not
know of any reptiles other than the Cotylosauria in which it is present ;
(See Blix ab» )e

I refer in this connection to a taxonomic question which depends on a
correct knowledge of the posterior part of the Reptilian skull. Huxley *
referred the Triassic genus Telerpeton to the Lacertilia, and I afterwards +
endeavored to show that this genus, together with Rhynchosaurus,
Hyperodapedon and Saurosternum belong to the Rhynchocephalia. In
this I have been followed by most authors who have since treated of the
subject. After a study of the cranial arches, I became convinced that
these genera could not be Rhynchocephalia,} since they possess but one
postorbital bar, while the Rhynchocephalia possess two. In the papers
cited below [ placed them in the Theromora in the subdivision Progano-
sauria, and associated with them the Proterosauriide, It has become evi-
dent that this is their true position, and that they are not far removed
from the Anomodontia, with which they were nearly contemporary in

* Quarterly Journ.. Geolog. Society, London, 1869, p. 49.

+ Proceeds. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1870, Vol. xix, p. 241.

{ “Synopsis of the Families of Vertebrata,’ American Naturalist, Oct., 1889. Syllabus
of Lectures on Vertebrata Univ. of Pennsylvania, July, 1891, p. 38.

1891.] 111

[Cope.

time. It is doubtful whether the family of the Mesosauride on which
the Proganosaurian order was founded by Baur, really belongs to this
series, while the genus Procolophon Owen probably does. This genus has
been regarded as the type of a group, the Procolophonina, by Seeley, and
the genus Proterosaurus has been made the type of another group by the
same author, under the name of Proterosauria. I have shown that the
postorbital bar of the Pelycosauria (? Theriodonta) is different from that
of the Anomodontia, and that the Cotylosauria (Pariasauria) is entirely
distinct as an order. The Theromora as an order will then include the
suborders, Placodonta, Proterosauria and Anomodonta, The problemati-
cal genera above named will all fall within the limits of the Proterosauria,
as I have defined it under the name of Proganosauria.

EMBAPHIAS CIRCULOSUS, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. gen. Cervical vertebre short, with the parapophysis and dia-
pophysis distinct at the base and articulating freely with the centrum.
Articular faces of the centra concave in the cervical and dorsal regions.
Suture of neural arch with centrum, persistent.

The limbs of this genus are not certainly known. The three vertebre
on which it is established were found associated with a considerable num-
ber of the vertebrae of Elasmosaurus, and a number of bones of the arches
and extremities. The proper location of the latter has not yet been made.

This is a short-necked genus, and need not be compared especially with
Plesiosaurus, Elasmosaurus and Polycotylus. It. differs from Uronautes,
Orophosaurus and Trinacromerum in the distinctness of the basal parts of
the dia- and parapophyses, and from the first two in the strong concavity
of the vertebral centra. It approaches nearest in its vertebral characters
to Pliosaurus, but here the dorsal vertebre are amphiplatyan as in
Plesiosaurus. I note here that the vertebral characters of Trinacromerum
Cragin, as described by him,* agree with those of Orophosaurus. +

Char. specif. Cervical centrum a regular transverse wide oval, without
lateral longitudinalangulation, Dia- and parapophysial facets compressed
so as to be vertical, and occupying a line from near the level of the inferior
face to the base of the neural arch, and fused together at their bases. The
bases of the dia- and parapophyses (which are lost) were thus vertically
compressed, presenting a character different from that of any Plesiosauroid
known to me. On other cervicals than the single one preserved, this char-
acter may not be so pronounced, but it is not likely to have been entirely
wanting on any of them. The outlines of the dorsal vertebral centra are
circular, and the slightly concave sides are without angulation. The
fossa for the neurapophysis is an anteroposterior oval, which does not
extend over the entire length of the centrum. Arches lost, except the
bases, which adhere within the fosse. An epiphysis-like band of ver-
tically lined surface, narrows the median longitudinally lined surface of

* American Geologist, 1888, p. 404; 1891, p. 171.
} American Naturalist, 1887, p. 564.,

Cope.] q 12 [Feb. 2,

the middle portion of the surface of the centrum, especially at the middle
line below, where it is thickened. A large foramen on each side of the
middle line below, and a large one below the parapophysis in the cervical,
and below the neurapophysis in the dorsal centra. Some smaller ones on
the sides of the dorsals. Surfaces of the centra smooth. Neural canal
narrow.

Measurements, MM.

anteroposterior... .. Von eTAD

Diameters of cervical centrum} CTAMSViETSC Reavers cies lolets ul ters 85°
Verticals. cee Geers 76

Vertical diameter of common base of dia- and parapophysis. 67
Diameters of base of parapophysis { SRETOPOREMOE nies ae “
ViEEUICA ln eceree sieie sieeen0

anteroposterior.......... 54

Diameters of a dorsal centrum] {TANS VETS. 5 sen. cere eee 99
VELtGaleniees as. teats ehreeego!
Width of neuralicanaliatibaserc cect -eretcree cs es eit iereeee 19
Depth of concavity of centrum................ Sd G be. o0nS. 18

This is a species of large size, though not equal in dimensions to the
known species of Elasmosaurus. It was found in the upper Cretaceous
bed of the Pierre epoch, at the Big Bend of the Missouri river in South
Dakota. It was presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences by Mr.
John H. Charles, of Sioux City, together with the remains of Elasmosau-
rus below mentioned. I wish to express my sense of the obligation under
which Mr. Charles has placed the Academy and myself by his liberality
in this and other matters.

ELASMOSAURUS INTERMEDIUS, sp. noy.

Established on a series of nineteen vertebre of the cervical and
anterior dorsal regions of an individual from the Pierre formation of South
Dakota.

The vertebral centra are the shortest known in the genus, approaching
the Cimoliasaurus in proportions. The median and anterior cervicals dis-
play the compressed form characteristic of Elasmosaurus, although they
are shorter than in the three known species of that genus. The posterior
median cervicai vertebree are depressed, but the centra of the posterior
members of that series are less depressed, and they increase in length less
rapidly than they doin depth. They are shorter absolutely and relatively
than in the Z. orientalis Cope, to which this species is most nearly related.
In the anterior dorsals the depth exceeds the length of the centrum, while

in the H. ortentalis the depth is about two-thirds the length. The cervi-_

cals exhibit an angle of the lateral surface about half way between the
diapophysis and neurapophysis. The angle disappears on the anterior
dorsals. The superior and inferior outlines of the articular faces are not
emarginate or concave medially, which they are in the #. orientalis.

——— a ee !rhLCU l,l lc ele

ree | y ey nly
ts Mt ais

Vol, XXXII, No, 144, Plate X

Proceedings Amer. Philos. Soc

“‘piinnso)hiog pup ynydaoobag

n ahi AN
ALHDAN Ao. 40

1394.] 11s [Cope.

The lateral walls of the centra near to the articular faces are marked with
strong rather sharp ridges, which are separated by grooves of several
times their width.

Measurements. MM.
anteroposterior ........59
Diameters of an anterior cervical URAMISV@ESC tes cyereve eictici als 44
WEEUICHlseperete Ratise steve ote 4o

ANLELOPOSLCLION saps -(-]-1rle «1 7
Diameters of a median cervical , transverse ...........-.- 70
OR hela Shee stars stes eis 65
anteroposterior......... 78
Diameters of a posterior cervical LTAMSVETSClyteenetete erie LO
WELtICAll.. .pveeeeeetcie cr 88
anteroposterior ......... 74
Diameters of an anterior dorsal LLATIGVIENSE onic ie ieee acre 96
VETbICAI. ci. 5 ve erteterteieoe 90

The specimen was found with that of the Hmbaphias circulosus at the
Big Bend of the Missouri in South Dakota, and was presented’ to the
museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences by Mr. John H. Charles, of
Sioux City, Ia.

ELASMOSAURUS Sp.

Prof. N. H. Winchell sent me for examination a portion of the vertebral
column of a Plesiosauroid from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Dakota (exact
locality not known), which consists of forty-three centra and portions of
the arches and limbs. It is one of the shorter-necked forms of the genus,
resembling the H. intermedius in the proportions of its cervical vertebre.
The dorsals are relatively larger, but they are all, with most of the cervi-
cals, so distorted by pressure that it is impossible to characterize the
species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Permian and Triassic Cotylosauria and Stegocephali :

Fig. 1. Mustodonsaurus giganteus Jaeger ; 7p; nat. size; from the Trias
of Germany. From Fraas.

Fig. 2. Chilonyx rapidens Cope; 7; nat. size; from the Permian of
Texas.

Fig. 3. Pariotichus megalops Cope ; nearly nat. size ; from the Permian
of Texas.

Fig. 4. Pantylus cordatus Cope; nearly half nat. size ; from the Per-
mian of Texas.

Lettering.

Tab., Ostabulare ; Soc., Supraoccipital ; Sm., Supramastoid ; Sé., Supra-
temporal ; Z., Zygomatic (quadratojugal) ; Pob., Postorbital ; Pof., Post-
frontal ; P., Parietal; #., Frontal ; Pef., Prefrontal; J, Jugal; Q., Quad-
rate; Z., Lachrymal; Mz., Maxillary ; N., Nasal; Pmz., Premaxillary.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. 0. PRINTED MARCH 24, 1894,

Rothrock. } 114 [March 2,

Forests of Pennsylvania.

By J. T. Rothrock, Botanist Member of the Pennsyluania Forestry
Commission.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 2, 1894.)

Exact statistics as to the forest area are as yet not available for the
State of Pennsylvania. It is true that we can speak with some certainty
of the area of our State which is devoted to farming interests. Deduct-
ing this from the known area of the State would, however, still leave us very
wide of an exact statement as to the area actually covered by a growth
of wood which is now, or ever will be, productive forest land. There
would remain unaccounted for the space covered by cities, towns and
villages ; by mines, where the surface is allowed to remain unutilized
because the wealth below dwarfs its importance, and because the sur-
roundings are not favorable to produciion of trees; and lastly there
would remain the fact that an enormous percentage of the reputed wood-
land is now producing timber of the slowest growing and least valuable
kinds of wood, if indeed it should be designated as wood at all. It will
be, however, an approximate statement, based upon the reports of our
assessors for the year 1892, to say that we have accounted for 16,359,387
acres of cleared lund, and 9,159,826 acres of woodland. This will at
least fairly represent farming land, and the area covered by woody growth
of some kind, and may afford a basis for computation as to the condition
of things which should exist. By the above statistics we may account
for about 25,555,500 acres of farm and woodland. This, however, leaves
from four to six millions of acres of our State area to be accounted for as
coming neither under farming nor forest conditions at present. Nomi-
nally we have nearly 86 per cent. of our area in trees, if we accept our
assessors’ statements as a basis of calculation.

For convenience sake this paper will be divided: thus :

I. The Kinds of Timber-producing Trees in Pennsylvania.

If. Most [mportant Timber-producing Areas in Pennsylvania.
Ill. Configuration of the State in Relation to Growth of Timber.
IV. Rates of Growth of Most Important Kinds of Timber.

YV. Obstacles to the Growth of Timber.

(a) Natural Obstacles.

(>) Obstacles due to Human Agencies.
VI. Relation of the Commonwealth to Forest Restoration.
VII. Methods of Forest Restoration.

I. Tue Krnps oF TIMBER-PRODUCING TREES IN PENNSYLVANIA.

The list of such trees indigenous to our State, which are of sufficient
size, or in sufficient abundance to be of commercial importance, numbers
seventy-eight species and is as follows:

1894.] if 1 5 [Rothrock.

oo Macnolia glauca L... 2.2 sees nes ..sweet bay, or swamp laurel.
2 Magnolia acuminata L............. Cucumber tree.

> Magnolia tripetala L............... Umbrella tree.

1 Liriodendron tulipifera L........... Tulip poplar.

2 Tilia Americana L....... soueaauines Basswood.

2 Tilia heterophylla Vent............ White basswood.

PRUE HOMACAPAN is ais ch eis oi neta ite cle 5's . American holly.
Seblexsmonticola Gray 2). .c0s sce ees Mountain holly.

3 Aisculus octandra Marshall......... Sweet buckeye.

semsculus glabra: Willd... ... 0... Ohio buckeye.

3 Acer Pennsylvanica L......4...... Striped maple.

iAecer saccharinum Wang.:......... Sugar maple.

2 Acer dasycarpum Ehrh............ White, or silver maple.
PAGE UNO TUM it af cs ais atelels evs) sci ..-Red, or swamp maple.

% Negundo aceroides Meench........ -. Box elder.

PeREHUS SY PRINA) Lise ceeeuw gs sas sense Staghorn sumach.

i Robinia pseudacacia L............... Locust.

3 Gymnocladus Canadensis Lam..... Kentucky coffee tree.

3 Gleditschia triacanthos L........... Honey-locust.

3 Prunus Americana Marshall. ...... Wild yellow, or red plum.

3 Prunus Alleghaniensis Porter....... Allegheny plum.

pperunus Serotina Whrh.. 5 eee se « Wild black cherry.

Bere REUS COMOMATIA Sas. 50s /isteles-o-\0.6°s Crab apple.

eebyrus Americana DO . .)..:.3...:0 0. .. American mountain ash.
maeratecns coccines: L., i. 55.6)... Scarlet haw, or whitethorn.

3 Crategus punctata Jacq............ Blackthorn, or pear haw.

BRO TAteeus CTUs-Palliic cr. . er. steve ose « Cockspur, or Newcastle thorn.
3 Liquidambar Styraciflua L........ Sweet-gum tree, or bilsted.

3 Cornus florida L........ NOOO e bec ene Dogwood, or flowering dogwood.
MC ormmus alternitolia Ty., fcc: cic ve oa Alternate-leaved dogwood.

2 Nyssa sylvatica Marshall....... ... Sour-gum, tupelo, pepperidge.
3 Oxydendrum arboreum DC......... Sorrel-tree, sour-wood.

2 Diospyros Virginiana L............ Persimmon.

1 Fraxinus Americana L........... .- White ash.

2 Fraxinus pubescens Lam........... Red ash.

2 Fraxinus viridis Michx., f.......... Green ash,

2 Fraxinus sambucifolia Lam......... Black, hoop, ground, or water ash.
3 Chionanthus Virginica L........... Fringe tree.

2 Catalpa bignonioides Walt .........Catalpa, Indian bean, cigar tree.

This tree is not a native of Pennsylvania, but is becoming rapidly and
generally naturalized, and is likely to be of considerable importance.
For this reason [ have included it in my list.

2 Sassafras officinale Nees............ Sassafras.
aoe Sefulva; Michx: ..:c05. 64.0.0» ae Slippery elm, red elm.
1 Ulmus Americana L...... eben te te White elm, American elm.

Rothrock. ] 116 [March 2,

2 Celtis occidentalis L...... ae eee Hackberry, nettle tree.
2 Morus rubra L...... SeaHosoadpaLke -Red mulberry.
2 Platanus occidentalis L............ Buttonwood, sycamore.
Peo Uelans CINeTER. Li... «cei ciss cals ee Butternut, white walnut.
ime bine) Tae Baaee demo anocoso065S Black walnut. . :
i Chiagey CU Millia Goon cccpbmon DOS .» Shellbark, or shagbark hickory.
2 Carya sulcata Nutt..... ores .. bie Shellbark, -king nut.
1 Carya tomentosa Nutt. ....... ...-. White-heart hickory, mocker nut.
HeCanyapporeinady NU = tere teretetr re Pig-nut, or broom hickory.
BiCarya amara NUtt occ. a ae ateleiete Swamp hickory, or bitternut.
Peeimlatienta Li... .2 smcet. «ses ceils Cherry, sweet, or black birch.
PeBetuiay lutea, Michixe iiss eeeet mero Yellow, or gray birch.
2 Betula’ populifolia, Ait. .o2.-..----. White birch.
2 Betula papyrifera Marshall......... Paper, or canoe birch.
Pepenwlami grails. scseircterscislsc tcrkrte Red, or river birch.
= Ostrya Virginica, Willd oo. <-.k .- Hop-hornbeam, leverwood.
3 Carpinus Caroliniana Walter....... Hornbeam, blue, or water beach.
Quercus alba) emcee eee ee te White oak.
2 Quercus stellata Wang............ .Post, or iron oak.
2 Quercus macrocarpa Michx......... Bur oak, overcup oak.
2 Quercus biculor Willd......... .-...owamp white oak.
HQ Wercus yeni US: lever vere eret Chestnut oak, rock chestnut oak.
1 Quercus Muhlenbergii Engelm..... Yellow oak, chestnut oak.
ii@wercus rubra lin.) eerie entails Red oak.
1 Quercus coccinea Wang............ Scarlet oak.
1 Quercus coccinea var. tinctoria Gray. Black, or yellow-barked oak.
2 Quercus palustris DuiRois.-.- 5.4.52 Swamp, or pin oak.
o Quercus) tal Gata iii hic eter ete Spanish oak.
So OWEKEUS MIS Tayi. ye eles taste Black jack, or barren oak.
3 Quercus imbricaria Michx.......... Laurel oak, shingle oak.
3 Q@ucreus PhelloOs Lisi sypercw «ieee eteteie ciate Willow oak.
1 Castanea sativa Mill. var. Americana
(Coty Go naoos savas atetshaxcyerarcustelsters Chestnut.
> Castanea pumila Millie. epee Chinquapin.
2 Fagus ferruginea Ait..... sobocar aes CCH.

There appears to be no native willow of sufficient importance to merit
a place in this list.

Under the pitch pine the Pennsylvania lumberman groups what he
recognizes as yellow and jack pine.

Banus pungenus Michx,,f....2secade Prickly pine, poverty pine, table
mountain pine.
2 Pinus inops Ait...... AielalelsrateTereteRe ta Jersey, or scrub pine,

1894. ] i 1% [Rothrock.

Sees Dibis Michx :\ ./2.s..1.'< 2 ....Short-leaved yellow pine, yellow
pine.

Pet INUs Tesimosa Al .\v\.\-/.\.% o/s oisiess wo le Norway pine, red pine.

2 Picea nigra Link...... ieee) cpaissciehe ner Black spruce.

iaUsuga Canadensis Carr.. +. .2.23...- Hemlock.

2 Abies balsamea Miller......... .....balsam, balsam fir.

2 Larix Americana Michx............ Hackmatack, larch, tamarack.

eebbuys occidentalis DL... /........... Arbor vite.

The above trees I have divided into a first, second and third class, and
designated the class by a corresponding figure to the left of the name.
Commercial importance and abundance are made the basis of this arti-
ficial classification: the only merit of which is that it will serve to
impress certain leading facts.

The nomenclature adopted is that of Gray’s Manual of Botany, which
will remain the popular authority until superseded by a more modern
book.

II. Most ImporTANT TIMBER-PRODUCING AREAS IN PENNSYLVANIA.

The words, ‘‘most important ’”’ timber-producing areas, are, of course, in
one sense, relative, because they carry atwofold meaning, @. e., important
as to quantity produced, and important as to the uses made of each kind
of wood. In one sense we might consider hemlock and white pine the
most important for Pennsylvania ; because the former is a characteristic
tree of our State, and the latter one of immense commercial importance.
We shall, however, use the words more especially in regard to the quanti-
ties produced on land which may be regarded as by nature better adapted
to the growth of timber trees than to any other purpose.

This would naturally suggest the mountain areas of the Commonwealth.
It must be remembered, however, that an exclusive consideration of these
regions would practically exclude the soil on which our best white oak,
black walnut, ash, tulip poplar and linden have grown. Furthermore,
land now of more value for agricultural purposes than for any other uses
might by some change in price of crops, or by other commercial perturba-
tions, be ultimately found of greater value in production of some quick-
growing kind of timber. This chance is quite within the limits of pos-
sibility in the case, for example, of the chestnut tree, if the fruit should
ever become, asin Southern Europe, an important article of food and a
stimulus be given to the production of choice varieties of the tree. Indeed
it is by no means certain that we shall not very soon have an example in
the increased demand for young chestnut as a source of supply for tannin.

Extending northeast from the southern border of the State through the
central third is a region of varied topographical characters. Much of it is
mountainous and rocky, and but for the possible discovery of mineral
resources, and those already known, is of no value except for the growth
of timber. The actual area of the land of this character is not yet

Rothrock ] i 18 {March 2,

accurately determined, though it will probably aggregate not less than
5000 square miles. Once the timber is removed from such land, under
present conditions it becomes not only an unproductive area to the State,
but too frequently a nursery of floods during the time of melting snows
and in periods of unusual rainfall. The Commonwealth has, therefore, a
double inducement to restore it to its normal condition, either by direct
care, or by such wise legislation as will enable the owners to do so.

What this legislation will, or, should be, depends very largely on the
condition of the owners of this timber-producing area. For example, in
the State of New York the mountain areas—Adirondacks and Catskills—
are comparatively isolated. State possession there seems not only the
probable, but the natural thing, when one considers that these same
mountain regions are most important as water sheds for the eastern parts
of that Commonwealth.

On the contrary, in this State the mountain areas are quite too large to
encourage the idea that they ever will, or ever should, become the
property of the State. In short, they will most likely remain in the hands
of the small land holder, and the legislation intended for such areas must,
from the nature of the case, be chiefiy adapted to his needs.

Considering the counties of the State alphabetically, it appears that the
cleared and the forest acreage of the Commonwealth is as follows:

Table Showing what Percentage of the Entire Acreage of Each County is
Timber Land.

CLASSIFICATION.
Countizgs. CreareD| Trmper | Entire | Per
Lanpb. Lanp, |ACREAGE.|CENT. 4 4 t
25 50 =: I00
1 Adams «<=. . - «| 251/687 | od,0719)/ 30752085) 185 5) 18
2 Allegheny... . ./| 22,422
3 Armstrong . . . .| 296,111| 87,713 | 383,824 | 22.8 | 22.8
AWB GAVEL! 2, ys. 6 Paths tis 196,616 | 59,214 | 255,830 | 23.1 | 23.1
5 Bedford. . . . . . | 830,059 | 234,277 | 564,536 | 41.5 41.5
GeBerkSe wees es | 430,516 ; 82,790 | 513,806 |16 | 16
Tpeloitera 2 6s. swe 141,997 | 154,292 | 296,289 | 52 52
eeBradiond .. . <-. 468,350 | 204,131 | 672,481 | 30.3 30.3
9 Bucks - . « » | 300,364 | 19,151) 369,515) 6.2) | 5,2
HOMER eke tes et | 365,672 | 103,528 | 469,200 | 22 | 22
11 Cambria ... . .| 822,894) 73,507 | 395,901 | 18.5 | 18.5
12 Cameron... . ./| 384,072 | 189,381 | 223,453 | 84.7 84.7
13 Carbon. . ... .| 82,646 | 109,744 | 192,390 | 57 57
14 Centre .... . .| 189,580 | 124,107 | 313,687 | 39.5 39.5
da @hester.. .).\2 2. 389,306 | 52,474 | 441,780 | 11.2 | 112
16 Clarion. .... .| 284,471) 75,378 | 359,849 | 20.9 | 20.9
17 Clearfield. . . . .| 177,227 | 477,978 | 655,205 | 72 9 72.9
18 Clinton. . . . . . | 148,957 | 405,881 | 554,838 | 73.1 73.1
19 Columbia. . . . .| 186,808 | 100,426 | 287,234 | 34.9 34.9
20 Crawford .. . .| 425,103 | 180,600 | 605,703 | 29.8 29.8
21 Cumberland . . .| 231,161 | 40,057 | 271,218 | 14.7 | 14.7
22 Dauphin .. . . . | 213,768 | 102,972 | 316,740 | 32.5 32.5

1894.] 119 [Rothrock.

CLASSIFICATION,
CounrTIEs. CLEARED Tim BER| ENTIRE | PER
LAND. Lanp. |ACREAGE.|CENT.
% % %
25 50 75 | r00
|
23 Delaware. ... . 110,000) 11,500 | 121,500! 9.4| 9.4
PENG Atvemich te te ia) 107,611 | 395,420 | 503,031 | 78.6 78.6
25 Erie ..... . . | 403,722| 47,264 | 450,986 | 10.4 | 10.4
POMMAVCULG. alin sel «1 302,274 | 157,565 | 459,839 | 34.2 34.2
27 Forest . .. . ~ «| 139,501 | 138,393 | 277,894 | 49 8 49.8
ee) Iernnldiha yb a oe 291,044 | 134,250 | 425,294 | 31.5 31.5
29 Fulton .... . .| 114,172 | 182,636 | 296,808 | 61.4 61.4
= neon aOR 341,607 '
1 Huntingdon . . . | 259,416 | 229,390 | 488,806 | 46.9 46.9
32 Indiana. . . . « . | 342,455 | 138,916 | 481,371 | 28.8 28.8
so Jefferson... . . 200,565 | 187,985 | 388,550 | 48.3 48.3
34 Juniata. ..... 139,182 | 77,122 | 216,304 | 35.6 35.6
35 Lackawanna . . . | 237,622 31,796 | 269,418 | 11.8 | 11 8
BO MUATICASUCL <1. 1<ne) + 512,169 | 57,148 | 569,317 ; 10 =| 10
37 Lawrence .. . .| 186,793; 19,221 | 206,014) 9.3} 9.3
38 Lebanon .: . . .| 178,692] 38,941 | 212,633 | 18 3 | 18.3
S10 bre 4 | ee ae | 185,620} 16,492 | 202,112| 81] 81
40 Luzerne . . - | 300,000 | 382,400 | 682,400 | 56 56
41 Lycoming .. . . | 400,000 | 306,000 | 706,000 | 43.3 43.3
aD McKean. = 2 < - 387,088 | 230,371 | 617,459 | 37.3 37.3
413) MMII CEs Boe Gute. Sec 361,666 | 89,670 | 401,336) 9.8) 9.8
BAMHI Ae) fee 138,155 | 185,325 | 273,480 | 45.8 45.8
BOM VEOMTOC Na cis) se os 152,100 | 170,810 | 322,910 | 52.8 52.8
46 Montgomery . . . | 269,582) 12,044 | 281,626 | 4.3) 4.3
47 Montour ... . .| 59,811 | 15,314] 75,125 | 20.4 | 20.4
48 Northampton . . . | 189,591 | 21,448 | 211,039 | 10.2 | 10.2
49 Northumberland . | 184,556 | $2,223 | 265,779 | 30.6 30.6
50 oe Ss pee 150,817 | 149,658 | 300,475 | 49.8 49.8
51 Philadelphia .. .| 80,000 3,000 | 83,000} 3.6) 3.6
IS) LETIEC tan ne 25,053 | 318,472 | 343,525 | 92.7 92.7
Dor eOCbene 2-4) sells. oan 125,951 | 552,939 | 678,890 | 81.4 81.4
54 Schuylkill... . . 400,000 | 137,600 | 537,600 | 25.6 25.6
FID SS ONOGE BEST aon ae 132,303 | 66,522 | 198,625 | 33.4 33.4
56 Somerset ..... 291,081 | 278,223 | 569,304 | 48.8 | 48.8 ;
Pe UU VANI sen ve fel. © 121,472 | 147,881 | 269,353 | 54.9 54.9
58 Susquehanna . . . | 316,801 | 159,281 | 476,032 | 33.4 33.4
BOLO s ope sss 372,345 | 259,356 | 631,701 | 41 41
GOROMT OM: Acaeetcs ep ek 101,437 | 79,062 | 180,499 | 43.8 43.8
61 Venango... . .| 188,658 | 166,096 | 354,754 | 46.8 46.8
G2 NVANYEN.: cree seuss 250,314 | 174,671 | 424,985 | 41.1 41.1
63 Washington. . . . | 422,637 | 64,119 | 486,756 | 13.1 | 13.1
of, Wayne <2. st. 399.905 | 26,720 | 426,625} 6.2) 6.2
65 Westmoreland . . | 420,832 | 148,680 | 569,512 | 26.1 26.1 |
OD \Waonhners eG eee 100,337 | 122,642 | 222,979 | 55 55
Gi Vork’s 3) 6X. . | 480,213 | 112,338 | 542,551 | 20.7 | 20.7

Rothrock. 120 [March 2,

Résumé.

2 counties not fully reported.

25 gi have less than 25 per cent. of timber land.
27 uc co more (<2 eos eccommlessunenmn:
9 os es 66 EGO ae eee eee Ce
4 “ ot Ce ee ae
@leared Jani sc.28500 cae ee eee 16,359,387 acres.
Timber, #4)... iketies aReeee ee eee 9,159,826 <<
Total: (dee eee ee aeeence 25,519,213 **

25,519.) 9,159,826 (35.9% nearly,
or 9-25 nearly.
Thirty-five 9-10% of the land reported in timber.

From the above it will be seen that there are fifty-two counties whose
area of timber land is less than fifty per cent. of that of the county.
There are of these, seventeen whose area is less than twenty per cent. of
the entire area of the county.

On the other hand, there are four counties where the area remaining in
timber is at least seventy-five per cent. of the entire acreage of the county.

The assessors’ reports do not represent the entire acreage of the counties
as a rule. They are also faulty, or rather misleading, because much of
what is there classified as timber land is not such in any present produc-
tive sense. Union and Mifflin counties are good illustrations. This re-
mark is not designed to cast any discredit on their work. There are good
reasons why they could make no nearer approach to an exact statement,
and the wonder is that they have done so well. From four of the coun-
ties no exact report has been had. It is quite clear that of this thirty-five
per cent. not less than one-fourth is producing nothing that sheuld be
called timber.

III. CoNFIGURATION OF THE STATE IN RELATION TO THE GROWTH
or TIMBER.

In the present condition of affairs, in this Commonwealth, it is safe to
assume that land which is too poor to yield remunerative crops had better
be devoted to the growth of something else than the growth of cereals, or
to put the proposition more broadly, agriculture on such ground does not
pay. ‘To this one may add another proposition which comes partly as a
sequence of the first: 7. e., that land so steep as to be farmed at a disad-
vantage, unless it is specially adapted to grazing, tending to become impov-
erished by the washing away ot the elements of fertility, and requiring
constant restorative measures, is not remunerative under ordinary agri-
culture and therefore should be restored to growth of timber. It is to be
observed that these statements are made not as a basis for any State inter-
ference, but merely as suggestions for the individual land owner.

The most important timber trees of this State are white pine, hemlock,

1894.] 1 21 [Rothrock.

white oak, rock oak, pitch pine, shellbark and pignut hickory, black walnut,
locust and chestnut. Of these the white pine is a tree of wide geographi-
cal range, and of equally wide powers of adaptation to conditions of soil
and climate. Originally it grew more or less commonly through the
State from the northern to the southern boundary, and most abundantly
along the central meridian. _ It is especially noteworthy that though its
favorite locality was on the higher, poorer soils, where, when once
cleared, the Jand had little agricultural value, that it still grew luxuri-
antly on some of the lower, richer lands. What the original rate of re-
production over most of its area was cannot now be answered with cer-
tainty. It is, however, safe to say that on the soil best adapted to its
growth in the central part of Pennsylvania, one may expect to see a tree
of this species grow in from fifty-five to sixty-five years to a diameter at
two feet above the ground of from eighteen to twenty-two inches. Such
timber is not mature. An inspection of the stump of one felled at this
age will reveal the fact that the tree was then in the most productive
period of its growth, and hence that it was poor policy to sacrifice it then.

The hemlock prefers the rocky sides of our mountain gorges, or a rocky
hillside overlooking a stream. Occasionally it appears in a deep forest on
a flat by a stream. It is very scarce along the southern border of the
State except in the mountains proper, where it extends its range to the
south.

If it were required to select a single tree which should be peculiarly
representative of Pennsylvania the hemlock would probably most fully
be so. Here to a greater extent than in any other State it has been an
important tree in our lumbering interests, and no less important in the
manufacture of leather. Here also its most reckless destruction has been
witnessed ; where miles of matured hemlock forest have been absolutely
sacrificed for the bark alone. In this State also there are probably more
miles suited to reproduction of hemlock than in any other Northern State.
In some respects the hemlock is peculiar; for example, the nurseryman
finds no great trouble in raising it, growing it into hedges or even into
isolated trees. Yet the experience of our lumbermen and the few who
have tried to restore it as a forest tree has not been encquraging. Of
course there are reasons for the different results, mainly due to the fact
that the forester works under conditions which are inimical to its growth
and which, to a large extent, the nurseryman can avoid. Still the fact
remains that the hemlock is among the slowest of our forest trees in its
early growth, and when the shade under which it originally grew is de-
stroyed the difficulties of its reproduction are immensely increased. It is,
however, of the utmost importance to the Commonwealth that its resto-
ration be attempted, first, because of its intrinsic value ; second, because
it grows and thrives on land which, but for it, would be almost valueless.
The hemlock is, as a rule, a tree having but little tap root. Its roots
spread out along or just beneath the surface of the soil. Yet as one of
the biological marvels connected with this wonderful tree, it will often be

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. Pp. PRINTED MARCH 24, 1894.

Rothrock. ]} 1 22 [March 2,

found attaining its most vigorous growth and size on a rocky hillside
where there is almost no soil in sight. Of course it is clear that under
such conditions it must have departed from its usual rule and sent its
roots deeply down beneath the surface.

The white oak would probably come next in popular esteem. It is,
however, fairly a question whether the rock oak is not of greater com-
mercial importance to this State. The best white oak, as regards both
strength and durability, contrary to the general opinion, comes from the
rich alluvial lands. To the truth of this proposition both science and the
most intelligent experience testify. Probably of all our important forest
trees, no species is more readily grown than the white oak. Mere alti-
tude (so far at least as our State is concerned) appears to be no obstacle
to its growth. We find it at the level of tide and also at an elevation of
two thousand feet and upwards. It will flourish along the mountain
sides, then suddenly disappear as you reach the steeper, rocky slopes,
where the rock oak by its abundance gives character to the forest. It
can hardly be supposed that altitude alone has been the determining
cause of its disappearance. The statement has already been made that
white oak from higher, poorer soil was of inferior quality, and this may
indicate such a lack of physical vigor as makes it unable to cope with the
hardier rock oak and locust which abound on such situations. Some of
the most thrifty young white oak groves I have found in this State have
been between the altitudes of one thousand and seventeen hundred feet
above the sea level. In such situations the soil, however, was loamy,
and with so few rocks that, once cleared, it might well enough have
served for agricultural purposes. On the mountain slopes, just at the
foot of the steeper incline, where there is an accumulation of loam
washed from the heights above, the growth of white oak is often the most
vigorous. This fact seems to obtain in our State without regard to alti-
tude, and points again to the conclusion that for the most successful
growth of this species, a fertile, comminuted soil is of the first import-
ance,

Rock oak, locust and chestnut form, in one sense, a group by them-
selves—that is they agree markedly in certain peculiarities of habit,
being always found associated under certain conditions, and yet on the
other hand each able to thrive under conditions which would be inimical
to the best development of the other. For example, they all may be
expected to grow in association along those mountain slopes where the
Medina and Oneida sandstones appear; neither altitude nor the rocky
masses seem to prevent their growth. Yet the limestonealmost certainly
exercises a limiting influence on the chestnut and possibly on the rock
oak, while the locust often becomes a very large tree on limestone soil.

The pitch pine may be regarded as a tree of pliant constitution. Its
most constant home is on the higher mountain areas of the State. It is,
however, to be observed that the reason why it now appears most fre-
quently there is simply because it has been largely extirpated from all

——<_.. >.

—

1894. ] 1 23 [Rothrock.

other sites. The mountain tops are its remaining strongholds. It is,
however, also found growing ia the sands of the seashore.

The hickories (shellbark and pignut) are trees of lower ground. The
former seldom leaves the alluvial flats, and though the latter is often found
on the higher grounds, it seldom reaches the mountain top. Were it not for
the fact that Eastern North America is the only natural home of our most
valuable hickories it would hardly be worth while, or fair, to place them
among our most important trees. In fact their approaching scarcity in
connection with their easy reproduction is their strongest claim to notice
here. As a rule all the species of hickory demand a good soil—even
though it may be on a hilly surface.

Black walnut has been of importance. It is practically exhausted
now. During the season’s travel I have seen almost none remaining
that was fully matured.

The white walnut grows along streams even high up on the mountain
side, but the black walnut seldom is found in a thriving condition among
the rocks of the higher, steeper slopes. This tree (black walnut)
appears to grow equally well on limestone soils and on alluvial flats.
Though it seems to be as averse to the Oneida and Medina sandstone
regions as the rock oak, chestnut and locust are partial to them.

IVY. Rates oF GrowrTa oF Mosr Important Kinps oF TIMBER.

The rates of reproduction and of growth in this country are both a
surprise toa foreign forester. It is with the latter of these that we are
chiefly concerned, for the mere reproduction of seedlings is, as a rule, so
vastly in excess of what the ground can support that the question is nar-
rowed down to rate of growth of the surviving trees.

It is fair to lay down the general propositions that growth in height of
our more important species is mainly a question of environment, and
that wood production attains its yearly maximum about the close of the
second third of the average life of the tree.

The first of these important propositions bears probably less upon the
weight of the adult tree than it does on the character of the main trunk
and on the spreading of the more important branches; in other words,
that the towering white pine, white oak, or tulip poplar which has grown
up in a dense forest has probably about the same quantity of wood in it
that the more spreading specimens of the same species would have when
grown in more open ground.

To illustrate the importance of the second proposition, that the maxi-
mum wood production is about the close of the second third of the tree’s
life, let us fora moment consider the relative values of one-fourth of an
inch of new wood around a stem whose diameter is six inches and one
whose diameter is twenty-four inches, the proportion would be as eigh-
teen is to seventy-two, or to reduce it to a decimal, the annual wood pro-
duction of the smaller stem would be but twenty-five per cent. of the
larger.

Rothrock. ] 1 24 [March 2,

There is no species of tree whose rate of growth is independent of
environment. In Germany fifty cubic feet of wood is reckoned a large
annual production for an acre. In this country there are abundant facts
to prove that from one hundred to one hundred and twenty-five cubic
feet is not unusual for the same time and on a like area.

To bring the question to a more practical presentation, it is fair to say
that the average annual growth of a white oak on our mountain sides is
between one-sixteenth of an inch and one-eighth. A tree of the same
species growing on the alluvial flats of the lower Delaware or Susque-
hanna would show an average year’s growth of from one-eighth to one-
fourth of an inch. The rock chestnut oak on the rocky side of & moun-
tain will probably require from eighty to one hundred years in Pennsyl-
vania to attain a diameter of one foot. The same species of tree I have
known to reach the same size in ferty-five years on better soil. Our
common black oak illustrates the same principle in the lifetime of one and
the same tree. Thus there are specimens in Centre county which grew
with the average rapidity of the species for, say, forty years and then
suddenly ceased to grow and began to die at the top because their roots
had reached a bed of limestone just beneath the surface of the soil. So,
too, I have in mind specimens of white and scarlet oak, which, under
favorable conditions, kept pace in growth with sugar and silver maples
near which they were planted.

A second growth, sprouting from vigorous stumps, develops much more
rapidly than the original growth where the roots were smaller in propor-
tion to the trunk. This explains the peculiar strength and value for cer-
tain mechanical purposes of the second-growth white oak in the rich lands
of Indiana and Illinois. Jt is simply an illustration of the statement al-
ready made that the larger year’s growth made a better lumber than the
smaller (in the same species).

As a rule, we may say that a century will be required to mature white
pine, hemlock and the hickories. The oaks will require half as much
longer time. Chestnut may be regarded as making a fair body of mature
wood in seventy-five years.

V. OBSTACLES TO THE GROWTH OF TIMBER.
(a) Natural Obstacles.

These have been in part anticipated by the statements already made.
Among these poverty of soil may be regarded as first in importance.
This, however, is connected with an induced .poverty due to removal of
an earlier forest growth whereby on the steeper slopes the soil is washed
away more rapidly than it is renewed. Indeed, one philosophical ob-
server has stated that if the forests were removed from our Pennsylvania
mountains and they allowed, for any considerable time, to remain with-
out trees, that reforestation would be practically impossible. Whether
this statement is, or is not, true as a scientific principle, it may at least be

1894.] 1. 25 [Rothrock.

allowed that the difficulties of producing a new forest growth would be
infinitely increased. Fortunately we are, to a very great extent, exempt
thus far from the fungal and insect foes which have produced such seri-
ous havoc in Central Europe. It is, however, within the limits of proba-
bility that there may come a time when this immunity will cease. For
example, in the Adirondacks certain of the cone-bearing trees have toa
limited extent been injured by the fungus which produces the clustered
branches known as ‘‘ witches’ brooms ;’’ and in Fulton county of this
State, one or more small species of beetles have within the last three years
killed considerable bodies of pitch pine by burrowing beneath the bark
and destroying the young cambium layer on which the life of the tree
depends. It is estimated that in West Virginia these same insects have
destroyed $1,000,000 worth of timber in the last four years.* It is inter-
esting to note that an insect antagonistic to these beetles has been found
in considerable numbers on the infested trees. To what extent they may
succeed in holding the beetle in check remains to be seen. The most
promising plan of treatment would seem to be to cut and burn every in-
fested tree. The fact that thus far the insect invasion has been slow and
affecting only isolated clumps indicates the possibility of successfully
heading it off if dealt with promptly.

The natural tendency in this State is towards a spontaneous reproduc-
tion of forests. This shows that the obstacles are neither numerous, nor
grave in character.

(b) Obstacles Due to Human Agencies.

The chief obstacle here is fire—operating now in one way and now in
another—and caused by design, often with malicious intent, or by acci-
dent on the part of an individual, or by a passing train.

Fire acts directly and indirectly to prevent the growth of timber.

Thus directly it kills the seeds, saplings, and often mature trees, such
as the hemlock and the white pine.

The most destructive fires are those which follow close upon the opera-
tions of the lumberman. The débris left by him invokes the flame and
furnishes the requisite fuel for it, when once created. One severe confla-
gration, especially if on a steep hillside, may not only blight the promise
of a coming crop of trees, but may lead to the destruction of the soil to
such an extent that almost no plant life can flourish. And year by year
the little remaining soil is carried away by the descending rain until resto-
ration of forest growth seems almost impossible. Instances of this condi-

* This note from Mr, Charles W. Johnson explains itself:

“There are several species of beetles destructive to the pines of West Virginia. The
principal ones are Dendroctonus frontalis or ‘The Destructive Pine Bark Beetle.’ Tomi-
cus calligraphus, and Tomicus cacographus, the latter is the one we found in Fulton
county. The Clerus imported from Europe is the Clerus formicarius, ‘European Bark
Beetle Destroyer.’ The one we found in Fulton county is closely allied and is known
as Thanasimus dubius.”’

¢
Rothroek.] 126 [March 2,

tion occur near the head of Long Run, in Clinton county, and in por-
tions of the Beech Creek region in Centre and Clinton counties.

Fires are frequently created to destroy the young timber and to encour-
age the growth of grass for summer pasturage for cattle. The writer
saw one such instance during the past season where a most valuable body
of young white pine was destroyed, and it seemed morally certain that it
was by a fire started in the interest of a score of vagrant cattle. Of
course the remedy for such a state of affairs might be prompt and sure.
Confiscation of such cattle, by due form of law, when found without per-
mission on land of other parties would end once for all this burning.
There can be no doubt that a considerable percentage of forest fires 1s the
result of absolute maliciousness. Luzerne county of this State, but a few
years ago, furnished numerous examples of what were doubtless to be
attributed to this cause. The cure here is by no means so simple as at
first appears. The remedy which seems most popular at present, not only
in this, but other States, z@. e., authorizing supervisors, or other officers,
to call out men to suppress forest fires and paying them for their work,
has been found by actual trial in several counties of this State to be an
inducement to create fires on unseated lands. It is a humiliating admis-
sion, but it is clear that those and other regions of our own Common-
wealth are not sufficiently law-abiding, or observant of ethical principles, to
make this method practicable. The enactment of rigid and severe penal
statutes is a matter of doubtful value, unless accompanied by a costly
machinery to ferret out and bring offenders to justice. Opening of fire
lanes through the timber lands raises the question by whom shall it be
done—at individual orat Stateexpense? Thesame may be said of keeping
them open. There can be no doubt that well-kept fire lanes do render
suppression of such fires more easy, even if they do not interpose a cer-
tain barrier to their spread. It will probably become more and more clear
that timber protection and production in this State will be effective and
common just in proportion as it is made to the interest of the individual
citizen to guard and plant trees. Here we come back to the most general
of all principles under a popular government, that laws are strong and
effective only when backed by public sentiment, and this may only be
surely attained by an appeal to individual interests. This brings me to

VI. RELATION OF THE COMMONWEALTH TO Forest RESTORATION.

The first duty of government is either to perpetuate itself or to lead up
to some higher, better form of government. On this hangs not only the
safety of vested rights and the safety of capital, but the strongest incen-
tives to individual thrift, industry, economy and rectitude are found in
the idea that property acquired may be transmitted under protection of a
stable government. There is no crime more unpardonable in the individ-
ual than the treason which strikes at the safety of the government. Is
the act by which the State endangers its own prosperity and perpetuity

tr whe

ew — s

Sac Sa ei

1891.] 1 27 (Rothrock.

any less heinous? This reduced to its simplest terms is the issue now
before the Commonwealth. Already after but two hundred and fifty-six
years of civilized occupancy, Pennsylvania is called upon to interfere in
order to restore to a productive condition, and to protect against extrava-
gant use, about one-eighth of her area. Failure to act promptly now,
and wisely, will entail on the coming generation loss of resource, indi-
vidual suffering and increase of taxation to meet the demands of pauper-
ism. These propositions seem so clear in the light of present resources
and prospective population that it is a waste of words to discuss them.

There are, at least, three thousand square miles in this State to-day
whose only possible function is the production of timber. There is, at
least, an equal area of land now cleared, impoverished and becoming
poorer each year, on which cultivation has been attempted, and proven
hopelessly unremunerative, which should be covered again by a forest
growth. No other proposition promises anything. Unless these six
thousand square miles are kept in a productive condition they will be an
absolute loss to the State and a continued menace to much of the produc-
tive farming land.

The problem is one of great magnitude.- Two and only two lines of
public policy are possible. The first one is for the State to assume control
of such areas. The second is for the individual to be encouraged to make
these areas productive under the stimulus of State direction and State aid.
Which shall it be?

Where an area is distinctly isolated, and as yet in an unimproved con.
dition in great part, on general principles it might be wiser for the State
to assume direct and absolute control of it, because a far-reaching policy
could be inaugurated which would look to the largest results ultimately.
The necessity for such action would be more and more apparent if it
could be shown that it was directly in the interest of the Commonwealth
that the State should be the possessor of the land.

The State of New York undoubtedly is in that position to-day. The
wisdom of her acquiring an absolute right to the Adirondack region by
just and legal extinguishment of all individual titles, will depend upon no
other condition than what use she makes of the land.

The State of Pennsylvania is not so fortunately situated. Her natural
timber areas extend clear across from the northern to the southern border
and almost bisect her territory. Important railway lines run through her
belt of natural timber lands. Large rivers traverse them and thriving
farms, villages and towns occupy the choicer parts of these areas, which
as a whole may be designated as almost exclusively natural woodlands.
Clearly the State could acquire no righteous title, nor could she, even if
ownership were possible, administer an estate so broken and disconnected
in an economical manner.

The remaining alternative is to recognize the fact that protection and
utilization of these regions is of the first importance to the Commonwealth
and to make it the interest of the citizen to serve the State. To this

Rothrock.] Z 8 [March 2,

proposition it is thought no one will object. But at present the State and
the individual are absolutely at cross purposes so far as the timber lands
are concerned. The township demands taxes for a protection which is
not accorded ; for improvements which it does not make and for profits
which the owner does not receive. The facts are at hand to show that in
certain portions of the State, timber land, which has yielded the owners
nothing for thirty years, has in that period paid more in the way of taxes
than the land could be sold for to-day. Is it strange that to save them-
selves, the owners of such lands sbould remove the timber and realize
what they can, then abandon them rather than pay the taxes? This same
timber would be worth much more to the owner if allowed to stand. The
township which drives the man to remove this timber, then to abandon
the land, loses at once taxes for present use, and resources of future value.
It requires no argument to prove that this is a false policy.

We will briefly consider the results of a removal of taxes from timber
land.

In the first place it would confer new value on these lands. Owners
would, instead of wholly abandoning them, at least retain them. MRetain-
ing them, even uncared for, there would something of value grow upon
them. Here and there a tree, often a young growth of forest trees ; and
what was of no value would come now to have a positive value, however
small. The owner would have an interest, and what applies to the indi-
vidual owner would apply to the community, and the man who by accident
or by design fired land which was producing something and costing noth-
ing would soon be a marked person. Public sentiment instead of looking
almost with indifference on woodland fires would become actively interested
in their suppression. Fire laws would have, what they do not now have,
support ; and the law which hitherto was a dead letter would become a
living, real thing. So much gained as timber was becoming searcer, the
next inevitable step would be to increase the quantity of timber produced,
to improve its quality and to diminish, so far as possible, the time required
to mature it, as well also as to make the maturing forest pay for its own
maintenance.

Here we have at once the germ of a forestry system. It would have
the further advantage of being a system developed in harmony with our
own environment. Itis probable that in a quarter of a century we should
be further on towards success tian if we tried to adopt and adapt a foreign
system to the conditions of a popular government.

Not only would the steeper, rocky hillsides respond productively to
this new policy, but at once another element would enter the problem. -
Lands hitherto taxed as farm lands. but which were unremunerative, under
cultivation would be planted in trees. And from being costly unproduc-
tive lands, become productive lands entailing no cost. The barren hill-
sides of this generation would have their virgin fertility partly restored
and by the time they were required to produce crops for the larger popu-
lation half a century hence would be in condition to do so. Then, when

1894.] 129 (Rothrock.

the average farms have become reduced in size and a better system of
agriculture inaugurated, we might hope they would be prevented, even if
cleared, from relapsing into the unproductive condition in which they are
found now. Probably by that time timber growing as a legitimate
branch of agriculture would be established among us, and they would be
found to pay enough to warrant keeping them in timber.

There are, however, two sides to this question. The Constitution of
this State reads thus: ‘‘Art. zii, Sec. 7. The General Assembly shall not
pass any local or special law exempting property from taxation.”’

It furthermore, Aré. iz, Sec. 1, expressly declares ‘‘that all taxes shall
be uniform upon the same class of subjects within the territorial limits of
the authority levying the tax, and shall be levied and collected under
general laws: but the General Assembly may by general laws exempt
from taxation public property used for public purposes, actual places of
religious worship, places of burial not used or held for private or corpo-
rate profit, and institutions of purely public charity.

“Sec. 2. All laws exempting property trom taxation, other than the
property enumerated, shall be void.’’

It will be seen from this that as timber lands are not in the favored
classes their exemption from taxation was clearly forbidden.

The Constitution, however, distinctly recognizes the constitutionality
of classification in persons and things to be taxed. Art. iz, Sec. 1, already
quoted, expressly declares for it in the phrase ‘‘all taxes shall be uniform
upon the same class of subjects.”’

It may be an open question whether or not it may be possible to clai:n
exemption from taxes for timber lands on the ground that as they collected
water from the State at large, as they aided in retaining the fertility of
the soil on land other than that of the forest owner, they were in fact and
deed ‘‘objects of purely public charity, or lands used for public pur-
poses ;’’ until the owner derived a revenue from them by the removal and
sale of wood. It is, however, clearly within the power of the General
Assembly to place them in a class by themselves under a specified mini-
mum rate of taxation, because they are under different conditions of pro-
duction and are wholly different from any other lands, and for the good
of the Commonwealth require legislation different in character from any
other lands. *‘ Laws enacted in pursuance of such classification and for
such purposes are, properly speaking, neither local nor special.’’ It is
equally clear that if tax were collected from such lands classified as a
separate Class it would be under a general law, which specified no individ-
ual, but dealt with a whole class of persons, all of whom were similarly
conditioned.

Then again, even if tax were removed, or greatly reduced, on timber
lands the whole problem would not be solved, because this would deprive
many portions of the State, where an excess of timber over cleared land
remains, of the funds required for current expenses. This difficulty is a
serious one, and unless the deficit be made good, would be an absolutely

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. Q. PRINTED MARCH 30, 1894.

Rothrock.] 1 30 [March 2,

prohibitory objection to total or partial exemption of timber lands from
taxation.

Let us consider this problem from another point. The water which
turns our factory wheels and which is used by our larger towns and
cities; whence does it come? As a rule, from forest-covered hill-
sides in remoter parts of the State. The mills, towns and cities seldom
pay anything for it until it reaches their seats. The men who own the
land pay the taxes and receive actually less from it than those who pay
nothing for it. Put the proposition in its baldest form: The City of
Philadelphia pays nothing for an element which is essential to its life and
without which it could not endure a day until it reaches the city limits.
Another portion of the community is taxed that we may receive our
water free. Is this fair? The comparisons between air and water supply
are not parallel. No one is taxed for air, we simply ask that these cases
be made parallel by taxing no one for production of water. It is not too
much then to say that the State at large is the beneficiary of the wood-
lands. Nor is it too much to ask that legislation be granted by which
such counties of the State as endure a hardship by removal of taxes from
their timber lands should be relieved by the State to the extent of their
financial loss from this cause.

When timber comes to be removed it ceases to be a purely public bene-
fit. It enters the domain of individual or corporate trade and should be
taxed accordingly.

It is becoming more and more clear that officials are required whose
duty it shall be to direct suppression of fires, and to ferret out offenders.
The law should be imperative that every magistrate in the Commonwealth
should report through proper channels at each session of Court all he
knows of forest fires since previous session. It should be made a specific
duty, to any evasion of which a penalty in some form should be attached.
The State already allows annually a premium on trees planted thus: For
1200 to the acre during the first ten years ninety per centum of the tax
paid on the same ground, providing said premium shall not exceed the
sum of forty-five cents per acre. For the second period of ten years the
premium is eighty per centum, providing that the premium shall not
exceed the sum of forty cents per acre.

For a third and final period of ten years the premium shall be fifty per
centum, providing that the premium so paid shall not exceed the sum of
twenty-five cents per acre.

During and after the second period of ten years, the land owner may
thin out his trees to not less than 600 per acre ‘‘so long as no portion of
the said land shall be absolutely cleared of the said trees.’’

Nurserymen or other tree salesmen are not included in the benefits of
this act.

Timber land which has been cleared may receive the same premium as
above indicated, providing that notice has been given within one year
from date of clearing of the owner’s intention to maintain said Jand in

1894.] 131 [Rothrock.

timber ; the number of trees per acre required is the same, and, on the
other hand, the privilege of thinning is the same as to time and number,

It is quite remarkable that so few of those who might have taken
advantage of this law have been aware of its place on the statute book.
The Commissioners of Schuylkill county have, however, paid to the
Girard estate money due under the provisions of this act. The precedent
is therefore established, and others may be expected to avail themselves of
the benefits offered.

It will be seen, however, that liberal as these premiums are, they fail at
the very period when there begins to be a temptation to cut, and when
the average tree is in the state of its greatest productiveness, so far as the
growth of wood is concerned. The woodland owner may keep his
domain constantly in condition to earn the government premium ; but he
will produce no thoroughly good-matured wood if he is encouraged to cut
it at thirty years of age.

These bounties mark an important advance in public sentiment on the
forestry problem ; but they fall far short of the full measure of usefulness
one might expect from a complete remission of taxes, when such remis-
sion is based on an appreciation of the fact that public rather than private
interest is most subserved by it.

It is clear that the question of an extensive State Forest Reservation is
one which cannot be much longer postponed. That this is demanded not
less in the interest of a pure, abundant water supply than it is by the
ordinary interests of forestry is no less clear ; and it almost follows as a
matter of course that such reservation should be located on the water shed
which supplies the largest quantity of pure water to the largest popula-
tion. In this view of the matter, the spot where such reservation should
be is plainly indicated by the topography of the State. It should be noted
further that this reservation might be made equally available as a public
Sanitarium. It cannot be too strongly or too often noted that it is a
measure of wise statesmanship, to provide an outing ground where those
who are physically below par may by asojourn in the open air of a whole-
some region find renewed strength for the duties of life. Thisissuggested
not on any basis of philanthropy or sentiment, but simply because it
promises to reduce the number of those who otherwise might become
charges on the Commonwealth.

VII. Metruops or Forest RESTORATION.

This division might come more properly in a treatise on practical
forestry. Still it may be proper to make certain general statements here
on the subject. So far as known, there are at present within the limits of
the State but two areas which might with any degree of propriety be desig-
nated as illustrating forestry practice. Both of these are managed as a
portion of the City Trusts, and are located onein Schuylkill and the other
in Centre county.

¢
Rothrock.] 132 {March 2,

Forest restoration in this Commonwealth should be mainly confined to
two classes of ground—first, that which is fit for nothing else and other-
wise would be unproductive, and second, that which is worn out by un-
productive agriculture, and which would be more promptly and cheaply
restored to virgin fertility by a return to primitive conditions. It is prob-
ably a safe estimate, as already indicated, that there are not less than six
thousand square miles of territory which belong to one or the other of
these classes ; or to put the statement in another way, about one-eighth of
the area of the State.

It is well to urge, that for the present and the immediate future, public
or private forest operations of a restorative character should be confined
mainly to such native forest trees as make the most certain and speedy
growth. This would not necessarily exclude such trees as the oaks, for
under favorable conditions these may be classed as rapid growers when
compared with related trees elsewhere.

The most promising of the native trees would be white pine, chestnut,
locust, black walnut; and on rich soil, shellbark, hickory and white oak.
Hemlock culture will eventually become a necessity to the Common-
wealth, but owing to its slow growth and its uncertain success had better
not at present be urged. White oak is a tree of wide growth and there-
fore not so immediately in danger of becoming below our actual wants in
quantity. Chestnut grows freely over a wide range of conditions ; in other
words, its natural tendency is to take care of itself. These facts make
white pine the one tree whose immediate culture is most promising and
most needed. How shall its restoration be most successfully undertaken ?
There are two methods, which we may properly designate as the nursery
method and the method in final position. The former is probably not
soon likely to become popular. Hence the latter method is the one most
certain to lead to successful results in this country. The young trees of
this species are sensitive, as most cone-beuring trees are, to excess of sun-
light. It should be started under the shadow of an existing open forest
cover which is soon to be removed. To meet this condition, white pine
seed should be sown, when possible on a northern exposure, in poor, or
at least, in rather poor soil. The mature cones may be gathered in the
autumn, kept in a cool dry place until spring, when many of the winged
seeds will be found to have escaped from the cones. The remainder may
be obtained by shaking or breaking the cones. Early in the spring, the
sooner after the frost comes out of the ground the better, the leaves of
the open woods should be lightly raked from the soil, in spots, so as to
give the seeds a chance to come in contact with the soil, or at least with
the damp leaves. Then cover the seeds lightly with a rake. This is ren-
dered necessary by the fact that though the seeds of the white pine are
well enough adapted to dispersion, they are not so well suited to self-
planting, and many must fail of growth because they do not come in con-
tact with a suitable substratum. When the young pines are three or four

1894.] 133 [Rothrock.

years old the sheltering forest will have done its work and may be re-
moved at any time.

It should be remembered that the cone-bearing trees are social in char-
acter and hence do better in dense groves. In fact, one may also say
dense planting is an essential condition upon which rests the production
of the best pine timber. It is probable enough that starting white pine in
nurseries will some day come to be here, as elsewhere, the more common
method, but it involves too much labor and care to recommend it at this
stage of the Forestry Idea in the United States, or certainly, at least, in
Pennsylvania.

Black walnut will always have a special value, and to make the idea
more clear, it should be added that this value will depend on the charac-
ter of the individual log. There are in this State thousands of acres of
fertile river bottoms where agriculture has been practically abandoned
because of the frequently recurring freshets, on which the black walnut
would not only grow rapidly, but where it might be depended upon to
produce a good quality of lumber. This tree does not, at first, grow
rapidly on a soil of stiff limestone clay.

There is no surer way of starting the black walnut than to allow the
fruit to remain out over winter under a slight cover of leaves. When
spring comes it will probably be found that the frost has opened the fruit
so that a prompt start that spring may be expected. As the black walnut
does not bear transplanting well, it is better that the nuts should be
planted where they are to remain.

All that has been said of the method of starting the black walnut ap-
plies to the shellbark and hickory as well.

The white oak is worthy of a moment’s consideration. It grows with
great certainty from good acorns, and may be planted in drills as soon as
collected. If one thinks it really worth while to have his trees in the best
condition for a vigorous start when finally transplanted, it is a good policy -
to lift and replant the young oaks at least twice before they are placed in
permanent position. Good soil should be insisted upon as a cardinal
point in white oak planting. If poor soil is to be occupied by oaks let the
planting be of rock oak, providing the soil is well drained. All that has
been said as to starting the white oak applies as well to starting the rock
oak. The same may be said of the chestnut.

Our common locust tree, it is not generally remembered, is a native of
the mountain sides of this State. This fact should suggest the extreme
value it possesses in reclothing those steep, poor regions with a timber
whose value will always be appreciated. It has the further fact in its
favor, once fairly started, it resists better than almost any other species of
our trees, the periodical scorchings it receives from the spring and autumn
fires.

Further consideration of this topic from the practical standpoint would
be out of place here.

Baird.] 134 [March 16,

Association: The Dominating Need of Man and the Keynote of Social
Science.

By Henry Carey Baird.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 16, 1894.)

Never before to-day, in the history of the human race, has there been so
earnest or so widely extended an examination of economic problems. At
this very hour the philosophers of the orthodox political economy and
their philosophy are on trial before Christendom ; and the issue is not : Is
the philosophy true or is it false? But rather: Is it or is it not so false
and pernicious that when applied to human society that society is wholly
unable to stand the strain, and is constantly, as a result, in danger of
wreck?

Sccial Science is fast emerging from that place wherein it has long been
the plaything of school-men, who acknowledge themselves as being the
teachers of *‘a science based on assumptions.’’ Soon these teachers will
be classed as mere metaphysicians, whose disquisitions can lead to no
beneficent practical end, and their learned treatises will finally be con-
signed to that great lumber-room of the centuries which holds the larger
part of the literature of the world, the forgotten, because useless books.
Empires, kingdoms, republics, even society itself trembles in the balance,
and these philosophers of ‘‘ assumptions’”’ have held the leading role in
the terrible drama which places all of these human institutions in peril.

Therefore, does it seem fitting that so venerable and so renowned an
institution as the American Philosophical Society should give some heed
to the consideration of these vital problems. Hence do I ask your atten-
tion to

Association : The Dominating Need of Man and the Keynote of Social
Science.

OF SocraL SCIENCE.

In science the most important preliminary work is that of definitions,
in order that the exact meanings of words may be distinctly understood,
and when so understood, that those words shall always be used with the
same significance. Social Science treats of man in his efforts for the main-
tenance and improvement of his condition, and as defined by the Master,
Carey, is ‘‘The science of the laws which govern man in his efforts to
secure for himself the highest individuality and the greatest power of as-
sociation with his fellow-men.’’ This definition is not only broad and
comprehensive, but it points unmistakably to the true direction in which
we must look for the investigation and solution of each and every prin-
ciplein social science It uncovers and lays bare the very tap-root of the
science itself.

1894.] 1 Bi) [Baird.

THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE.

From this definition it is but one step to the fundamental principle and
this principle as enunciated, also by the Master, is as follows :

“‘Man, the molecule of society, is the subject of social science. In
common with all other animals he requires to eat, drink and sleep, but
his greatest need is that of association with his fellow-men. Born the
weakest and most dependent of animals, he requires the largest care in
infancy,and must be clothed by others, whereas to birds and beasts cloth-
ing is supplied by nature. Capable of acquiring the highest degree of
knowledge, he appears in the world destitute even of that instinct which
teaches the bee and the spider, the bird and the beaver, to construct their
habitations, and to supply themselves with food. Dependent upon the
experience of himself and others for all his knowledge, he requires lan-
guage to enable him either to record the results of his own observations,
or to profit by those of others ; and of language there can be none without
association. Created in the image of his Maker, he should participate in
His intelligence ; but it is only by means of ideas that he can avail himseif
of the faculties with which he has been endowed, and without language
there can be no ideas—no power of thought. Without language, there-
fore, he must remain in ignorance of the existence of powers granted to
him in lieu of the strength of the ox and the horse, the speed of the hare,
and the sagacity of the elephant, and must remain below the level of the
brute creation. To have language there must be association and combin-
ation of men with their fellow-men, and it is on this condition only that
man can be man; on this alone that we can conceive of the being to
which we attach the idea of man.’’*

ALL Socrau SCIENCE MOST START FROM THE LAW OF ASSOCIATION.

All true social science must of necessity start from this point. It can
start from none other; and any system which attempts to ignore this
fundamental principle, as such, is false in its inception, and must of
necessity be false throughout. There is no escape from this dilemma.
The all-controlling condition which governs man in this world is that
which obliges him to associate and combine with his fellow-men. Liter-
ally from the cradle to the grave, it controls his destiny and is at the bot-
tom of all of the motives which, throughout his career, impel him to
action. He is thus insufficient unto himself, and the higher his civiliza-
tion the greater become his wants, and, therefore, the greater his depend-
ence on his fellow-men and the more rigid and unyielding over his daily,
his hourly life, the domination of the law. All social science is concerned
about it; and without it there would be no social science, no political
cconomy, no wealth, no poverty, no money, no banks, no interest, no
credit, no landlords, ne tenants, no states, no cities, no towns, no villages,
no governments, no taxes, no emperors, kings or presidents, no armies,
no navies, no generals, no admirals, no steamships, no railroads, no

* Carey, Principles of Social Science, Vol. i, p. 41.

e
Baird,] 136 {March 16,

mails, no post-office, no corporations, no shops, no trade, no commerce,
no colleges, no schools, no poets, no historians, no history, no lit-
erature, no science, no philosophy, no languige,- no professors, no doc-
tors, no lawyers, no laws, no society ; but each and every man and
woman would be a law and a power unto himself or herself; and so
would every child, from the moment of its birth to the hour of its death.
Indeed, the entire life of each and every human being would be different
from what it now is, and no one would have any occupation whatever,
except that of looking after his or her necessities. Thus, would each and
every one of these human vegetables live, grow, and flourish like any
other vegetable independent of his fellow-vegetables. In fact, the human
animal of many of the economic philosophers partakes more of the nature
of the vegetable than of that of the human being known as man, because
this philosopher has ignored and dropped out of his system the very
quality which most characterizes and controls man and which most sepa-
rates him from the lower forms of life, both animal and vegetable.

WEALTH AND POVERTY, WHAT ARE THEY?

What then is it that men struggle for, and worry about, live, wear out,
and die to obtain, and retain under the name of individual wealth? It
is simply the power to associate with, to command the services, the com-
modities and the ideas of the largest body of men. What then is indi-
vidual poverty? The absence of the power readily to command these
services, commodities and ideas. Thus, whether he be prince, million-
aire, or pauper, man perishes of cold, of heat, of hunger, of thirst, of
want, unless he can bring himself into association with his fellow-men.
To sum up, the life of man is but a series, a net-work, a complication of
acts of association, to cease the performance of which acts is, of neces-
sity, to cease to live. .

DIVERSITY.

The question now arises, How is this power of association to be
developed? Primarily, by means of a diversity in the capabilities, em-
ployments, productions, and wants among the people constituting society ;
to the end that there shall there exist the greatest number and the most
powerful societary positives and negatives attainable or conceivable. To
accomplish this the consumer must be brought to the side of the pro-
ducer, the plough, the loom, and the anvil, the farm, the factory, and
the workshop existing and growing up alongside of and in harmoni-
ous relations each to the others, giving and receiving, blessing and being
blessed. Thus, and thus only, can labor power, the most perishable of
all commodities, be utilized on the instant of its production, and crys-
tallized into work, the basis of all wealth, individual and national. No
foreign commodity is therefore cheap or desirable to a people, no matter
how low its price, while the labor at home is going to waste which might
be employed in its production. Hence the necessity for every people to

————

ee

1894.] 137 [Baird.

build up thoroughly diversified industries at any cost and any sacrifice of
present apparent cheapness. On this impregnable rock does the pro-
tectionist plant himself and defy the enemy, be he philosopher or be he
boor,

MONEY THE [INSTRUMENT OF ASSOCIATION.

By means of the brilliant, all-pervading sunlight, which the recogni-
tion of the true place held by the law of association at the very founda-
tion of society sheds upon the societary problem, the function of money
assumes a new position, and the accumulated rubbish of centuries which
has covered up and obscured it is completely brushed aside. In no other
direction than that of the appreciation of the life-giving function of
money, that of ministering to man’s need for association and combina-
tion with his fellow-men, can we so confidently look for the emancipa-
tion of man himself.

Starting from the basic law of association, the Master has happily
termed money the instrument of association, and it thus ceases to be the
dead, inert thing which it has so long been supposed by the Greshams,
the Smiths, the Humes, the Ricardos, the Huskissons, the Peels, the
Overstones, the Mills, the assumption economists generally, and the
army of so-called ‘‘statesmen,’’ to be. Money, as the instrument of
association, becomes a vitalizer, a producer, a utilizer of human labor
power; a large volume of money, thus, under certain circumstances, being
quite consistent with cheap production, as will be made more apparent in
thesequel. Acknowledgment of the law of association as a basis, furnishes
the only rational means of accounting for a host of problems touching
money, which are of everyday occurrence and observation, although in
direct antagonism to the theories of the philosophers.

The daily life of a civilized people, involving such countless millions of
acts of association or commerce, such mnyriads of compositions, decompo-
sitions and recompositions of services, commodities and ideas, a medium
having the qualities of universal acceptability and of almost unlimited
divisibility and aggregation, is absolutely necessary to that life. In the
early stages of society, and in isolated communities, there is but little
societary life, and there man is dependent upon but comparatively few of
his fellow-men, while in a city like London, Paris, New York, Philadel-
phia or Chicago there are many thousands of individuals, each of whom
daily calls for the services of millions of men. Indeed, the purchaser of
a copy of the Herald, Tribune, Press or Ledger, in making that purchase
calls for the services of the millions of men who have, in any way, con-
tributed to the production of one of these papers, even so remotely as by
making the material of which the railroads or telegraphs have been con-
structed, by means of which the raw materials of the newspaper and the
news have been conveyed all the way through from the miners of the
coal, and the smelters of the metals, in the machinery used in its produc-
tion, to the makers of the paper and the type, to the compositors, press-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 144. R PRINTED MARCH 30, 1894.

Baird. j 138 [March 16,

men, editors, distributors, ete.. etc. From the standpoint, and through
the luminous ether, of the law of association or commerce, as at once the
centre, the circumference, the foundation, the all-pervading spirit of
social philosophy, the study of the millions on millions of compositions,
decompositions and recompositions of services, commodities and ideas
involved in a pile of a single issue of a great daily newspaper, is indeed
the study of and the royal road tu the mastery of the best part of social

philosophy itself.
LABOR POWER.

It cannot be too fully, too distinctly, too forcibly impressed upon the
nind that it is the utilization of labor power which ameliorates the con-
dition of mankind, creates wealth, and causes the wide and just diffusion
of that wealth. Such utilization is, indeed, the one and only basis of
individual well-being, and of national power and civilization. It is, ina
word, the single road which leads to the emancipation of man.

The life of a civilized people thus involving countless millions of acts
of association or commerce, the absolute condition on which these acts
can be performed, and the labor power involved in these acts be utilized,
is an abundance of the medium, money, with its quality of universal
acceptability, and which thus acts as a ‘‘saving-fund for labor’’ and by
facilitating ‘‘association and combination gives utility to billions of mil.
lions of minutes, that would be wasted did not a demand exist for them
at the moment the power to labor had been produced.’’

Thus was it the law of association which, dominating the life of man,
caused, in the far-off ages, the institution of money, it being an absolute
necessity growing out of man’s nature. It had to be; it must now be;
it will ever be while man inhabits the earth ; and it can find no philo-
sophical explanation, except through the recognition of the supreme and
all-controlling law of association between man and his fellow-men. On
this ground the greenbacker and the silver man can take their stand and
defy all adversaries. On the broad foundation rock of association, the
protectionist and the greenbacker and the silver man can alone come
into harmonious relations and associative codperation.

ASSOCIATION AND THE POWER ARISING FROM ITS CONTROL.

Scattered, isolated men are always feeble and powerless fur great un-
dertakings, because of the absence of ability to exchange services, com-
modities and ideas, to associate, with their fellow-men. On the other
hand, the most powerful men in the world are those who centre round
the exchanges or bourses of New York, London, Paris, Berlin, Amster-
dam and Vienna. The great power of these men arises from the fact
that while having great ability to associate among their several selves, by
control of the instrument of association, money, and its greater repre-
sentative, credit, they contro] the power of association among hundreds
of millions of men, women and children throughout the world, It is
even in the power of these dictators largely to arrest association among
mankind, and they do it.

1394, ] 139 [Baird.

How Man OBTAINS CONTROL OVER NATURE.

With the high development of the power of association in advancing
communities, the forces of nature are more and more harnessed into the
uses of man, taking the place of human bone and muscle, and even of
the bone and muscle of animals, three tons of coal representing the labor
of a man for his entire life.

Thus, while the animal force expended in the conversion of raw prod-
ucts into finished commodities decreases in proportion to the total volume
of conversion, the money cost of that conversion also decreases. At the
same time raw products, including land and labor which before had no
value, being now utilized, acquire value. So, by a beautiful and com-
pensating law, land, labor and other raw products rise and finished com-
modities fall. The laborer thus, by virtue of the Master’s law of distri-
bution, obtains a larger proportion of a Jarger yield, and acquires growing
freedom and independence. With theseadvances, man is steadily obtain-
ing the power to call to his aid better and more efficient tools, among
which none is more important than land. At first weak, with but little
power of association, he is able only to cultivate the light, sandy soils
and those at the heads of rivers or the dry and slightly wooded ones
on the sides of the hills. Only as he is able to command the services of
his fellow-men, is it that he obtains power to cope with the wet, rich and
heavily timbered lands of the valleys, reeking with malaria and requiring
drainage.

THE MoveEMENtTSs or MONEY.

Having considered the effects of the instrument of association on asso-
ciation, let us now see how association affects the movements of the
instrument itself.

Money leaves those places where there is no diversification of employ-
ments, and where money is scarce and interest high ; where Jand, labor
and other raw materials are cheap, and where finished commodities are
dear. It goes to those places where industries are diversified, and where
mouey is plenty, where bank-credit is large in volume, and interest is
low, where land, labor and other raw materials, being utilized, are high,
and where finished commodities, through the intervention of brains,
chemistry, electricity, steam and machinery, are, as well as interest, low.
In a word, money travels from those places in which the power of asso-
ciation is not developed ¢o those in which it is in the highest degree
developed. Thus with the growth of the power of association, wealth,
freedom, contentment, harmony and civilization are established, society
assuming an ever-broadening base, with a stability which finally elimi-
nates discontent and lawlessness.

THE GREAT AND SUPREME LAw OF ASSOCIATION.

Hold up the law of association among men, and view it from any of its
countless sides, and the more closely it is studied the more it shows itself

Baird.] 140 [March 16,

to be, to the world of humanity, what the law of gravitation isto the world
oruniverse of matter. It is the philosopher’s stone which transmutes,
clears up the temporal mystery of man. This law dogs the outcast and
the beggar, whose conditions preclude the possibility of active association ;
it places the offensive weapon in the hands of the modern boycotter ; it
says to the man who is tempted to go wrong, Go not, for society will cast
you out; it induces the laborer to toil, it spurs the mechanic and the
artisan to become masters of their respective trades ; it causes the student
to burn the midnight oil, and the doctor, the lawyer, the professor to
spend years in acquiring and imparting knowledge. The business man
who struggles night and day to avoid bankruptcy does so that he may
retain that financial credit which enables him to swing a power of asso-
ciation far in excess of that which his capital would give. This law has
its most beautiful manifestation in the family, with its tender, loving and
self-sacrificing ties of father, mother, and children.

Men build railroads, steamships, steamboats, and hotels, and other men
work them because of this law of association ; the banker organizes his
bank that he may control association and profit by it ; governments im-
pose taxes that they may call civilians, soldiers and sailors into associa-
tion with themselves. An army is an armed association under officers
who burl it, regardless of life or death, against other armies, in order that
another association called the state, may live and flourish, and that its
citizens or subjects may associate, exchange services, commodities and
ideas among their several selves, The post-office, with its machinery for
the transnission of letters and printed matter and its postage stamps and
money orders and the express in all its details, including C. O. D., are all
outgrowths of the supreme law of association.

CONCLUSION.

Social Science concerning itself with the relations of man to his fellow-
men and to the earth which he inhabits, and Association being the Dom-
inating Need of Man in these relations, it follows that Association must
be the Keynote of Social Science. Therefore the touchstone for every
economic problem is its relation to Association. There is and can be no
other test for it; and if it cannot pass this ordeal it must be rejected as
false and pernicious.

When once the believers in the necessity for the fullest diversification
of our industries, and those others who believe in a volume of money,
whether of gold, silver or paper, or of all of them equal to the needs of
trade and commerce, place themselves firmly on the basis of the law of
association for their justification they will instantly and for all time direct
the industrial and financial policy of this people.

And now, once more, we come back to the words of the Master :

“* Man, the molecule of society, is the subject of social science. In common
with all other animals he requires to eat, drink and sleep, but his greatest
need is that of ASSOCIATION with his fellow-men.”’

1894. | 141
Stated Meeting, January 19, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Invitation from the West Virginia Historical and Antiqua-
rian Society, Charleston, W. Va., to attend the Fourth Annual
Meeting, Tuesday, January 16, 1894.

Letters of envoy were received from the Australasian Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science, Hobart; Académie R.
des Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden; Société R. de Geographie
d’Anvers, Belgique; K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Deutsche
Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle a.S., Prussia; K. Siich-
sische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig; Faculté des
Sciences, Marseille, France; Ecole Polytechnique, Musée
Guimet, Paris, France; Geological Survey of New Jersey,
Trenton; Mr. Henry Carey Baird, Philadelphia; Société
Scientifique du Chile, Santiago.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of N. S. W. (140); Linnean Society of N.S. W.,
Sydney (139, 140); Royal Geographical Society (Queensland
Branch), Brisbane (140); Royal Society of Victoria, Mel-
bourne (140); Free Public Library, Wellington, N. Z. (1384,
136); Société Royale de Geographie d’Anvers, Belgique (181,
132, 140, 141); Prof. Peter R. von Tunner, Leoben, Austria
(140, 141); Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prussia
(136, 141, and Trans, xvii, 8, xviii, 1); Verein fiir Erdkunde,
Dresden, Saxony (141); Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesell-
schaft, Erlangen, Germany (141); K. Leopoldinisch-Carolin-
ische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle a.S., Prus-
sia (136-141, and Trans., xvii, xviii, 1); Deutsche Seewarte,
Hamburg, Germany (136, 141); Prof. L. Riitimeyer, Basel,
Switzerland (141); Schweiz. Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Bern, Switzerland (141); Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu-
relles, Lausanne, Switzerland (141); R. Accademia di Scienze
Littere ed Arti, Modena, Italy (140, 141); Societa Africana
d'Italia, Naples (141); Accademia di Scienze Littere ed Arti,

142 [Jan. 19,

Padua, Italy (140, 141); Prof. G. Sergi, Rome, Italy (141);
Geological Society, London, Eng. (140); Botanical Society of
Canada, Ialifax, N. S. (141); Vermont Historical Society,
Montpelier (139); Prof. W..T. Hewett, Ithaca, N. Y. (140);
Newberry Library, Chicago, Ill. (140, 141); Instituto Visico-
geografico Nacional, San José de Costa Rica, C. A. (1389, 140).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Académie
R. des Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden; Académie R. des Scien-
ces, Bruxelles, Belgique ; Nederlandsche Maatschappij Nijver-
heid, Amsterdam; Kolonial Museum, Haarlem, Noord Hol-
land; Académie des Sciences, Cracow, Austria; Naturforsch-
ende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenberg; Oberlausitzer
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gorlitz; Biblioteca N. C.,
Firenze, Italia; R. Accademia dei Lincei, Rome, Italy;
Académie N. des Sciences, etc., Bordeaux, France; So-
ciété Historique, etc., du Cher, Bourges, France; Société de
Borda, Dax, France; Union Geographique du Nord de la
France, Donai; Société de Géographie, Lille, France; Faculté
des Sciences, Marseille, France; Redaktion Cosmos, Société
de Geographie, Musée Guimet, Société de |’Knseignement,
Heole Polytechnique, Société d’ Anthropologie, Redaction de
La Mélusine, Société des Antiquaires de France, Directeur
of the Revue des Revues, Marquis de Nadaillac, Paris,
France ; Société de Géographie, Toulouse, France; R. Acad-
emia de la Historia, Madrid, Spain; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft, Basle, Switzerland; Philosophical and Philological
Societies, Cambridge, Eng.; Editor of the Geological Maga-
zine, Royal Geographical Society, Meterological Council, Royal
Microscopical Society, London, Eng.; Geological Society,
Manchester, Eng.; Prof. F. Max Miiller, Oxford, Eng.; Phil-
osophical Society, Glasgow, Scotland; Dr. Samuel A. Green,
Boston, Mass.; Mr. William John Potts, Camden, N. J.;
Franklin Institute, Engineers’ Club, Drs. George Friebis,
Walter M. James, Charles A. Oliver, Messrs. Henry Carey
Baird, William S. Baker, Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ;
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.; Bureau of the
Mint, National Academy of Sciences, Hydrographic Office,

1894.] 143

Washington, D.C.; Mr. William Harden, Savannah, Ga.; Mr.
George W. Baily, Cedar Rapids, Ia.; Colorado Scientific So-
ciety, Denver; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Concord, N.
H.; Amherst, Mass.; Ithaca, N. Y.; College Park, Md.; Ag-
ricultural College, Miss.; Manhattan, Kans.

A photograph of Prof. John Tyndall, London, Eng., was
presented by Mr. F. Gatekunst, Philadelphia.

The President reported that in accordance with the resolu-
tion of the Society he had appointed Dr. Daniel G. Brinton to
prepare the obituary notice of the late George de Benneville
Keim.

The death of Oswald Seidensticker (born, Gottingen, 1824;
died, Philadelphia, Jaruary 10, 1894), was announced and the
President was authorized to appoint a suitable person to pre-
pare the usual obituary notice.

The election for Librarian was taken up and Mr. Henry
Phillips, Jr., was unanimously reélected Librarian for the en-
suing year.

The President was authorized to appoint the Standing Com-
mittees, which he subsequently did, as follows:

Finance.—Philip C. Garrett, Charles S. Wurts, William P.
Tatham.

Hall.—J. Sergeant Price, William <A. Ingham, Charles A.
Oliver.

Publication.—Daniel G. Brinton, George H. Horn, Samuel
Wagner, Patterson DuBois, Horace Jayne.

Lebrary.—Edwin J. Houston, Jesse Y. Burk, William H.
Greene, William S. Baker, Albert H. Smyth.

Michaux Legacy.—Thomas Meehan, William M. Tilghman,
J. Sergeant Price, Angelo Heilprin, William Powell Wilson.

Henry M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund.— Richard Vaux,
Henry Phillips, Jr., William V. McKean, C. Stuart Patterson,
Joseph C. Fraley, and the President and Treasurer of the So-
ciety, ex-officio.

The Secretaries presented for the Transactions a bacterio-
logical study of the water supply of Philadelphia, by Dr.
Wright. On motion, the same was referred to a Committee

144 [Feb. 2,

of three members to be appointed by the President, to exam-
ine and report upon.

Mr. aes read a paper on the “ Age of the Newark
Brownstone.”

Pending nominations Nos. 1268, 1269, 1270, 1271, 1272,
1278, 1274, and new nomination No. 1275 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, February 2, 1894.
President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A circular inviting subscriptions towards a memorial bust
of Prof. Ernst Hzeckel, to be placed at Jena, on February 17,
1893.

A circular from the Council of the Scientific Alliance of
New York, inviting contributions to the John Strong New-
berry Fund for the Endowment of Original Scientific Research.

Photographs for the Society’s Album were received - of
Prof. Oswald Seidensticker and Prof. J. P. Lesley, Philadel-
phia; Prof. Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass.

The deaths of the following members were announced :

Rev. John Leyburn (Balrtatore Md.), died July 13, 1893,
et. 78.

Prof. William P. Trowbridge (New York), 1893.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Comité
de Conservation des Monuments de l’Art Arabe, Cairo, Eeypt ;
Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne; Linnean Society of
New South Wales, Sydney; Société R. des <Antiquaires
du Nord, K. Norske Oldskrift Selskab, K. D. Geografiske
Selskab, Copenhagen, Denmark; Director of the R. N. Mu-
seum of Antiquities, Leiden, Holland; K. K. Geologische

1894.] 145

Reichsanstalt, Vienna, Austria; Botanische Verein der Pro-
vinz Brandenburg, Berlin, Prussia; Siichsische Meteorologische
Institut, Chemnitz; Gartenbauverein, Darmstadt, Germany ;
Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Reg. Bez. Frankfurt a. O.,
Prussia; Prof. EH. Renevier, Lausanne, Switzerland; R.
Accademia, Modena, Italy ; Société de Geographie, Toulouse,
France; R. Academia de Ciencias y Artes, Barcelona, Spain ;
R. Irish Academy, Dublin; Sir J. William Dawson, Montreal,
Canada; American Folk Lore Society, Dr. Samuel A. Green,
Boston, Mass.; R. I. Historical Society, Dr. H. T. Cresson,
Providence, R. I.; Agricultural Experiment Station, New
Haven, Conn.; Amer. Museum of Natural History, Amer.
Geographical Society, Academy of Medicine, New York, N.Y.;
N. J. Historical Society, Newark; Amer. Pharmaceutical
Association, Indian Rights Association, Messrs. William S.
Baker, H. C. Mercer, W. L. Sayre, Philadelphia; U.S. Geo-
logical Survey, Mr. Lester F. Ward, Washington, D. C.

The President reported that he had appointed Dr. H. V.
Hilprecht to prepare the obituary notice of the late Dr. Sei-
densticker.

The President reported the appointment of Dr. Ryder, Dr.
Barker and Mr. Bache as a Committee to examine and report
on the paper by Dr. Wright, presented at the last meeting of
the Society.

The Committee on Dr. Wright’s Paper on the “ Water
Supply of Philadelphia” reported the same to be worthy of
publication. On motion, the Committee was discharged and
the paper referred to the Publication Committee.

Dr. Cope presented a paper on “The Structure of the Skull
of the Plesiosaurian Reptilia, and on Two New Species of this
Order from the Upper Cretaceous.”

Dr. Cope also presented a paper by Prof. A. T. Chamber-
lin on “ Botanical Names in the Language of the Kootenay
Indians of Southeastern British Columbia.”

Pending nominations Nos. 1268, 1269, 1270, 1271, 1278,
1274, 1275 were read.

Nomination No. 1272 was withdrawn by its proposer.

‘PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxII. 144. 8. PRINTED MARCH 31, 1894.

146 [Feb. 16,

On motion of Mr. Smyth, the Society appointed Messrs.
Daniel G. Brinton and Henry Phillips, Jr., delegates to the
meeting of the Congres International des Américanistes, to be
held at Stockholm in September, 1894, providing that the
same shall not entail any expense upon the Society.

The question of permitting persons connected with the
public press to be present at the regular meetings of the So-
ciety, for the purpose of reporting the same for publication,
was brought up by the Secretaries, and after considerable dis-
cussion the following resolution, offered by Dr. Daniel G.
Brinton, was unanimously adopted :

That the Society disapprove of the presence of professiona! reporters,
in their business capacity, at the regular meetings of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, February 16, 1894.
Mr, IneHAmM in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geologische Reichs-
anstalt, Vienna, Austria; Naturforschende Gesellschaft des
Osterlandes, Altenburg, Germany; Verein ftir Schlesische In-
sektenkunde, Breslau, Germany; Naturwissenschaftliche
Verein fiir Schleswig-Holstein, Kiel, Prussia; Royal Geolog-
ical Society of Cornwall, Eng.; Royal Statistical Society, Lon-
don, Eng.; Royal Irish Academy, Dublin, Ireland.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Institut
Egyptien, Cairo (141); K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, K. K.
Naturhistorische Hofmuseum, Vienna, Austria (141); K. P.
Akademie der Wissenschaften (140); Botanische Verein d.
Provinz Brandenburg (187, 138), Berlin, Prussia; Verein fiir
Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Germany (139); Prof. H.
von Helmholtz, Charlottenburg, Germany (133-141); Garten-
bauverein, Darmstadt, Germany (139); K. Siichsische Alter-

1894.] 147

thumsverein, Dresden (141); Naturwissenschaftliche Verein
des Reg. Bez. Frankfort a.O. (141); Naturwissenschaftliche
Verein fiir Schleswig-Holstein, Kiel, Prussia (135-189); In-
stitut Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere, Milan, Italy; Académie
R. des Sciences, Lettres, etc., Modena, Italy (180-135, and
Transactions, xvi, 3); Société des Sciences Naturelles et Arch-
eologique de la Creuse, Guéret, France (141); Kedle Polytech-
nique, Dr. Edward Pepper, Paris, France (141); R. Academia
de Ciencias y Artes, Barcelona, Spain (139); Public Library,
Boston, Mass. (140); Prof. F. A. Genth, Jr., Lansdowne, Pa.
(141); Dr. William H. Furness, Philadelphia (140, 141);
Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. (96-185, 137, 138,
140, and Catalogue, Pts. i-iv); Wisconsin Academy of Sci-
ences, Arts and Letters, Madison (119-141, and Catalogue, Pts.
i-iv).

Letters of acknowledgment (142) were received from Dr.
Charles B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa.; Dr. Robert H. Alison, Ard-
more, Pa.; Prof. James EH. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa.; Mr.
Matthew H. Messchert, Douglassville, Pa.; Hon. HKckley B.
Coxe, Drifton, Pa.; Prof. J. W. Moore, Rev. Thomas C.
Porter, Easton, Pa.; State Library of Pennsylvania, Mr. An-
drew S. McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa.; Mr. John Fulton, Johns-
town, Pa.; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa.; Prof. F. A. Genth,
Jr., Lansdowne, Pa.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Historical
Society, Mercantile Library, College of Pharmacy, College of
Physicians, Philadelphia Library, University of Pennsylvania,
Editors of the Medical News, Wagner Free Institute, Gen’!
Isaac J. Wistar, Hon. James T. Mitchell, Profs. John Ash-
hurst, J. Solis Cohen, EH. D. Cope, Henry D. Gregory, L. M.
Haupt, H. V. Hilprecht, Edwin J. Houston, HE. Otis Kendall,
J. P. Lesley, James MacAlister, Theophilus Parvin, Samuel P.
Sadtler, Benjamin Sharp, Albert H. Smyth, Drs. D. G. Brin-
ton, W. C. Cattell, William H. Furness, William H. Goodell,
Francis W. Lewis, Morris Longstreth, John Marshall, Charles

_ A. Oliver, W.S. W. Ruschenberger, Charles Schiffer, H. Clay
Trumbull, William H. Wahl, Charles Stewart Wurts, Messrs.
R. Meade Bache, Henry Carey Baird, Charles Bullock, S. Cast-

148 [Feb. 16,

ner, Jr., Patterson Du Bois, William W. Jefferis, Henry Phil-

lips, Jr., Franklin Platt, Theodore D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten, _

L. A. Scott, Coleman Sellers, Joseph Wharton, Joseph M.
Wilson, Philadelphia; Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville,
Pa.; Rev. F. A. Miihlenberg, Reading, Pa.; Dr. William Hyde
Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa.; Dr. John Curwen, Warren, Pa.;
Philosophical Society, Mr. Philip P. Sharples, Prof. J. 'T. Roth-
rock, West Chester, Pa.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Royal
Geographical Society, St. Petersburg, Kussia; Ministerie van
Binnenlandsche Sachen, The Hague; Verein fiir Beférderung
des Gartenbaues, Berlin, Prussia; Verein fiir Schlesische In-
sektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein,
Kiel, Prussia; Royal Geological Society, Cornwall, Eng. ;
Royal Statistical Society, Geological Society, London, Eng. ;
Mr. A. McF. Davis, Cambridge, Mass.; Essex Institute,
Salem, Mass.; University of the State of New York, Albany ;
Prof. Edward North, New York; Philadelphia Hospital,
Forestry Assoviation, Prof. George F. Barker, Philadelphia ;
Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md.; Bureau of Edu-
cation, Anthropological Society, U. 8. Naval Observatory,
War Department, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Treasury
Department, U.S. Fish Commission, Smithsonian Institution,
U. S. National Museum, Dr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washing-
ton, D. C.; Artillery School, Fortress Monroe, Va. ; Editor of
the Journal of Comparative Neurology, Granville, Ohio;
Michigan Board of Agriculture, Lansing; University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley; State Historical Society, Iowa City, Ia.;
State Historical Society, Madison, Wis.; Kansas University,
Lawrence ; Asociacion de Ingenieros y Arquitectos, Observa-
toire Météorologique Central, Observatorio Astronémico N.
de T'acubaya, Mexico, Mexico; Muséu Nacional, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Kingston,

R. I.; Lexington, Ky.; Lansing, Mich.; Berkeley, Cal. ; St.

Anthony Park, Minn.
Photographs for the Society’s album were received from

I i nln

1994.] 149

Marquis de Nadaillac, Paris, France; Mrs. Helen Abbott
Michael, Philadelphia.

The following deaths were reported:

George W. Childs, Philadelphia, February 3, 1894, set. 64.

Rev. Henry 8. Osborn, Oxford, Ohio, February, 1894.

The President was requested to prepare a note to be entered
upon the minutes of the Society in reference to the death of
Mr. Childs.

The Publication Committee reported that it would not be
practicable to publish Dr. Wright’s paper on the Water Sup-
ply. On motion the paper was ordered to be returned to its
author.

The Secretaries reported that the paper by Prof. A. F.
Chamberlin, entitled “ The Botanical Names in the Language
of the Kootenay Indians,” was not desirable for publication.

This being the evening for voting for candidates for mem-
bership, pending nominations Nos. 1268, 1269, 1270, 1271,
1275 were read, spoken to and balloted for.

Action on pending nominations Nos. 1273 and 1274 was
deferred until May 18, 1894.

The proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council were
submitted.

Dr. Cope made a communication on “ Energy in Evolution.”

Dr. Brinton read a letter from Mr. J. C. Pilling in reference
to a desired exchange, and the matter was referred to the Sec-
retaries with puwer to act.

At the end of the evening, the votes cast having been
counted, the tellers reported the state of the poll to the pre-
siding member, who declared that the following had been duly
elected members of the Society :

No. 2227. Colonel Henry A. DuPont, Wilmington, Del.

No. 2228. Sir Henry Bessemer, London.

No. 2229, Dr. Hermann Snellen, Utrecht.

No, 2230. Julius Ff’. Sachse, Philadelphia.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

150 [March 2,
Stated Meeting, March 2, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Mr. Julius F. Sachse, a newly elected member, was presented
to the Chair and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A letter accepting membership was received from Col.
Henry A. DuPont, Wilmington, Del.

A circular from the National Sculpture Society, New York,
requesting the Society to become a member of same.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Hun-
garian Academy of Sciences, Budapest (138-141); Literary and
Historical Society, Quebec, Canada (96-141, and Catalogue,
Parts 1-iv).

Letters of acknowledgment (142) were received from the
Nova Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax; Mr. Horatio Hale,
Clinton, Ontario; Geological Survey, Ottawa, Canada; Lite-
rary and Historical Society, University Laval, Quebec, Canada ;
Canadian Institute, Toronto, Canada; Manitoba Historical
and Scientific Society, Winnipeg; Bowdoin College Library,
Brunswick, Me.; Society of Natural History, Maine -Histor-
ical Society, Portland, Me.; Dartmouth College Library,
Hanover, N. H.; Vermont Historical Society, Montpelier ;
Massachusetts Historical Society, State Library of Massachu-
setts, Boston Society of Natural History, Boston Atheneum,
Prof. T. M. Drown, Messrs. 8. P. Sharples, Robert C. Win-
throp, Boston, Mass.; Museum of Comparative Zudlogy, Prof.
Alexander Agassiz, Mr. Robert R. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass.;

Kssex Institute, Salem, Mass.; Prof. Hlihu Thomson, Swamp- °

scott, Mass.; Dr. James Ellis Humphrey, Weymouth Heights,
Mass.; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.;

Rhode Island Agricultural Station, Kingston; Providence ©

Franklin Society, Brown University, Rhode Island Histori-
cal Society, Providence, R. I.; Mr. George F. Dunning,
Farmington, Conn.; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ;

ee

1894.] 151

Yale University, Profs. O. C. Marsh, H. A. Newton, New
Haven, Conn.; Prof. James Hall, Albany, N. Y.; Society of
Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N. Y.; Prof. Edward North, Clin-
ton, N. Y.; Prof. J. M. Hart, Ithaca, N. Y.; Historical Society,
Academy of Medicine, New York Hospital, American Museum
of Natural History, Meteorological Observatory, University of
the City of New York, Profs. J. A. Allen, Isaac H. Hall,
J.J. Stevenson, Messrs. Thomas C. Clarke, Charles P. Daly,
James Douglas, New York, N. Y.; Prof. W. LeConte Stevens,
Troy, N. Y.; Vassar Brothers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.;
Geological Society of America, Academy of Science, Rochester,
N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; Free Public
Library, Jersey City, N. J.; Prof. Robert N. Rogers, Madison,
N. J.; New Jersey Historical Society, Newark; Profs. Charles
W. Shields, Charles A. Young, Princeton, N. J.; Prof. Charles
F. Hines, Prof. Lyman B. Hall, Haverford, Pa.; Messrs. Charles
H. Cramp, Louis Vossion, Samuel Wagner, Mrs. Helen Abbott-
Michael, Philadelphia; Smithsonian Institution, United States
Geological Survey, Surgeon-General’s Office, United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey, Weather Bureau, Col. Garrick
Mallery, Prof. Charles A. Schott, Drs. John 8. Billings, W. J.
Hoffman, Mr. William B. Taylor, Washington, D. C.; Enoch
Pratt Free Library, Maryland Institute, Prof. Ira Remsen, Bal-
timore, Md.; Mr. Thomas Leiper Patterson, Cumberland, Md.;
Journal of the United States Artillery, Fortress Monroe, Va.;
Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Virginia, Elisha Mitchell
Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N. C.; Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Raleigh, N. C.; Georgia Historical Society,
Savannah; University of Alabama, University P. O.; Texas
Academy of Science, Austin; Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Knoxville, Tenn.; Prof. E. W. Claypole, Akron, O.;
University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati Observatory, Cincinnati,
O.; Editor of The Journal of Neurelogy, Granville, O.; Gen.
W. F. Raynolds, Detroit, Mich; Geological Survey, Jef-
ferson City, Mo.; Purdue Experiment Station, Lafayette, Ind.;
Society of Civil Engineers, Remington, Ind; Academy of
Natural Sciences, Davenport, Ia. State Historical Society,

152 [March 2,

Towa City, Ia.; University of California, Berkeley ; Lick Obser-
vatory, Mt. Hamilton, Cal.; Prof. J.C. Branner, Palo Alto,
Col.; Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal.; Prof. George
Davidson, San Francisco, Cal.; Kansas University Quarterly,
Lawrence; Kansas Academy of Science, 'lopeka; Academy of
Sciences, Arts, and Letters, State Historical Society, Madison,
Wis. State Historical Society, Agricultural Hxperiment
Station, Lincoln, Neb. University of Wyoming, Laramie;
Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash.; Lieut. A. B. Wyckoff,
North Lakima, Wash.; Central Meteorological Observatory,
Sociedad-Cientifica ‘“ Antonio Alzate,” Dr. Antonio Pefiafiel,
Mexico, Mexico; Agricultural Experiment Station, Las Cruces,
N. M.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Royal
Society of South Australia, Adelaide; Prof. A. W. Bickerton,
Christchurch, N. Z.; Société Impériale des Naturalestes, Mos-
cow, Russia ; Académie Impériale des Sciences, St. Petersburg,
Russia; Section fiir Naturkunde des O. T. C., Anthropologi-
sche Gesellschaft, Vienna, Austria; K. P. Meteorologische
Institut, Berlin, Prussia; Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Anthro-
pologie, etc., Munich, Bavaria; Ecole Nat. Sup. des Mines,
Bureau des Longitudes, Société Frangaise de Physique,
Paris, France; Philological Society, Cambridge, Eng.; Geo-
graphical Society, Literary and Philosophical Society, Man-
chester, Kng.; Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston,
Mass.; Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.; Scientific Associa-
tion, Meriden, Conn.; College of Physicians, Historical Society
of Pennsylvania, Messrs. Henry Phillips, Jr., Frederick Prime,
Philadelphia; Smithsonian Institution, Citizens’ Association of
the District of Columbia, Civil Service Commission, Wash-
ington, D, C.; Prof. Alexander Macfarlane, Austin, Texas.; His-
torical Society of Southern California, San Francisco; Prof.
J. P. Walton, Muscatine, Ia.; Institute of Jamaica, Kingston;
Agricultural Experiment Stations, Amherst, Mass.; Geneva,
N. Y.; Experiment, Ga.; Baton Rouge, La.; Fort Collins, Colo.;
Las Cruces, N. M.

Photographs for the Society’s Album were received from

1894.] 153

Dr. George R. Morehouse, Messrs. William V. McKean and
Robert Patterson.

Dr. Rothrock read a paper on “ The Present Condition and
Future Prospect of the Pennsylvania Forests.”

Dr. Morris corroborated the destruction of timber by insects
as referred to in Dr. Rothrock’s paper.

Dr. Morris read the following communication on “ Tubercu-
losis in Animals: ”’

Some months since I was present at the slaughter of a herd of cattle on
account of a dread of their being tainted with tuberculosis. This disease
had been diagnosed as present in the original herd more than two months
previously and all suspected animals had then been killed. The farmer,
however, was not satisfied that the disease had been stamped out, and pre-
ferred to have the rest slaughtered while still in good condition for food as
determined by experts who were present. In the lungs of two of them a few
hard nodules were found, and on the intestinal walls of nearly all were
small round masses which, on being incised, gave vent to a greenish,
gritty, cheesy mass. In the opinion of the veterinary surgeon who was
present these were not tubercular. They reminded me moreof such small,
cheesy masses as are often found in human post-mortem examinations and
are apt to be disregarded unless found abundantly in subjects of true miliary
tubercle when we often consider them as proof that the disease has become
disseminated through the entire organism. With these exceptions, and
also the occurrence of numerous vascular, subcutaneous lymphatics
(called ‘‘ beans’’ by the butcher boys), the cattle showed no disease, but,
on the other hand, compared favorably with some Western steers which
were slaughtered at the same time. The veterinary above mentioned
called my attention to the comparative absence of these ‘‘beans’’ and
small, yellowish-white bodies in the Western grain-fed stock. and attributed
their frequent or almost universal occurrence in Eastern cattle to some-
thing in the food or pasture grounds or water used by our cattle. This
has set me to thinking whether there may not be some filaria or other intes-
tinal parasite which causes such spurious cyst-like formations. But while
waiting for opportunity to investigate this more closely, a gentleman ob-
served to me that some gypsy boys whom he had played with in his youth
had shown him a bottle which they said contained a poison prepared from
mouldy hay, capable of producing sickness of a lingering, wasting charac-
ter, terminating in death—like consumption in general character. Imme-
diately the idea occurred to me that we may find in this direction the true
nature and mode of action and dissemination of tubercle in the human fam-
ily. The extent of its association with the ‘‘ bacillus tuberculosis ’’ has led
most observers to consider the latter as standing in causal relation to the

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxXXIII. 144. T. PRINTED MARCH 31, 1894.

154 [March 2,

disease. Now this is a microscopic fungus ; and it therefore seems to me
there is no @ priori improbability of its existence in musty hay and fodder ;
and when we consider the conlition of food given to much of the live
stock by improvident and unthrifty farmers a ready explanation of the
spread of the disease now so generally dreaded is at hand. In speaking
on the subject with Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, the distinguished bacteriolo-
gist, I found him fully alive to the possibilities uf fruitful results from inves-
tigations into the transplantation of fungoid and actino-mycoid growths
from a vegetable basis to animals ; and that some German authorities have
already done good work in this direction. Observations tending to estab-
lish an identity between the buicillus tuberculosis and other fungoid
growths could not fail of being most important aids to us in combating
the dread disease which sweeps away such a large portion of the human
race. Nor should we forget that during the late war of the Rebellion a
very fatal epidemic of ‘‘spotted fever,’’ ‘‘black measles ’”’ or cerebro-
spinal meningitis, as it was called, broke out among soldiers who were
supplied with mouldy hay which was used for bedding. The epidemic
spread by contagion quite extensively.

Ihave also been informed that the disease among horses known as cere-
bro-spinal meningitis is clearly traceable to mouldy hay; among the
Dutch farmers near Lancaster it is called ‘‘ putrid sorethroat,’’ because the
mucous membrane of the throat becomes inflamed and gangrenous, and
the bolus of food is not swallowed, owing to paralysis of the muscles of
deglutition We have thusas it were a connecting link with the phe-
nomena of diphtheria, which is also traced toa mould or fungus which may
grow upon any abraded, moist or mucous surface. The tendency of patho-
logical investigations and studies during the past twenty years has been
more and more towards the discovery of intimate causal relations between
many diseases not formerly recognized as zymotic, and corresponding
fungi or ‘‘bacteria’’ or ‘‘bacilli.”” We forget too often that these are
only terms for microscopic fungi or moulds: that the same laws of propa-
gation and growth govern them as their larger congeners: that the very
term ‘‘zymotic’’ so long used in medical literature shows that our prede-
cessors properly classed them as the results of ‘‘ferments:’’ and thus are
liable to be led away from true methods of checking their ravages.
Undoubtedly these are to be sought by better acquaintance with their life-
conditions : and a large step in advance will have been made if we should
beable totrace them from their ordinary and comparatively innocuous vege-
table habitats to their dangerous migrations toanimals. I do not know that
in this connection attention has been drawn to the typhus-fever epidemics
which have followed extensive vegetable disease, e. g., the lrish potato
rot : or the effect of ergotized rye and wheat on the poorer classes in Italy
and the Balkan provinces. To return to the subject of tuberculosis in
animals, including man: the conditions for its virulent spread are emi-
nently those favoring fungous growths—deficient vital force (whether
original or acquired from overstrain), damp dwellings, overheated viti-

1894.] 155

ated air, and insufficient food. Add to these the germ, and the result is
not long in showing itself. Take these away, and the germ is harmless,
comparatively. A good illustration of this is to be found in the animals,
especially the monkeys crowded together in our zodlogical gardens. What
better field could be found for a properly conducted series of experiments
on the thorough disinfection of air and food; isolation of infected indi-
viduals; and curative agents? The latter should embrace such
bactericides as can enter the circulation harmlessly, and such natural
food as will sustain the animals. The late Dr. Shippen’s experi-
ence with the lessening of tuberculous and scrofulous disease among the
colored inmates of the House of Refuge after the introduction of corn-
meal as a large part of their diet should not be lost sight of. Might not
a diet of cocoanuts and palmnuts be useful to our monkeys?

In conclusion, I would urge upon our microscopists the study of the
whole class of moulds and fungi, both in their usual forms, and as to
their transplanted forms in animal media and in living animals.

Pending nominations Nos. 1273 and 1274 were read.
On motion, it was

Resolved, That Rev. Robert W. Rogers, Ph.D., be appointed a delegate
to represent the Society at the Congrés Internationale des Orientalistes, to
be held at Geneva, in September, 1894, providing that the same shall
entail no expense whatever upon the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, March 16, 1894.
Dr. J. CHESTON Morris in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A letter accepting membership from Sir Henry Bessemer,
London, Eng.

An invitation from the Maryland Historical Society, Balti-
more, to attend its Fiftieth Anniversary, March 12, 1894.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta; Société des Naturalistes, Moscow, Russia ;
K. Sachsiche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig ; Société
d'Histoire Naturelle, Strassburg, Alsace.

156 [March 16,

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the K. K.
Sternwarte, Prague, Bohemia (141); Société d’Histoire
Naturelle, Strassburg (140, 141); Prof. Abel Hovelacque,
Paris, France (141); Dr. Traill Green, Haston, Pa. (142);
Prof. John F. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa. (142); Mr. Jedediah
Hotchkiss, Staunton, Va. (142); Scientific Society, Denver,
Colo. (142); Central Meteorological Observatory, Mexico,
Mexico (140, 141); Observatorio Astrénémico Nacional Mex-
icano, Tacubaya (142); Instituto fisico-geografico Nacional,
San José de Costa Rica, C. A. (141); Museo Nacional, Buenos
Aires, 8. A. (139, 140, 141).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta; Statistica Central Byran,
Stockholm, Sweden; K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesell-
schaft, Prof. Karl Penka, Vienna, Austria; Gesellschaft fiir
Erdkunde, Berlin, Prussia; Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Freiburg i. B.; Société d’Histoire Naturelle, Strassburg,
Alsace; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland ;
“11 Nuovo Cimento,” Pisa, Tuscany; Université de Lyon,
France ; Instituto y Observatorio de Marina, San Fernando,
Spain; R. Meteorological Society, London, Eng.; Royal
Society, Edinburgh, Scotland; Theological Seminary, An-
dover, Mass.; Commission of Public Records, Boston, Mass. ;
Mr. Walter 8S. Logan, New York, N. Y.; Hon. Robert H.
Pattison, Harrisburg, Pa.; Dr. C. 8. Dolley, Philadelphia ;
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Historical
Society, Chicago, Ill.; Experiment Stations, Raleigh, N.C. ;
Ames, Ia.; Lincoln, Neb. ; Corvallis, Oreg.

The death of Cavaliere Damiano Muoni, Milan, Italy, Feb-
ruary 22, 1894, zt. 74, was announced.*

* Cavaliere Damiano Muoni was born at Antignate, Province of Bergamo, Italy, on
the fourteenth day of August, 1820. His early life was studious, and his ambitions
patriotic. He participated in the ill-starred insurrection, ‘‘le cinque giornate,” of 1848,
at Milan, and in consequence was obliged to be absent from his country for a long
period. His time was filled with study, and he returned the possessor of much valua-
ble historical and archzeological matter. His activity in authorship was unceasing, and
over one hundred books, pamphlets, papers, ete., attest his proficiency in history, gene-
alogy, archzeology, fine arts, and other branches of knowledge. He held the position of
State Archivist for many years, and was zealous, courteous and obliging.

1894.] 157

Mr. Henry C. Baird read a paper entitled ‘“ Association :
The Dominating Need of Man, and the Keystone of Social
Science.”

After which a desultory discussion on the subject of the
paper took place.

Pending nominations Nos. 1273 and 1274, and new nomi-
nations Nos. 1276 to 1296 inclusive were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Abed

Pail f .
ar janie

oe via

Bt, relay oar ‘ va

j 1% cn bee
; j Keane (Seine Racy

4 niki hea

haar tne 5

4 vy Ato
; Wey eh

a |

é ‘ i i t >
‘ APA Rey

oi! ee eae

regen Ae ea >’
a atatA 2 AED Masa ;

April 6, 1894.] 159

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
HELD AT PHILADELPHIS FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vou. X XXIII. JUNE, 1894. No. 145.

Stated Meeting, April 6, 1894.

Vice-President KENDALL in the Chair.

Minutes of last meeting read.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letter accepting membership from Dr. Isaac Roberts, Star-
field, Crowborough, Sussex, England.

Circular letter from the Directeur of the Direction Générale
de Statistique, of the Province of Buenos Ayres, announcing
his appointment to that office.

Accessions to the Library were reported from Mr. Edward
Counsel, Melbourne, Australia; Mr. N. A. Cobb, Sydney,
Australia; Bataafsch Genootschap, Rotterdam, Netherlands;
K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum, Vienna, Austria; Gesell-
schaft fiir Erdkunde, Deutsche Seewarte, Berlin, Prussia; K.
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Géttingen, Prussia; Wiirtem-
bergische Kommission fiir Landesgeschichte, Stuttgart; R. Isti-
tuto Lombardo, Milan, Italy; Societa Italiana delle Scienze,
Naples, Italy; R. Accademia delle Scienze, Turin, Italy ;
Académie des Sciences, etc., Angers, France; Académie N.
des Sciences, etc., Caen, France; Société des Sciences Natu-
relles et Archéologiques de la Creuse, Guéret, France; Dr. P.
Topinard, Paris, France; Société des Antiquaires de la Mo-
rinie, Saint-Omer, France; Historical Society, Dr. Hugh

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxtII. 145. U. PRINTED MAy 9, 1894,

160 [April 20,

Hamilton, New York, N. Y.; University of Pennsylvania,
Dr. William F. Norris, Philadelphia; U.S. Naval Institute,
Annapolis, Md.; Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Educa-
tion, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C.;
Director of the Michigan Mining School, Lansing; Dr. Jesus
Diaz de Leon, Aguascalientes, Mexico.

The following deaths were announced :

Dr. KE. Brown-Sequard (Paris, France), born 1818, died April
2, 1894.

Sir P. Cunliffe Owen (London, Eng.), born June 8, 1828,
died March 28, 1894.

Hon. Washington Townsend (West Chester, Pa.), died
March 18, 1894, zt. 82.

Obituary notice of Thomas M. Cleemann was read by Mr.
Prime.

Prof. Cope made a communication on some points of the
anatomy of the Ophidia, especially regarding the lungs.

Mr. Lyman offered for the Proceedings a map of the New —
Red, New Jersey.

Pending nominations Nos. 1273 and 1274, 1276 to 1296,
and new nominations Nos. 1297 and 1298 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the Chairman.

Stated Meeting, April 20, 1894.
Vice-President, Mr. KENDALL in the Chair.

Minutes of meeting, April 6, read.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Meteorologische
Institut, Berlin, Prussia; Editors of Nuovo Cimento, Pisa,
Italy; Musée Guimet, Ministere des Travaux Publics, Paris,
France; U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C.

1894.1 161

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Bibli-
othéque de l'Université Royale, Lund, Sweden (140, 141);
K. D. Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen, Denmark (Trans.,
xvii, 8, xviii, 1; Proc, 141); K. Zoologisch Genootschap
“Natura Artis Magistra,” Amsterdam, Netherlands (142);
K. Zoologisch- Botanische Genootschap, ’s Gravenhage, Neth-
erlands (142); Kolonial Museum, Fondation de P. Teyler van
der Hulst, Haarlem, Netherlands (142); Prof. G. Tschermak,
Vienna, Austria (140, 141); K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaf-
ten, Gottingen, Prussia (141); Observatorio Astronomico della
R. Universita, Turin, Italy (141); Société d’ Anthropologie,
Paris, France (140, 141); U.S. Naval Observatory, Washing-
ton, D. C. (142); Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, O.
(142); Historical Society of Southern California, Los Angeles
(96-142, and Catalogue, Parts i-iv); Kansas State Historical
Society, Topeka (142); Observatoire Météorologique Central
de Mexico, Mexico (140-142, and Catalogue, Parts i—11);
Bishop Crescenzio Carrello Ancora, Mirida, Yucatan, Mexico
(142).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Exhibition
Trustees, Melbourne, Australia; Lund University, Lund,
Sweden; Academie R. des Sciences, etc., Copenhagen, Den-
mark; Akademie der Wissenschaften, Physikalische Gesell-
schaft, Berlin, Prussia; Bath and West of England, etc., Soci-
ety, Bath, Eng.; Philosophical Society, Cambridge, Eng. ;
Society of Antiquaries, London, Eng.; Amer. Academy of
Arts and Sciences, Massachusetts Historical Society, Dr. Sam-
uel A. Green, Boston, Mass.; Public Library, Salem, Mass. ;
Tufts College, Mass.; Academy of Sciences, New York, N. Y.;
Dr. D. Jayne & Son, Philadelphia; Enoch Pratt Free Library,
Baltimore, Md.; Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel
Hill, N. C.; Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, O.; Mr.
S. Waterhouse, St. Louis, Mo.; Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Orono, Me., Burlington, Vt., Amherst, Mass., Storrs,
Conn., Blacksburg, Va., Columbia, Mo.

Announcement of death:

Dr. William V. Keating, Philadelphia, April 18, 1894, et. 71.

162 [April 20,

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a suit-
able person to prepare the usual obituary notice.

Mr. Price offered the following:

Resolved, That a Committee of three members of the Society be ap-
pointed to confer with the representatives of other societies and organiza-
tions, with reference to a public dinner which it has been proposed to
give the Hon. Frederick Fraley, the President of this Society, on the 28th
day of May, the ninetieth anniversary of his birth.

The following Committee was appointed: Cee Price:
Vaux and Dr. Brinton.

Mr. Bache read an article explanatory of the Brownian
movements. Dr. Brinton made some remarks on the subject.

Pending nominations 1278, 1274, 1276 to 1298, and new
nominations 1299 and 1800 were read.

‘Mr. Prime offered the following resolution, which was sec-
onded by Dr. Brinton:

Resolved, That a Committee of five members be appointed by the Presi-
dent to take into consideration the state of the Society, and to report
whether any, and if any, what measures it may be expedient to take for
increasing the resident membership of the Society, and promoting its
usefulness ; and whether in effectuating these purposes it may be neces-
sary to amend the existing laws and regulations.

The matter was discussed by Messrs. Prime, Brinton, Price,
Horn and Lyman.

On motion, the resolution was adopted.

The President subsequently appointed the following Com-
mittee:

Frederick Prime, Chairman, J. Sergeant Price, George H.
Horn, William P. Tatham, J. G. Rosengarten.

And the Society was adjourned.

a = s

ke

1894.] 165 [Bache.

The Secret of the Brownian Movements.
By R. Meade Bache.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 20, 1894.)

We first hear systematically of molecular movement, as a thing
directly visible, from the writings of the distinguished botanist, Dr.
Robert Brown, embodied in a paper entitled, ‘‘ A Brief Account of
Microscopical Observations, Made in the Months of June, July,
and August, 1827, On the Particles Contained in the Pollen of
Plants ; and On the General Existence of Active Molecules in Or-
ganic and Inorganic Bodies.”’

Of course we know inferentially, through physics and chemistry,
that the particles of bodies move under the influence of various
extraneous forces, and we know, too, that, in the case of matter in
a gaseous form, they move also under the influence of force inherent
in their own constitution. But the movements of which Iam about
to speak relate to the visible behavior of what should be termed
inert matter, if that expression were not begging the question of
whether or not it has in itself power of motion, and thus deciding
it in favor of the view that it has not, but is moved by extraneous
force. We must begin, therefore, as is but right, by assuming that
it is an Open question as to whether or not certain particles, in
aqueous suspension, call them molecules or otherwise, as one pleases,
organic or inorganic, but not endowed with animal life, are of them-
selves capable of movement, or are moved by some extraneous force
or forces at present unknown. The solid ground of fact from
which we start is that, under the conditions mentioned, they do
move, for that is undeniable and admitted.

Dr. Brown soos discarded, through disproving in the course of
his investigations the surmise which he had made, that the particles
of pollen indicated by their motion a mode of function analogous
to that of spermatozoids, and rested eventually in the conclusion
that particles moving in aqueous solutions are not confined to
organic bodies or to their products. He had conducted a series of
experiments on finely crushed glass, on simple earths and metals,
with many of their combinations, and rocks of all ages, includ-
ing those in which no organic remains have ever been found.
Moving particles presented themselves in each of the constituent

Bache.] 164 [April 20,

minerals of granite. Even a crushed fragment of the Sphynx gave
the same resuits. He tried substances of both aqueous and igneous
origin, travertine, stalactites, lava, obsidian, volcanic ashes, meteoric
matter, manganese, nickel, plumbago, bismuth, antimony, arsenic,
asbestos, actinolite, tremolite, zeolite, and steatite. He tried par-
ticles of wood, living and dead, linen, paper, cotton, silk, wool,
hair, and muscular fibre that had been exposed to fire under the
blowpipe, douched with water, and submitted to immediate exami-
nation. The particles from all these substances exhibited as vivid
movement after as before they had been so treated.

Dr. Brown, about twelve months later, went on further to declare,
under the head of ‘‘ Additional Remarks on Active Molecules,”’
that :—‘‘ The result of the inquiry at present essentially agrees with
that which may be collected from my printed account, and may be
here briefly stated in the following terms; namely, that extremely
minute particles of solid matter, whether obtained from organic or
inorganic substances, when suspended in pure water, or in some
other aqueous fluids, exhibit motions for which I am unable to
account, and which, from their irregularity and seeming independ-
ence, resemble in a remarkable degree the less rapid motions of
some of the simplest animalcules of infusions. That the smallest
moving particles observed, and which I have termed Active Mole-
cules, appear to be spherical, or nearly so, and-to be between
I-20,000 and 1-30,000 of an inch in diameter; and that other par-
ticles of considerably greater and various size, and either of similar
or of very different figure, also present analogous motions in like
circumstances. I have formerly stated my belief that these motions
of the particles neither arose from currents in the fluid containing
them, nor depended on the intestine motion which may be supposed
to accompany its evaporation. ‘These causes of motion, however,
either singly or combined with cthers,—as, the attractions and repul-
sions among the particles themselves, their unstable equilibrium in
the fluid in which they are suspended, their hygrometrical or capil-
lary action, and in some cases the disengagement of volatile matter,
or of minute air bubbles,—have been considered by several writers
as sufficiently accounting for the appearance. Some of the alleged
causes here stated, with others which I have considered it unneces-
sary to mention, are not likely to be overlooked or to deceive
observers of any experience in microscopical research; and the
insufficiency of the most important of those enumerated, may, I

1894.] 165 (Bache.

think, be satisfactorily-shown by means of a very simple experi-
ment.’’ [Dr. Brown here alludes to what he details at considerable
length, as to the trituration together of oil and water, so as to
secure, in one case, by a large proportion of water to oil, lacune of
water of various sizes, filled with particles, protected from evapora-
tion by the oil, and in the converse case, by a small proportion of
oil to water, to secure minute oil-drops on the surface of the water,
some of which drops were not larger than the solid particles in the
water. |

These passages from the writings on this subject of so skillful,
careful, and conscientious an observer as Dr. Brown was, excite
regret that he had not pursued the subject further. He would have
found, among other things, a much simpler and more lasting
method of excluding air from the drop under observation, than
that which he adopted in forming lacunz of aqueous fluid pro-
tected from evaporation by immersion in oil. He would in all
probability have discovered the real cause of the motion of or-
ganic and inorganic particles in aqueous fluids. But he dropped
the subject, perhaps because he was obliged so to do on account of
the pressure of other research, when he had obtained some valuable
results, leaving his investigations negative as to conclusions. He
doubtless began with the supposition, which seems common at first
to all investigators of the subject, that evaporation might represent
a shock that would move the particles suspended in water; that
vibration from mechanical sources might account for the move-
ments; that currents set up in the drop of water by differences of
temperature in it or slight differences in the temperature of the air
surrounding it, might account for them; or that mutual attractions,
derived from gravitation, and inherent in the relative density of the
particles themselves, might do so; and he found, as every one else
will find who experiments in these directions, that the movements
go on independently of currents and independently of heat, generat-
ing or not generating currents, independently of light, and in the
case where the particles represent an extremely fine division of
matter, and are at the same time of low specific gravity, even inde-
pendently of terrestrial gravitation ; and without relation to their
specific gravity, with the force of their mutual gravitation entirely
masked.

Some of these things Dr. Brown implies that he saw in the course
of his investigations ; others he could hardly have failed incidentally

Bache. ] 166 [April 20,

to see, but one that I have mentioned, he did not rightly interpret.
It was a distinct lapse in his acuteness of observation, that involved
in his mention, without perception of its deepest significance, of
minute drops of oil, some of them not exceeding the solid particles
themselves in size, standing nearly or altogether at rest on the sur-
face of water ; the pointing of which fact is very clear, one which,
had it been known to me, would have induced me to try oil as well as
water among the first instead of among the last of my own experi-
ments, as actually happened in their sequence.

To afford facility for the fullest comprehension of the subject, it
becomes proper here to resume the historical tenor of our way with
a brief account of some of the views of Herren Wiener, Exner, and
Schultze, more recent than those of Dr. Brown. In order to avoid
the responsibility for the necessary condensation, I prefer to quote,
as follows, from the summary of their views in the /ahresbericht of
1867:

‘¢Then Chr. Wiener, from whose account the preceding historical
remarks are quoted, instituted microscopic observations of these
movements, and came to the conclusion that this trembling, irregu-
lar, unsteady motion of solid molecules, which alter their direction
in the briefest fraction of time in their zigzag course, has for its
basis the continual movements which, by virtue of their molecular
constitution, belong to fluids. He learned through his investiga-
tions (1) that the movements are not those of infusoria; (2) that the
movement is not communicated tothe fluid; (3) that the trembling
movement is not in any way derived from the varying attraction
and collision of the various oscillating molecules with one another ;
(4) that the movement is not derived from changes of temperature ;
(5) that, also, the movement is not derived from evaporation.
Consequently, there remained to him nothing to ascribe as the
cause of the peculiar movements but the property of the fluid itself.
This explanation received direct confirmation from Wiener’s obser-
vation, that the amount of the movement has a certain relation to
the size of the molecule. Lately S. Exner has extended the investi-

gations of Wiener. Among the various influences which Exner.

sought to test with reference to the molecular motion,was whether
either chemical causes or mechanical ones, such as pressure,
vibration, and so forth, could in any way produce an acceleration or
a retardation of the effect. Only by exposure to light and heat
did the motion become accelerated, and then in such a manner as,

ee ee ete See ee ee ee

a]

Ey

1891.] 167 [Bache.

in the case of glycerin, the molecules of which under ordinary con-
ditions show scarcely any, if any movement at all, to exhibit it
clearly when warmed up to fifty degrees centigrade of temperature.
Exner also examined into the properties of fluids in which solid
molecules remain suspended. The results of his investigation re-
solve themselves into the following points: (1) The liveliness of
the molecular movement is heightened by light and heat, and by
radiant as well as by conducted heat ; (2) one of the consequences
of the molecular movement is, that the molecules, in a specifically
lighter fluid, not only do not sink to the bottom, but overcome the
force of gravitation to such a degree as to spread themselves equally
throughout the fluid ; (3) the velocity of this scattering is as the
intensity of the molecular movements influenced by light and heat.
It should be mentioned here that Fr. Schultze had already stated
that substances, when most finely divided, especially such as seemed
under the microscope to be amorphous, and exhibited the brownian
movements, remain suspended in pure water and in many other
fluids for days, weeks, and months at a time, so that the fluid con-
taining them presents a cloudy, or at least an opalescent appear-
ance.”’

The account of the views of Herr Wiener in the /ahresberichi
makes an important omission. It devotes itself chiefly to reciting
what, in his view, does not cause the brownian movements, but
does not mention precisely to what he does ascribe them. Herr
Wiener says, in the last paragraph of his article, in Poggendorf’ s
Annalen, 1863:—‘‘ The weight of the preceding conclusion, that
one cannot ascribe the trembling movement to any exterior cause,
is very greatly added to by the ascertained fact, that the diameter
of the similarly moved water masses is so small that it nearly corre-
sponds with the wave-length of red light, and still more closely with
that of radiant heat.’’ This passage gives the keynote to his views
on the brownian movements. After a most elaborate series of
experiments, in which he measured on a micrometrically divided
glass slide, with the addition of diagonal lines, and by watch, the
range and the time of the movements, he reached his most impor-
tant conclusion, that, because the dimensions of the aforesaid wave-
lengths of light and heat have a certain close correspondence with
the diameters of the minutest particles and water masses, they form
the moving impulse of the motions of the particles. He pictured
to himself that the ether surrounding the particles, being continu-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxIII. 145. V. PRINTED May 9, 1894.

Bache.] 168 [April 20,

ous with the ether of space, acts, through the rays of light and heat
on the particles and minute water masses, generating in their inter-
action, as the visible resultant of the forces in play, the movement
of the particles in suspension in aqueous solutions. But, if the
cause of the movements assigned by Herr Wiener were the true
one, the same cause ought to be operative in the case of alcohol
and in that of the fixed and volatile oils: but it is not. This con-
clusion of Herr Wiener’s seems to me to be derived from the un-
satisfactory fact of a coincidence, of which kind of proof we habitu-
ally perceive more than enough to obscure, bewilder, and often to
baffle our feeble efforts to penetrate beyond the veil of phenomena,
of things as they seem, to the everlasting noumena, things as they
are, near the inscrutable throne of nature.

I will not weary my hearers with the recital of the numerous
details of my own experiments, the names of the substances that I
tried, the modes in which they were treated, the manipulations of
various sorts necessary to the prosecution of the work. Every one
knows the difficulties that will arise in new investigations, which
will themselves suggest the means of countervailing them as the
work proceeds. In this particular case one difficulty was to obtain
finely enough divided matter in other liquids besides water. It
may be interesting to mention that I did not read anything on the
subject until my own experiments were nearly finished. By this
course I avoided any possible bias expressed or implied in the
directions to be pursued and the conclusions to be drawn, and I
had ultimately the satisfaction to perceive, as I had often before
observed, how, owing to the constitution of the mind, men neces-
sarily follow the same general and often particular track in their
procedures. It is not in the course they follow, that they differ
much, but in the conclusions which they reach in pursuing what is
virtually the same way. Fortunately for me, constrained to be
absent for months in the field on geodetic duty, and at all times
constantly engaged at my profession, night still lent itself to my
slowly accumulated results. That the investigation was most inter-
esting, I need hardly say.

As electric currents have been demonstrated in the human body,
I naturally thought that all slight differences of tension between the
liquid and particles, or in the liquid itself, might set up electric cur-
rents. Therefore I passed the galvanic current through liquids filled
with particles, watching them carefully. There was not the slightest

a. ate ee ee ee ee Se

1894 ] 169 {Bache.

visible effect thereby produced on the movements of the particles.
If the movements had been produced by electric currents, then so
strong a current as I often passed through a drop of water ought to
have left no manifestation of movement possible from the neces-
sarily weak, if actually existing, currents supposed to be actuating
the particles. The molecular movement, so-called, is, as described
by Herr Wiener, a zigzag one, but that term does not exactly con-
vey the peculiarity of the motion. It is a combination of a jerky,
wobbling movement, performed within determinate bounds, entirely
irrespective of the sweep of currents in the liquid, or even of the
effects in some cases of terrestrial gravity, and in no case seemingly
affected by the influence of local gravitation of particle to particle.
Taking the vermilion of the sulphide of mercury, as finely divided
as it can be made, and turning the microscope at even a slight
angle from the vertical, the effect of terrestrial gravity on the par-
ticles becomes at once apparent, but taking the carmine, reputedly
made of cochineal, the particles are not affected in the slightest
degree by terrestrial gravity. Of course it is hardly necessary to
say that any solution should be weak, in order to allow the sub-
stances under examination to receive the finest division of which
each is susceptible as dissolved. The specific gravity of sulphide
of mercury is not only much greater than that of cochineal, but
additionally it is not susceptible of nearly so minute division as
cochineal is. Of all substances that I experimented with, cochineal
seemed to be that which is capable of the finest division, and at the
same time of the most brilliant illumination. Gamboge, which
appears to be the substance of predilection among many persons to
experiment with for the brownian movements, offers nothing com-
parable to the brilliancy and the fineness of particles of carmine
derived from cochineal. With a weak aqueous solution of carmine °
one may see by daylight, on a background of faint blue, and by
ordinary artificial light, on a golden one, thousands of tiny parti-
cles, bright as sparks of ruby, shimmering and performing their
independent evolutions over the field of view.

Just as one sees a boat managed by an unskillful helmsman pursue
its erratic way in going about, being taken aback, or heeled over by
a flaw of wind, without for a moment attributing its movements to
currents or any other cause but the true one, so the constant observer
of the brownian movements knows full well that the particles them-
selves are moving, not being moved by currents or by gravitation

Bache.] ] 70 [April 20,

towards the earth or among themselves. He, from the first, recog-
nizes the fact that the smaller the particles are, the more vivid is their
movement. He recognizes another, that, although many large par-
ticles do not, as masses, move at all, yet the larger masses are all
alive, as it were, with smaller ones, seen clearly around their periph-
ery, on the silhouette of which they are seen plying like banks of

Oars in an ancient trireme. He is struck with and convinced of’

still another thing, that whereas one might expect to find that all
particles would manifest an attraction for each other through gravi-
tation, and that the larger and largest, but all in proportion to their
relative size, would attract and absorb the relatively smaller and
smallest ones, nothing of the kind occurs, but the smaller, down to the
smallest, go their own way, sometimes even touching the largest
and bounding off and away as if they do not, as indeed they do not
visibly, submit to the force of gravitation. Of course they cannot
escape the influence of gravitation, whether terrestrial or among
themselves, but the effect of gravitation upon them is masked, in
what manner will appear later.

It seemed to me that magnetic earth-waves might affect particles
in such delicate suspension as those of which we are speaking, some
of which are no greater in diameter than 1-100,000 of an inch, seen
under various powers capable of magnifying from 650 to 1300
diameters. Accordingly, I have placed the particular fluid under
examination in the lines of force of a permanent magnet, with the
magnet on one sideand the keeper on the other of the drop of fluid.
Concentrating the gaze on individual particles, to observe if their
movement were modified, and then on others in succession, and
often repeating the experiment, nothing could be observed other
than the movements existing before the magnet had been brought
into requisition. The only kind of particles susceptible to the influ-
ence of the magnet were those of precipitated iron, but iron is
always obedient to the magnet.

Heat I applied in various ways, either irregularly or in an en-
deavor to distribute it as equably as possible on the glass slide on
which the particular experiment was made. Mere currents are set
up during the adjustment of temperature from radiation. At the
same time one can observe and differentiate the motions due ‘o the
brownian movements, the motions along currents, and also the
motions from terrestrial gravity, if any, exhibited by particles, if

a

1894.] 171 [Bache.

the specific gravity of the substance be great, and the microscope
be set at an angle with the vertical.

Cold I also applied, putting the slides with their cover-glasses in
a freezing mixture of broken ice and water, and reducing them to a
very low temperature. Still the movements went on as apparently
unmodified as ever. Herr Exner says, it will be remembered, that
glycerin, which under ordinary conditions shows absolutely none,
or almost no molecular movement, shows it clearly when warmed up
to the temperature of fifty degrees centigrade. In all the finely
divided bodies, however, which I examined, there seemed to be
no increase or diminution in the intensity of the movements, cor-
responding with their alternate subjection to heat and cold. ‘There
were occasions in which I thought that I observed acceleration from
light, but I always ended by imputing it to the force of imagina-
tion, and if it were not justly ascribable to that cause, the fact that
it could be so ascribed, is proof positive that if, through the influence
of light and heat, any intensification of the movements of the parti-
cles took place, it must have been very small. Moreover, the evi-
dence is certainly here, to show that even if the movement were
intensified by light or heat, that was the only influence that could
be ascribed to them, that light and heat could not be deemed the
cause of the movement. And lastly, Herr Wiener’s micrometric
measurements of the range of movement at different temperatures
completely bore out this conclusion.

The theory of Herr Wiener, that the movements are due to the
action of the red-wave of light and heat is refuted by the single
fact that, as I have proved by experiment, one may interpose at
pleasure between the source of light or heat and the particles, either
a violet glass or a red glass, without being able to observe the
slightest alteration in the movements, either as to their range or
their velocity. That is to say, red rays may be either partially
excluded or selectively admitted, without diminishing or increasing
the liveliness of movement, Hence light can have nothing to do
with the phenomenon under discussion, and I have just shown,
through the citation of the freezing mixture experiment, that heat
can have nothing to do with it.

I have reserved to the very last the amcasicn of the question as
to whether or not the shock, if any there be, from evaporation can
have anything to do with the movements, although this was a point
that entered into my first investigations. I have reserved it to the

| ofl
Bache.] 172 [April 20,

last, because its discussion requires more than the brief space which
I have devoted to the previous individual results, and because it
leads directly to the conclusion that I have finally reached as to the
true cause of the movements. I started out with the conception,
which it seems is common to every one, that evaporation might be
accompanied with a series of minute explosions, which produce
shocks that manifest themselves through the mass of an aqueous
solution, in the form of minute movements of finely divided matter
held in unstable equilibrium by suspension in the fluid, and that
these, escaping cognizance from any ordinary observation, might
be visible as such, or in their effects, through the instrumentality of
high powers of the microscope. I had come to believe long before,
from observation and experiment, that no tremors from mechanical
agency or any other, except perhaps from evaporation, could pro-
duce the peculiar movements known as brownian, and finally it
remained to discover if this or any other intrinsic cause were at
work that would account for them.

At this point I encountered an obstacle. My high powers of the
microscope were both water-immersion lenses. It seemed, there-
fore, that even when I had had the drop of liquid under observation,
sealed beneath a cover-glass, I might have included, by the use of
the water-immersion lens itself, an evaporating surface which might
have produced the optical illusion of the movement of the particles
in suspension. I proceeded, however, with my experiments, upon
the assumption that this, as the event proved to be the case, was
not true, and meanwhile procured from Viennaa one-fifteenth dry-
lens by Reichert, the highest power of dry-lens that he makes.

I had already obtained for high-power lenses a film of liquid thin
enough to be observed through all its strata, free of air within the
cell, and protected from evaporation by being hermetically sealed.
Any ordinary manufactured cell is too deep, and with all precau-
tions taken contains a little air. On the other hand, the mere
cover-glass superposed on a glass slide contains too slight a
depth of fluid. I made a cell by using gum-shellac traced in a
circlet on a glass slide, which cell, when partially dried, is filled to
the brim with the liquid to be observed upon, whereupon the cover-

glass is pressed into the yielding gum, thereby expressing the con--

tained air with the superfluous liquid, when the product, dried over
night, is fit for use on the following evening. One slide, prepared
in this manner and filled with a slightly tinted solution of carmine

1894.] 173 [Bache.

from cochineal, had been observed upon by me for weeks, with a
one-tenth water-immersion lens, and afterwards, upon the arrival of
the one-fifteenth dry-lens, was observed upon without showing any
variation in the range and vividness of movement of the particles
subjected to examination. I have even covered the whole micro-
scope with a pall of thick, black, woolen cloth, so that not a ray
of light could enter it, either through the cover-glass or the eye-
piece, and then carefully placing the eye close to the eye-piece,
have suddenly thrown light upon the cover-glass, when the brownian
movement among the particles was perceived in as active play as
ever. I have therefore concluded, from all these experiments, that
neither heat nor light, nor electricity, nor magnetism, nor mechan-
ical shock, nor finally evaporation, is operative in producing the
movements; in a word, that the particles move uninfluenced by
these forces. JI am therefore constrained to believe, upon the basis
of the information that I have obtained in the manner described,
that it is not the particles which are moved by their own energy,
or moved by any energy directly imparted to them from outside
sources, but that it is the fluid that moves them.

If their own energy moves the particles, we should see them at
the same time obedient also to the law of gravitation among them-
selves, manifested as the resultant of whatever forces are in play,
whereas, although they must be obedient to the law of gravitation
among themselves, its effects, and generally, as well, those of terres-
trial gravity, are so masked as not to be at all perceptible. Now,
when we consider how minute all of these particles are, and yet
that they move apparently unhindered with such constancy and
force, it ought to be apparent, I should think, that they have no
self-motive power. However erratic the paths of individual parti-
cles may be, the likeness among the movements is extraordinary, so
almost identical in every case, varying in greatness of range and
rapidity only in inverse ratio to the size of the particle, that we can-
not conceive of self-actuated particles so behaving; for relative
greatness of size in self-actuated particles ought to coincide with
relatively greater, not relatively less, energy of movement; whereas,
here the case is reversed. But there are other facts that I have ob-
served through experiment, which also prove what I say. In
alcohol, and as far as my experiments go, in fixed and volatile oils,
the brownian movements are not observable, and yet the micro-
scope plainly reveals that the movements of foreign bodies in all

: =f
Bache. ] 174 [April 20,

these is as free as in aqueous solutions, and I think more so. So
molecular movements of solid particles in suspension in aqueous
fluids must take place perforce of the constant repulsions of the con-
stituent molecules of the particular liquid present—water. The
minute drops of oils supernatant on water, some of them no larger
than the particles in the water below, observed by Dr. Brown, as he
says, to be almost or wholly motionless, so behave because the
molecules of water glide by the molecules of a substance for which
they have not even the affinity that would compass opposition. Be
the globules of oil on water never so small or large, the molecules of
the aqueous fluid glide by them. Whether a small or a large
globule of oil be the particle itself on water, there is no movement
of the particle. Dr. Brown says none, or almost none. I think
that he was mistaken, that there is no molecular movement whatever.

Fixed oils have not the same molecular constitution as volatile
oils, nor these the same as alcohol, nor either the same as water.
Whatever these differences may signify in various behaviors, under
varying conditions, one, among the rest, distinguishes water from the
rest and all other liquids. Despite its apparent perfect fluidity, the
reluctance of its molecules to move among themselves as smoothly
as do those of other liquids among themselves is one of its most
evident characteristics. We see this exemplified by the way, long
since ably demonstrated, in which a wave is built up from ripples,
by the way in which the surf breaks along the shore, and in the
ease with which a small proportion of oil in contact with water
modifies or subdues its energy. Only recently I steered a boat in
Boston harbor between two headlands, between which, and far
beyond, white-caps covered the surface of the water, surrounding a
placid lakelet of a square mile in area, black by contrast to its
white-capped margin, over the surface of which lakelet I was soon
smoothly gliding ; and this change from turbulent to placid waters
was wholly due to the merest film of oil from Boston’s great sewer
discharging its contents three miles away on the lowering tide from
the head-house on Moon Island into the current running towards
the sea. I am aware, of course, that part of the calmness described
was owing to the fact that the oil lessened the friction of the wind
on the water. But that was not the only cause of the calming
effect produced by the oil. Oil prevents the friction of parts on
the surface of water already in agitation, and thereby quiets the
wave already risen. The area which I have just described as a

1894.] 175 [Bache.

smooth lakelet had been only a short time before my arrival at the
place in precisely the same state of agitation as the surrounding
waters. The surface is the part where the wave begins to form,
and where it receives constant increments, the wind propagating
these, and by impact on the growing wave or billow as a whole,
forming and propelling it as a mass, despite its tendency in deep
water to oscillate freely in the vertical without translation horizon-
tally. It is easily conceivable that, although particles of oil may,
as I have stated, experience no sensible friction when in contact
with the molecular movements of water, so almost infinitesimal are
they in range, yet that oil forming a film over a large. surface of
water may, through friction, as an enclosing sheath, tend to quiet
the water, and thus impair and gradually destroy its ability to con-
tinue the massed effect known as a wave, at the place, the surface,
where not only is it generated, but where it most effectively tends
to preserve its energy of movement.

Thus, it is not only through its weight that water, when set in
active motion, becomes so formidable as we know it to be when in
~ angry mood. It is because, besides the momentum with which it
can be endowed through its great weight, it lends itself, through its
molecular constitution, to the storage of enormous energy and to the
yielding up of that energy reluctantly. Assuming the existence of
a sea of oil or one of alcohol, and either in a state of turbulence,
and moreover eliminating in imagination the difference in weight
between these and water, either in comparison with water equally
turbulent would gently come to rest.

The difference between Herr Wiener’s view and mine is radical.
He speaks of the motion common to fluids as the cause of the
brownian movements. But such motion, at least as perceptible
through the microscope, does not exist, except in water or in some .
other liquid in which water is, as I have proved by experiment, a
considerable constituent. ‘Then Herr Wiener, although accounting
for the brownian movements by hypothetical movements common
to all fluids, really makes their causation the vibratory effect of rays
of light and heat, to which, he thinks, fluids through their consti-
tution lend themselves. I, on the contrary, show that the molecu-
lar motion, called brownian, taking place under all conditions
imposable, is a property of water and of water only, and that light
and heat have naught to do with producing it, although, as I have
admitted, they may possibly act in intensifying it. All that I may

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 145. Ww. PRINTED MAY 26, 1894.

~
Baché.] 176 [April 20,

claim to have detected is a phenomenon which reverts to the
molecular constitution of water, as to which the moving, solid par-
ticles in it concerned in the brownian movement have no more to
do than has a current-metre to do with the flow of the stream the
swiftness of which it measures. We do not. deny that a gas may be
essentially pure, and therefore homogeneous, a chemical as well as
-physical entity, and that, nevertheless, its molecules may have
repulsions among themselves: on the contrary, we affirm it. Simi-
larly water, recognized, as it is, as a chemical condition, not a me-
chanical mixture, has, as here demonstrated, repulsions among its
molecules.
When I take into account all that I have detailed, and remember
also that these moving particles of which we have been speaking,
-hermetically sealed under glass, as I have them now under cover-
glasses, move indefinitely in time, unmodified in range and veloc-
ity, through changes of temperature, through light and darkness,
through electricity and magnetism, in the presence of every force
to which I have been able to subject them, I cannot but think,
when I add that these movements are active in proportion to the
fineness of subdivision of the particles, that they are caused by the
mutual repulsions of the molecules of aqueous fiuids. Did I see a
relatively large mass moving as vigorously as the most minute one
visible to the eye, I should regard this theory as untenable from
that single fact alone, because it would be impossible that molecu-
lar action should concentrate effect on a relatively great mass; but
when I see, as I do, the largest masses remaining unmoved, and
.descending in the scalé, srhaller ones, showing the effects of a faint
‘impulse, and descending further still, others exhibiting sluggish
‘movement, until the sight reaches the smallest particle visible,
‘finding in that the most eccentric and vehement movement of any
-exhibited, I know then that I am looking at a sea where the little
~waves dash in vain on the impressionless rocks, barely disturb the
floating ships and hulks, but twist and swirl and make frantically
dance the little cockle-shells of boats wherever they may happen to
be upon the.surface ; and that, in fine, I am witnessing the molec-
ular movement of this sea in its effort to escape into space. The
aqueous fluids, finding no release, as under my cover-glasses, the
movements would go on forever; finding it in freedom from con-
finement, they go on until the fluid which is the condition of their
manifestation is in a.few minutes dissipated in evaporation.

Cha

es ae
Me aeN '

st

Lay

‘
Chay

a
aes
= ie om

Ry ey
ee

ead
.

*

1

dot gs ey
a

“o
ub
ar.

Tuomas Murrer CLEEMAN.

1894.] 177 [ Prime.

I must confess that, although every conclusion reached through
labor bestowed gives a certain pleasure in legitimate appetite for
knowledge gratified, yet this is so far beneath what I had thought
might lie hidden under the mystery of the brownian movements,
I experience a sense of disappointment. I had thought that this
investigation might be one of the paths that lead to the solution of
the question whether or not energy is immanent in matter or a thing
apart from it. For many years after the beginning of this century
nothing fundamental in physics was known. beyond the fact that
matter is indestructible. It has been learned since, but no longer
ago than about fifty years, that energy also is indestructible. It
still remains perhaps to be shown that energy is but an emanation
and manifestation of matter, reacting on it. Advanced as our
knowledge is within a few years as to molecular movement, I had
hoped that the investigation of the brownian movements might
yield some contribution to molecular theory, and thence lead to a
profounder knowledge than we now possess of molecular behavior
in the abstract: Iam able, however, to claim for the demonstra-
tion here no more than that the brownian movements are not the
self-movements of finely divided particles in suspension in aqueous
solutions, which Herr Wiener had also ascertained, but simply that
which he did not ascertain, movements generated by the molecular
action of aqueous fluids, instead of: being, as he and Herr Exner
also thought, in differing form, phenomena due to light and heat.
Perhaps even this moderate conclusion may be disputed, but it
remains to be disproved.

Obituary Notice of Thomas Mutter Cleeman.
By Frederick Prime.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 6, 1894 )

In the year just past, this Society has been called on to mourn the loss
of more than the usual number of its resident members. Of these many
were taken in the ripeness of their years with their life’s work accom-
plished ; some, however, were still in the full vigor of manhood, with
apparently a long career still before them. To the latter class belonged
' the subject of this sketch.

Thomas Mutter Cleeman was born in Philadelphia, July 31, 1843. In

Prime.] 178 [April 6,

his youth he attended the school of Mr. Gregory in this city, where he
formed many of the warm and close friendships which continued through-
out his life. Entering the University of Pennsylvania in his sixteenth
year, he graduated in the class of 1862; and whilst there developed that
marked fondness for mathematical studies which clung to him through
life. On leaving the University he entered, as a student, the Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute at Troy, N. Y., graduating in 1865. His standing
there was a high one, and on graduating he made an address at the Com-
mencement.

His first active work was as Assistant Engineer on the Allegheny Val-
Jey Railroad and on the Pennsylvania Railroad, being under Mr. W. H.
Wilson, then Chief Engineer, and closely associated in the work of Mr.
Joseph M. Wilson.

His intimate friend, Mr. Walton W. Evans, the eminent engineer, well-
known for the high order of his work in South America, sent him to Peru
in 1871, to supervise the erection of the first viaduct on the Verrugas
Railroad. Being attacked with the Verrugas fever soon after his arrival,
which lasted for several months, he was unable to work on the bridge.
On his recovery he was appointed Division Engineer of the Callao, Lima
and Oroya Railroad, where he remained for some years.

On relinquishing his position in 1874 he returned to this country, but
was again sent by Mr. Evans to South America in 1876 as Engineer of
the Southern Railroad of Chile.

In the interval between his two first visits to South America he was
appointed Principal Assistant Engineer of the Main Building of the Cen-
tennial Exhibition in Philadelphia. Whilst filling this position he designed
the ingenious construction of trusses, forming a central open space, clear
of rods, at the junction of the nave and transept of that building.

From 1876 to 1879 he was Assistant Engineer of the Philadelphia
Water Department.

In 1880 he was appointed Resident Engineer of the Richmond and
Allegheny Railroad in Virginia.

On relinquishing that position he engaged in a general engineering and
consulting practice in Philadelphia.

In the winter of 1892-93 he went to Ecuador as Consulting Engineer
on the water works at Guyaquil, at the request of his friend, Mr. A.
Millet, who was the engineer and contractor. With this as with every-
thing else he undertook, his interest in the success of the undertaking
became very great and the exposure he underwent, in consequence,
probably cost him his life. His work there was almost completed and he
was looking furward to his return in a few days, so as to spend his
Christmas with those he loved so tenderly, when he was stricken down
with yellow fever. After an illness of about a week he died, on Novem-
ber 16, 1893, a stranger in a strange land far from those who now so
» deeply mourn his loss.

Mr. Cleeman was elected a member of this Society October 15, 1885.

| a
1894. 179 [Bache.

He was also a member ef the American Society of Civil Engineers ; of
the Rensselaer Society of Engineers, and of the Engineers’ Club of Phila-
delphia, of which he was a Past President.

In 1892 he delivered a course of lectures on railroads at the Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, in which he conducted the students through the
actual surveys and calculations of the work.

In 1880 he published a work on Railroad Engineers’ Practice, which
has gone through several editions.

Mr. Cleeman was a thoroughly experienced engineer, cautious, intelli-
gent and original in his analysis of theoretical problems, as well as in the
execution of engineering work. He was careful to first ascertain that
any work he undertook was theoretically correct before carrying it out.
His grasp of theoretical subjects was so great that it enabled him to
choose wise proximate methods. A friendly critic, he was also a keen
one, and his views were generally correct. He did not hesitate to
express his opinion on all subjects pertaining to his profession, but never
insisted on the acceptance of his view by others ; nor had he any of that
selfish push and conceited manner which so often meéts with undeserved
success. A refined, cultured, courtly gentleman, he was entirely unselfish,
modest and retiring. His first thought was always of others, never of
himself. He was the light of a large circle of friends, as well as of his
family.

His death has caused a heartfelt sorrow and sense of loss, not only in
the family circle where his sweet nature and gentle manners will always
be missed, but amongst the large number of warm and sincere friends,
who also loved and honored him

The Dynamics of Boxing.
By R. Meade Bache.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1894.)

The fact that a certain statement lately appearing in the daily
press obtained circulation proves how great the general ignorance
of some simple physical laws still is. This statement was to the
effect that Sandow, ‘‘ the strong man,’’ is able to strike a blow of
3000 pounds, could break an arm with its impact, and intends to
study boxing so as to defeat Corbett. A few observations, there-
fore, as to the fundamental laws connected with the subject of the
possible degree of the deployment of muscular force by human
beings in the act of striking a blow will not be out of place for

Bache. ] 180 [May 4,
popular instruction. Ido not, of course, presume to instruct mem-
bers of this Society as to these laws, with which they are conver-
sant, but the higher instruction is like head of water, whence the
water flows to and filters through lower levels. Besides, beyond
the mere restatement here of the laws to which I refer, lies matter
with which I think that not even the majority of the members of
this Societyare conversant. These reasons form, in sum, my expla-
nation for introducing this particular subject to the Society.

The momentum, as you are aware, with which a body, fall-
ing freely near the surface of the earth, strikes, varies with the
latitude, or otherwise expressed, with the distance of a given place
from the centre of the earth, which, owing to the configuration of
the earth, corresponds with the latitude. But, for general pur-
poses, and quite sufficiently precise for this, the distance, in the
first second, which a free body falls, near the surface of the earth,
from a state of rest, is accepted as 16.1 feet, and the velocity which
it has acquired by the end of that space and at the termination of
that time, as twice 16.1 feet, or 32.2 feet in that second.

The diagram on the blackboard illustrates clearly the effect upon
a body moving for one second under the influence of gravity. To
understand, then, what follows, it will only be necessary to observe,
by referring to the diagram, that the successive spaces traveled by
the falling mass represent the squares of intervals, whether of space
or time, and also that, although the maximum space traversed in a
first second of fall is only 16.1 feet, yet that, correspondingly with the
smaller spaces and the inclusive one (all squares of space or time),
the acquired velocity doubles continuously, being, instead of 16.1
feet, 32.2 feet in the second, by the time that it has reached the end
of the first second of fall. The diagram fully exhibits the law of
both relative spaces and relative times concerned in the phenome-
non. If the first unit of horizontal space on the diagram, one-
fourth, be taken as a unit of time, then its square will represent the
value of the corresponding distance of fall. This is 1 foot, with
acquired velocity of 8 feet. For successive units of time,—if a mass
falls in 1 second, as it does, 16.1 feet, then in 2 seconds it falls 16.1
feet multiplied by 2 squared. It falls in 3 seconds 16.1 feet multi-
plied by 3 squared, and in 4 seconds 16.1 feet multiplied by 4
squared, and so forth.

Could a soap-bubble move with the velocity of the swiftest can-
non-ball, it would injure nothing that it might strike, while the

[Bache.

181

1894 ]

seemingly almost spent cannon-ball has more than once shorn off

human limbs as though they had presented no more obstacle than

Equal Spaces or ‘Times.

Acquired Velocity. 4. 3. re 15 O Fall im one Second.

i I I ew a a a ae we oe oe ee ers

‘ '
_2ft-per#sec-=8ft. per sec ‘ } ' 5
‘ Ve ae Ne a ee ee ee eee a a ae ea
' '
\ \
' (
i]
' '
! 1
_8ft.per ? sec.=16ft.persec eed ae 4 ;
'
|
1
'
i]
1
i)
1
i]
i}
A8ft per tsec.=24-ft-por sec. Be ep ee ie FTES ae 9h: 2 a ee =
© Mass falling,proyected
w fromzero point.
i a 32°2 he J1e°1

Suppose now, that a man weighing 190 pounds

thistle-down.

(about the maximum weight effective in the ring) should fall, as a

Bache. ] 182 [May 4,

body falling freely near the surface of the earth, for the distance of
16.1 feet. As the moving energy of his mass would be-com-
pounded of the mass multiplied by the velocity with which it
travels, it would follow that the shock at the end of 16.1 feet
(which would take place in a second) would possess the momentum
represented by multiplying 190 pounds by 32.2, or 6118 pounds.
One, therefore, perceives from the diagram that if, for a weight of
190 pounds, a momentum of only about twice 3000 pounds is gen-
erated by gravity in a second, with a velocity twice as great as a
boxer’s blow (as it would be, if the velocity of the boxer’s blow at
the rate of four feet in a quarter of a second be here correctly
rated), it is already demonstrated that a man of 190 pounds could
not strike a blow of 3000 pounds, unless he could put his whole
weight into it, when, for 4 feet, at the rate indicated, it would be
190 pounds multiplied by 16, or 3040 pounds; and putting his
whole weight into it is impossible. But it is worth while to pursue
the subject a little further.

Remembering what has just been remarked as to the momentum
generated by the fall of a mass of 190 pounds during the first sec-
ond of time from astate of rest, we must now, in order to make safe
comparisons between conditions that are only analogous, not iden-
tical, begin by recognizing formally the fact that a man cannot
deliver a blow involving the conditions of delivery in a second, over
a distance of 16.1 feet, and with an acquired velocity of 32.2 feet.
The distance concerned, to say nothing of the other differences,
precludes direct comparison between the rate of the man striking
and the rate due to gravity. We must therefore institute the com-
parison and come to a conclusion indirectly, The longest distance
over which a tall man can deliver his average blow is about 4 feet.
A man with abnormally long reach, like the present boxer,
Jackson’s, can deliver it over 4.5 feet without changing his footing.
If a man delivers it 4 feet in a quarter of a second (and this I think
from observation the best boxer can do), he delivers it with the
velocity with which gravity would have affected any mass in the
first second of time from a state of rest, that is, with a velocity of
8 feet for the half second, or 16 feet per second.

If a boxer strikes four feet in a quarter of a second, of course he
strikes at the rate of 8 feet in half a second, that is to say, he
strikes with the same velocity as that due to acceleration from grav-
ity during half a second. There is, however, in this case, no ques-

1894,] ] 83 [Beche.

tion of acquired velocity, or what is otherwise known as accelera-
tion, due to terrestrial gravity. I am merely putting the two equals,
as derived from different sources of power, in juxtaposition, so as
to compare and contrast them with each other,.and thus to bring
clearly before the mind that it is not likely that any boxer’s blow
can have a speed essentially greater than that represented by the
acceleration due to gravity in half a second, or, in other words, the
rate of 16 feet per second. ‘Terrestrial gravity would, as indicated,
have nothing to do with the force of the resultant blow. ‘The blow
being horizontal, the force of gravity with relation to it would be
virtually 27. The statement here is limited strictly to the fact that
if the boxer can strike 4 feet in a quarter of a second, he can strike
that distance with the momentum that would be generated by grav-
ity in one-half of a second, acting on any mass subjected to it from
a state of rest.

The fact must be kept constantly in view that mass and velocity
combined make momentum. With enormous weight and great
slowness, the effect produced is not of the nature of a blow, but that
of a push. With great velocity and minute weight, the blow pro-
duced is slight. With both great weight and great velocity, the
blow becomes tremendous. Here it is well to add that the popular
notion of the amount of his weight that a man can put into a push
or a blow is highly erroneous. Mechanical engineers, who are con-
tinually obliged to make computations for the deployment of the
force of pushing on capstan-bars for drawbridges and other places,
know that, unless there are cleats on the ground from which the feet
can obtain some purchase, from 15 to 20 pounds is about the proper
amount to allow for the push of a man working under those condi-
tions. The question therefore remains open in every individual
case, unless instrumentally settled, as to what proportion of the mass
of the boxer of 190 pounds enters into his blow, and this, with dif-
- ferent men, varies as well as the speed. But supposing, for the sake
of argument and demonstration, what has already been rejected, that
the whole weight of the man enters into the blow, its momentum
for 4 feet, at the rate indicated, would be represented by 190
pounds multiplied by 16, or the rate of speed, at the half-second
point, due to the force of gravity for a first second, and would be,
as already noted, 3040 pounds. A man cannot, however, as already
stated, put his whole mass info a blow, because he cannot, by any
muscular effort whatsoever, move freely in space. The indispen-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXITJ. 145. x. PRINTED MAY 26, 1894.

Bache. ] 184 [May 4,

sable condition of his being able to deliver an effective blow is that
he shall be, as to his feet, poised on the surface of the earth. So
unless, by means of electrical recording apparatus, we determine
the speed of a blow, and, by means of a dynamometer, determine
the moving energy of it, and deduct one value from the other, we
cannot ascertain how much of the effectiveness of a blow is owing
to the weight of the human body thrown into it, and how much is
derived from a speed which involves the whole person—hand, arm,
and trunk.

It would follow, from all the evidence at my command, that if
the speed of a blow of four feet be a quarter of a second, a man of
even 190 pounds in weight cannot follow up, so as to make effective
in his blow, with more than 32 pounds (in round numbers, a sixth
of his weight) with velocity equal to free movement of fall of a
mass for the first half-second, from a state of rest, above the surface
of the earth. Barrett, the late well-known teacher of boxing in
Philadelphia, a man of undoubted veracity, as highly esteemed in
his day and limited sphere as was, at the beginning of this cen-
tury, in a more extended one, Gentleman Jackson, of England,
Byron’s boxing master, once told me as remarkable that he knew
a man who could strike 500 pounds. ‘This meant, of course, as
tested by a dynamometer. If then, in fine, the time of a boxer’s
blow be a quarter of a second, the length 4 feet (which would
make, as already remarked, the rate the same as that due to the
effect of gravity on a mass in the first half second, fallen from a
state of rest), and the proportion of his weight accompanying it be
32 pounds, he would strike with the momentum represented by 32
pounds multiplied by 16, or 512 pounds. ‘This momentum, if the
reader experienced in boxing will consider the speed here ascribed
to the blow of the finest boxer, and the confirmatory evidence de-
rived from the statement of Barrett, would seem to be very near
the mark. No one will be likely to maintain, after what has been
said, the possibility of striking an effective blow of 4 feet in length
in less than a quarter of a second; or that, of the weight of a man
of 190 pounds, more than 32 of them can be put into a blow cor-
responding with the rate of 16 feet per second.

Up to the point we have reached the conclusions drawn were partly
dependent upon an estimated velocity of blow, derived from observa-
tion, not experiment. But a friend having reminded me that, among
Mr. Muybridge’s series of photographs of movements of man and

1894.] 185 [Bache.

the lower animals is one illustrating the speed of a blow, the exam-
ination of it which has followed has led to a remarkable confirma-
tion of the preceding estimate of speed. Plate No. 333 of the
Muybridge series represents the phases of a knockdown blow, in-
cluding the effects, until the person struck is prone on his back on
a mattress. The intervals between the photographic phases is
ninety-six one-thousandths of a second. ‘Three successive phase-
pictures, thus virtually taken one-tenth of a second apart, represent
the blow from start to finish. In the first, the striking arm is drawn
back and starting from its point of departure. In the second, the
arm is seen projecting about half way between the boxing opponents.
In the third and last phase of the blow the fist of the striker lands
on his opponent. The interval between the first and second phase
having been virtually one-tenth of a second, and that between the
second and third also one-tenth of a second, the blow was therefore
delivered in virtually one-fifth of a second. Measurements on the
pictures giving the successive phases show that the length of the
blow from start to finish was 38 inches. Here we have the rate of
38 inches in one-fifth of a second. We have previously used the
estimated rate of 48 inches in one-fourth of a second. The data
derived, on the one hand, from observation, and that, on the other,
from experiment, coincide within a small fraction—within half an
inch.

It is open to observation that boxers who make their living by
ring-fighting carefully conceal from the public, knowledge of the
momentum with which they can strike, although this could be easily
and safely obtained, and probably often is, with the glove and dy-
hamometer. In the ring, as in many other instances in which all
seems physical to the casual observer, moral elements enter. The
dangerousness of the man whose exact moving energy of blow is
known, is toa certain extent discounted, so potent is the imagina~
tion in the affairs of men. Professional fighters know, as well as
every one else does, that everything unknown seems magnificent.

The element of quickness in a boxer, in addition to courage,
skill, strength, weight, and endurance is indispensable. In the case
of such men as Sandow, muscles have been trained by work so pon-
derous that they do not respond to the will for elastic, quick move-
ments. Men like him cannot put the same speed into their blows
as can men trained as Corbett has been, nor can they put the weight
of their bodies as effectively into their blows as men can who have

Bache. ] 186 [May 4,

been trained for strong, lithe movements. Consequently, the blows
of such men, no matter how heavy the men are, have less power
than those of men trained as boxers. So far from Sandow’s being
able in the ring with Corbett to break his arm or otherwise disable
him, he would probably not hit Corbett a single blow, or if he did,
not one that would have the effectiveness of his opponent’s, because
it would lack the speed and accompanying weight thrown into his
by a boxer endowed with a rare combination of height, strength,
weight, and reach, supplemented by agility marvelous for a large
man, trained by life-practice to highest excellence within his sphere,
and all crowned by the habits which promote endurance.

We should rejoice that we live in an age remote from the false
sentiment of some former times, an age of revived physical culture,
when it is possible to bestow undisguised admiration on physical ex-
cellence of any kind, in its sphere as fine as moral worth, of which
it is in some subtle way even now partially emblematical, to become,
mayhap, in the course of time, through more general observance of
the laws of nature, wholly identified with it, and indivisible in at-
tributes. Within our own time is observable a great advance in
obedience to those laws. It should be evident that the almost uni-
versal admiration for physical development and prowess is not
wholly derived from the combative quality of mankind, but has its
root deeper in human nature, in the general interest in the health
and welfare of the species. If, however, it be needed that the com-
bative manifestation of nature be sustained on moral grounds, then
is its defense easy. Inasmuch as the present stage of development
is conditioned in almost every sphere of animal life on self-defense,
self-preservation being still the first law of nature, all teachings
which tend to suppress among men any resort to the w/t#ima ratio of
their kind, tend also to transform their means of defense exclusively
into the meaner modes of securing it, into the adoption, to that in-
evitable end, of cunning and treachery, and the swarm of the
meaner vices, sapping the noble elements of their nature, which
must go hand and hand and stand or fall together. For my own
part, I candidly avow that my observation of life from boyhood on-
ward, derived from personal experience, from history, and from not-
ing racial tendencies in the present era, has led me to believe that,
with reprobation and repression of physical force, as potential,
and therefore, if need arise, actual, in matter for which law offers
no protection, nor ever will or can, must inevitably go various un-

a

GEORGE DE BENNEVILLE KEIM.

1891.] 187

(Brinton.

derhandedness in the conduct of life. I firmly believe that those
nations which cultivate physical development by countenancing and
promoting athletic sports and contests, with due regard to the ex-
clusion of the cowardliness of brutality, will ever possess in their
citizens, as compared with those of other nations differently
prompted through race, or differently controlled by law or dom-
inant public sentiment, a greater proportion than the others of
those inspired by independence of character, honor, and disposi-
tion to fairness as between man and man, constituting them rela-

tively the more stalwart lovers and defenders of the right in every
form.

Obituary Notice of George de Benneville Keim.
By D. G. Brinton, M.D.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1894.)

Those who have had a reasonably long and intimate knowledge
of men must have observed that among the individuals prominent
in the active affairs of the day there are two classes—the one,
of suchas are wholly absorbed in their daily pursuits, whose natures
are, to use a simile of Shakespeare’s, ‘‘ subdued to what they work
in, like the dyer’s hands ’’—the other, who, however compulsive
and harassing their avocations, retain an individual and independ-
ent freshness of personality, often strangely in contrast with the
requirements of their working hours.

Distinctly to the latter class belonged our late member, George
de Benneville Keim; and all who enjoyed his friendship will agree
that an appreciation of his career would be imperfect which failed
to present these two aspects of his character. I shall begin with
that in which he was familiar to the world in general, and then I
shall saya few words about him, as he was known to his friends and
near associates.

Mr. Keim was a descendant in the sixth generation of Johann
Keim, a member of the Society of Friends, who emigrated from the
Rhenish ‘Palatinate to the colony of Penn, and settled at Oley,
Berks county, in 1704. The grandson of this Quaker emigrant
was General George de Benneville Keim, an officer of note in the

Brinton. ] 188 [May 4,
war of the Revolution, from whom our late member derived his name.
The de Bennevilles were a French Huguenot family who joined the
settlement at Oley in the early years of the eighteenth century.

His parents were George M. Keim and Julia C. Mayer. At the
time of his birth, the date of which was December 10, 1831, they
resided in Reading, Pa. There he received his preliminary
education, and later was at school in Georgetown, District of
Columbia. At an early age he matriculated at Dickinson College,
Carlisle, Pa., where he graduated in 1849, when eighteen years
old.

His first intention was to prepare himself as a mining engineer,
and with that object in view he removed to Philadelphia and
entered the laboratory of Dr. Charles M. Wetherill, where he
engaged in the study of chemistry with especial reference to assay-
ing and mineralogical analysis.

Soon, however, his predilection for a more strictly professional
life asserted itself, and in the following year, 1850, he returned to
Reading, and began reading law in the office of Charles Davis.
Two years later he was admitted to the bar, and began practice in
the same city.

At that time, the titles to many of the anthracite coal-bearing
tracts in Eastern Pennsylvania were by no means clear, and costly
and protracted litigation about them occupied the attention of the
courts. To these intricate questions Mr. Keim early devoted
himself, and rapidly acquired a remarkable familiarity with their
confusing details. This special knowledge brought him into con-
tact with many prominent owners and operators, and at the sugges-
tion of some of these he transferred his office to Pottsville, Pa., in
the year 1855.

Here he formed a friendship which lasted for many years and
materially influenced his after-life. It was with Mr. Franklin B.
Gowen, who about that time began the practice of his profession at
the Schuylkill county bar. They were closely associated in many
important cases, and Mr. Keim’s intimate knowledge of most of
the valuable titles in the anthracite coal basin soon obtained for him
a large and remunerative practice.

When the Presidency of the Philadelphia & Reading Railroad
Company became vacant through the resignation of Mr. Charles E.
Smith, at the request of the Board of Directors Mr. Gowen pro-
visionally accepted the position. His remarkable abilities, forci-

mn
OR a a i ie ei mee

1894.]- 189 [Brinton.

ble character and brilliant oratory commanded the admiration of
all who met him, and it was not long before he was elected definitely
President of this important outlet of the anthracite region. His
far-reaching plans were scon formulated, and under the name of the
Reading Coal and Iron Company a gigantic corporation was created,
the object of which was to control, by purchase or lease, practically
the whole product of the western, middle and southern anthracite
coal fields.

The crucial part of this colossal undertaking—the examination of
the numerous and complicated titles—was entrusted to Mr. Keim.
The thoroughness with which he performed this herculean task has
excited the astonishment and admiration of members of the bar
ever since, for although the transfers which he passed covered about
ninety thousand acres and involved many millions of dollars, not one
acre has been found, the title to which he approved, but that title
has, in every instance, been confirmed by the courts in spite of
sometimes strenuous litigation. It is doubtful if any other real
estate lawyer in the State can approach such a record, either for
magnitude of transaction or uniform accuracy of opinion.

These occupations brought him constantly into relation with the
affairs of the Reading Railroad and in 1871 he was appointed its
General Solicitor. The calls upon his time at the central office
-became so frequent that, in 1874, he left Pottsville and took up his
residence in Philadelphia, which city became his home for the
remainder of his life.

The severe depression in business throughout the country which
followed the famous crash of 1873 soon made itself felt acutely on
the extensive and heavily hypothecated interests of the Reading
Railroad and the Coal and Iron Company. Affairs drifted from bad
to worse until, in May, 1880, both companies passed into a receiver-
ship. Mr. Keim was appointed, pro tempore, to that office. This
threw an enormous burden of complicated and discouraging busi-
ness upon him. In this position he continued until January, 1884,
when a reconstruction was arranged and Mr. Keim assumed the
Presidency of both companies. This phase lasted but a short time,
and in June of the same year both companies again passed into the
hands of receivers, of whom Mr. Keim was one, and in that condi-
tion they remained until January, 1888.

During this trying period Mr. Keim made every effort to sustain
the financial integrity of the companies, to guard their disburse-

Brinton.] 190 [May 4,
ments, and to protect the interest of those whose investments were
in them. He steadily resisted the pressure brought to bear upon
him to authorize foreclosure proceedings, and what was to him prob-
ably the most painful of all the sacrifices he was called upon to
make, rather than violate his sense of duty to those who had en-
trusted him with this great responsibility, he renounced the ties of
long and closest friendship.

This receivership ended at the beginning of 1888, when Mr.
McLeod was elected President of the Reading Railroad and Mr.
Keim of the Reading Coal and Iron Company, and a member of
the Board of Managers of the Reading Railroad Company. He
resigned from both these positions some time before his death,
but up to that event was a Director of the Baltimore and Ohio Rail-
road Company.

Some idea of the magnitude of the business which devolved upon
him during his second receivership may be derived from the official
statement, that in that period the gross earnings of the companies
were about $150,000,000.

For some years before his decease Mr. Keim had been subject to
periodical attacks of arthritic disease, which had doubtless left their
impress on the arterial walls and predisposed him to apoplectic seiz-
ures. He had visited Europe several times in order to avail him-
self of the benefits of some of the health resorts recommended for
such cases. On Saturday, December 16, 1893, while engaged in
some business transactions, he was suddenly seized with vertigo and
allied symptoms. He was conveyed to his home and prompt aid
was summoned, but in vain. The attack was rapidly progressive,
and terminated fatally on the morning of Monday, December 18.

In spite of the absorhing nature of his professional duties, Mr.
Keim found leisure to read extensively in general literature and to
take a broad and real interest in the progress of thought and cul-
ture. The history of his native State and country possessed an early
and lasting attraction for him. He was elected a member of the
Historical Society of Pennsylvania, December 12, 1853, and was
chosen Vice-President, May 1, 1876, to which office he was con-
tinuously reélected up to the time of his death. He was Trustee of
the endowment fund, to which he was also a liberal contributor, as
he was likewise to the other needs of the Society. Though a regu-
lar and interested attendant at the meetings, he was not a writer for
the Society’s publications.

1894.] 191 {Brinton.

When the Governor of Pennsylvania was requested by the Legis-
lature to appoint a Commission who should select two distinguished
Pennsylvanians as subjects of statues to be presented by the State,
and placed in the Capitol in Washington, Mr. Keim was one of
those entrusted with this delicate decision. The two decided upon
were General Peter Muhlenberg and Robert Fulton, and this selec-
tion met with the general approval of the people of the State.

Mr. Keim was elected a member of the American Philosophical
Society, April 21, 1882. He was frequently present at its meetings,
and manifested an active interest in all questions touching its welfare,
as well as in many of those of a scientific character brought before
its sessions.

Throughout his life he was a lover of books, especially those
relating to history and classical English literature. His library was
large, and displayed sound judgment and good taste in the selection
of its contents. In it, he often sought and always found a welcome
relief from the harassing routine of his daily duties.

Professionally, his strength lay in his profound acquaintance with
real-estate law and his accurate estimate of the bearings of prece-
dents. He was not a jury lawyer, and he always felt a hesitation in
addressing an audience. Although remarkably able in drawing up
a lucid and convincing statement, whether in matters of business or
purely technical, a certain timidity of temperament prevented him
from becoming an orator. In this he was in singular contrast to his
partner, Mr. Gowen.

The ennobling inspirations of domestic life were deeply appre-
ciated by Mr. Keim. In early life he married Miss Elizabeth C.
Trezevant, only daughter of Dr. Louis C. Trezevant, of South Caro-
lina. His widow and two daughters survived him.

In the calm pleasures of the home circle he delighted to pass the
hours when business calls ceased their demands. For this reason,
he was less frequently an attendant at public receptions and enter-
tainments than many of his fellow-citizens holding similarly promi-
nent positions.

Throughout his extremely active life and his constant dealing with
questions of magnitude and difficulty, Mr. Keim retained the un-
varying respect and generally the warm affection of those with whom
he was thrown in contact. His characteristics were entire honesty
and sincerity, a simplicity of manner which led him to treat all,

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC, XXxIII, 145. Y. PRINTED JUNE 7, 1894.

Lyman.] 192 [May 18,

no matter what their station in life, with equal courtesy, and a clear,
sound judgment, which guarded him from the imposition of the
fraudulent or the flattery of the interested. To use the expression
of one who knew him long and well, Mr. Charlemagne Tower, Jr.,
‘the leading traits of his private character were honor and loyalty.”’
His charities were unostentatious, but large and constant. One of
his old friends writes me that he personally knows of several whom
Mr. Keim regularly assisted, and who depended on this assistance
for much of the comfort of their lives.

While his acquaintances were numbered by thousands, his inti-
mates were few. Although affable and ready of access, it was not
at all easy to understand his real nature, nor to approach his inner
personality. A peculiar dry humor, an odd candor of expression,
foiled the importunate and disarmed the aggressive. Under the
appearance of a certain levity of language and manner he baffled
those who attempted to transgress the lines which he had drawn
around his intimate life. The impression thus created was so differ-
ent from that usually expected from a man bearing such heavy bur-
dens of responsibility, that it always at first puzzled, if it did not

even disappoint, those who knew him but slightly. Behind this out- -

ward habit of encounter, however, was a keen, penetrating judg-
ment and a warm, sympathetic nature, fully recognized and appreci-
ated by those who understood the thoroughness of his work and the
spirit of his actions. By his death our city lost a distinguished
and worthy citizen, his friends one always dear to them, and this
Society an estimable and interested member.

Some New Red Horizons.

, By Benjamin Smith Lyman.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 18, 1894.)

It seems to be worth while to give, at least roughly and in part conjec-
turally, some idea of the relative geological position of the different hori-
zons from which fossils have been reported in the so-called American New
Red of the eastern part of the United States; for it will thereby be seen
how completely and naturally the recently discovered, unexpectedly
great, and consequently perhaps not readily accepted, thickness of the
New Red in Montgomery county, Pa., harmonizes with all the hitherto

J

1894.] 193

[Lyman.

publicly recorded facts in other States. It is true the imperfection of the
records will make the present attempt somewhat conjectural, but there is
reason to hope that it may keep well within the not wholly unprecedented
New Red proportions of two bushels of conjectures to two grains of fully
ascertained facts.

Indeed, a great share of what has been voluminously written about the
New Red is a mere tissue of conjectures, one part depending on another ;
but if their connection be traced from one to another it will be clear that
the starting-point or original support of them all is the supposed fact
superficially and inaccurately observed, and in any case not necessarily
conclusive, that the beds in question were at the outset wholly, or almost
wholly, of ared color. To be sure, dark-colored beds were seen here and
there, but were supposed to have become so by the baking of neighboring
exposed or subterranean trap. They were sometimes called ‘‘indurated
shales,’’ though miles away from any visible trap, and their existence
above trap beds, even at some distance, was considered by the most skep-
tical to be sufficient proof of the intrusive character of the trap.

The next conjecture was that as the beds were all red, or originally so,
they must be of one narrow paleontological period, a conjecture favored
by the circumstance that fossils were not very numerous, and in fact, as we
shall presently see, were confined in great measure to a very limited por-
tion of the whole series. They were all referred indiscriminately to the
series merely as a whole, and any diversity of character was overlooked or
violently disregarded, and they were by circular reasoning pronounced
incapable of belonging to species foreign to that small period. Then it
was conjectured that during one narrow paleontological period no very
enormous thickness of beds could possibly have accumulated, not more
than, say, 3000 or 5000 feet. Then, again, it was conjectured that a series
of, at the most, such moderate thickness might well exist in full extent
within very small geographical bounds, that in short it was, as has been
said of the soul in the human body, ‘‘all in every part,’’ and was equally
complete in Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and
in the Richmond (Va.) coal field. The result of borings in that field oc-
casioned the conjecture that the whole New Red series was only 1500 feet
in thickness, even in Pennsylvania ; and there was probably surprise at
finding a boring could be 3000 feet deep without reaching the bottom of
the series at Northampton, Mass., where an unprejudiced tyro in geom-
etry might have predicted the result as not improbable from the exposed
dips. The idea, however, had by frequent repetition become fixed,
though in reality a mere conjecture, that the total thickness must be small,
and hence came the unhesitating rejection of the apparent thickness of
14,000 feet in New Jersey and 55,000 feet in Pennsylvania, in spite of
their being in truth arrived at by the only means based on published facts
then possible, namely, the estimated average dip and the whole geograph-
ical breadth of the series. Although, then, the estimates of the total] thick-
ness have varied from 1500 to 55,000 feet with some slight support from

Lyman.] 194 [May 18,

observed facts, it has become a heresy to maintain a thickness different
from the still more purely conjectural one of between 3000 and 5000 feet.
Then naturally followed conjectures to account with that moderate
thickness for so great a geographical breadth in spite of the known dips.
These conjectures have been ingenious and elaborately argued and zeal-
ously adhered to, but have one by one been disproved or found to be at
best only imperfectly supported by observation. It was thought that the
dips might be merely apparent or due to false bedding, deposition on a
sloping surface, but the thin-leaved, shaly character of some of the beds
and the position of the pebbles, ripple marks and fossil footprints have
shown the impossibility of that supposition. It was further conjectured
that a series of great parallel longitudinal faults with downthrow con-
stantly in one direction might diminish the thickness to the required ex-
tent, but their main support was the very insufficient one that recurring
hard beds or parallel hills hada similar red color. A careful consideration
of the very much curved strike of the beds in some parts of Pennsylvania
and New Jersey shows that no series of parallel great fauits would help
the matter. Besides, although faults of a few feet or yards are numerous,
their direction is not generally longitudinal nor the downthrow uniformly
in one direction, and but one great fault has yet been proved to exist,
and that only in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, and by no means gener-
ally longitudinal. §
Conjectures in regard to the trap, supposed to be so important in
‘‘indurating ’’ and darkening the New Red, have been, if possible, even
more wild and needless, The impression seems generally to have been
very strong that every mass of trap must be a dike, and that if it was
undeniably interbedded conformably with the shales, it must necessarily
be a dike that closely followed the bedding intrusively, no matter how -
mauy miles, no matter how soft the shales, no matter how gentle the dip.
Sometimes it was preposterously suggested that the trap had occasioned
the dip of the shales, both near to it and far away. But, in general, as
much advantage as possible was taken of the dip, and the trap supposed
to be intruded after the dip had been fully acquired, quite dissociating
certain sheets of trap from the age of the New Red sedimentary beds with
which all the trap is otherwise so closely connected, and not considering
that the dip is even now probably still in process of gradual acquirement,
or by occasional small fits and starts (witness the earthquake that was
felt only the other day between Lambertville and Flemington, N. J., near
the line of the great fault there, and corroborative of the existence of the
fault at the place pointed out in a former communication, Proc. Amer.
Philos. Soc., Vol. xxxi, p. 814). Yet, as the dip alone is so gentle that a
dike following it must have come from many miles’ distance to have
originated at a depth great enough to be melted, and could hardly be sup-
posed to refrain for so long a space from sometimes breaking across the
soft shales by a short cut to the surface, it was imagined that the dike
must be nearly vertical at a short distance below the outcrop. Then as

~
1894.] 195 [Lyman.

the outcrop was sometimes (for example, in the case of the Palisade trap)
more than fifty miles long and ‘‘as crooked as a ram’s horn,”’ the vertical
parts of the dike must, by a marvelous coincidence, have followed the
same curves. Credat Judeus Apella, non ego! Really, such a belief
seems to require an amount of credulity hardly consistent with the mod-
ern scientific spirit that hesitates to accept extraordinary explanations
where ordinary ones can be found to answer the purpose.

The intrusive conjecture has in fact been in great part rejected, but not
hitherto for the Palisade trap, owing to certain observed facts. Still, it
seems not at all impossible to account for them, so far as recorded, much
more easily and naturally than by the well-nigh supernatural intrusive
theory. Ifthe trap appears in one place to cross the sedimentary beds on
one side, why may it not be either the side of a dike (for, of course, every
overflow must come from a dike somewhere) or merely an evidence of the
erosion that took place before the trap overflowed ; just as in the case of
the ‘‘horsebacks’”’ or ‘‘rock faults’’ in coal mines, a small valley in the
original coal marsh has been filled with sand or silt? If there be here
and there a branch from the bottom of the trap sheet running a short
distance into the sedimentary beds, is it not as easily conceivable in the
case of an overflow as in that of intrusion? Is it wholly inconceivable
that apparently similar branches from the upper surface of a trap overflow
sheet into the sedimentary beds might sometimes occur, though none are
positively recorded? If there be ‘‘indurated shales’’ above some of the
Palisade trap, is it not quite possible, in case of real ‘‘induration,’’ that
there be another overlying unexposed bed of trap that may have caused
it, especially as there is other evidence of interbedded shales? The intru-
sion conjecture is beset with so many serious difficulties, and the overflow
theory with so few, the choice between them seems easy. A vast amount
of ingenuity has been expended in trying to reconcile observed facts with
the intrusive theory, while immensely less skill is required to show the
consistency of the facts with the overflow principle.

The New Red theory, with its conjectures and arguments, both for the
trap and the sediments, might well be called the tennis ball of American =
geologists, or a domestic appliance for mental gymnastics, requiring the
minimum of work in the field. Nevertheless the fabric, composed, as we
have just seen, in the main wholly of conjectures, based one upon
another, without having at the bottom one single substantiated fact, has
with the lapse of time become so consolidated, and in its older parts, dat-
ing from the early infancy of geology in America, has become so vener-
ated that it may now be considered to be a fully ‘‘ accepted fable.’? The
hand that attempts to disturb it may probably be regarded as sacrilegious ;
and arguments against it, though thoroughly founded on facts, will be
looked on with more suspicion than new conjectures would be if only
consonant with the old baseless ones. But however stubbornly skeptical
the public may be in refusing to put faith in the present conjectures, well
supported by many observations, instead of the old ones, supported only

Lyman. ] 196 [May 18,

by other conjectures, there may yet be found some convenience in the
present collation of facts.

New conjectures are still necessary owing to the imperfection of the
record of facts outside of Pennsylvania. Although the New Red stretches
for hundreds of miles close past some of the most populous parts of Amer-
ica, the probable economic resources never seemed enough to secure its
thorough examination and a publication of the results. Even as regards
field work it has been a sort of play-ground for geologists rather than a
place for thoroughgoing investigation. The State governments to this
day, with all their surveys, have never fully provided the means for such
work. What.little field work has been done; outside of Pennsylvania,
has been, in’ great part, carried out with the exaggerated idea that the
geology of a region can be studied out merely by a comparison of the fos-
sils, a far shorter and easier way than the laborious methods of properly
geological observation and collation. Such purely paleontological geolo-
gizing may be likened at its very best to the rapid hypsometrical work of
the aneroid instead of the spirit level ; and exclusive dependence on the
fossils for geological indications may be compared with confiding in
pocket-aneroid work more than in railroad leveling. Furthermore, the
paleontologists have not merely altogether neglected to plot numerous
dips as an indication of geological structure, but they have not generally
thought it worth while to indicate with any sort of precision the beds that
have yielded their fossils ; though Fontaine has done something of that
kind. Wheatley, alone, gave a measured columnar section of about 180
feet, showing clearly the position of his fossils ; but he must have been
more a geologist than a paleontologist.

The Pennsylvania foundation of the present conjectures is, however,
far from conjectural. Weare not here entering upon another system of con-
jectures based on conjectures, but conjectures based at least on facts ; and it
is to be hoped that the conjectures themselves may prove to have nothing
_ improbable, violent, unnatural or supernatural in them. The unexpect-
edly great thickness of the New Red in Montgomery and Bucks counties
is not conjectural, but has been ascertained by means of much careful,
laborious, time-taking work in the field and in the office. Something like
one-half of the field was excellently mapped with ten-foot contour lines by
the Philadelphia Water Department several years ago, and the rest was
roughly contoured expressly for the New Red investigation, and the com-
pleted map of it was in part replaced by some United States geological
work just then published. Some two thousand dips were plotted on the
map. Some two thousand rock exposures, including all the railroad cuts
and many long river-side cliffs, were observed, measured roughly and
drawn in columnar section to scale. Besides the written description of
each rock-layer, some four thousand rock specimens were taken for a
more complete understanding and for comparison one with another. A
general columnar section was formed by combining the separate ones,
computing the intervals between them, having due regard to the dip,

1894.] iz 97 {Lyman,

strike and elevation of each exposure, and proceeding from point to point
between the nearest ones, so that no essential error could occur from
changes of dip or strike in so small a space, and checking occasionally
the computation between two distant points over one route by like compu-
tations over another route, with the aid sometimes of a comparison of
specimens to identify the beds of one observed section with those of
another. The topographical features of the country also aided in work-
ing out the structure. A complete publication of all the evidence would
have been more costly than perhaps at present desirable, and certainly
more so than the funds at hand would permit; but it: is hoped that the
map and cross-sections just now about to be published will be found to
contain enough of the facts to be fully convincing of the substantial accu-
racy of theresults. The map was taken in hand by the lithographer over
a year ago, and its publication is now almost daily expected, and may
take place before this paper can be printed ; so that it is not necessary to
give here a map or sections of the Pennsylvania portion of the New
Red.

The survey, then, has shown that the so-called New Red in Montgom-
ery county is at least some 27,000 feet thick, and that it may be divided
into five parts as follows, from above downwards: shales mostly soft and
red, at Pottstown and northeastward, about 10,700 feet thick ; shales, in
great part hard and green, partly blackish, and dark red, at the Perkasie
tunnel and near it, with some small traces of coal, about 2000 feet ; shales,
mostly soft and red, at Lansdale and near it, about 4700 feet; shales, in
great part hard, dark or greenish gray, and blackish, partly dark red, at
the Gwynedd and Pheenixville tunnels, with traces of coal, about 3500
feet ; shales, mostly soft and red, but in small part dark gray, or green,
or blackish, with some beds of brown sandstone and of gray sandstone and
pebble rock, at Norristown and eastward, about 6100 feet. That is, in the
main, two sets of hard dark shales, with soft red shales above and below
each ; and the lower set of dark shales thicker, blacker and more carbona-
ceous than the upper one. Nevertheless, the resemblance of the two sets
and the fact that, owing to the great fault, both occur twice near the Dela-
ware have occasioned some confusion. It would probably be fruitless to
attempt at present outside of Bucks and Montgomery counties to identify
more definite horizons than these five great bodies of rock; and it must
still be only with more or less of conjecture that even they can be traced
_ into distant States by the maps and descriptions that have been pub-
lished.

Even in Pennsylvania, outside of those two counties, the published
information is too defective for the purpose. If the State government had
ever made possible a topographical survey of the whole field, it might
probably be comparatively easy now to trace each subdivision by the help
of the topography all the way to the Maryland line. As it is, we can
only conjecture roughly the horizons of the fossils that have been found.
For example, it is very probable that the vertebrate fossils near Emigs-

Lyman.] 198 [May 18,

ville, York county, came from the Gwynedd shales; for the place would
seem to be not far from the horizon of the coal near Liverpool, close by,
that most likely corresponds to the other Pennsylvania traces of coal in
the Gwynedd shales and to the more abundant Richmond and North
Carolina coals. The fossil algse of A. Wanner, four miles ‘‘ eastward’?
from the Goldsboro fossil footprints, in York county, would also seem to
be near the Liverpool coal and likewise in the Gwynedd shalés, perhaps
higher up than the vertebrate fossils. The footprints and alge described
by A. Wanner as about a mile south of Goldsboro, would then seem likely
to be in the Lansdale shales, perhaps towards the top of them.

In Virginia, it is doubtful whether the total New Red thickness is any-
thing like so great as in Pennsylvania; but, according to Fontaine’s
description (U. S. Geol. Survey, Monograph, 1883, vi, 6), there would
seem to be representatives there of all five divisions, with a confusion of
the two sets of dark shales, on account of their occurring quite discon-
nectedly one in the eastern and the other in the western areas. ‘The
accompanying map, copied from Oswald J. Heinrich’s map in the Zrans-
actions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, Vol. vi, Pl. v, 1879,
with the slight change of omitting certain misleading symbols and adding
some names of fossil places, will perhaps sufficiently show the geographi-
cal position of the New Red in Virginia and North Carolina.

Fontaine says (p. 6): ‘‘ The strata of all the areas may be divided into
three groups, and this division is most marked in the two eastern coal-
bearing areas [the Richmond basin, including the barren Hanover county
portion at its northern end, and the Cumberland, or Farmville, basin].
The coal in these occurs in the middle group and is accompanied by a
large proportion of black shales. The lowest beds of the two coal-bear-
ing areas are sandstones and shales of a predominant gray color, but with
some red strata..... The Cumberland area contains much more of
them [the red] than the Richmond area. .... The more western areas

. show also the threefold grouping of the strata, but in a less marked
manner. Where plants and traces of coal occur in them they are found
in the middle member. This member contains a comparatively small
amount of red beds. The beds are here often gray or greenish gray. The
lower group of these areas is usually characterized by the large amount
of red strata present and the absence of traces of vegetable matter, except
silicified wood. The upper group or member varies in character with the
locality, but . . . . the beds are usually barren sandstones and shales,
formed of well-sorted components.”’

It seems highly probable that the middle member of these western
areas, near the Blue Ridge, in Northern Virginia, is the same as the Per-
kasie shales and that the middle member, at least, of the Richmond and
Farmville coal fields corresponds to some part of the Gwynedd and Phee
nixville shales, notable in Pennsylvania, even, as containing some thin

coal beds. Indeed, it is possible that the whole of the Mesozoic of those

two fields may be included in the Gwynedd shales.

nd

Proc, Am. Phil. Soc. Vol. XXXII

a Map OF THE

ME 5 Ox OIC ' o- f 4 4 : % 3 ANNAPOLIS

OF @WASHINOTON

EASTERN VIRGINIA — i A
AND 3 4

NORTHERN NORTH CAROLINA,

copiep FROM O. J. HEINRICH’S Map,

TRANS. AM. INST. OF M’G ENG'RS, VOL. Vi, PL. V, 1879.
WITH SLIGHT CHANGES BY BENJ. SMITH LYMAN.

APRIL, 1894. Ts ¥
Na brie. 7
40.

REFERENCES. trai
<i Inyiea C.,

EB Mesozoic Formation.

28.9 G Undetermined occurrence of Mesozoic
- Boundary of Tertiary Formation.

°
°

—~ Vay! e
eu,, ‘aylo:

Yana Rit,

rem Outcrop of Coal
© 909 Pjorite,Doleriteand Epidosite rocks.
} Dip of Strata.
® Attitudes above TideWater.
|-—--— State Boundary.
f Scale, 3emiles to one inch.

isa
g (oe RCM)
\

Pees

> ‘
D
i “GE
q sues
3
| a ape

(643) R

ee FONT AING® 8. S. L._— FROM THIS MAP AND PROF.
es S ACCOUNT, THE RICHMOND AND THE
Ses COALS WOULD SEEM TO BE OF THE
VEE Bea AND THE FARMVILLE AND DAN
SEVERE SG ALSO OF THE SAME; AND ALL TO
: WESTERN Ree GWYNEDD SHALES. THE NORTH-
can TO BE L AS, NEXT THE BLUE RIDGE, SEEM
RAL aennce ATER, AND TO CONTAIN THE PERKASIE
i Ses THE NORRISTOWN SHALES MAY OCCUR

EASTERNMOST AREAS.

Proe, Am. Phil. Soc. Vol. XXXII.

A ConvecTuRAL Map COLUMNaR ; mw! :

OF THE i— 2
FOSsiL re
3

AMERICAN NEW RED HORIZONS:

OF

NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK,

BY
MILFORD, BO.
BENJAMIN SMITH LYMAN.

Po
6 APRIL, 1894. WHITEHALL, N.PRoy,

‘ , mines
SGALE:—10MILES TO AN INCH, OR 1: 633 600, WaneyMIWeMARTINGY.

4p " shrxe TUMBLE
WASH'N'S CROS'G

TRAP RUBBISH. Ed TRAP IN PLACE. KLINESVILLE

NEWARK, BELLEVILL

THE MAP IS BASED ON THE N. JERSEY STATE GEOLOGICAL WILBUR THA
MAPS AND N.H. DARTON’S, WITH AID FROM THE TOPOGRAPHY. IST’N fry
THE GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE IS ESPECIALLY CONJECTURAL NORR 1)
~ 8

\
FOR A DOZEN MILES NORTH, WEST AND SOUTH OF SOMER- SHALE S,
VILLE; BUT ELSEWHERE SEEMS CLEAR, THOUGH THE LIMITS | 6100, write
OF THE ROCK GROUPS ARE NOT PRECISELY KNOWN,

SHADY SIDE

CROSS-SECTION E agal S

FROM BOONTON TO NEW YORK CITY. ss

ATLANTIC
4307

| \

\ \SANDY
\HOOK

|

{\\

a)

fi

ee

1894. | 139 {Lyman.

The Virginia fossils mentioned by Fontaine, forty-two species of plants,
all appear to have occurred within the extreme limits of the coal-bearing
beds of the middle member of the Richmond and Farmville basins; that
is, within a thickness of about 150 feet, and, beyond a doubt, within what
corresponds to the Gwynedd shales.

In North Carolina, the composition of the Mesozoic would seem to be
very like what it is in Virginia, with three members in the eastern Deep
River coal field and three in the western Dan River coal field, each field
with its middle member comparatively blackish or greenish and slatelike,
with conglomerates and sandstones below, gray, brown and red, and with
similar soft and hard red, brown and mottled sandstones above. The
description applies more particularly in the Deep River field, but the
rocks of the Dan River field are said to be similar and to consist of the
same members (see Emmons as reported in Macfarlane’s Coal Regions
of America, pp. 518-520, 526). Moreover, the geographic position of the
two fields would seem to make it highly probable that the Deep River
rocks would correspond to those of the Richmond coal basin, and Fon-
taine considers them to do so. The Dan River beds, however, would
seem to correspond with those of the Farmville basin, that is, to be the
same beds as the Richmond and Deep River beds, but on the western side
of an anticlinal. Both the Deep River coals and the Dan River coals
would then belong among the Gwynedd shales. It is true, Emmons later
considered the lower part of the Deep River darker member to be uncon-
formable and much older, even Permian, and called it the Chatham
series ; but Fontaine finds nothing in the fossils to confirm such a sus-
picion.

The North Carolina fossils mentioned by Emmons all come from the
Deep River coal field. Only four of them come from what he calls the
bituminous slate group of the Chatham series, beds most closely con-
nected with the coals and corresponding, in Fontaine’s opinion, to the
beds associated with the Richmond coals, the same probably as the mid-
dle member of the Richmond coal basin and a part of the Gwynedd
shales. The thirty-six other fossil plants all come from higher up, but
from what seems to correspond to the middle or upper part of the Gwyn-
edd shales within, say, at most 2000 feet above the coal beds, and below
the thick, ‘‘red marly sandstones,’’ that may correspond to the upper
part of the Gwynedd shales or to the lower part of the Lansdale shales.
The North Carolina fossils then all appear in any case to belong to the
Gwynedd shales.

As regards the New Red in New Jersey, it was suggested in the previ-
ous communication already referred to that possibly a careful study of the
topography as set forth in the valuable maps of the New Jersey State
Geological Survey might enable the New Red main subdivisions to be
traced quite across the State. Later, on actual trial, it did seem possible
to accomplish so much rather satisfactorily, and the accompanying map
of the New Jersey and New York New Red gives the result. The geo-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxItlI. 145. z. PRINTED JUNE 7, 1894.

Lyman.] 200 [May 18,

logical structure is nearly everywhere quite clear; only within a semi-
circle for a dozen miles north, west and south of Somerville the indications
are not quite certain, and more thorough field work is especially desirable
there. Elsewhere, too, the limits of the different subdivisions cannot be
supposed to be very precisely marked. In the main, however, the geolog-
ical structure given in the map seems unquestionable and unmistakably
confirmed by the published dips, by the topography, by the trap sheets
and by the perfect correspondence and harmony throughout of one part
with another. :

It is readily seen from the map and its sections that the fossil horizons
of Weehawken and Shadyside belong to the lower part of the Norristown
shales, and the horizon of Newark and Belleville to the upper part of
the same, as indicated also by the close lithological resemblance of the
brown building stone of these places to the stone found in Pennsylvania
only at that horizon, particularly at the Yardleyville, Newtown and other
quarries. The Wilburtha fossils opposite Yardleyville on the Delaware
obviously belong to nearly the same horizon.

The Klinesville fossils come clearly from the Gwynedd shales, appar-
ently a little below their middle, and the fossils found near Washington’s
Crossing and Tumble Station must be from near the top of the same
shales. The fossils of Little Falls, Pleasantdale, Feltville, Washington-
ville, the Field Copper Mine near Warrenville (‘‘near Plainfield,’’ of
Newberry), are all evidently close to one horizon, and that probably in
the Lansdale shales near their bottom. The fossils of Martinsville and
Pluckamin are perhaps slightly higher up in the same division ; those of
Whitehall and New Providence apparently at about one horizon slightly
above the middle of that division, and those of Pompton Furnace still
higher towards the top of the division. The fossils of Boonton would
seem to be of about the same horizon as those of Milford in the Perkasie
shales, near the bottom ; and those of New Vernon slightly higher in the
same shales.

It may be noticed that the map represents the trap in place as generally
much less extensive than it is commonly given in New Jersey geological
maps. It appears to have been customary, both here and in the Connec-
ticut Valley, to infer the existence of solid trap everywhere beneath the
surface exposures of trap bowlders and decomposed trap earth. From
observations in Pennsylvania, however, it seems far more probable that
the solid trap in place is of much narrower dimensions, as often appears
where streams have cut their way through hills. It seems quite natural,
too, that so hard a rock as the trap generally is should be left by the ero-
sion in the form of hills, standing out prominently above the neighboring
spaces that are underlain by the comparatively unresisting sedimentary
rocks, chiefly soft shales. It is also quite natural that abundant remains
of broken blocks or bowlders and decomposing earth from the trap, so
durable is it, should long exist not only beneath the places where its
solid bed once lay, but also be carried by the eroding waters to some little

1894.) 201 [Lyman.

distance in other directions from the outcrops of the solid undisturbed
trap. The surprising thing, indeed, is perhaps that the trap hills are not
more prominent in the midst of such soft rocks, and that the trap bowl-
ders and gradually decomposing rubbish should not have accumulated to
a still greater extent. The explanation, no doubt, is that the trap, with
all its hardness and, in human experience, durability, is yet in geological
ages comparatively easy of decomposition. At some places it is obviously
decomposed almost to incoherence in large masses yet in place, only made
visible by railroad cuts. It has therefore seemed advisable to mark the
trap as solid, in place, only where it appears to have occasioned hills of
some prominence ; and, even so, the true extent may have been exagger-
ated, particularly, perhaps, in the case of the Palisade trap along the
Hudson river, where there may well be concealed important beds of
shales between separate sheets of trap.

Tt will be seen from the map that not all of the trap is in overflow
sheets ; but that, although none of it appears to be in intrusive sheets,
there are some dikes cutting across the sedimentary bedding. Surely that
is not to be wondered at; and it is not surprising that such cases of dikes
should occur more numerously among the older sedimentary beds. For
those parts of the field are the ones where the upper beds have been
wholly carried away by erosion, and with them whatever overflow sheets
may have been supplied by the still remaining dikes.

The map shows that in New Jersey, the same as in Eastern Pennsyl-
vania, the structure of the New Red is much less simple near its north-
west border than towards its southeast ; and that the old idea of nothing
but northwesterly dips is far from correct.

It is noticeable that the thickness of the New Red is much less towards
the northeastern end of the field than it is near the Delaware and espe-
cially less than in Montgomery county, Pa. ; and that the diminution is
occasioned by the absence of the upper beds, whiie the lower ones do not
seem to vary very greatly in amount.

'The diminution extends into Connecticut in greater degree, and still
more so in Massachusetts, as is to be seen in the accompanying map of
the New Red there. It is possible that the idea of the very limited pale-
ontological range and thickness of the whole American New Red may
have largely originated in the small extent of the Massachusetts and Con-
necticut series, the earliest to be studied. Another error may perhaps be
traced in great part to the same source. The New Red, namely, is per-
sistently called New Red sandstone; though in Eastern Pennsylvania
a very small part of the beds, perhaps hardly one-twentieth, are sandstone,
and the rest are all shales, or at most sandy shales. In Massachusetts,
however, a much larger share of the diminished series would appear to be
sandstone ; and that fact, together with the time-honored name of the
English New Red sandstone was doubtless the cause of giving what is
lithologically so inappropriate a name to our American rocks.

The accompanying little map of the Connecticut and Massachusetts

¢
Lyman.] 202 [May 18,

New Red is compiled from the United States Geological Survey topo-
graphical sheets so far as published (some parts of the Connecticut field
being deficient), and from Percival’s geological map of Connecticut, of
1842, and Prof. Emerson’s map of the Massachusetts New Red, and
Prof. Davis’ partial mapping of the Connecticut New Red ; but a number
of changes have been made according to the indications of the topography.
These geological maps gave, for our present purposes, chiefly the outside
limits of the New Red and the occurrences:of trap. The topography
seemed to indicate clearly the necessity of reducing the extent of the trap, in
some places very much ; and, even as now drawn, the breadth of the trap
may be, strictly speaking, somewhat exaggerated, though probably harm-
lessly so and not inconveniently for better conspicuousness. Notwith-
standing the short-sighted niggardliness of the Connecticut government of
the time, that did not enable Percival to give in his report more, he says,
than ‘‘a hasty outline, written mainly from recollection,’’ of his ample field
observations, his map has been the great authority for the Connecticut
New Red; but it is painful to find that the base itself of the map is
ext) ely inaccurate, not unlike other maps of that date, and even later,
in States further west and south. It is probable, also, that he considered
every bowlder of trap to indicate that solid trap in place lay immediately
below ; and consequently many of his trap masses have no corresponding
topographical indications. Prof. Davis has already made some just criti-
cism of the map, and, for example, has said : ‘‘ that the little ridges north
of Toket mountain, marked with much detail of curvature on Percival’s
map, are disappointing when examined on the ground”’ (U. S. Geol. Sur-
vey, 7th Ann. Rept., p. 481). It seems highly improbable but that many
of the numerous marks for trap on Percival’s map cannot represent trap
in place. In Eastern Pennsylvania, quite outside the region of glacial
drift, exposures of trap in place are very rare, and it is not easy to sup-
pose that they can be anything like so common as his map would seem to
indicate in a region heavily covered with drift. It has consequently
seemed proper enough to omit many of his smaller trap masses from the
present map, wherever there was no topographical feature to corroborate
their existence. The lack of the New Haven topographical sheet, not yet
published, has perhaps led to the omission of some of the little trap
masses that might have been inserted, but they would not be important
for the present purpose.

As Prof. Davis has justly remarked, many of Percival’s curves in the
trap are simply the result of variations.in the shape of the surface of the
ground, where the outcrop of a bed or sheet, dipping gently, retreats as it
sinks into a valley, or advances as it climbs a hill, and such curves may
be properly retained. But some of Percival’s curves do not seem to have
any real support in the topography ; and at other places, for example,
north of Middletown, the topography gives quite a changed interpretation
for the structure. In Massachusetts, too, near Mt. Toby and at the east-
ern end of Mt. Holyoke the topography seems to require the changes that
have been made in the mapping of the trap.

Proc, Am. Phil. Soc. Vol. XXXIII.

A CoNnsectuRAL Map

Cols arin h=
CONNECTICUT AND MASSACHUSETTS
NEW RED

BY

Benuvamin SmitH Lyman,

MAY, 1894.

SCALE:— 16 MILES TO AN INCH, OR 1:1013 760.

c) 5 10 20 3OMILES 40
ee ee eee

THE MAP ® BASED ON THE PUBLISHED TOPOGRAPHICAL g sce
SHEETS OF THE U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. THE NEW RED ROS
LIMITS AND TRAP ARE COMPILED FROM PERCIVAL"S, EMER- | :
SON’S AND DAVIS’S MAPS, WITH CHANGES SUGGESTED BY i

cA
THE TOPOGRAPHY, E -' ; Ve
THE THICK CURVED LINES REPRESENT TRAP OUTCROPS, ! ica Way
PROBABLY EXAGGERATED IN BREADTH. OTE
KEY TO NAMES, FROM NORTH TO SOUTH: A/S gh ty G:
IN MASS:— G, GILL; R, HORSE RACE; GR, GREENFIELD; ]
T, TURNER’S FALLS; D, DEERFIELD MTN.; M, MONTAGUE; W, _
WHITMORE’S FERRY; MT, MT. TOBY; S, SUNDERLAND; A, AM-
HERST3N, NORTHAMPTON; E, EASTHAMPTON; TM, MT. TOM;
MH, MT. HOLYOKE; SH, SOUTH HADLEY; HF, S. HADLEY FALLS; ~
H, HOLYOKE; CF, CHICOPEE FALLS, C, CHICOPEE; 0, IN-
| DIAN ORCHARD; WF, WESTFIELD; S, SPRINGFIELD; L, LONGMEADOW.
IN CONN,: S, SUFFIELD; T, THOMPSONVILLE; BH, BARNDOOR
HILLS; EW, EAST WINDSOR; E, ELLINGTON; MC, MANCHES-
TER; H, HARTFORD; WF, WETHERSFIELD; G, GLASTONBURY; B,
NEW BRITAIN; HH, HANGING HILLS} L, LAMENTATION MTN.; W, 7
WESTFIELD; P, PORTLAND; M, MIDDLE TOWN; MF, MIDDLEFIELD;
WB, WATERBURY; MN, MERIDEN; SB, SOUTHBURY; D, DURHAM;
CM, MT. CARMEL; WR, WEST ROCK; TK, TOKET MTN} NH,
NEW HAVEN; GF, GUILFORD.

COLUMNAR SECTION.

FOSSIL HORIZONS; (NE. PA,)

LANSDALE
SHALES
MANCHESTER, ELLINGTON Y 4700,,+
EAST WINDSOR GWYNEDD
8P°G"D, C. FILS, CHICOP’, S.H.FTL UY SHALES
tnoevisewmorn wena, *°°n*
aren MID'F?D, MID T'N, DI DL

TURNER’S FALLS, SUFFIELD
PORTLAND

NORRISTOWN
EASTHAMP TON SHALES
6100,,+

SYMBOLS.
-"" RAILROADS,
aa LIMITS OF
Bee THE NEW RED.
—-+—-- STATE LINES.
CROSS-SECTION

IN THE LINE AB,

c
AB, a ae

y ABE Se

Sad yo FLOOR UNKNOWN 24714,

Wr eae YY ate tas RY A

18’

1894.] 203 [Lyman.

The map shows, in spite of some uncertainty about the true limits of the
different subdivisions of the shales, that the quantity of the New Red
that occurs in Connecticut and Massachusetts is probably decidedly less
than in Central New Jersey, and that the diminution is still most likely
due, not to a proportional thinning of the several subdivisions, but to the
total absence of the upper beds, leaving the lower divisions apparently
not very different in thickness from what they are in Eastern Pennsylva-
nia. Their thickness, however, needs to be determined with more pre-
cision by a closer consideration of the hitherto only scantily published
dips. Owing to this evident diminution of the total thickness, it is not
necessary to retain, with reversed throws, the series of parallel longitudi-
nal faults that has been proposed for Connecticut.

The geological structure indicated by the map seems very natural and
quite in harmony with all the recorded facts and to make no serious fault
necessary. The dips near Middletownand Portland and westward would
seem to be very gentle, and ‘‘ occasionally westerly ’’ (J. D. Dana, Am.
Jour. Sci., 1891, Vol. xlii, p. 446), so as to justify the indication given of
a very shallow basin there, bringing quite naturally the brownstone of
the Norristown shales to the surface at Portland. There seems to be an-
other narrower shallow basin or two just west of that one. A very low
anticlinal (not a great fault) north of Meriden apparently enables the
same brownstone to crop out so far north as Longmeadow, in the
southern edge of Massachusetts. The geological structure towards the
eastern edge of the New Red, to the dip, seems to be much more compli-
cated than towards the western edge ; just as in New Jersey and Pennsyl-
vania it is so along the western edge, to the dip there.

The fossil horizons can be estimated roughly, but probably without very
great error. The Easthampton (Mass.) fossil would seem to have come
from somewhere near the middle of the Norristown shales; the Portland
fossils from the same shales, somewhat nearer their top, and the fossils from
the west bank of the Connecticut at the Enfield bridge in Suffield, and those
of Turner’s Falls again from the same shales, perhaps still closer to the top.
The fossils of the small detached area at Southbury also belong probably
to those shales, but possibly a little higher. The fossils of Durham, Mid-
dlefield, west of Middletown, Westfield (Conn.), Wethersfield, Mit-
tineaque Falls in West Springfield, southeastern Northampton (close
above Holyoke), northern South Hadley, Whitmore’s Ferry (in Sunder-
land), Montague and the Horse Race (on Connecticut river in Gill), all
seem to belong very closely to one horizon, and that just above the bot-
tom of the Gwynedd shales. The fossils of Chicopee and those between
Chicopeeand Springfield (possibly those of Springfield, too, if not a little
lower) and those of South Hadley Falls would seem to be from the same
shales slightly higher up ; and the fossils from Chicopee Falls again from
the same shales, possibly still slightly higher up ; and those from Amherst
perhaps yet higher. The fossil bones from East Windsor would appear
‘also to come from the Gwynedd shales, but near their top; and those

204 [May 18,

Lyman.]

from Ellington and Manchester probably from just below their top.
Almost all the New Red fossils in these two States, then, seem to have
come from the Gwynedd shales, as we have seen is the case in the other
States.

It may be worth while to give here lists of all the recorded New Red
fossils, arranged according to the different horizons for the sake of easy
comparison, beginning at the bottom and proceeding upwards.

NORRISTOWN SHALES.

Very near the bottom, at Weehawken, N. J. :
Ischypterus Braunii, Newb. (Newb., U. S. Plants (L. P. Gratacap, Am. Naturalist,
Geol. Sury., Mon. xiv, p. 43). XX, p. 215).
Estheria ovata, Lea (N. J. Geol. Sury. Footmarks (do., p. 246).
Rep., 1888, pp. 26, 28, 29).

Likewise very near the bottom, at Shady Side, N. J.:
Estheria ovata, Lea (N. J. G. S. Rep., 1888, Imperfect remains of fishes (do., pp. 26, 29).
pp. 26, 29).

About 3500 feet below the top, below Norristown and at Ft. Washing-

fon, Pa.:
Undetermined plants, found a few days ago by Prof. Heilprin’s geological class.

About 3000 feet below the top, at Greenville, four miles and a half

easterly from Doylestown, Pa. :

Calamitoid plant (Schizoneura planicos- Calamites (?) undetermined (A. P.S. Proc.,
tata, Font.?), ‘‘near Doylestown ”’ (N. Vol. xxxiii, p. 7, Feb., 1894).
Y. Ac. Sei. Trans., 1885, p. 17).

Towards the top, at the Rocky Hill quarries, a little west of Hartford,

Conn.:
Footmarks (Hitche., Mass. Geol. Rep., 1841, p. 466).

Towards the top, at Easthampton, Mass.:
Clathropteris platyphylla, Brong, (Newb., Mollusk allied to Rudiste Lamk. (?)

Mon. xiv, p. 94). (Hitche., Ich., p. 6).
Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Suppl. to

Ichn., p. 24).

Towards the top, at Wilburtha, N. J.:
Estheria (N. J. G. S. Rep., 1888, p. 29). Plant remains, imperfect (do., p. 29).
Towards the top, one mile above Prallsville, N. J.:
Estheria (N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 30).

Near the top, at Newark, N. J.:
Lepidodendron Weltheimianum, Presl. (N. Clathropteris platyphylla,. Brong. (do., p.

J. G. S. Rep., 1879, p. 26). 94).
Equisetum Meriani (?) (Newb., Mon. xiv, Palissya Braunii, Endl. (doubtful) (do.,
p. 86). pp. 18, 94).

Diodnites longifolius, Emmons (do., p. 92).

Near the top, at Belleville, N. J.:
Lepidodendron Weltheimianum, Presl. Bone fragment, well preserved (Cook, N.
(N. J. G. S. Rep., 1879, p. 26). J. Geol. Rep., 1885, p. 95).

1894. ] 2

Near the top, at Portland, Conn.:
Dendrophycus triassicus, Newb. (same as
Desorii Lesqx., Newb., Mon. xiv, p. 82).
Cunichnoides marsupialoideus, E. H. (Ich.,
p. 55).
Brontozoum exsertum, E. H. (do., p. 67).
Las validum, E. H. (do., p. 68).
£6 Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p.
69).

05

{[Lyman,

Grallator gracillimus, E. H. (?) (do., p. 74).

Isocampe Moodii, E. H. (do., p. 120).

Otozoum Moodii, E. H. (do., p. 125).

Hoplichnus equus, E. H. (do., p. 135).

Impressions of bones apparently ornithic
(W. B. Rogers, Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe.
Proc., Vol. vii, p. 396).

Near the top, between Wethersfield and Hartford, Conn.:
Plectropterna (Sauroidichnites) minitans, E. H. (1841, p. 482).

Near the top, at Suffield, Conn.:
Alga (Hitchcock, Mass. Geol. Rep., 1811,
p. 453).
Plant, possibly a Voltzia (do., p. 451).

Brontozoum (Ornithoidichnites)
teum, E. H. (do., pp. 466, 485).

gigan-

Near the top, on Mt. Holyoke, Mass. :
Brontozoum validum, E. H. (Ich., p. 68).

Near the top, at Montague City, one mile south of Turner’s Falls, Mass.:
Tridentipes ingens, E. H. (Ich., p. 89).

Near the top, at Turner’s Falls, Mass. :

Pachyphyllum simile, Newb. (Newb., Mon.

xiv, p. 88).

Pachyphyllum brevifolium (do., p. 89).
“ peregrinum, Schimper

(Font., U.S. G. Surv., Mon. vi, p. 108).
Actinopteris: quadrifoliata, Font. (Font.,

Mon. vi, p. 121).

Ischypterus ovatus, W. C. R. (Newb.,

Mon. xiv, p. 27).

Ischypterus tenuiceps, Ag. (do., p. 33).

s parvus, W. C. R. (do., Pl. xiii).
Anomoepus intermedius, E. H. (Sup., p. 2).

“6 curvatus, E. H. (do., p. 5).
minimus, E. H. (do., p. 5).
gracillimus, E. H. (do., p. 6).
Anisopus gracilior, E. H. (do., p. 6).
Brontozoum divaricatum, E. H. (do., p. 7).
Grallator parallelus, E. H. (do., p. 7).

‘ gracilis, C. H. H. (do., p. 8).
Leptonyx lateralis, E. H. (do., p. 8).
Comptichnus obesus, E. H. (do., p. 9).
Trihamus elegans, E. H. (do., p. 9).
Anticheiropus hamatus, E. H. (do., p. 11).
Harpedactylus crassus, E. H. (do.. p. 12).

ae gracilior, EH. H. (do., p. 12).
Lunula obscura, E. H. (do., p. 17).
Bisuleus undulatus, E. H. (do., pp. 66, 84).
Trisulcus laqueatus, E. H. (do., p. 19).
Grammichnus alpha, E. H. (do., p. 19).
Ampelichnus sulcatus, E. H. (do., p. 19)

(‘* Possibly a plant’’).
Climacodichnus corrugatus, E. H. (do.

p. 20).

“ce

“ec

’

Enigmichnus multiformis, E. H. (do., p.
20).
Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Sup., p. 24).
Os approximatum, E. H. (Sup.,
p. 24).
Brontozoum minusculum, E. H. (do., p.2t).
of exsertum, E. H. (do., p. 67).
ae Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p.
69).
Brontozoum isodactylum, E. H. (do., p. 70).
Plesiornis mirabilis, E. H. (do., p. 83).
Anamcepus minor, E. H. (Ich., p. 58).
Anisopus Deweyanus, E. H. (Sup., p. 64).
Anisopus gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 62).
Amblonyx giganteus, E. H. (do., p. 71).
s Lyellianus, E. H. (do., p. 72).
Grallator cursorius, E. H. (do., p. 73).
as tenuis, E. H. (do., p. 73).
os gracillimus, E. H. (do., p. 74).

a cuneatus, E. H. (do., p. 75).
Platypterna recta, E. H. (do., p. 85).

Le varica, E. H. (do., p. 86).

sf gracillima, E. H. (do., p. 86).

Tridentipes elegantior, E. H. (do., p. 90).
Corvipes lacertoideus, E. H. (do., p. 98).
Plesiornis quadrupes, E. H. (do., p. 103).
Typopus abnormis, E. H. (do., p. 106).
Plectropterna minitans, E. H. (do., p.
109).
Plectropterna angusta, E. H. (Sup., p. 67).
Ui lineans, E. H. (do., p. 67).
Harpedactylus gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 118).
Xiphopeza triplex, E. H. (do., p. 113).

Lyman. ]

Antipus bifidus, E. H. (do., p. 116).
Chimera Barratti, E. H. (do., p. 119).
Isocampe strata, E. H. (do., p. 120).
Otozoum Moodii, E. H. (do., p. 125).
Macropterna vulgaris, E. H. (do., p.129).

oy divaricans, E. H. (do., p. 129).
Shepardia palmipes, E. H. (do., p. 181).
Lagunculipes latus, E. H. (do, p. 132).
Selenichnus faleatus, E. H. (do., p. 133).

fs breviusculus, E. H. (do., p.

134).

Hoplichnus poledrus, E. H. (do., p. 136).
Helcura caudata, E. H. (do., p. 141).

206

[May 18,

Helcura anguinea, E. H. (do., p. 141).
Exocampe arcta, E. H. (do., p. 142).

oe ornata, E. H. (do., p. 143).
Harpagopus dubius, E. H. (do., p. 148).
Bifurculipes scolopendroideus, E. H. (do.,

p. 154).
Hexapodichnus horrens, E. H. (do., p. 158).
Copeza triremis, E. H. (do., p. 159).
Unisulcus Marshi, E. H. (do., p. 160).

sé intermedius, E. H. (do., p. 161).
Unisuleus minutus, E. H. (do., p. 161).
Cunicularius retrahens, E. H. (do., p. 163).

Me magnus, E. H. (do., p. 164).

Near the top, at the Lily Pond Quarry, on R. Field’s farm, in Gill,

near Turner’s Falls, Mass. :
Acanthichnus alternans, E. H. (Sup., p. 14).
ss anguineus, E. H. (do., p. 14).
“ trilinéaris, E. H. (do., p. 15).
Copeza propinquata, E. H. (do., p. 16).
ut punctata, E. H. (do., p. 16).

Conopsoides curtus, E. H. (do., p. 16).

Harpepus capillaris, E H. (do., p. 16).

Sagittarius alternans, E. H. (do., p. 16).

Bisuleus undulatus, E. H. (do., pp. 55, 66,
76.

Brontozoum giganteum, E. H.(do., p. 24).
ou approximatum, E. H. (do., p.
24),

Brontozoum minusculum, E. H. (Ich., p.
66).

Brontozoum tuberatum, E. H. (do., p. 66).

Plesiornis mirabilis, E. H.. (do., p. 83).

Anisopus Deweyanus, E. H. (Sup., p. 44).
os gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 62).

Grallator formosus, E. H. (do., p. 76).

Argozoum disparidigitatum, E. H. (do.,
p. 82).

Argozoum paridigitatum, E. H. (do., p. 82).

Tridentipes elegantior, E. H. (do., p. 90).

ui uncus, E. H. (do., p. 92).
Gigantitherium caudatum, E. H. (do., p.
95).

Gigantitherium minus, E. H. (do., p. 95).

Hyphepus Fieldi, E. H. (do., p. 97).

Corvipes lacertoideus, E. H. (do., p. 98).

Tarsodactylus caudatus, E. H. (do., p. 99).

Apatichnus circumagens, E. H. (do., p.
100).

Plesiornis quadrupes, E. H. (do., p. 103).

Plesiornis pilulatus, E. H. (do., p. 104).
Orthodactylus floriferus, E. H. (do., p. 114).
Ui introvergens, E. H. (do., p.
114).
Orthodactylus flexiloquis, E. H. (do., p.
115).
Arachnichnus dehiscens, E. H.(do., p. 117).

Macropterna divaricans, E. H. (do., p. 129).

gracilipes, E. H. (do., p. 180).
Cheirotheroides pilulatus, E. H. (do., p.
131).

Saltator caudatus, E. H. (do., p. 188).
Chelonoides ineedens, E. H. (do., p. 140).
Helcura surgens, E. H. (do., p. 141).

“ anguinea, E. H. (do., p. 141).
Exocampe arcta, E. H. (do., p. 142).
Ptilichnus anomalus, E. H. (do., p. 145).

of typographus, E. H. (do., p. 140).
6 pectinatus, E. H. (Sup., p. 55).
we hydrodromus, E. H. (Ich., p.

146).

Acanthichnus cursorius, E. H. (do., p. 151).
fs saltatorius, E. H. (do., p.

151).

Acanthichnus tardigradus, E. H. (do., p.

151).

Bifureulipes elachistotatus, E H. (do., p.

154).

Hexapodichnus magnus, E. H. (do., p.

158).

Cochiea archimedea, E. H. (do., p. 162).
Halysichnus laqueatus (do., p. 162).
2 tardigradus (do., p. 163).

Near the top, on Field’s farm, in Gill, near Turner’s Falls, Mass. :

Plant, ten feet long (Hitche., Ichn., p. 170).
Platypterna digitigrada, E. H.'(Ich., p. 86).
Apatichnus bellus, E. H. (do., p. 101).
Plectropterna gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 109).
Orthodactylus linearis, E. H. (do., p. 115).
Stenodactylus curyatus, E. H. (do., p. 117).

Saltator bipedatus, E. H. (?) (do., p. 187). -

Hamipes didactylus, E. H. (do., p. 10).

Conopsoides larvalis, E, H. (do., p. 152).

Bifurculipes laqueatus, E. H. (do., p. 153).

Bifurculipes tuberculatus, E. H. (do., p.
153).

ee ee a ee. ee eee

ait eli OI wtp te, 4g Sytgy Ah ne ee

= eg ele ON Le

1894.] ° 207 [Lyman.

Grammepus erismatus, E. H. (do., p. 156). Lithographus cruscularis, E. H. (do., p.
« unordinatus, E. H. (do., p. 157).
156). Cochlichnus anguineus, E. H. (do., p. 161).
Lithographus hieroglyphicus, EH. (do., Sphaerapus larvalis, E. H. (do., p. 16).
p. 156). ,
Near the top, in Field’s orchard, in Gill, near Turner’s Falls, Mass. :
Anisopus gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 62). Stratipes latus, E. H. (do., p. 149).
Near the top, at the quarry near Roswell Field’s house, in Gill, Mass. :
Anamoepus major, E. H. (Ich., p. 57).
Probably in the Norristown shales, at Southbury, Conn.:
Tree trunk (Hitchcock, Rep., 1841, p. 456). Catopterus gracilis, J. H. R. (Newberry,

Mon. xiv, p. 55).
GWYNEDD SHALES.

Towards the bottom at Egypt, N. C.:
Acrostichides Egyptiacus, Emmons (Font., Mon. vi, p. 99).

Towards the bottom, in the Deep River coal field, N. C.:

Acrostichides princeps, Schenk (?) (Font., Dictyocephalus elegans, Leidy (do, p. 32).
Mon. Vi, p. 99). Belodon caroliniensis, Emm. (do., p. 34).
Pariostegus myops, Cope (Cope, N. C. es priscus, Leidy (do., p. 34).

Geol. Rep., 1875, App., p. 32).

Towards the bottom, in the Dan River coal field, N. C.:
Cheirolepis Miinsteri, Schimper (?) (Font., Estheria ovata, Lea (T. R. Jones,Geol. Mag.,
Mon. vi, p. 99). vii, 1890, p. 387).
Belodon Leaii, Emm., (Cope, N. C. Geol.
Rep., 1875, App., p. 35).

Towards the bottom, in North Carolina :
Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (Font., Mon. Sphenozamites Rogersianus, Font. (do., p.
vi, p. 98). 98).

Towards the bottom (?), in Moore county, N. C.:
Belodon Caroliniensis, Emm. (Cope, N. C. Belodon priscus, Leidy (do., p. 34).
Rep., 1875, App., p. 34).

Towards the bottom (?), in Montgomery county, N. C.:
Belodon priscus, Leidy (Cope, N. C. Rep., 1875, App., p. 34).

Towards the bottom (?), in Anson county, N. C.:
Belodon Caroliniensis, Emm. (Cope, N. C. Rep., 1875, App., p. 34).

Towards the bottom, at Clover Hill, Va.:

Schizoneura planicostata, Rogers (Font., Acrostichides microphyllus, Font. (do., p.
Mon. vi, p. 16). 34).
Schizoneura (?), (1 specimen) (do., p. 16). Acrostichides densifolius, Font. (do., p. 34).
Ue Virginiensis, Font. (do., p. 15). Meitensides distomus, Font. (do., p. 40).
Macrotoeniopteris crassinervis, Feist (do., AsterocarpusVirginiensis, Font.(do., p. 45).
p. 23). “ Ls var. obtusiloba,
Acrostichides rhombifolius, Font. (do., p. Font. (do., p. 46).
82). Asterocarpus platyrachis, Font. (do., p. 47).
Acrostichides rhombifolius, var. rarineryis, se penticarpa, Font. (do., p. 48).
Font. (do., p. 33). Cladophlebis ovata, Font. (ao., p. 51).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxIII. 145. 2A PRINTED JUNE 16, 1894.

Lyman.]

Cladophlebis microphylla, Font. (do., p.
52).

Cladophlebis pseudowhitbiensis, Font (do,
p. 52).

Lonchopteris Virginiensis, Font. (do., p.
54).

Clathropteris platyphylla, var. expansa,
Saporta, (do., p. 58).

Pseudodanzopsis reticulata, Font. (do., p.
60).

Pseudodanopsis neryosa, Font. (do., p.
63).

Sagenopteris rhoifolia (?), (do., p. 63).

Dicranopteris, spec. (?), (do., p. 63).

208

[May 18,

Pterophyllum inzequale, Font. (do., p. 65).

Ctenophyllum truncatum, Font. (do., p.
69).

Ctenophyllum grandifolium, Font. (do, p.
76).

Ctenophyllum giganteum, Font. (do., p.

77).
Podozamites Emmonsi, Font. (do., p.78).
ss tenuistriatus, Rog. (do , p.79).

Sphenozamites Rogersianus, Font. (do., p.
84).

Baiera multifida, Font. (do., p. 88).

Undetermined cones (do., p. 91).

Towards the bottom, at Midlothian, Va.:

Asterocarpus Virginiensis, Font. (Font.,
Mon. vi, p. 45).

Pseudodaneopsis reticulata, Font. (do., p.
60).

Pterophyllum affine, Nathorst (do., p. 66).

Ctenophyllum taxinum, L. and H. (do, p.
68).

Podozamites tenuistriatus, Rogers (do., p.
tone

Towards the bottom, at Gowry shaft, near Midlothian, Va.:

Acrostichides limnezeefoiius, Bunb, (Font.,
Mon. vi, p. 28).
Acrostichides rhombifolius, Font. (do., p.

32).

Mertensides bullatus, Bunb. (do., p. 39).
Zamiostrobus Virginiensis, Font (do., p.
85).

Towards the bottom, at Black Heath, Va.:
Acrostichides linnzeeefolius, Bunb. (Font., Mon. vi, p. 28).

Towards the bottom, at Aspinwall shaft, at Manakin, near Dover, Va.:

Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (Font., Mon.
Vin lila)

Asterocarpus Virginiensis, Font. (do., p.
45).

Pecopteris rarinervis, Font. (do., p. 49).

Cladophlebis subfaleata, Font. (do., p. 49).

Lonchopteris Virginiensis, Font. (do, p.
51).

Towards the bottom, at Carbon Hill, Va.:

Schizoneura planicostata, Rog. (Font.,
Mon. vi, p. 16).

Acrostichides rhombifolius, Font. (do., p.
32).

Mertensides bullatus, Bunb. (do., p. 39).

Asterocarpus Virginiensis, Font. (do., p.
45).

Pecopteris rarinervis, Font. (do., p. 49).

Cladophlebis auriculata, Font. (do., p. 50).

Pseudodaneeopsis reticulata, Font. (do., p.
60).

Ctenophyllum Braunianum, var. 4,
Goepp. (do., p. 73).

Podozamites tenuistriatus, Rog. (do., p. 79).

Baiera multifida, Font. (do., p. 88).

Towards the bottom, at Deep Run, Va.:
Podozamites tenuistriatus, Rog. (Font., Mon. vi, p. 79).

Towards the bottom, in the Richmond basin, Va.;

Catopterus gracilis, J. H. R. (Newb., Mon. |

xiv, p. 11).

Dictyopyge macrura, Egt. (do., p. 11).
Ischypterus ovatus W. C. R. (do., p. 11).

Towards the bottom, in the Farmville, Cumberland county, Va., area ::

Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (Font., Mon.
vi, p. 12).

Pterophyllum decussatum, Emmons (do.,
p. 67).

Podozamites tenuistriatus, Rog. (do., p.
79).

Cheirolepis Miinsteri, Schimper (do., p.
89).

Bambusium (?) (do., p. 90).

ERRATA

Please insert the two following lists of fossils at the first
break on page 209:

Towards the bottom, about two miles north of west of Emigsville,
York County, Pa.:

Belodon Priscus, Leidy (Cope, A. P. S. Clepsysaurus Veatleianus, Cope (do., p.
Proc., 1886, Vol. xxiii, p. 4(3). 404.)

Belodon Carolinensis, Emmons (do.,p. 403).
Palwosaurus Fraserianus,Cope (do., p. 404).

Suchoprion cyphodon, Cope (do., p. 404).

Palzoctonus appalachianus, Cope (do., p.
404).
Thecodontosaurus gibbidens, Cope (do., p.

Ke aulacodus, Cope (do., p. 404). 404).
Towards the bottom, four miles ‘‘eastward ”’ from the Goldsboro fossil
footprints, York Co., Pa. :
Ramulus rugosus, Wanner (Pa. Geol. Rep., 1887, p. 27).

On page 212, eight lines from the top, instead of “ Reading ”
read Pennsylvania.

On page 214, seven lines from the top, instead of “ bottom ”
read fop.

1894] 209 [Lyman.

Towards the bottom, in the Hanover county, Va., area :
Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (Font., Mon. Cladophlebis rotundiloba, Font. (do., p.

Va a 22) 53).
Macrotaeniopteris magnifolia, Schimper Cycadites tenuinervis, Font. (do., p. 54).
(do., p. 20). our
Near the bottom, near Durham, Conn.:
Baiera Minsteriana, Ung. (Newb., Mon. Ischypterus micropterus, Newb. (do., p.
xiv, p. 84). 32).
Schizoneura planicostata, Rogers (do., p. Ischypterus tenuiceps, Ag. (do., p. 34).
87). We minutus, Newb. (do., p. 48).
Pachyphyllum brevifolium, Newb. (Newb., Catopterus Redfieldi, Egerton (do., p. 55).
Mon xiv, p. 89). ce gracilis, J. H. R. (do., p. 5d).
Otozamites latior, Saporta (do., p. 90). ue minor, Newb. (do., p. 57).
oy brevifolius, T. Br. (do., p. 91). * ornatus, Newb. (do., Pl. xviii).
Cycadioecarpus Chapini, Newb. (do., p. 92). es anguilliformis, W. C. R. (do.,
Loperia simplex, Newb. (do., p. 93). p. 60).
Clathropteris platyphylla, Brong. (do., p. Ptycholepis Marshii, Newb. (do., p. 67).
94). Diplurus longicaudatus, Newb. (do., p. 7+).

Near the bottom, at Middlefield, Conn.:
Ischy pterus ovatus, W. C. R. (Newb., Mon. Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Suppl.
Re: Ds eeuh)s Tehn., p. 24).
Ischypterus fultus, Ag. (do., p. 34). Plesiornis eequalipes, E. H. (Ichn., p. 105).
Typopus gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 106).

Near the bottom, at Middletown (west of the village), Conn.:
Fucoid, undetermined (Hitche., 1841, p. Anisopus Deweyanus, E. H. (Ich., p. 61).

453). ae gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 62).
Catopterus gracilis, J. H. R. (Newb., Mon. Chimaera Barratti, E. H. (?) (do, p. 119).

xiv, p. 35). Cunicularius retrahens, E. H. (do., p.
Catopterus anguilliformis, W. C. R. (?) (do., 163).

p. 59). |

Near the bottom, at Westfield, Conn.:
Ischypterus ovatus, W. C. R. (Newb., Mon. Ischypterus parvus, W. GC. R. (?) (do., p. 45).
Xiv, p. 27). Catopterus anguilliformis, W. C. R. (?) (do.,
Ischypterus fultus, Ag. (do., p. 34). p. 59).

Near the bottom, at the Cove, in Wethersfield, Conn.:
Fucoid, undetermined (see Hitchcock, Corvipes lacertoideus, E. H. (do., p. 122).

Mass. Geol. Rep., 1811, p. 450). Anomoepus curvatus (do., p. 121).

Plants, undetermined (do., p. 451). Platypterna Deaniana, E. H. (Ich., p. 88).

Coprolites (?) (do., p. 461). a tenuis, E. H. (do., p. 84).

Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Suppl., p. fe delicatula, E. H. (do., p. 84).
24). Ornithopus gallinaceus, E. H. (do., p. 87).

Brontozoum minusculum, E. H. (do., p. 24). 3 gracilior, E. H. (do., p. 88).

Brontozoum divaricatum, E. H. (C. H. H., Tridentipes insignis, E. H. (do., p 91).
Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe., xxiv, p. 121). Plectropterna minitans (do., p. 109).

Brontozoum Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p. = elegans, E. H. (C. H. H., B.
121). N. H.S., xxiv, p. 122).

Argozoum disparidigitatum, E. H. (Ich., Plectropterna gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 122).
p. 82). Pletropterua lineans, E. H. (Suppl., p. 71).

Argozoum paridigitatum, E. H. (do., p. Plesiornis giganteus, C. H. H.(B.N. H.S.,
82). XKLVs is L22)-

Grallator cuneatus (C. H. H., Bost. N. H. Plesiornis eequalipes, E. H. (do., p. 122).
S., XxXiv, p. 121). = Le Nosp. (a0, p. 122).

Grallator tenuis (do., p. 121). Trihamus elegans, E. H. (do., p. 122).

Lyman. ] 210 [May 18,

Trihamus magnus, C. H. H. (do., p. 122). Acanthichnus cursorius var. alatus, E. H.
Trienopus leptodactylus, E. H. (Ichn., p. (do., p. 139).
111). Conopsoides larvalis, E. H. (Ich., p. 152).

Cee oy tee Unisulcus minutus (C. H. H., B. N. H.&.,
Typopus abnormis, E. H. (do., p. 122). ; aes Pete)?
Comptichnus, n. sp. (do., p. 122). Bisulcus (do., p. 122).
Ancyropus heteroclitus, E. H. (Ich., p. 139). Trisulcus (do., p, 122).
Acanthichnus cursorius, E. H. (do., p. Cochlichnus, 2 sp. (do., p. 122).

139). Sagittarius and other footmarks (do., p.
Acanthichnus cursorius var. trilinearis, E. 122).

H. (do., p. 189).

Near the bottom, at Mittineaque Falls, in West Springfield, Mass. :
Footmarks (Hitchcock, Mass. Geol. Rep., 1841, p. 466).

Near the bottom, at West Springfield, Mass. :
Coprolite (?) (Hitchcock, Mass. Geol. Rep., 1841, p. 461).

Near the bottom, in southeastern Northampton, Mass. :

Anisopus gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 62). Brontozoum isodactylum, E. H (do., p.
Brontozoum minusculum, E. H. (do, p. 70).
66). Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Sup., p. 24).
Brontozoum exsertum, E. H. (do, p. 67). ss approximatum, E. H. (do., p.
xf validum, E. H. (do., p. 68). 24).
ih Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p. Tridentipes ingens, E. H. (Ich , p. 89).
69). sc insignis, E. H. (do., p. 91).

Palamopus Clarki, E. H. (do., p. 127).
Near the bottom, in South Hadley, Mass. :

Anisopus gracilis, E. H. (Ich., p. 62). Grallator tenuis, E. H. (do., p. 73),
Brontozoum Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p. 69). 0 gracillimus, E. H. (do , p. 74).
ce isodactylum, E. H. (do., p. 70). Batrachoides nidificans, E. H. (do., p. 123).

Grallator cursorius, E. H. (do., p. 78).

Near the bottom, in the north part of South Hadley, Mass.:
Anisopus Deweyanus, E. H. (Sup., p. 45). Batrachoides nidificans (do , p. 128).
Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Sup., p. 24). Otozoum Moodii, E. H. (do., p. 125).
Grallator cuneatus, E. H. (Ich., p. 75).

Near the bottom, at Whitmore’s Ferry, in Sunderland, Mass.:
Plants (Hitche., Mass. Geol. Rep, 1841, p. Pachyphyllum simile, Newb. (do., p. xxii),

450). Ischypterus ovatus, W. C. R. (do., p. 27).
Fishes (do., p. 458). os Marshii, W. ©. R. (do., p. 29).
Schizoneura planicostata, Rog. (Newb., Agassizii, W.C. R. (do., p. 30).

Mon. xiv, p. 12). os parvus, W. C. R. (do, p. 45).
Clathropteris platypbylla, Brong. (do., p. a latus, J. H. R. (do , p.46).

94). ’ ; ce tenuiceps, Ag. (do., Pl. v, vii).

Near the bottom, at Marsh’s quarry, in the southwest part of Montague,
Mass. :

Anticheiropus pilulatus, E. H. (Sup., p. 10), Tridentipes insignis, E. H. (do., p. 91).
Tridentipes elegans, E. H. (do., p. 90). Chimeera Baratti, E. H. (?) (do., p. 119).

Near the bottom, at two miles south of Turner’s Falls, in Montague,.
Mass. :
Tridentipes elegans, E. H. (Ich., p. 90).
Near the bottom, in Montague, Mass :
Clathropteris, obscure (Font., Mon. vl, p. 58).

1894.

211

[| Lyman.

Near the bottom, in the north part of Montague, Mass.:
Tridentipes elegans, E. H. (Ich., p. 90).

Near the bottom, at the Horse Race, in Gill, Mass. :

Brontozoum giganteum, E. H. (Sup., p. 24).
. approximatum, E. H. (do., p.
24).
Argozoum paridigitatum, E. H. (Ich., p.
$2).

Near the bottom, in Gill, Mass. :

Ornithopus gallinaceus, E. H. (do., p. 87).
Tridentipes ingens, E. H. (do., p. 89).

Hs elegans, E. H. (do., p. 90).

fe insignis, E. H. (do., p. 91).
Hoplichnus equus (do., p. 39).

Dietyophyllum, or Camptop‘eris (Font., Mon. vi, p. 53).

Somewhere near the bottom, at Springfield, Mass. :

Anchisaurus polyzelus (Hitchcock, Supp.
Ichn., 1865, p. 39; and Marsh, Am,
Jour. Sci, xxxvii, p. 332, 1889).

Coprolite (?) (Hitche., Mass. Geol. Rep.,

1841, p. 461).

Somewhere near the bottom, one mile south of Chicopee, on the road

to Springfield, Mass. :
Ancyropus (Sauroidichnites) heteroclitus,
E. H. (1841, p. 479).

Plectropterna (Sauroidichnites) minitans,
E. H. (1841, p. 482).
Polemarchus gigas, E. H. (Ich., p. 108).

Somewhere near the bottom, at Chicopee, Mass.:
Plant resembling Lemania (Hitche., Rep., 1841, p. 450).

Somewhere near the bottom, at South Hadley Falis, Mass. :

Plant, undetermined (Hitche., Mass. Rep.,
1841, p. 452).

Harpagopus dubius, E. H. (?) (Ich., p. 148)
Fishes (Newb., Mon. xiv, p. 21).

Towards the bottom, at Chicopee Falls, Mass. :

Plant, perhaps a Fucoid (Hitche., Mass.
Rep., 1841, p. 453).
Footmarks (do., p. 466).
Pycnodont fish tooth (do., p. 460).
Acentrophorus Chicopensis, Newb.(Newb.,
Mon. xiv, p. 70).

Argozoum Redfieldianvm, E. H. (Ich., p.
82).

Argozoum disparidigitatum, E. H. (Ich.,
p. 82).

Ornithopus gallinaceus, E. H. (do., p. 87).

Polemarchus gigas, E. H. (do, p. 103).

Towards the bottom, at Ellingtons, N. C.:

Laccopteris Miinsteri, Schenk (Font., Mon.
vi, p. 102).

Laccopteris elegans, Presl. (do., p. 102).

Lonchopteris oblongus, Emmons (do., p.
103).

Sagenopteris rhoifolia (do., p, 104).

Acrostichides rhombifolius, Font. (do., p.
105).

Palissya diffusa, Emmons (do., p. 107).

Cheirolepis Miinsteri, Schimper (do., p.
108).

Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (do., p. 109).

Podozamites Emmonsi, Font. (do., p. 111).

Pterophyllum decussatum, Emmons (do.,
p 111).

Pseudodaneopsis reticulata, Font. (do., p.
116).

Ctenophyllum, type of imbricatum (do.,
p. 116).

Below the middle, at Klinesville, N. J.:

Lamellibranch, undetermined (N. J. Geol.
Rep., 1888, p. 29).

Cypris (do., p. 30).

Estheria (do., p. 30).

Near the middle, at Manchester, Conn.:
Anchisaurus major, Marsh (Am. Jour. Sci., 1889, xxxvii, p. 331).

About the middle, at Haywood, N. C.:

Cladophlebis obtusiloba, Andrae (?) (Font.,
Mon. vi, p. 105).

Ctenophyllum Braunianum, var. B, Goepp.

(do., p. 112).

Lyman.]

212

[May 18,

Perhaps about the middle, at five miles north of Haywood, N. C.:
Baiera multifida, Font. (Font., Mon. vi, p. 118).

Perhaps about the middle, at House’s quarry, on the Haw river, N. C.:

Ctenophyllum Emmonsi, Font. (Font.,
Mon. vi, p. 113).
Ctenophyllum lineare, Font. (do., p. 114).

Pterophyllum spatulatum, Font. (do., p.
114).

Zamiostrobus Emmonsi, Font. (?) (do., p.
117).

At about 1500 feet below the top, at the south entrance of the Reading
railroad tunnel, near Phoenixville. Pa.:

Plants (H. C. Lewis, Science, 1884, Vol. iii,
p. 295).

Unio, 2 species (do., p. 295).

Marine lamellibranchs, 8 species (do., p.
295).

Ganoid fish (do., p. 295).
Saurian (?) (do., p. 295).

At about 1000 feet below the top, in the Reading railroad tunnel,

near Pheenixville, Pa.:

Estheria Hindei, T. Rup. Jones (Geol.
Mag., 1891, viii, p. 51).

Estheria Lewisii,T. Rup. Jones, ‘‘Red S. S. of
Bucks county, Pa.’’(do., 1890, vii, p.385).

Ganoid fishes (Leidy, A. N.S. Proc., 1859,
Apr. 5).

Clepsysaurus (?) teeth (do.,do.). (These
are Belodon teeth, according to Cope.)

Eurydorus serridens (do., do.).

Compsosaurus (?) (do., do.).

Eupelor durus (Cope, do , 1866, p. 249, and
A. P. S. Trans., 1868, xiv, p. 25).

Belodon Caroliniensis, Emm. (Cope, A. P.
S. Proc., 1886, x xili, p. 403).

Belodon lepturus, Cope (A. P. S. Trans.,
1868, xiv, p. 59).

Rhabdopelix longispinis, Cope (?) (do., p.
174).

Dicynodon rosmarinus (do., 232).

Batrachian tracks (Cope, do., p. 242).

Coprolites (Wheatley, A. N.S. Proc , 1859,
p. 110).

.

Limulus (?) (do., p. 110).

Equisetum columnare, Brg. (do., p. 110).

Pterozamites longifolius,Emm.(do., p. 110).

Gymnocaulus alternatus, Emm. (do., p.
110).

Fir Cones (Lea, ‘A. J. S., 1856, xxii, p. 123).

Calamites punctata (do., p. 123).

Dictyocaulus striatus (do., p. 123).

Estheria ovata, Lea (Wheatley, A. N. S.
Proc., 1861, Vol xxxii, p. 43).

Estheria parva, Lea (do., p. 48).

Cypris, 2 species (do, p. 43).

Myacites Pennsylvanicus, Conrad (A. N.S.
Proe., 1857, p. 86).

Radiolepis speciosus, Emm.(Lea, do., 1857,
July 7).

Centemodon sulcatus, Lea (do., 1856, Mar.,
Ded):

Chelichnus Wymanianus, Lea (do., p. 77).

Catopterus gracilis, Redf. (Wheatley, A. J.
S., 1861, p. 41).

At about 1000 feet below the top, near Yerkes Station, Montgomery

county, Pa.:

Radiolepis elegans Emm. (Leidy, A. N. S. Proc., 1876, May 9, p. 81).

At about 1000 feet below the top, at the Gwynedd tunnel, Montgomery

county, Pa.:

Cypris (Leidy, Ac. Nat. Sci. Proc., 1857,
June 16),

Batrachian (?) bones and teeth (do., do.).

Radiolepis speciosus, Emm. (Lea, do.,
1857, July 7).

Eurydorus serridens (?) (Leidy, do., 1859,
Apr. 5).

Rhabdopelix longispinis, Cope (A. P. S-
Trans., 1868, xiv, p. 174). ;

Turseodus acutus, Leidy (A. N. 8S. Proe.,
1857, June, p. 167).

en

1894.]

213

{Lyman.

Towards the top, ‘‘ 2000 feet or more above the coal measures,’’ at Lock-

ville, Chatham county, N. C.:

Sagenopteris rhoifolia (Font., Mon. xiv, p.
104).

Palissya Braunii, Endl. (do., p. 107).

Cheirolepis Miinsteri, Schimper (do., p.
108). :

Cycadites
109). ;

Cycadites longifolius, Emm.(?) (do., p.
110).

Roemeri, Schenk(?) (do., p.

Pterophyllum pectinatum, Emm. (do., p.
112).

Zamiostrobus Emmonsi, Font. (?) (do., p.
117).

Otozamites Carolinensis,
117).

Araucaria (?) (do., p. 118).

Araucarites Carolinensis, Font. (do.. p.
119).

Font. (do, p.

Towards the top, at Ketch’s mills, in the east part of East Windsor, Conn. :
Bones, undetermined (Hitche., Mass. Geol. Rep., 1841, p. 503).

Towards the top, at Ellington (Ct.) :
Bones, undetermined (Hitche., Mass. Geol. Rep., 1841, p. 504).

Perhaps towards the top, at Amherst, Mass.:
Fishes (Newb., Mon. xiv, p. 21).

Towards the top, at Washington’s Crossing, N. J.:

Estheria (N. J. Geol. Rep., 18§8, p. 30).

Fishes (do., p. 30).

Very near the top, at Tumble Station, N. J.:
Footmarks (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 29).

LANSDALE SHALES.

Towards the bottom, at Little Falls and Pleasantdale, N. J.:
Plants, abundant (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 23).

Towards the bottom, near Feltville, N. J.:
Cypris (?) (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 22).

Towards the bottom, at Fields’ copper mine, near Warrenville, and

near Plainfield, N. J.:

Estheria (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p.
30).

Fishes (do., pp. 29, 30).

Towards the bottom, near Washingtonville, N. J.:
Plants (Nason, N. J. Gecl. Rep., 1888, p. 27).

Towards.the bottom, near Martinsville, N. J.:
Tree trunks and ferns (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 27).

Towards the bottom, near Pluckamin, N. J.:
Plants (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 28),

About the middle, near New Providence, N. J.:
Plants (Nason, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1888, p. 28).

About the middle, near Whitehall, N. J.:

Tridentipes ingens, E. H. (C. H. H., Bost.
Soc. N. Hist., xxiv, p. 122).
Brontozoum giganteum, C. H. H. (do., p.
122).

Brontozoum minusculum, E. H. (do., p,

_ 122).

Brontozoum Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p.
122).
Grallator formosus, E. H. (do., p. 122).
Grallator parallelus, E. H. (do., p. 122).
a cursorius, E. H. (do., p. 122).
Anomeepusintermedius, E. H. (do., p. 122).

Lyman. |]

Apatichnus erassus, C. H. H. (do., p. 122).

Anisichnus gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 122).

Brontozoum isodactylum
Geol. Rep., 1885, p. 96).

214

(Cook, N. J.

[May 18,

Brontozoum divaricatum, E. H. (do., p.
96).

Towards the top, at Pompton furnace, N. J.:
Ischypterus Agassizii, W. C. R. (Newb., Mon. xiy, p. 30).

Perhaps towards the bottom, one mile south of Goldsboro, York

county, Pa.:

Ramulus rugosus, Wanner (A. Wanner,
Pa. Geol. Rep., 1887, p. 27).

Algee (do., p. 21.)

Anomcepus gracillimus, C. H. H. (Bost.
Nat Hist. Proc., xxiv, p. 123).

Brontozoum Sillimanium, E. H. (do., p.
123).
Anisichnus gracilis, E. H. (do., p. 123).

PERKASIE SHALES.

Near the bottom, at Smith Clark’s quarry, near Milford, N. J.:

Paleophycus limaciformis, H. C. Lewis *

(A. N.S. Proe., Nov., 1580, p. 93).
Schizoneura planicostata, Rog.
Mon. xiv, p. 11).
Equisetum Rogersi, Schimper (do., p. 85).
Cheirolepis Munsteri, Schimper (do., p. 89).
Clathropteris platyphylla, Brg. (do., p. 94).
Grallator parallelus, E. H. (C. H. H., Bost.
Nat. Hist. Soc., xxiv, p. 122).
Grallator cnuneatus, Barratt (do., p. 122).
“gracilis, C. H. H. (do., 122).
Chimeerichnus ingens, C. H. H. (do., p.
122).

Near the bottom, at Boonton, N.

Ischypterus ovatus, W. C. R. (Newb., Mon.
KLVe Ds 27)
Ischypterus Agassizii, W. C. R. (do., p. 30).
<u tenuiceps, Ag. (do., p. 34).

tif fultus, Ag. (do., p. 3£).

<tt robustus, Newb. (do., p. 37).
ve elegans, Newb. (do., p. 37).
a alatus, Newb (do., p. 38).

se modestus, Newb. (do., p. 39).

Ae lenticularis, Newb. (do., p. 39).
a lineatus, Newb. (do., p. 41).

(Newb.,

Polemarchus gigas, E. H. (do., p. 122).
Argozoum disparidigitatum, E. H. (do., p.

122). j
Otozoum parvum, C. H. H. (do., p. 122).
Unisulcus magnus, C. H. H. (do., p. 122). °
Sagittarius (do., p. 122). :
Brontozoum isodactylum, E. H. (Eyerman,

Ac. Nat. Sci. Proc., 1889, p. 32).
Grallator tenuis, E. H. (do., p. 32).
Anomoepus minor, E. H. (do., p. 32).
Harpagopus dubius, E. H. (do., p. 32).
Unisuleus marshi, E. H. (do., p. 32).

a minutus, E. H. (do., p. 32).

Ischypterus macropterus, W. C. R. (do., Pl.
xii).

Ischypterus paryus, W. C. R. (?) (do., p.
45).

Ischypterus gigas, Newb. (do., Pl. xiv).

Catopterus parvulus, W. C. R. (do., p 61).
§ gracilis, J. H. R. (do., p. 55).

Diplurus longicaudatus, Newb. (do., p. 74).

Brontozoum approximatum, C. H. H.
(Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe., xxiv, p. 123).

Grallator formosus, E. H. (do., p. 123).

Towards the bottom, at New Vernon, N. J.:
Footmarks, imperfect (Cook, N. J. Geol. Rep., 1835, p. 95).

NORRISTOWN SHALES.

About 5000 feet above the bottom, in Upper Milford township, Lehigh

county, Pa.:

Clepsysaurus Pennsylvanicus, Lea (Lea, A. N.S. Jour., 1883, p. 185).

1894. ] 215 [Lyman.

These lists probably show satisfactorily that there is no serious paleon-
tological obstacle to accepting the views here set forth in regard to the
New Red; certainly none to compare in seriousness with the obstacles
that were boldly overridden repeatedly in making the Portland and New-
ark fossils Triassic.

Although the account just given puts quite another face upon the New
Red with the unquestionably great thickness in Pennsylvania, and the
partly conjectural, but quite harmoniously corresponding, condition of
the beds in other States, yet it is clear that what is most extraordinary
about the present views, so far as they are speculative, is that, for New
Red speculations, they are so little extraordinary, so free from extrava-
gance, so natural, probable and simple, yet so fully capable of explaining
all the observed facts. It is seen that, although the New Red beds do not
everywhere exist in the same completeness as in Montgomery county,
yet that certain portions are pretty fully represented in distant States, the
lower third in Connecticut, the lower half in Northeastern New Jersey,
and the lower portions and upper portions in separate basins in Virginia.
It is further plain that almost all, if not quite all, the fossils from which
the Rhaetic, or Triassic, or Jurassic age of our New Red has been
inferred, come from the Gwynedd shales alone; and that the few fossils
from other parts of the whole New Red series have either been useless as
indications of age or have been flatly disregarded. Hence it is not
improbable that the Norristown shales, with the great calamite near
Doylestown, the apparent Lepidodendron at Newark and Belleville, and
the Palzeophycus at Portland, may after all prove to be at least as old as
the Permian. It seems, indeed, highly probable that the well-ascertained
great thickness of 27,000 feet in Montgomery county should represent
more than one limited paleontological period, and not only that it should
include the Permian, but that the very extensive upper third of that
space, hitherto almost devoid of reported fossils, should turn out to be
much newer than the Triassic. Those upper beds have-also shown here
and there imperfect fossil traces, and as there are occasional beds of green
shales among the predominant red ones, there is reason to hope that more
abundant and perfect fossils may some day be found.

As for the trap, it seems impossible to doubt any longer that all the
conformable trap sheets are overflows contemporaneous with the sedi-
mentary beds, and not subsequent intrusions.

It is furthermore at any rate evident that thoroughly geological meth-
ods, as distinguished from purely paleontological ones, are of great
importance in working out the geology, that is, the structure, the cross-
sections, the columnar section and the outcrops of any region, but espe-
cially of one where fossils are scarce ; and that the topography is extremely
useful as an aid to understanding the geology.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 145, 2B. PRINTED JUNE 16, 1894.

Frazer | 216 [May 18,

Remarks on Mr. Lyman’s Paper.

By Dr. Persifor Frazer.

The paper of Mr. Lyman is astonishing in the fact that it does not
mention the seven years’ work by the Second Geological Survey of Penn-
sylvania on the New Red in York, Adams, Cumberland and Lancaster
counties ; although the method he advocates was the very method there
adopted, viz., the careful topographical and geographical plotting of the
region and the accurate location of every dip. There is neither justice

nor expediency in ignoring years of work by a colleague, especially when

one occupies a quasi directorship of the Survey under whose auspices the
work was done.

From the section across the counties of York and Adams, from the
town of York to Dillsburg, made in 1875, careful descriptions of the
successive beds were made, as well as notes of their dip, and from these
data a column was constructed for correlation with the columns of the
Permian, Triassic and Jurassic in England and in Germany. Ina paper
contributed to Vol. v, Trans. American Institute of Mining Engineers,
founded on the work done in 1874 in Southeast Pennsylvania, it was sug-
gested that the basal conglomerate of the New Red might fird its ana-
logue in the magnesian limestone of England and the Zechstein of Ger-
many, both of which represent the top of the Permian in the respective
countries.

The thickness of the strata calculated by H. D. Rogers from the Yard-
leyville-New Hope-Attleboro’ section, and confirmed by the writer, was
51,500 feet, or 15.75 kilometers, but neither Prof. Rogers nor the speaker
believed that this represented the actual state of the case. It was stated
that the New Red seemed to extend from some point in the Permian, at
least, to the base of the Lias, including all the rocks attributed to the
Trias and the beds below it, except the lower Rothliegendes of the Ger-
man scale.

It is added, in the same paper, as a matter of frequent remark that all
the beds of the ‘‘ New Red” are not red. On the contrary, perhaps one-
half of the whole series presents to the eye a lead-gray and drab color.
It was suggested as possible that the black calcareous slates of Phaenix-
ville might represent a lower horizon than the coal-bearing belt (near
Ewingsville?) referred to in the catalogue of specimens of Report C, of
York county, for 1874.

With reference to the subordinate position which paleontological should
bear to stratigraphical evidence, the case would seem to be not quite
fairly stated. If there were everywhere a complete column of strata of
which the mutual relations were unmistakable, then paleontological evi-
dence would be forced to conform itself to the column as best it might.
But the case is like that of the relation between the astronomical transit
and the compass, or the level and the barometer—the latter is invaluable

1894.] 217 [Cope,

where the former cannot be employed. For coirdination of series in two
distant places between which there is no stratigraphical connection,
paleontological evidence is the only evidence available.

On the Lungs of the Qphidia.
By Prof. H. D. Cope.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 18, 1894.)

The condition of knowledge as to the characters of the lungs of snakes
was stated by Stannius, in 1856,* as follows: ‘‘The detailed accounts
as to the single or double character of the lungs leave much to be desired.
Among Ophidia Angiostomata there possess a single sack, Rhinophis and
all Typhlopidz which have been examined ; as to the Tortricide [Llysi-
idx], there are apparently species with two lungs ( 7” xenopeltis) [= Xen-
opeltis unicolor], and others with a single lung (7. scytale) [= Ilysia scy-
tale]. Among Eurystomata, all the Peropoda (Boa, Python, Eryx)
possess apparently two lungs. The Calamarina that have been investi-
gated have one lung. Among Colubrina and Glyphodonta, there are
great variations. All the Coronelle of Schlegel possess, according to
Schlegel, a single lung. I find the lung single in Rhachiodon scaber
[Dasypeltis]. Tropidonotus natriz [Natriz vulgaris] has a very small
rudiment of a second lung. Coluber [Spilotes] variabilis possesses,
according to Schlegel, the rudiment of a second lung. According to the
statement of Meckel, this rudiment is common in Coluber. The Xeno-
dons have, according to Schlegel, a single lung (X. severusand X. rhabdo-
cephalus). In Heterodon I find a rudimental second lung. The Lyco-
dons, according to Schlegel, possess a single lung ; as also do Psammophis
and Homalopsis. In Dendrophis colubrina Schlegel found the rudiment
of the second lung. In Dipsas, according to Schlegel, there are varia-

tions; but he states that D. multimaculata, D. levis and D. annulata
[Sibon annulatum], have but one lung. The Achrochordina have but
one lung. Among Hydrophide I found in three species of Hydrophis the
lung-sack simple. Meckel states that Platurus has a very small rudiment
ofa second lung. Among the remaining poisonous snakes there is an
insignificant rudiment of the second lung in the Elapina and Crotalina ;
while the Viperina possess an entirely simple lung.’’

The absence of tangible external characters which furnish indications
of affinity in the Ophidia is well known. The important characters to be
found in the skeleton were mostly pointed out by Miller, and Duméril
and Bibron examined and utilized the characters of the dentition, The

* Zootomie der Amphibien, p. 108.

Cope.] 218 [May 18,

characters derived from the skeleton define only the larger divisions ;
while those derived from the teeth are not sufficiently numerous and
important, with some exceptions, to indicate all of the affinities of the
genera. I think I have added materially to the means at our disposal for
classifying the Ophidia, by a study of the hemipenis.* The criteria will -
however not be sufficient until the entire anatomy is worked out, and in
the present paper I add what may be found by a study of the lungs.. It
seemed probable tome that an organ which presents so much variation,
as above stated by Stannius, must furnish some important clues My
examinations embraced about one hundred and fifty species, which
represent nearly all the leading types. The results are presented in the
following pages. It will be seen that they correct the statements of
Schlegel and Stannius in a number of important respects.

The snakes with rudimental posterior limbs (Peropoda), show in the
character of their lungs, what they show in the rudimental limbs them-
selves, and in the hemipenis, the nearest relationships to the Lacertilia.
They possess, with an exception to be noted later, two well-developed
lungs, one of which is larger than the other. The smaller lung lies to
the right side and ventrally, while the larger one lies to the left side and
dorsally. In some species the dorsal and ventral relation is more pro-
nounced than in others. In the Colubroidea the right or ventral, lung is’
generally present, but of very much reduced proportions, the usual size
being from two to five millimeters in length. It is connected with the
other lung by a foramen which perforates the tracheal cartilage at a point
a little beyond the apex of the heart, and opposite to the proximal part of
the dorsal lung. It is sometimes connected to the dorsal lung by a short
tube, in which cartilaginous half rings are seen in but two of the genera
examined, viz., Heterodon and Conophis. The lumen of the rudimental
lung may be lined by the same reticulate structure as is seen in the dor-
sal lung, or its walls may be smooth. In some Colubroidea the rudi-
mental lung is absent, but such species are relatively few.

The dorsal lung may present proximally alongside of the trachea an
auricle or pocket, and this is so developed in the genus Heterodon as to
reach to the head, without communication with the trachea, other than
that furnished by the normal portion of the lung. In the Solenoglypha,
without exception, this extension of the dorsal lung is present, and extends
to the head, and its lumen is continuous with the trachea throughout its
length. The same structure exists in the genera Hydrus and Hydrophis ;
and also in the peropodous genus Ungualia, which differs besides from other
Peropoda in having but one posttracheal lung. Finally the tracheal lung,
as I shall call it, is distinct from the true lung in Platurus and in Chersydrus.
In the former of these genera the trachea is not separate from the lumen ;
while in Chersydrus it is distinct. It, however, communicates with the
cells of which the lung consists in this genus by a series of regularly
placed foramina on each side. There is no lumen in the tracheal lung in

* American Naturalist, 1893, p. 477.

1891.) 219 [Cope.

Chersydrus. In Typhlops we have a still further modification of the
tracheal lung. It is without lumen, and is composed of coarse cells of
different sizes. These have no communication with the trachea or lung
that I can discover, nor any efferent orifice. It has occurred to me that
this structure, which extends from the heart to the throat, may not be a
pulmonary organ.

I have referred to the dorsal and ventral positions of the two lungs.
The rudimental lung is to the right of the dorsal lung in the Colubroidea,
but in the Ilysiidze it is to the left. It is quite questionable which lung
this rudiment in this family really represents. In the Typhlopide, the
single lung is on the right side and extends from the heart to the liver.
It has the position of the rudimental lung of the Colubroidea, and may
represent it. I cannot decide this question without further material. In
Glauconia there is but one true lung, and this is ventral in position, and
originates to the right of the heart, so that in this genus also it may repre-
sent the rudimental lung of the Colubroidea. There is here no tracheal
lung or organ.*

I now give a synopsis of the characters observed in the species ex-
anined.

CATODONTA.

Glauconia dulcis B. and G. A single elongate right lung ; no rudiment
of left lung. No tracheal lung.

EPANODONTA.

Typhlops liberiensis Hallow.; T. reticulatus L. A right lung which is not
elongate; no rudimental left lung. A cellular body surrounding the
trachea, and extending from the heart to the throat, without lumen or
connection with the trachea or lung.

The presence of the tracheal lung (?) and the freedom of the maxillary
bone are points of resemblance to the Solenoglypha !

TORTRICINA.
Ilysiida.

Two lungs, the ventral one to the left side of the middle line, rudi-
mental, but lined with pulmonary tissue like the other lung, and less
reduced than in the Colubroidea. '

Cylindrophis maculata L. The right lung extends only to the liver.

llysia scytale L. The right lung is larger.

Rhinophida.

Rhinophis oryrhynchus Schn. One large left lung and very small
(3 mm.) right lung; no tracheal lung. Contrary to the statement of
Stannius above quoted, as in Colubroidea generally.

*Cf. Peters, Reise nach Mozambique, iii, p. 100, Pl. xiva, 1882.

é
Cope. ] 220 [May 18,

ASINEA.
PEROPODA.

I. Two well-developed lungs of unequal size ; no tracheal lung.

Pythonida.

Python regius Shaw ; P. molurus Linn. ; P. spilotes Lacep. ; Loxocemus
bicolor Cope.
Boida.

Xiphosoma caninum L.; Epicrates cenchria L. ; Chilabothrus inornatus
Rein. ; Bow constrictor L. ; Hunectes murinus L. ; Hryx johnii Russ.

Charinide.

Besides the absence of coronoid and supra and postorbital bones, this
family differs from the Boidze in the fusion of the nasal bones into a single
plate. Charina botte Blv.

II. One lung without rudiment of a second; a tracheal lung extend-
ing from true lung, with which it is continuous, to throat.

Ungualiide.

Ungualia maculata Bibr. ; U. melanura Gray.

COLUBROIDEA.

I. Two well-developed but unequal functional lungs.

Xenopeltide.

Xenopeltis unicolor, Reinwt.

II. One functional lung only; the right rudimental lung sometimes
possibly with limited function.

Colubride.
Lycodontinv.

Lycodon aulicus L. ; Boaodon infernalis Gthr. ; Uriechis microlepidotus
Pet. ; Stenorhina ventralis D. and B.

Colubrine.

Hlopops modestus Gthr.* ; Coronella girundica Daud. ; Dianodon semt-
carinatus Cope: Ficimia olivacea Gray ; Salvadora bairdii Jan. ; Pityo-
phis sayi Hobr. ; EHpiglottophis pleurostictus D. and B. ; Spilotes corais
Cuv.; 8S. pullatus L.; Coluher quadrilineatus Pallas; C. odsoletus Say ;
C. quadrivittatus Holbr. ; Bascanium constrictor L. ; B. flagellum Cates-
by; B. mentovarium D. and B.; Zamenis atrovirens Shaw ; Z. korros L. ;

* Position uncertain ; perhaps a Lycodontine.

1894.] 221 [Cope.

Cyclophis estivus L. ; Drymobius pantherinus Merr. ; D. boddertii Seetz. ;
D. margariviferus Schl. ; Crossanthera melanotropis Cope ; Herpetodryas
carinatus L.; Leptophis prestans Cope; L. mexicanus D. and B.; L.
smaragdinus Boie. ; Dendrophis picta L. ; Dasypeltis palmarum Leach.

Dipsadine.

Dipsas. Llandingii Hallow. ; Himantodes gemmistratus Cope ; Rhinobo-
thyrum lentiginosum Scop. ; Trimorphodon biscutatus D. and B.; Sibon
septentrionale Kenn. ; Malpolon lacertinum Wag)l.; Cladophis kirtlandti
Hall; Dryophis fulgida Daud. ; Passerita mycterrzans L.

Chrysopeleine.

Chrysopelea ornata Shaw.

Xenodontine.

Catostoma badium D. and B.; Farancia abacura Holbr.; Abastor
erythrogrammus Daud. ; Opheomorphus fuscus Cope; Helicops angulatus
Linn.; H. baliogaster Cope; Dromicus parvifrons Cope; Halsophis leu
comelas D. and B.; Xenodon rhabdocephalus Wied. ; X. angustirostris
Peters; Lystrophis dorbignyit D. and B.; Heterodon nasicus B. and G.;
HI, platyrhinus Latr. ; Hypsirhynchus ferox Gthr. ; Uromacer oxyrhynchus
D. and B.; U. catesbyi D. B. Right lung larger in Uromacer.

Scytaline.

THydrocalamus quinquevittatus D. and B. ; Hrythrolamprus venustissimus
L. ; £. fissidens Gthr. ; Oxyrrhopus plumbeus L. ; O. fitzingertiJan. ; Cono-
phis pulcher Cope; C. sumichrastii Cope ; Manolepis nasutus Cope ; Jaltris
dorsalis Gthr. ; Philodryas viridissimus L.; P. olfersit Licht.

Natricine.

Generally a proximal auricle or pocket. Hutenia prozima Say ; £.
sirtalis L., s. s. sirtalis, obscura and parietalis ; Natriv fasciata L.; N.
rhombifera Hallow.; NV. taxispilota Holbr.

Appendix to Colubride.

In the African Thrasops flavigularis Hallow. the right (rudimental)
lung measures 5 mm. The trachea is enormously expanded transversely,
simulating a tracheal lung, but its inferior wall contains the tracheal car-
tilages which extend its entire width, and it contains no cells or trabecule.
An artery with lateral branches extends its entire length, which is from
the posttracheal lung to the throat. This character distinguishes this
genus from Leptophis.

In the following species I found no trace of the right lung.

Colubrine. Rhinochilus lecontet B. and G.; Cemophora coccinea Blum. ;
Ophibolus doliatus L.; O. getulus L.; Pityophis melanoleucus Daud.

Xenodontine. Halsophis angulifer D. and B.; H. vudit Cope.

Cope. | 22 2 [May 18,

Leptognathine. I propose this subfamily as distinct from the Xenodon-
tinge, on account of the presence of a large tracheal lung which is con-
tinuous with the normal lung, and with the trachea, and extends to the
throat. Leptognathus nebulatus L.; L. garmanwi Cope.

Scytaline. Tuchymenis strigatus Gthr.; Phalotris lemniscatus D. and B.;
P. tricolor D. and B.; Hrythrolamprus bipunctatus Gthr.

Natricine. Cerberus boeformis ; Pseudaspis cana L.

Acrochordide.

Chersydrus granulatus Merr. In this species the heart is at the middle
of the length of the body, and the normal lung is posterior to it, extending
nearly to the vent. No rudimental lung. A tracheal lung, composed of
coarse cells and without lumen, extends from the heart to the head, and
is discontinuous with the true lung. The trachea is closed, but communi-
cates with the tracheal lung by aseries of symmetrical pores on each sides

Najide.
One lung and a rudiment ; no tracheal lung. Pseudechis porphyriacus

Shaw ; Diemenia reticulata Gray ; Naja tripidians L.; Bungarus semi-
Fasciatus Kuhl.

Hlapide.

No rudimental nor tracheal lung. laps lemniscatus L.; E. fulwius L.;
E. corallinus L.; E. multifasciatus Jan.

Hydrophide.

I. One lung and no rudiment, continuous with tracheal lung, which
extends to head.

Hydrophis hardwickii Gray (a slight constriction between tracheal and
posttracheal lungs) ; H. elliott? Gthr.; Hydrus bicolor Daud.

Il. A rudimental right lung connected with the left lung, which is
separate from the large tracheal lung.

Platurus laticaudatus L.

SOLENOGLYPHA.

A tracheal lung, continuous with the normal lung.

Causide.

No rudimental lung.
Causus rhombeatus Licht.

Dendraspidide,

No rudimental lung.
Dendraspis polylepis Gthr.

)
1894.] 223 [Cope.

Viperide.

No rudimental lung.
Clotho arietans L.

Crotalide.

I. No rudimental lung.

Bothrops lanceolatus L.; Ancistrodon piscivorus Lacep.; Crotalophorus
catenatus Raf. ; Crotalus adamanteus Beauv.; C. confluentus Say.

If. With a rudimental right lung.

Bothrops pietus Ysch.; B. erythrurus Cant.; Telewraspis schlegelit
Berth.; Ancistrodon contortriz L.; Crotalus horridus L.

THE SYSTEMATIC VALUE OF THE PULMONARY
CHARACTERS.

Ihave no doubt of the propriety of the separation of the Ungualiide
from the other Peropoda, on account of its pulmonary characters. Nor is
there any doubt in my mind of the necessity of the separation of the
Leptognathine from the Xenodontine, for similar reasons. The genus
Heterodon differs very much from the Xenodontine, in the possession of
an enormous diverticulum of the lung, but as it is not present in the allied
genus Lystrophis Cope, its wider distinction may be a questionable pro-
ceeding. The very marked characters of the genus Chersydrus charac-
terize the fumily, as well as the osteological characters. It remains to be
seen Whether the family I termed the Nothopsidz, but which Boulenger
unites with the Chersydride, agrees with it in pulmonary characters.
The remarkable tracheal lung or gland distinguishes the Epanodonta from
the Catodonta, emphasizing that observed in the osteology of the skull.
The peculiar form and relations of the maxillary bone in this group resem-
ble those of the Solenoglypha, and there may be some possible connection
between the groups. The tracheal body may be a degenerate tracbeal
lung, such as that division possesses.

The value of the rudimental right lung as a character of the Colu-
broidea is increased by my investigations. In only two genera have [
found it present or absent, viz., Halsophis and Pityophis. [am not sure
but that I may yet find it in the P. melanoleucus, where [ have tailed hith-
erto, but lam sure that itis present in some species of Halsophis and
Wanting in others. A natural group of American Colubrine, appears to
be characterized by its absence, viz., Rhinochilus, Cemophora and Uphi-
bolus; all genera with an entire anal shield. The development of carti-
lages in the bronchial foramen or tube of the rudimental lung is not a
constant character. I found itin one MHeterodon platyrhinus and not in
another ; it is present in Conophis pulcher, but absent in C. sumichrastii.

The rudimental )ung is often concealed from view and difficult to dis-
cover. The best test of its presence is the foramen which connects it with

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxIII. 145. 2¢. PRINTED JUNE 18, 1894.

224 [May 18,

Cope. |

the trachea, which will generally be found piercing the cartilage of the lat-
ter near the apex of the heart. The rudimental organ may then be found
by inserting a bristle, and observing its destination through the more or
less transparent tissues. In but one instance have I found a rudimental
lung without a connecting foramen, viz., inthe Mexican Ficimia olivacea.
On the other hand, the foramen may terminate in a small blind sac.

The pulmonary characters may be determined without much dissection.
The position of the heart must be first ascertained, and a iongitudinal
median incision made in the abdominal wall. In all forms except the
Epanodonta and Catodonta, the trachea will be found passing to the left
side of the heart, and entering the lung near its apex. By splitting the
trachea, not too near its abdominal border, on turning the free margin
upwards as the snake lies on its back, the foramen bronchiale will be seen
and its lumen can be explored. The trachea is concealed by the cesopha-
gus, which must be drawn to the left side of the body in order to make the
examination. The examination of the tracheal lung requires the division
of the abdominal wall further towards the head.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The figures variously reduced ; the heart and liver are turned over to
show the trachea and lungs.

PLaTE XI.
Typhlops liberiensis Hallow.

PLATE XII.
Charina botte Blv.

PiatTE XIII.
Chersydrus granulatus Mery.

PuaTEe XIV.
Coluder quadrivittatus Holbr.

PLATE XV.
Heterodon platyrhinus Latr.

PuatTe XVI.
Crotalus confluentus Say.

LETTERING.

(HE, (Esophagus ; St., Stomach; L, Intestine; &., Rectum ; C., Cw-
cum; Z’r., Trachea ; R. L., Rightlung; LZ. L., Leftlung; 7 L. Tracheal
lung; B. #, Bronchial foramen; ZL., Liver ; G., Gall bladder; F.,
Kidney ; U., Ureter; 7., Testis ; V. D., Vas deferens; Ov., Ovary ; Od.,
Oviduct; V., Vagina; #, Fontanelle; @. A., Corpus adiposum; JZ,
Heart; A. R., Aorta root; Cas., Carotid; J., Juglar vein; V. @., Vina
cavi.

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc Vol, XXXIII, No, 145, Plate XI,

_

AT LARA EEE Ok KE
tii: Cia AA DD gob eta

UN
dss

MM
VILL

— i?

Feat,
fe
TS

ii ARE 5 rk eae

2 “oa” rant ot ow alte a)

. ae slater tye eee
oma a 5

ey Dm | 5 , Rey

<x
zs

Oe wey

FAA
‘ee'>
a=
ga

i

ase!
“Be
AN «et

Sa)
FAZED
Sesascoe

eas
IT
LMU LL

A RSME IO) tid Bee ene Ob arene
Ne SS CT Reopen a
CLL Mlle dL

Car

TYPHLOPS LIBERIENSIS HALLOW.

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol, XXXII, No. 145, Plate XIV

CHARINA BOTTA BLY.

=
a> = - ~
== sa1t00sbosenanagy

= = Sa
a, cas on
iS

—=—

Ss

(=)

=

=

>

~=

—)

=>

STON ty VE

ths ‘

~
\

H
B
\4
a
\ i?
,
\

Ml

Lil)

Se

MMMM umn a —= ULL HU HTINTATEAAATTTATTATINTTTMTTIN TI

= See =e eS eee —=

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc,

CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS MERR.

Ny

KO Ua I

ee ws} y pes et vi MUD Ue IG

—

—

a>

—

ec

a

i> — ss

— PITT CT NS eo PR = RT

= A eel ; PeeWee Ni

Sj .

= :

= SY

= Hy

= 4

aoe Ni y,
Y
4
Yy

TORT

CoOLUBER QUADRIVITTATUS HOLBR,

=
Cee An
reer

Mh
SSSSSSSsSSTESEN > =
ELSA AEEXEKE}¥’j’MMM

Proceedings Amer. Philos, Soc.

i

Sina a
TAAUEVH HAVA AARRERRRNRAAUERRS

Se MU

(os aa) I) Ki tars ——— WMO MAAN

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol. XXXII, No, 145, Plate XV,

i
—

Peeieaerg,
|
\)
==

TTT Ds
|

Wp YH z=

a

Gwas
oe ee

ore,
eu

=
Yi ay are

——
e . ‘ T fF
2 4 - WI
~&j ~~)
~ ica « :
If ; ¢
. a . i
dy BE) and 4 al
BL of | DSS bY
ess k So
>>>

>>>

YS

Ts anon
pectin

SSS

08
aud!
=

K)
‘
Ii
|
!
THB
Wr
Zee |
Zier ss
Ne

ci
CML

HETERODON PLATYRHINUS LATR.

Proceedings Amer. Philos, Soc, Vol, XXXII, No. 145. Plate XVI

ase) pase) =
Zn WM ARS SSSA AS
SiN 2 7
> “
=

) ca

VEN ey

Regs
UES

VEE Kh pg i
ET oe

SRS
— De

¥.
Ay

'
>
yy

er ra
Se? in

IDs

ELPA POF

Te ae

ay
lane

aL
t

att

t)

(eS,
,

Ne

Ry

{ZEEE
noes

| =
_——=

Ss

ID WLLL.

ExDaitre
aye a1
ALLL the “Hy
ei ° ae U ‘ —™ }
TO: : Se ae
——SS=S Gey r aS Igo
SS nies
SQ #
J WG":
= ; iE

2 Bie po wre me ware SSS.
ote 1 Eueeenae

TAUPE IMI POT eS

ioed
{ pase Same mot
oO

' $ y — th r

EN atte Runes Canny a Ss

gt Fe 8" It Ae et Wed I ,
Se =

CROTALUS CONFLUENTUS Say.

+

i | Sy SD bigs ne sGAI j
. ; ee |

1894.] é 225 (Brown.

A Comparative Study of the Chemical Behavior of Pyrite and Marcasite.

By Amos Peaslee Brown.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 18, 1894.)

While much has been done in the way of investigating the chemical
properties and constitution of the various artificial chemical compounds,
comparatively little attention has been paid to the constitution of the
naturally occurring chemical compounds. The carbon compounds, for
instance, have in an immense number of cases been investigated with
sufficient exactness to allow of our expressing their constitution by means
of structural formule, but to how many minerals, aside from the simplest
compounds, can we assign structural formule that are based on any
knowledge that we possess of their reactions? It is true that much has
been done in the way of the artificial production of minerals, and some
knowledge of the constitution of certain minerals has been arrived at by
a study of their decomposition products, but very little in comparison to
the extent of the field. There are probably several reasons for this neglect
of the study of the chemical properties and constitution of minerals, as
want of homogeneity in the minerals themselves, difficulty of procuring
or separating pure material for investigation, and similar difficulties
which do not so frequently occur with artificial compounds. It thus hap-
pens that mineral chemistry is not as much studied as it deserves to be.
Certain groups of minerals have, however, received some attention ; for
instance, Prof. F. W. Clarke has been carrying on a very interesting series
of investigations on the constitution of certain silicates which have been
productive of most valuable results. The natural sulphides, sulpharsen-
ides and sulpho-salts present some very interesting problems in regard to
their constitution, and it was with a view of adding to our knowledge of
the chemical behavior of two of these sulphides that I undertook the
series of investigations about to be described.

The compound FeS, is found in nature in two well-known forms—the
one Pyrite (the isometric mineral) and the other Marcasite (the ortho-
rhombic mineral). Since the separation of the two names from the gen-
eral term, pyrites, it has been recognized tbat the orthorhombic form is
lighter in color and also of lower specific gravity than the isometric form.
From early times, also, the greater tendency of ‘‘ white pyrites,’’ or mar-
casite, to decompose in the air was well known.

Pyrite, the form which resists atmospheric weathering most thoroughly,
is of a bright brass-yellow color and metallic lustre, breaking with an
uneven conchoidal fracture, but bright on the surface of fracture. It
crystallizes in the isometric system in forms showing generally pentagonal
hemihedrism. Its specific gravity ranges from 4.8 to 5.2, averaging some-
what over 5. The brass-yellow crystals are generally quite unaltered in
the air.

226 [May 18,

Brown. ]

Marcasite, on the other hand, has a pale greenish or grayish yellow
color, an uneven fracture, which shows a somewhat fibrous structure,
and generally but little lustre on the surface of fracture. It crystallizes
in the orthorhombic system, very commonly in twins or radiated fibrous
masses. It is not very permanent in moist air, but readily decomposes
and largely into FeSO,. The chemical formula of either form, calculated
from quantitative analyses, is the same, FeS, or Fe = 46.67%, S=53.33%.

The chemical study of these two minerals has been mainly confined to
the formation of one of them artificially and to a few experiments on
their relative decomposability. Pyrite has been made artificially in a
number of ways ; marcasite has not as yet been formed artificially.* In
1836, Wohler+ produced cubes and octahedra of pyrite by subjecting a
mixture of ferric oxide, flowers of sulphur and ammonium chloride to a
temperature a little above the volatilizing point of the ammonium chlo-
ride. The resulting mass was washed to isolate the crystals from the
accompanying pulverulent matter. Stanislas Meunier ¢ modified this
method by mixing equal parts of ferrous carbonate and sulphur and heat-
ing in glass tubes over a moderate flame. When the excess of sulphur
has been driven off, there remains a black powder containing a consider-
able percentage of cubes of pyrite. Dana§ states that pyrite may be
made ‘‘ by slow reduction of ferrous sulphate in presence of some carbon-
ate.’’ Baubigny || produced Fes, as a crystalline crust by acting on
metallic iron by a solution of SO, in water (H,3O 3) in closed tubes and
at a temperature of 200°. As neither this experiment nor the one imme-
diately preceding it shows that the crystals were isometric, it is possible
that both of them may be marcasite. Henri Saint Claire Deville 4 pro-
duced cubes of pyrite by melting a mixture of potassium sulphide (K,S)
and iron sulphide (FeS) in presence of excess of sulphur. This reaction,
if correct as to the cubical product, is a remarkable one, as I should rather
expect marcasite to result under such conditions. Senarmont ** produced
FeS, by decomposing a salt of iron by an alkaline sulphide at an elevated
temperature in sealed glass tubes. The product was an amorphous black
powder, not altering on exposure to air and not attacked by hydrochloric
acid. This may have been pyrite, as marcasite is readily decomposed by
moist air. Rammelsberg,{+ in 1862, made FeS, pseudomorphs after ferric
oxide (Fe,O,) by passing a current of hydrogen sulphide over it at a tem-
perature between 100° and ared heat. The product of this reaction would
likely be pyrite.

In nature it would seem that in most cases the sulphide of iron first

* Doelter, Zeit. fiir Kryst., xi, 31, 1885; ef. Dama, Syst. Min., 1892.

+ Pogg. Ann., Xxxvii, p. 238.

t Les Méthodes de Synthése en Mineralogie, S. Meunier, 1891.

§ J. D. Dana, System of Mineralogy, edition of 1868, p. 64.

|| S. Meunier, Synth. Min., p. 279.

q Cited in Dict. Chem. of Wartz, by E. Wilm, article ‘‘Iron,’”’ T. i, p. 1414.
**S,. Meunier, Synth. Min., p. 285. ,
tt Jour. fiir Praktische Chemie, 'T. \xxxyili, p. 266,

297

1894. ] —— [Brown.

formed is FeS, but probably by action of a ferric salt, or carbonic acid
(H,CO,), causing a loss in iron FeS, results, and this is almost always
pyrite. On the other hand, where ferrous sulphate has been reduced by
slow action of decomposing organic matter, the resulting sulphide seems
to be generally marcasite, which if not in crystals may be recognized by
its ready weathering to ferrous sulphate (FeSO,). This compound may,
however, in many cases, be a mixture of pyrite and marcasite, as much
pyrite seems to be.* These several ways in which pyrite may be formed
are of importance as indicating the condition of the iron in the compound,
and will be referred to later on.

Equally important as béaring on the constitution of these sulphides are
the observations that have been made as to their decomposition under at-
mospheric agencies. On exposing crystallized pyrite to atmospheric
weathering it is generally found that but little, if any, change takes place
even in a year’s time, while crystallized marcasite, under the same condi-
tions, shows a rapid weathering. The main prvduct of the weathering
of pyrite in nature is the compound limonite, Fe,O,(OH),, which occurs
in large quantities in nature, evidently derived from pyrite. Its pseudo-
morphs after pyrite are very common. On the other hand, when marca-
site weathers a very large percentage of ferrous sulphate (FeSQ,) is
formed with a comparatively small percentage of limonite, unless the
marcasite decomposes underground and under pressure, when limonite is
largely produced.+ Much of the excess of sulphur with marcasite is
changed to sulphuric acid, but with pyrite much remains behind as sul-
phur. Some comparison of the rate of oxidation of these two minerals
in the air is afforded by an examination of specimens in a collection.
Here it will be found that most of the pyrite is unchanged, but nearly
every specimen of marcasite will show tarnish if no other sign of oxida-
tion, and often a considerable coating of oxide can be seen, or a white
efflorescence of FeSQ,.

Chemical investigations of these two minerals have been mainly in the
way of analysis, but some experiments have been made in the way of
studying their relative behavior towards certain reagents. Before de-
scribing my experiments, it will be necessary to briefly mention some of
these.

Both minerals are decomposed by a solution of silver nitrate and gold
chloride, the decomposition taking place quite rapidly.t My experiments
in this connection are mentioned later.

A. A. Julien 2 has shown that different samples of pyrite show a differ-
ence in their reaction with bromine vapor. His experiments consisted in
exposing finely ground pyrite to the action of bromine vapor at the tem-

*Compare A. A. Julien, “‘ Decomposition of Pyrite,’’ dan. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vols. i.i
and iv.
+ Blum, Psewdomorphosen, 1843, pp. 197-199.

£S. Meunier, Synth. Min., p. 309.
ZA. A. Julien, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei., Vol. iv, pp. 154, 155.

Brown.] Z 28 [May 18,

perature of the air for twelve hours. The residue was extracted with
dilute H,SO,, which removed the iron rendered soluble (bromide), and
the iron was then determined in this solution. The percentage of iron
that had dissolved varied from 2.43 to 15.20 per cent., although all sam-
ples tested are described as pyrite. He also tried the action of bromine
in aqueous solution, but the reaction was too rapid to give any compara-
tive results.

Much more important are the results obtained in the oxidation of these
minerals by the electric current as conducted by Prof. Edgar F. Smith,*
and it was the remarkable results that were then obtained that induced
me to continue the study of the comparative reactions of these two min-
erals Smith found that a current which would completely oxidize the
sulphur in marcasite in a given time would oxidize less than half of the
sulphur in pyrite in the same time. This remaining sulphur was held
very tenaciously, though the mineral was subjected to more powerful cur-
rents and longer continued action than in the case of marcasite or pyrrho-
tite. Finally, by adding an equal quantity of CuO, and using a more
powerful current, all of the contained sulphur was oxidized. Previous
to the addition of CuO but 21 or 22 per cent of the sulphur was oxidized.
In concluding the article above referred to the author questions whether
the crystalline form alone can make this difference in the action of the
two minerals when under the influence of the current.

The two samples of pyrite and marcasite that I selected for the follow-
ing study were chosen after considerable examination of material as being
typical of the two forms of FeS,. The pyrite was from the hematite
mines of Elba. It is exceptionally pure and free from decomposition or
tarnish. Before deciding on it finally pieces were ground and polished
and then examined under the microscope with powers ranging from 50 to
200 diameters, in order to see if it contained any enclosures or varied in
texture. It was perfectly homogeneous and showed no enclosures, It
took a high polish. The crystals showed the combination of octahedron
and pentagonal dodecahedron O + 28%. Some of the crystals were coated
in places with scales of hematite, but this was all carefully removed in
breaking up material for experiment. The color was bright brass-yellow,
the specific gravity was determined as 5.179. The marcasite was from the
zine mines of the Subcarboniferous of Joplin, Jasper county, Mo., finely
crystallized in polysynthetic twinnings. The freshly broken crystals show
a greenish yellow color, almost white, but they tarnish readily with bluish
or brownish colors. No gangue was. present, everything dissolving com-
pletely in nitricacid. This marcasite was examined with the microscope in
the same way asthe pyrite ; it did not take such a high polish on account of
a fibrous structure, but no foreign matter was found with a power of 200
diameters. Its color was uniform throughout, showing that no pyrite
was present. The specific gravity as determined was 4.844.

In preparing material for experiment only sufficient was ground for im-

*Jour. Franklin Inst., Vol. exxx, pp. 152-154,

999

1894.] ad [Brown.

mediate use to avoid any chance of oxidation of the ground material ;
the stock samples of the two minerals broken to nut size were kept in
stoppered bottles. The grinding of material was continued as long as
grit appeared, but no bolting was resorted to.

As the experiments of Prof. Smith on oxidation by the electric current
showed such remarkable results, my first experiments were on oxidation.
As an oxidizing agent potassium permanganate (KMnO,) was used, sev-
eral strengths of which were tried for varying intervals of time with each
mineral, and the amount of sulphur oxidized to sulphuric acid determined
in the liquid by precipitating as barium sulphate. The object was to
secure a complete series of results which would show the comparative
rates of oxidation of the sulphur in the two minerals. ; Neutral aqueous
solutions of the potassium permanganate were used, and the strengths
of solution employed were ;}, normal, one per cent., three per cent. and
five per cent.; the periods of oxidation extending over one, two, three,
four and five hours, and the entire series being performed at ordinary
temperatures and at 100°. As duplicate determinations were made in the
majority of cases (I made about 130 determinations of su'phur as barium
sulphate), this work consumed a large amount of time and prevented as
full a study of some other reactions of the two minerals as had been orig-
inally intended. The following are the detailed descriptions of my pro-
cesses and results :

ACTION OF ;4,; NoRMAL PoTassiIUM PERMANGANATE SOLUTION AT
ORDINARY TEMPERATURE.

These oxidations were performed as follows: Two-tenths of a gram
of the finely powdered mineral was placed in a stoppered bottle of about
100 c.c. capacity, then 50 c.c. of the permanganate solution added and
the contents of the bottle violently shaken to break up lumps. This
shaking was repeated about every fifteen minutes while the oxidation
lasted. The temperature of the room was at the same time recorded. As
stated, the oxidation was continued for one, two, three, four and five
hours with each mineral, making at least ten experiments necessary for
each strength of solution. After the solution had acted for the required
‘time it was rapidly filtered through asbestos with aid of the filter pump,
the filtrate transferred to a beaker, 20 c.c. of concentrated hydrochloric
acid added, and the whole heated until all manganese was reduced to
manganous chloride. If not too acid the solution was then diluted to
about 300 c.c. and the sulphuric acid precipitated as barium sulphate.
When very acid, excess of hydrochloric acid was removed by evaporation
or by adding ammonia, the ammonium chloride seeming to facilitate the
precipitation. The precipitate was washed with hot water and then
weighed. All precipitations were made at boiling temperature and di-
gested hot for at least two hours, and then cold for at least twelve hours
more before filtering. The filtrates from most of the cold tests were re-

Brown. ] a 30 [May 18,

duced with metallic zinc and titrated with permanganate, but no iron was
found in the solution.

The two minerals did not present the same appearance when acted on
by the oxidant. Pyrite retained its color and seemed as pulverulent as
when the permanganate was added, but marcasite immediately on the
addition of the reagent became coated with manganese dioxide, took on a
brownish color, and showed a tendency to cake together and stick to the
sides of the bottle, so that it was with difficulty dislodged. This tendency
of the marcasite was more marked with stronger solutions of the perman-
ganate and was doubtless the cause of much of the irregularity that will
be noticed in the results. The reason for this difference in action of the
reagent on the two minerals will be discussed later on.

The percentages of sulphur oxidized in the two minerals by this method
are shown in the following table, where all results that were obtained are
recorded. The figures show the percentages of sulphur oxidized, caleu-
lated on the basis of FeS, equal to one hundred per cent. It will be noted
that.the four-hour oxidation of marcasite shows a result that is less than
the two-hour. This was due to caking of the mineral against the walls of
the bottle, which prevented much of it from coming in contact with the
solution. On the whole, this series was about the most satisfactory of the
cold experiments with KMnO,, the action of this dilute solution being
less rapid and hence more even than that of the more concentrated solu-
tions ; naturally the action ceases with a certain dilution, and hence the
four- and five-hour oxidations of pyrite are about equal.

Tuble Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a zhy NV. Solution of KMnO, at 22°.

MINERAL. 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with ;34, N. solution
EN OM ONES a ge eislelabelopeccieete 78 ch 1.38 1.74 1.72

Marcasite with ;3, N. solution
ENING), secs cise Snoocue odes 1.07 1.86 2.04 | (1.25) | 2.38

The curves formed by plotting these results on rectangular c ordinates
are shown in Pls. xvii and xviii. They are marked 22° M, for the marcasite
and 22° P, for the pyrite.

ACTION OF 1 PER CENT. PoTASsSIUM PERMANGANATE SOLUTION AT
ORDINARY TEMPERATURE.

This and also the two following series were performed as described
under ;3,; normal solution above. At least two experiments were
tried with each mineral in this and the two following cold oxidations,
and whenever a result was notably higher or lower than its dupli-

1894.] A 231 [Brown.
cate a third or fourth was tried. The tendency of the marcasite to cake,
noted in the previous series, became still more marked here, and is doubt-
less the cause of one of the four-hour oxidations (marked by parenthesis)
being notably lower than the three-hour. Such a result is obviously
incorrect. On the other hand, the result in the three-hour column which
is placed in parenthesis is the highest obtained. This experiment was
made at the same time as the one showing 1.93 per cent., but the room
was very warm (25°), which may in part account for this high result. It
will be noticed that the oxidation of the pyrite seems to stop at the three-
hour trial, those following showing no appreciable increase. This is well
seen in the graphic representation of these oxidations (Pls. xvii and xviii).

Table Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 1 Per Cent. Solution of KMn0, at 22°.

|
MINERAL. | 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-HourR. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with 1 per cent. solution) 1.72 1.38 1.85 1.79 1.70
KMn0, cold. iv 1.47 L8i 1.90 1.89

Marcasite with 1 per cent. solu-| 1.16 2) 1.98 1.95 2.01
tion KMn0O, cold. 1.28 1.13 219 «| @56); | Bulb
(3.92) | 2.69 2.55

ACTION OF 3 PER CENT. SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE AT
ORDINARY TEMPERATURE.

The conditions of this series of experiments were the same as those
of the last. The tendency of the results to fluctuate instead of show-
ing a gradual progression is now very marked. One of the one-hour
pyrite oxidations shows more sulphur oxidized than is shown by any
other individual result of the series. No explanation can be offered for
such a discrepancy as this. On the other hand, the high result shown in
the three-hour oxidation is quite easily explained by the marcasite hav-
ing been little, if any, caked in this experiment. The two low results of
pyrite three-hour and marcasite four-hour oxidations are readily explica-
ble on the ground of caking of the material. As the barium sulphate
was often determined several days after the oxidation was completed, it
is obvious that no reliable notes could be made concerning the caking or
non caking of the mineral in the permanganate. With this strength of
solution it is evident, too, that the main action of the permanganate is
complete at the end of one hour, notably in the case of the marcasite, and
it is only when very vigorous agitation exposes fresh surfaces of the min-
eral to the action of the KMnO, that any further action can take place.
We therefore see that marcasite in one hour gives up as much sulphur as
in tive hours, and this is very graphically shown on PI. xvii.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 145.2 D. PRINTED JUNE 18, 1894.

Brown. ] 232 [May 18,

Table Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 3 Per Cent. Solution of KMn 0, at 22°.

MINERAL. 1-Hoor. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.
Pyrite with 3 percent. solution| 1.65 2.23 2.80 2.47 2.81
KMn0, cold. (8.55) | 2.381 |; (1.58) | 2.62 2.28
Marcasite with 3 percent. solu- | 2.72 2.17 2.87 2.88 2.83
tion KMnO, cold. 2.87 2.08 || (81). .G.89)aleeaia

AcTION OF 5 PER CENT. SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE AT
ORDINARY TEMPERATURE.

In this series, as in the last, the action, as far as pyrite was concerned,
was practically complete at the expiration of the first hour, but in the
case of the marcasite this point was not reached until probably the end of
the second hour, and, in fact, in one case was progressive to the end.
But one very great discrepancy is to be noted here in the three-hour co}-
umn with marcasite. The low result in the next column is explained
by caking.

Table Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 5 Per Cent. Solution of KMn 0, at 22°.

MINERAL, 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with 5 percent. solution | 2.39 3.03 8.22 2.89 2.79
KMn0O, cold. 3.15 3.15 2.32 3.24
Marcasite with 5 percent. solu- | 2.10 3.06 3.82 3.16 3.09
tion K MnO, cold. 2.02 3.76 | (5.83) | (2.44) | 4.17

2.77

This series finishes the experiments at ordinary temperatures. In all of
them the action was comparatively slight, not exceeding at most 10 per cent.
of the contained sulphur in the mineral which would not be sufficient to
show any marked difference between the two minerals as bearing on their
constitution, if the constitution which seems to be indicated by subse-
quent experiments (to be presently described) is the true one.

The oxidations with potassium permanganate at a temperature of 100°
were conducted by suspending the vessel containing the mineral and so-
lution in boiling water. Both stoppered bottles and thin glass flasks.
closed with perforated corks were used for this series of experiments.
The water was kept continually boiling and the bottles or flasks were im-
mersed deep enough to cover that portion of them containing the per-
manganate. Six or eight oxidations were made at one operation. The

1894.] ‘ 233 [Brown.

permanganate solution, after it had acted the required time, was treated
as in the experiments conducted at ordinary temperatures described above.
Much more active oxidation took place at this temperature (100°), but
the tendency of the mineral to cake together was much more marked,
and now this took place with pyrite as well as with marcasite. Moreover,
the deposition of manganese dioxide in every case was now very great,
causing often a stoppage of the oxidation until it could be dislodged. As
these oxidation experiments had already occupied much time only one
trial was now made at each concentration of solution for each hour from
one to five, unless, as before, marked discrepancies occurred, when two
, or more trials were made. The series of results are hence not so regular
as they would have been had more trials been made, these irregularities
arising from the difficulties that have been mentioned, as well as from the
fact that the dilute solutions soon became exhausted, and that all solutions
suffered some evaporation, but some more than others, causing irregular
strength with the same solution. Nevertheless, the results agree in kind
with those obtained at ordinary temperature, but differ widely in degree.
Whereas at ordinary temperature the greatest amount of sulphur oxidized
in marcasite by the five-hour trial with 5 per cent. permanganate was 4.17
per cent., at 100° this became 16.36 per cent, or about four times as much.

ACTION OF 71, Norma PoTassiuM PERMANGANATE SOLUTION AT 100°.

The results given in the following table show perhaps more strongly than
either of the other series of experiments at 100° the effect of the different
disturbing causes that have been mentioned. It especially shows the
effect of caking of the pyrite, which now came in as an important dis-
turbing factor. The result of this caking is shown in the three- and four-
hour results with pyrite, both being very low. Marcasite, on the other
hand, invariably caked and stuck to the bottom of the bottle, but as this
was a constant source of error in this case, the results show a gradual and
fairly even increase. Irregular results with marcasite were now largely
conditioned by the evaporation of the solution or by the fact of whether
the mineral was evenly caked over the inner surface of the vessel or con-
centrated in spots. The result of this latter way of caking will be better
seen in some of the subsequent series of experiments.

Tuble Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite aud Marcasite
by a x45 Normal Solution of KMnO0, at 100° C.

|
MINERAL. | 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with ;1, N. KMn0O, at |
i ee OS ee Be ar eth. 4.05 4.72 3.36 2.04 5.64

Marcasite with ;1, N. KMn0,
MODOC. oe ses veccnsincinse 3.17 3.84 3.76 5.63 | 5.61

Brown. ] 234 [May 18,

AcTION OF 1 PER CENT. PoTASsIUM PERMANGANATE SOLUTION AT 100°.

The results of the oxidation shown in this series are chiefly remarkable as
still further illustrating the action of the solution on the caked material,
as shown in the four- and five-hour trials with pyrite and the four-hour
trial with marcasite. This latter shows, too, the effect of having the
caked mineral massed in one spot. With this exception, the marcasite
oxidations are progressive and fairly uniform (the two hour trial falls
somewhat below what it doubtless should be), but the pyrite shows a
sharp fall in the four- and five-hour trials. The cause of this has been
indicated. That the concentration of the solution by evaporation caused
an increase in the action seems to be indicated by the result of the five-
hour marcasite oxidation, but this is much more strongly marked in the
5 per cent. series in the case of pyrite, which will be referred to later on.

Tuble Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 1 Per Cent. Solution of KMn0O, at 100°.

MINERAL. 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with 1 per cent. KMnO,| 6.03 6.98 8.38 6.11 6.88
at 100° C.

Marcasite with 1 per cent.| 6.43 5.61 8.56 7.40 9.10
KMn0O, at 100° C. 6.25

AcTION oF 3 PER CENT. SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE
aT 100° C.

The average results of this series of oxidations were very good, with the
exception of two members of the series—the marcasite five-hour trial and
the pyrite three-hour. This latter was repeated, but with a similar low
result. Leaving these two out of account, the average results show a
very fairly even rate of progression, which have been brought out in the
diagram (PI. xvii). It is evident from an inspection of the following table
that the marcasite oxidations of the four- and five-hour trials were arrested
by some disturbing influence.

Tuble Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 3 Per Cent. Solution of KMn0,-at 100° C.

MINERAL. 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. | 3-Hour. | 4-Hour. | 5-Hour.

Pyrite with 3 percent. KMnO,| 5.52 5.77 6.81 10.73 | 11.08
at 100° C. (7.01) | 7.89 5.16

Marcasite with 3 percent.| 5.25 7.97 9.42 9.80 7.59
KMn0O, at 100° C. 5.50
| (8.67)

(Brown.

1894.) 235

AcTION oF A 5 Per Cent. Potassium PERMANGANATE SOLUTION
AT 100° C.

This series was decidedly the most satisfactory of the experiments con-
ducted at 100° and, with the exception of the two-hour oxidations, in case
of each mineral shows a remarkably regular increase in the oxidation of
the sulphur. It illustrates, tov, in the case of the pyrite, the effect of the
concentration of the solution due to evaporation. This causes a more
rapid rise in the results after three hours’ action, and notably between
four and five hours. This rise is not so well seen from the table as from
the plot of the results given in Pl. xvii. Here this rising of the curve after
three hours is very marked as contrasted with the curve of the marcasite
oxidations.

Table Showing the Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and Marcasite
by a 5 Per Cent. Solution of KMnO, 100°.

MINERAL. 1-Hour. | 2-Hour. soa erin 5-HOUR.

Pyrite with 5 per cent. KMnO,
hy UO D2 Ceo Soeee Bo poses | 7.95 7.52 9.85 | 11.86 | 14.98

Marcasite with 5 per cent.
NEO att VOUS Oe creas esis. 8.38 8.38 | 18.27 | 14.85 | 16.36

The graphic representation of the rate of oxidation of sulphur in these
two minerals is plotted from the following tables, the first of which shows
the average amounts of oxidation of sulphur compiled from the several
small tables already given. In this compilation I have omitted a few of
the results given in parentheses in the small tables as they are evidently
incorrect, and would vitiate the averages. On the other hand, I have sim-
ply retained the parentheses of the smull tables in certain cases where but
one result was obtained. The second table, also compiled from the sev-
eral small tables, shows for the experiments at ordinary temperature the
result of selecting, wherever possible, such individual determinations as
show a progressive increase in the oxidation. In this way more regular
series of results are obtained. Inasmuch as the variations are so marked,
this method of selecting results seems justified, at least for obtaining a com-
parison of the relative rates of oxidation of the sulphur in the two min-
erals. The results of Table i are plotted in Pl]. xvii, and those of Table ii in
Pl, xviii.

Brown. ] 236 [May 18,

I. Table Showing Average Relative Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite and
Marcasite by Solutions of KMn0, at 22° and at 100°. See Pl. xvii.

MINERAL. 1-Hour |2-HourR 3-HouR ls-Hour |é-Hour ON PL,
Pyrite i, N. cold ......:...: 481 VAT | ASS) | 174: |) TS eee
Marcasite 73, N. cold......... 1.07 | 1.856 | 2.04 | (1.25)) 2.38 | 220M,
Pyrite 1 per cent. cold. ...... 1.71 | (1.48)| 1.86 | 1.85 | 1.80 | 22° P,
Marcasite 1 per cent. cold....| 1.22 | 1.21 | 2.06*/ 2.32*| 2.24 | 220M,
Pyrite 3 per cent. cold....... 2.55 | 2.27 | 2.80*| 2.55 | 2.55 | 22° P,
Marcasite 3 per cent. cold....| 2.80 | 2.25 | 2.87*| 2.88%| 2.80 | 220M,
Pyrite 5 percent. cold........ 2.77 | 8.09 | 2.77 | 2.89 | 3.02 | 229 P,
Marcasite 5 per cent. cold....| 2.31 | 3.41 | 3.30*| 3.16 | 3.78 | 220M,
Ipyrite +45 N- 100° °%. oc cees 4.05 | 4.72 | 3.36 | 2.04 | 5.64 |100° P,
Marcasite ;3, N. 100°........ 3.17 | 3.84 | 3.76 | 5.63 | 5.61 {100° M,
eyrite 1 per cent. 100°... °c. | 6.03 | 698 | 8.38 | 6.11 | 6.88 {100° P,
Marcasite 1 per cent. 100°..... 6.43 | 5.93 | 8.56 | 7.40 | 9.10 |100° M,
Pyrite 3 percent. 1000.2 2e: | 6.26 | 6.83 | 6.81*/ 10.73 | 11.08 |100° P,
Marcasite 8 per cent. 100°....| 6.47 | 7.97 | 9.42 | 9.80 | (7.55)/100° M,
Pyrite 5 per cent. 100°....... 7.95 | 7.52 | 9.85 | 11.86 | 14.98 |100° P,
Marcasite 5 per cent. 100°....| 8.488 | 8.388 [13.27 [14.85 | 16.36 |100° M,

II. Zable Showing Selected Results of the Oxidation of Sulphur in Pyrite
and Marcasite by Solutions of KMn 0, at 222. See Pl. xviii.

MINERAL. 1-HourR |2-Houwr |3-Hour |4-Hour 5-Hotr | ON PL.
|

Pyrite +15 N.- cold)... s/s cc's M8 LNT | S138") Vea) Coen eae ee
Marcasite 71, N. cold........ 1.07 | 1.86 | 2.04 | (1.25)} 2.38 | 22° M,
Pyrite 1 per cent. cold ....... (1.71)}) 4.47 | 1.85 | 2:90" 28as eae
Marcasite 1 percent cold..... 1.16 | 1.29 | 1.93 | 1.95 | 2:15 | 220M,
Pyrite 3 per cent. cold 22.540. (1.65)| 2.31 | 2.80 | (2.62)| 2.81 | 22° P,
Marcasite 3 percent. cold..... (2.72)| 2.33 | 2.87 | 2.88 | 2.83 | 220M,
Pyrite S'pertcent. colditen. <1 2.39 | 3.03 | 3.22 | (2.89)| 3.24 | 22° P,
Marcasite 5 per cent. cold..... 2.52 | 3.06 | 3.82 | (3.16)} 4.17 | 220 M,

In plotting from these tables a vertical scale of one-half inch per one per
cent. of sulphur oxidized and a horizontal scale of three-quarters inch
per hour of oxidation have been employed. Wherever there was a drop
in the results the gap has been bridged over by the main curve, thus mak-
ing the curves as nearly as possible progressive, but the drop has been
plotted in fine dotted lines. On examining these curves the points as to
the relative rates of oxidation that have been mentioned are shown very
graphically, the curve of the marcasite oxidation rising in each case above -
the corresponding one of pyrite, but both showing asimilar form. Of
these curves the ;35 normal solution cold and the 5 per cent. solution hot

* Obtained by omitting discordant results.

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol, XXXII, No. 145, Plate XVII;

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc. Vol. XXXII, Wo. 145. Plate XVII

pee eyes

-~—_—— Marcasite.

a ee :
ee a a a

Plate XVII,

Vol. XXXII, No. 148,

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc,

‘YM Im OPA YP BAIN “7
AYIGVIAY |) “—— ——

Ah

‘20 zolif9 emh shin

AN tel EAT off AXA to

eee ee ee —
Cs ge eeerts. "es
hee Ah ase winds

| ES

ovr) -—_—*s

pees Bas

— 2 =).

eh

1894.] 237 [Brown.

are the most regular. No very marked difference in the rate of oxidation
is brought out by this series of experiments, the amount of sulphur oxi-
dized never having reached the critical point in pyrite, as shown by Prof.
Smith’s oxidations with the current already described. This point at
which the rate of oxidation of sulphur in pyrite suffers a change was
found by Prof. Smith to be between 21 and 22 per cent. from the results
of a very large series of current oxidations.* The explanation for this
being the critical point in the oxidation of pyrite will be given in the dis-
cussion of its constitution. The experiments with permanganate oxida-
tion simply show then that up to near this point (the highest point reached
in the pyrite oxidation was nearly 15 per cent.) the relative rates of oxi-
dation of the two minerals do not differ widely from each other, but that
marcasite oxidizes somewhat faster than pyrite. This is simply what has
been long known and recognized in regard to atmospheric weathering.
As will be seen when the constitution of these minerals is considered,
marcasite cannot have a critical point in regard to oxidation of its sulphur.

The experiments thus far described had for their object the removal of
sulphur. On the other hand, a number of ways of attacking the iron
were tried and with more interesting results. In these trials reagents
were selected which would attack the iron more energetically than the
sulphur. Among these may be classed the experiments of solubility in
acids.

Hydrochloric acid (hot or cold, concentrated or dilute) has little action
on these minerals. Pyrite was treated for one hour with boiling concen-
trated HCl, of specific gravity 1.20 in covered beakers, and showed in the
solution only 2.56 per cent. of iron out of 46.67 per cent. Marcasite,
treated in the same way, gave an identical result. Similar experiments
at the ordinary temperature were tried with both minerals, by digesting
for three days with excess of concentrated hydrochloric acid and with
excess of 2HCl + 3H,0, but even after three days the action was very
slight in both cases. Pyrite gave with both concentrated and dilute acid
the same result—a solution of 1.51 per cent. of iron. Marcasite gave
almost identical results. The concentrated hydrochloric acid solution
showed 1.51 per cent. of iron, the dilute solution 1.69 per cent. No evo-
lution of hydrogen sulphide was detected by lead paper in either case.
Concentrated sulphuric acid at boiling temperature decomposes both
minerals, with evolution of sulphur dioxide and the separation of sulphur,
but the action is very slow and seems to take place more readily with
pyrite than with marcasite. Pyrite digested with concentrated sulphuric
acid at boiling temperature four one hour showed 14.81 per cent. of the
iron dissolved, but marcasite under like conditions was only attacked in
one hour to the extent of 12.77 per cent. of iron. Trials were also made in
the cold, but did not difler materially from the results obtained with HCl.

More important results were obtained by conducting dried hydrochloric

* Private communication from Prof. E. F. Smith, 1893.

Brown.] 238 [May 15,

acid gas over the minerals at an elevated temperature. In these trials,
0.2 gram of the mineral was placed in a porcelain boat and heated in a
glass tube in a strong stream of the gas. The sulphur in the series of
experiments at the lower temperature was collected by passing the gas
through bulbs containing Br + HCl; at the higher temperatures, the
residue in the boat was analyzed and the sulphur lost estimated by differ-
ence. In the experiments at low temperature the entire tube was exposed
to a temperature of 210°, as determined by thermometer. The HCl was
passed over in a strong stream for one hour. The action at this tempera-
ture was slight; the results obtained do not, however, show the entire
amount of sulphur removed, as some remained in the cool end of the
tube, from the dissociation of the hydrogen sulphide. As the action was
so slight, no attempt was made to collect and estimate this sulphur
remaining in the tube. In the bromine and hydrochloric acid solution
was found sulphur as follows :

Pyrite at 210° in current of HC] (@).....0...---.----- 0.94
% a CB) orachial hia = siorate/alepataiaee ee
Marcasite at 210° in current of HC] (@)............... 0.77
so = oi oe (QMaS shen eaas sca 0.59

More marked results were obtained by increasing the temperature.
Similarly conducted experiments were carried out at 310° and 3209, the
time of heating ranging from one to three and one-half hours, The tem-
perature of 310° was graded by keeping it between the melting points of
NaHSO,°H,O (300°) and NaNO, (818°), the higher temperature was
between the last 313° and the melting point of KC1O, (834°). After the
HC] had been passed for a sufficient length of time, the tube was allowed
to cool (with the gas current continued until cold) and then the remain-
ing sulpbur estimated by oxidizing the contents of the boat with nitric
acid and potassium chlorate and precipitating and weighing as BaSQ,.
The amount found, subtracted from 53.33 %, gave the loss of sulphur.
In this case the results obtained by oxidation were reversed, the pyrite
lost more sulphur than the marcasite. This isan expression of the fact that
the hydrochloric acid gas (or its contained Cl) acts more vigorously on
the iron of pyrite than on that of marcasite. The results of the reaction
were in each case ferrous chloride in the boat and free sulphur in the
tube, the latter from dissociation of the hydrogen sulphide. No ferric
chloride was seen in the tube, except a trace with the pyrite. Each min-
eral was heated for one hour at 310° in a current of the gas and showed
loss of sulphur as follows:

Pyrite heated at 310° for 1 hour in HCl, sulphur lost...... 10.73
Marcasite ‘‘ ze se uC o 7.19

About the same relative amounts were lost on heating for three and
one half hours at 325°, The results thus obtained were as follows :

Pyrite heated at 325° for 35 hours in HC], sulphur lost.... 17.18
Marcasite ‘‘ ee ve ee ii sain On i)

239 [Brown.

1994.]

Besides these two experiments, pyrite was heated for one hour at a red
heat in a stream of the gas. A copious sublimate of ferrous chloride was
found in the tube, with a trace of ferric chloride and sulphur. This time
the loss was 46.47 per cent. of sulphur. It seems evident from these
experiments that, as above stated, the iron in pyrite is in a condition that is
more readily acted on by hydrochloric acid than is the iron in marcasite.
It will be proved that the iron in marcasite is all ferrous, while part of that
in pyrite is ferric, and this is probably the explanation of the above phe-
nomenon. All of the iron in each case described above would form fer-
rous chloride (FeC],) on account of the reducing action of the hydrogen
sulphide formed. Under the conditions of the above experiments, the
critical point developed in the oxidation of pyrite was not reached, but it
is not likely that it exists with this reagent, or if there be a critical point
itis not 21 percent. The thought suggested itself to me that perhaps
some sulphur would be lost in pyrite if it were heated to 325° in a neutral
atmosphere, and that this might account for the difference shown in the
loss of sulphur in the two minerals. This proved not to be the case.
Pyrite heated in this way in an atmosphere of nitrogen gave no appre-
ciable loss after one hour at a temperature of 320°.

Instead of hydrochloric acid gas, the action was tried of ammonium
chloride at temperatures up to 335° and in an atmosphere of nitrogen,
Under these conditions the sulphur was combined as ammonium sulphide
probably and did not exert such a reducing action on the iron. These
experiments were conducted as follows: 0.2 gram of the finely pulverized
mineral was mixed with 0.5 gram dry ammonium chloride and introduced
(in a porcelain boat) into a glass tube. ‘Test samples of NaHSO,: H,O
and KC1O, in sealed tubes were used to regulate the temperature. A1]]
air was displaced in the tube by nitrogen and a slow current of nitrogen
passed through the tube before heating. Under these conditions with
marcasite, sulphur and ammonium sulphide were feuud sublimed in the
tube along with ammonium chloride, and in the boat there was found
much ferrous chloride without any ferric chloride, but in the case of the
pyrite there was formed a large proportion of ferric chloride, which sub-
limed on the tube towards the end of the operation. The heating was
conducted slowly in each case and continued until all ammonium chloride
was sublimed frcm the boat, the temperature of 335° not being exceeded
during this time. ‘The entire operation lasted about twenty-five minutes
in each case. Three trials of each mineral were made and with the same
result in each case ; with marcasite only ferrous chloride was found in the
boat and no iron in the tube, pyrite always gave much ferric chloride and
little ferrous. The amounts of sulphur removed are probably not very
significant ; they showed the following results :

Pyrite heated with NH,Cl lost sulpbur (@)....00.-.+eeeeee 7.02
71

“6 “e oe ss CD) eras oteretefslare ads (saree

Marcasite ‘‘ af a CON biases sictenet acta: s 9.50

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII, 145.2 E. PRINTED JUNE 19, 1894.

Brown. ] 240 [May 18,

The important point brought out in these experiments is that pyrite
contains a large amount of feiric iron, while in marcasite the iron anpar-
ently exists in the ferrous condition. Some reducing action might, how-
ever, have taken place, due to the sulphides formed. The condition of
the iron in the chlorides found in the boat and tube was very carefully
tested by several reagents in each case, and there can be no doubt as to
the correctness of the results as stated above.

The decomposition of the sulphides by metallic salts seemed to offer
some hope of being productive of results that would show in a quantita-
tive way the exact amounts of ferrous or ferric iron that are present in
these two minerals. In this line, the action of gold chloride, silver
nitrate and silver sulphate were tried in a qualitative way with both min-
erals. Of these, the first gave a ready decomposition with both, and
produced both ferrous and ferric salts in each case. The silver nitrate
gave a similar result. Silver sulphate acted very slowly and without any
definite results.

The action of copper sulphate in neutral solution and under pressure
was tried with very remarkable results. At the ordinary temperature
and pressure the solution of this salt has little effect on either mineral,
and the same is true of the solution ata boiling temperature, but under
pressure the reaction is complete. The experiment was conducted as
follows: 0.2 gram of the finely pulverized mineral was introduced into a
stout glass tube, and 50 ¢.c. of a 10 per cent. solution of the salt, CuSO,°-
5H,0, added, the air displaced with a pinch of NaCO, and a drop or two
of H,SO, (dilute), and a heavy seal made on the tube. The tubes con-
taining the two minerals were heated for six hours in an autoclave
to a temperature of about 200°. The contents of the tubes were found
to contain no traces of undecomposed mineral, but there was a black,
more or less flocculent precipitate in its place. This proved to be copper
sulphide. The solution had not altered appreciably in appearance. The
liquid contents of the tube were in each case transferred to a flask pre-
viously filled with CO, and with 10 c.c. dilute sulphuric acid in the bot-
tom, the tube then rinsed with water and the amount of ferrous iron
present titrated with freshly standardized potassium permanganate. In
the case of marcasite this gave 18 c c. KMnO, solution (this was two- or
three-tenths of a cubie centimeter too much, on account of the difficulty
in catching the end reaction). To correct this for the iron in the copper
sulphate, a blank of 50 c.c. CuSO, solution, the same as used above with
10 c.c. dilute sulphuric acid, was titrated with the permanganate, giving
0.5 c.c. reduction. The factor of the permanganate was .0034 gm. Fe for
1c.c. Making the correction for the reduction of 50 c.c. CuSO, solution,
this gives 47.25 per cent. of iron in solution as against 46.67, the theoreti-
calamount in FeS,. No doubt if the end reaction had been more exact
there would have been a still closer correspondence in the result.

The tube containing the pyrite was treated in exactly the same manner,
and gave a reduction of permanganate of 3.8 c.c. This time the end

1894. ] ; 241 [Brown.
reaction was sharp and exact. Calculating the above to iron (after mak-
ing correction for CuSO,) this gives 8.91 per cent. of ferrous iron in
pyrite. As the total iron is 46.67, this corresponds to 19.09 per cent. of
the iron in the mineral, or almost exactly one-fifth. These experiments
demonstrate in a positive manner the condition of the iron in the two
minerals, and even show the exact amounts of each condition of the
iron, ferrous and ferric. *

That marcasite should hence be more readily decomposed by oxidation
than pyrite seems fully explained by the foregoing investigations, as it
consists of Fe/’/S,, an unsaturated compound. In this compound, sulphur
must link to sulphur, or the compound have unsaturated bonds, and
hence any element which would attack the sulphur would break up the
compound. On the other hand, the iron is held to the sulphur by its full
nuniber of bonds, and any substance that has an affinity for iron could
not so readily attack it in this condition. ‘This would be true whether
ferrous iron be considered here as Fe,, with a valence of four, or as Fe//.
That marcasite is Fe’’S, is also indicated by its oxidation in the air into
FeSO, mainly. Under these same conditions it will be noted that pyrite
forms both ferrous and ferric compounds, as FeSO, but much more
Fe,O, (OH), aud free sulphur. Marcasite, however, when decomposed
by water under pressure (in nature) furms much limonite also, this being
due no doubt to the oxidation being effected under pressure. This con-
stitution explains also the fact that the oxidation of marcasite is continu-
ous and complete, as shown by the current oxidations. It will be shown
also that this constitution of pyrite that has been made out explains fully
its action with the current. That marcasite is unsaturated is also indi-
cated by the fact that it has not been made artificially or at any rate posi-
tively identified in any of the artificial FeS, that has thus far been made.
If marcasite be a persulphide, as its formula would seem to indicate for a
ferrous compound, none of the methods detailed above for making Fes,
would be applicable in its case, unless perhaps the method of Deville
might produce it. All of the other methods would probably produce
ferric iron, at least in large part, and the resulting product would be
pyrite.

The formula for pyrite derived from my investigations and expressing
the relation of the two conditions of the iron in the simplest way is
4 FeivS,: Fe’’/S,. This formula is also borne out by what we know of the
formation of pyrite as given in the early part of this paper, and by such
experiments as I have made onits decomposition, as well as the fact above
alluded to that it, in oxidizing in nature, does not furm much ferrous
compounds but mainly ferric. And it also explains the fact that it is more
stable as regards any element attacking its sulphur, for it is most probable
that all the sulphur of the Fe/’S, in its formula is linked to iron. I would
propose the following structural formula, not as expressing the exact con-
stitution of the compound, for of that we know nothing, but as an

* These results have been confirmed by experiments.made during the past year in this
laboratory, and not yet published,

242 [May 18,

Brown. ]

expression of the condition of the iron in the molecule and as embodying
in a quantitative way the result of my investigations into its constitution.
It will be noticed that the sulphur of the Fe//S, is made to link entirely
with iron.

N)
Fea
S)
|
S
S—Fe<
a. s
Structural formula of pyrite. Fe’/< |
afi S
S—Fe<
Ss
|
8
Pex:
S)

If ferric iron be considered as Feiv—Feir it is only necessary to connect
the ferric Fe atoms with bonds, but it seems to me that ferric iron is more
likely Fe’’’, and at any rate this is the simplest way to regard it. A very
striking proof of the correctness of the idea expressed in this structural
formula that Fe’’S, in pyrite has its sulphur all linked to iron is afforded
in the experiments on oxidation of the mineral by means of the electric
current as detailed above. It will be recalled that the amount thus
oxidized was between 21 and 22 per cent. Now if two molecules of FeS,
be split off from the above formula, say those linked by sulphur to sulphur
there would remain a saturated compound much more difficult to decom-
pose (theoretically) than the pyrite molecule illustrated and the amount
of sulphur thus removed would be by calculation 21.33 percent. This
action could be thus illustrated :

i)
FeZ S
|
S s
— ee
ae aie decomposed g/ ees
Fe | by the current Fe< ‘
5 ia =)
S—Fec would give \Fe< l
s 5
Fec
‘s

Of course this structural formula is only intended to represent the

A

xt bee

€
;
¢
5

1894.] 4 243 (Scott.

probable relations of the atoms in the molecule, and the probability that
the Fe/’S, is entirely saturated.

8
A structural formula for marcasite might be given as: Han and this
Ss

really expresses our entire knowledge of its constitution. It may be any
polymer of this, for being unsaturated it should be capable of forming
polymers.

I much regret that want of time has compelled me to discontinue these
latter investigations into the decomposibility of these minerals by solutions
of metallic salts under pressure, as it seems to open up a way for the study
of many other sulphides and would doubtless be productive of most valua-
ble results. Besides this it would probably adduce additional proof of the
correctness of my formulas for these minerals as given above.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT.

I take this occasion to express my sense of gratitude to Prof. Edgar F.
Smith, who suggested the work to me, and who by hisconstant encourage-
ment and ready advice has greatly furthered its prosecution. Many of the
experiments were made at his suggestion, and no doubt the success of the
work is largely due to him.

Notes on the Osteology of Agriocherus Leidy (Artionyx O. & W.) .
By W. B. Scott, College of New Jersey, Princeton.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 18, 1894.)

Leidy described this genus more than forty years ago, and yet in spite
of the repeated explorations of the White River and John Day beds, it has
hitherto been known only from the skull.. In 1893, Osborn and Wortman
published, under the name of Artionyx, an account of an extraordinary
hind foot, which, with a typical artiodacty] tarsus, possesses five digits and
very large claw-like ungual phalanges. The authors named refer
Artionyz to the Ancylopoda on account of the resemblance of its phalanges
to those of Chalicothertum. An examination of the type specimen of the
supposed new genus led me to believe that it represented the hind foot of
Agriocherus (see Osborn’s Rise of the Mammalia in North America, p. 44,
separatim). This conclusion was founded upon the fact that the tarsus
is not only artiodactyl, but characteristically oreodont in structure, and
that certain features of the skull and dentition of Agriochwrus indicated
that it must be an exceedingly aberrant member of the oreodont group.

Mr. J. B. Hatcher, curator of vertebrate paleontology in the Prince-
ton Museum, has just sent me from the White River bad lands of South
Dakota three fragmentary skeletons of Agriochwrus, associated with

Scott.] 244 [May 18,

teeth, the examination of which has yielded some very surprising
results. Not only is the conjecture confirmed that Artionyx and Agrio-
cherus are synonymous names, but also that the forelimb which I de-
scribed as? Mesonyx dakotensis (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1892, p.
806) probably belongs to some nearly allied form. Agriochwrus has thus
almost as many synonyms as Chalicotherium, and as in that animal its
various parts have been referred to no less than three mammalian orders,
the head to the artiodactyls, the fore foot to the creodonts and the hind
foot to the Ancylopoda.

These preliminary notes will deal only with some of
the more salient features of structure, leaving a com-
plete account of the skeleton for another occasion.
Beside the three parts of skeletons already mentioned,
the material at present available consists of the fore
leg and part of manus, lacking ungual phalanges, of
the specimen described as ? Mesonyx dakotensis (Mu-
seum No. 10492), and a second very similar specimen
collected last summer by Mr. Hatcher (No. 10695).

The skull of Agriochwrus departs very little from
that of the oreodonts, even those features in which it
differs from the White River members of that family, _
such as the open orbit and (probably) the absence of
the lachrymal pit, being shared by Protoreodon of the
Uinta Eocene.

The dentition displays the prcéminently character-
istic feature of the oreodonts in the conversion of the
inferior canine into a functional incisor, while p. 1
assumes the form and function of the canine. In other
respects the dentition is widely different from that of
the oreodonts. Briefly stated, these differences are as
follows: (1) The reduction of the upper incisors ;
(2) the molariform pattern, more or less complete, of
p. 4 in both jaws; (8) the structure of the molars,
which closely resemble those of Hyopotamus, though
lacking the protoconule in the upper series. These
differences induced Leidy to refer Agriocherus to a
family distinct from, but allied to the oreodonts.

The proximal end of the radius is almost exactly

Fic. 1. Left wing like that of Oreodon ; it is transversely extended, oc-
and radius of 4A, Ccupying the whole width of the humeral trochlea and
major? % nat. size. antero-posteriorly compressed. The proportions of the
The ulna istoomuch three humeral facets are slightly different from those
shortened in the x ‘
drawing. of Oreodon, the outer one being relatively narrower

and the pit for the intercondylar ridge of the humerus
Jarger and deeper. This applies, however, only to the large species
from the upper beds; in A. antiquus the correspondence of this por-

1894.] 24 5) [Seott.

tion of the radius with that of Oreodon is complete. The shaft has a
remarkably strong curvature forward (¢. ¢e., with the convexity in
front) and is slender with transversely oval section, broadening gradually
to the distal end, while in Oreodon it continues slender and expands sud-
denly into the inferior end, The distal portion presents many more pvints
of difference between the two genera than does the proximal and has in
Agrivcherus quite a deceptively carnivore-like appearance. In the latter
it is more thickened transversely and less anteroposteriorly than in
Oreodon, the scaphoid and lunar facets are less distinctly separated and of
different shape and there is no sulcus for the extensor tendons upon the
anterior face of the bone. The ulna has an olecranon shaped much like
that of Oreodon and similarly grooved at the extremity, but decidedly
thicker and more massive. The inner humeral facet forms in its distal
portion a remarkably prominent fliriag lip, far exceeding the correspond-
ing structure in Oreodon. The shaft is large throughout; proximally it
is trihedral, but soon becomes much compressed laterally aud resembles
a ribin shape, since the antero-posterior depth is retained. The distal end
is contracted to a narrow and simply convex facet for the cuneiform.

The carpus is very different from that of Oreodon. A complete
account of it cannot yet be given, the only available specimens
lacking the scaphoid and pisiform. The lunar is more like that of the
Uinta genus Protuvreodon than that of
the White River form. The spccial
peculiarity of the lunar in the true oreo-
donts lies in its tendency to move over
upon the unciform and to make its
contact with the magnum altogether
lateral. This tendency is already be-
ginning in Jrotoreodon and reaches its
culmination in Merycocherus and
Merychyus. In Ayriochwrus, on the
other hand, this tendency is reversed ;
the lunar rests almost entirely upon
the magnum, its facet for which is pyg.2, Partofleftmanusof A. major?
broad and but slightly oblique. The Nat. size The trapezium is incorrectly
anterior portion of this facet is convex, P!«ced, the surface in contact with the
becoming deeply convex behind. The ‘2P¢°ld being that for the seaphoid.
unciform facet is lateral rather than distal in front, but towards the palmar
side the uncifourm extends beneath the lunar. The radial surface is like
that of Orevdon, but does not descend so low upon the dorsal face of the
bone, and the palmar portion does not present so much laterally. The
cuneiform is relatively large ; proximally it displaysa broad concavity for
the ulna, while the distal face is occupied by the large subcircular facet for
the unviform, The pisiform facet is flat and notably small, whereas in
Oreodon it is concave and occupies the whole palmar side of the bone.
The trapezium is somewhat of a surprise in its shape and connections; it

246 [May 18,

Scott. ]

is a small nodular bone, which is attached to the scaphoid and trapezoid,
but has no facet for a first metacarpal. In view of the fact, indicated by
Osborn and Wortman, and confirmed by one of the specimens received
from Mr. Hatcher, that a hallux was present in the pes, the absenceof the
pollex, which is preserved in at least two oreodonts, is decidedly unex-
pected. There is reason to believe, however, that the pollex was retained
in A. antiquus. The trapezoid is considerably larger than the magnum,
especially its dorsal portion ; posteriorly it is excavated on the ulnar side
for the extension of the magnum. The surface for the scaphoid is some-
what warped ; broadand proximal in front, narrowerand obliquely lateral
behind. The distal portion of the trapezoid articulates only with the second
metacarpal. The magnum differs from that of Oreodon in several im-
portant respects. Its proximal surface is occupied principally by the
lunar, the scaphoid being confined to a relatively narrow surface in front,
though posteriorly the contact is more considerable, and further the
magnum has but a very small facet for the second metacarpal. The unci-
form differs considerably from that of Oreodon. Anteriorly the lunar
facet forms an excavation upon the radial side of the bone, but posteriorly
an almost cylindrical process extends beneath the lunar. The proximal
surface, which in Oreodon is divided equally between the lunar and cunei-
form. facets, is occupied almost entirely by the facet for the cuneiform.
The articular surface for the fifth metacarpal differs from that of the last-
named genus in its larger relative size and more distal position, and the
posterior hook of the unciform is decidedly more massive.

The metacarpals are represented by the proximal and distal ends of the
second and fourth and by the third complete. They display several signifi-
cant differences from those of Oreodon. Asalready mentioned, the pollex
was probably entirely absent and the other metacarpals are of more uhi-
form size, giving a more isodactyl form of manus than in Oreodon. The
head of me. 11 is slightly smaller than that of me. Iv, and has a large con-
cave facet for the trapezoid and a very minute one forthe magnum. The
shaft is more rounded and less antero posteriorly compressed than in
Oreodon. ‘The distal end is creodont rather than ungulate in appearance.
This appearance is due to the great enlargement of the processes for
attachment of the lateral ligaments, the more distinct constriction of the
trochlea and its almost spherical shape and to the greater prominence of the
carina. Mc. 111 is the heaviest of the series ; it bears a large facet for the
magnum, which is convex antero-posteriorly and concave transversely,
and abuts against the unciform by a process which overlaps the head of
mc. Iv ; this process is, however, relatively smaller than in Oreodon.
Me. rv requires no particular description ; it is rather smaller than me. III
and somewhat larger than me. Ir.

The phalanges are, at first sight, very different from those of Oreodon, but
a careful comparison shows important resemblances, especially if the small
species, A. antiguus, from the lower beds be considered. In the proximal
phalanx the following differences from Oreodon may be observed: (1)

1894.] 247 [Seott.

The proximal articular surface is more deeply concave, and more
oblique to the long axis of the bone, presenting dorsally as well as proxi-
mally. (2) The dis-
tal trochlea is less
depressed, more
deeply notched and
extends farther upon
the palmar side. In

the second phalanx 3
the dorso-palmar di- Fig. 3

ameter is relatively Fie. 8. Phalanges of Iv digit of manus. Same individual
as Figs. 1 and 2, nat. size.

much greater and the
transverse diameter less than in Oreodon. The median ridge of the prox-
imal trochlea is much more prominent and the lateral concavities of this
surface more deeply excavated. The distal articular facet is much more
extensive, especially upon the palmar side, and more deeply notched
in the middle line. The ungual is compressed and forms a large claw,
quite unlike the slender pointed hoof of Oreodon, though the difference is
hardly a fundamental one. The facet for the second phalanx is much
greater in the dorso-palmar direction and allows a more extended move-
ment of the two bones upon each other. The mutual relations of the
three phalanges is quite different in the two genera; in Agriocherus the
arrangement is much like what is found in Chalicotherium.

The tibia differs in several important respects from that of Oreodon.
The proximal end is carnivorous rather than ungulate in appearance.
This is due partly to the flatness of the condyles and their slighter obliquity
from before backward, but especially to the small prominence of the
cnemial crest, which though broad and massive is much lower than in
Oreodon, and hence the proximal portion of the tibia has a decidedly
smaller antero-posterior diameter than in that genus; the spine is also
less conspicuous. The distal end is remarkable for the great size of the
internal malleolus, which is very long and has an articular facet for the
astragalus upon its free end.

The tarsus has already been fully described by Osborn and Wortman.
It is requisite here, therefore, only to call attention to the differences
which obtain between the various species of Agriocherus, as well as be-
tween the latter genus and Oreodon. In the absence of teeth it cannot
yet be determined whether the specimen described by Osborn and Wort-
man should be referred to any of Leidy’s species and therefore, for the pur-
poses of the present comparison, the name A. gaudryi O. and W. will be
retained. A. antiqguus from the Oreodon beds differs from A. gaudryi in
the following particulars: (1) The size is somewhat smaller. (2) Allthe
elements of the tarsus are relatively higher and narrower. (3) There is
less difference in size between the internal and external condyles of the
astragalus and the latter is separated by a much wider interval from the
cuboidal facet. (4) The pit for the internal malleolus is much less deeply

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 140. 2 F. PRINTED JUNE 19, 1894.

Scott. ] 248 [May 18,

incised. (5) The fibular facet of the calcaneum is higher and more
oblique, but less extended antero-posteriorly. (6) The calcaneal facet of
the cuboid is relatively broader, while that for the astragalus is narrower.
Unfortunately the compound cuneiform is lost from the specimens of
A. antiquus and the only navicular preserved is too much injured fur com-
parison.

The tarsus of Agriocha@rus is fundamentally similar to that of Oreodon,
but with many significant differences of detail. Comparing O. culbertsont
with A. antiquus the following deviations in the structure of the latter
may be observed. (1) All the tarsal bones are much lower and broader.
(2) The pit on the astragalus for the tibial malleolus is much deeper and
the ridge separating the cuboid and navicular facet of this bone is decidedly
more prominent. (3) Thesustentaculum of the calcaneum is much more
strongly developed and projecting. (4) The calcaneal facet descends
lower upon the dorsal face of the cuboid ; the hook-like process on the
plantar surface of the cuboid is very much more massive and the distal
facet for the fifth metatarsal less distinctly separated from that for the
fourth. In A. gaudryi. the plantar hook of the navicular is greatly in-
creased in breadth as compared with that of O. culbertsoni, and on the
distal surface of the compound cuneiform the facets for the second and
third metatarsals lie in the same transverse plane, instead of being at dif-
ferent levels. In consequence of this arrangement the second metatarsal,
which in Oreodon abuts against the tibial side of the ectocuneiform, is en-
tirely excluded from that element. Whether the same is true of A.
antiquus cannot at present be determined. In one of the specimens of the
latter species the entocuneiform is preserved. It is considerably wider
than the same bone in Oreodon, and las a distal facet for the first meta-
tarsal, thus confirming Osborn and Wortman’s observation as to the
presence of a hallux in this genus. A number of caudal vertebrae show
that Agriccherus had a longer and more powerful tail than Oreodon ; in-
deed, the tail is quite as well developed as in the larger cats, e. g., the
leopard. I have elsewhere called attention to the curious character of the
axis in this genus (Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Bd. xvi, p. 361). The
odontoid process has the characteristic shape found in the oreodonts ; it is
short and broid, with strongly convex ventral surface, nearly flat dorsal
surface, and rounded anterior margin. This process is, therefore, neither
conical nor spout-shaped, but intermediate between the two. The neural
spine, on the other hand, is entirely different from that of the oreodunts
and forms a great hatchet-shaped plate, resembling carnivorous rather than
ungulate structure.

THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF AGRIOCHGRUS.

Leidy separated this genus from the oreodonts, as the type of a distinct
family, which he regards as a ‘‘ peculiar and extinct family of ruminants
of the most aberrant character, but allied to the Oreodonts.’’ Gill united
the two families, giving to Agriocherus subfamily rank, an example which

1894. ] 249 [Scott.

was followed by Cope and by myself. Osborn and Wortman referred
their genus Artionyx to the Ancylopoda, with Chalicotherium, construct-
ing a new suborder, the Artionychia, for its reception. While much re-
mains to be learned regarding Agriochwrus, some inferences from the
facts of structure described in the preceding pages are reasonably clear.
In the first place, I cannot agree with Osborn and Wortman in removing
this genus altogether from the Artiodactyla and assigning ittothe Ancylo-
poda. Such a removal implies that all of the artiodactyl features of
structure have been independently acquired, and this is highly improbable.
I have, it is true, repeatedly insisted upon the reality and frequency of
parallelism in development, but it is very easy to push this doctrine to
unwarranted extremes. Among mammals, at least, no such extreme case
of this mode of evolution is known as would include the skull, dentition,
limbs, carpus and tarsus, and in fact everything but the phalanges. The
only evidence which could justify such a conclusion would be the finding
of a succession of species by which the independent origin of the two
groups could be traced out step by step. The agreement of Agriocherus
with Chalicotherium is of the slightest and most superficial character, con-
sisting only in the fact that both genera have claws. But the ungual
phalanges are of a very different pattern in the two genera, and it is surely
the less dangerous horn of the dilemma to conclude that this single corre-
spondence is due to parallelism rather than that the numerous and im-
portant characters in which Agriocherus agrees with the artiodactyls are
the result of such a process. :

But a difficulty arises here ; is not the distinction between hoof and claw
a fundamental one, established long before the artiodactyls had arisen ?
To answer this question with any certainty would require a much more
exact knowledge of the genesis of both kinds of phalanx than we at
present possess, but there is much reason to believe that while the ungu-
late and unguiculate types of mammals are radically distinct, yet the dis-
tinction does not rest, as the names imply, upon the character of the un-
guals. At all events both hoof and claw are found in closely allied
genera, as for example, among the rodents, creodonts and edentates.

These examples are, it is true, all found among the unguiculates, but there é

is no @ priori reason for assuming that asimilar diversity among the ungu-
lates may not occur. That it is rare in the latter group is doubtless due to
the fact that ungulates almost uniformly employ the feet only fur purposes
of locomotion, and indeed it is difficult to conjecture what the function of
such feet as those of Agrivchwrus and Chalicotherium may have been. In
view of all the characteristic artiodactyl structures which Agriochwrus
displays, one can hardly escape the conclusion that in this case the transi-
tion from hoof to claw has-actually taken place and that this genus is the
culmination of a series of aberrant artiodactyls. In the second place it is
obvious that Leidy’s separation of Agriochewrus from the Oreodontide is
entirely proper. A more obscure problem is to determine the relationship
between the two families, and to this end it will be necessary to briefly

Scott. ] 250 [May 18,

recapitulate their resemblances and differences. Agriochwrus resembles
the oreodonts in the following points: (1) The skull structure of the two
families is closely alike and the Uinta genus J’rotoreodon hardly differs at
all in this respect from Agriochewrus. (2) The very characteristic oreodont
features of the caniniform first lower premolar and incisiform canine are re-
peated in Agriocherus. (8) The atlas and the peculiar odontoid process
of the axis are similar in both groups. (4) The elbow joint ia the oreo-
donts is, as is well known, very exceptional among ungulates and all its
peculiarities are repeated in somewhat exaggerated form in Ag7viochwrus.
(5) The tarsus is oreodont in almost every particular, and is curiously
paralleled in many details by that of the Loup Fork genus Merycocherus.
It should be remembered in this connection that in A. antiquus the tarsus
deviates less from the oreodont type than does that of the later and larger
A. gaudryi, and is in fact intermediate between the two. This is signifi-
cent, because in the long continued existence of the Oreodontide from the
Uinta to the Loup Fork, there is relatively little change in the tarsus,
while each successive genus displays its own particular modification of the
carpus. (6) The phalanges, except the unguals, differ relatively little in
the two groups and are manifestly of thesametype. (7) Thearticulations
of the metapodials are similar.

The most important respects in which Agriochwrus differs from the
oreodonts are as follows: (1) The pattern of the molar teeth is very dis-
tinct, but this gap, especially as regards the lower teeth, is to some extent
bridged by Protoreodon of the Uinta Eocene, which shows that the two
kinds of molar may well have been derived from a single type. (2) The
distal end of the radius is creodont, rather than ungulate in character. (3)
In Agriocherus the carpus differs decidedly from that of the White River
oreodonts, both in the shape and in the connections of its parts, the dis-
placement being in opposite directions. Here again Protoreodon tends to
connect the two extremes and displays a type of carpus not far removed
from that which may have given rise to both. (4) The position of the
phalanges with reference to the metapodials and to each other is quite
different. (5) Much the most remarkable difference between the two
groups is the presence of claws in Agriocherus, while the oredonts have
hoofs. (6) Though the large Agriocherus species from the uppermost
White River beds has no pollex, there is reason to believe that it was
present in the earlier and smaller A. antiquus. (7) A striking difference
in the knee-joint is observable between Agriochwrus and the oreodonts,
which indicates that in the former the leg was straighter, while the proxi-
mal end of the tibiaand distal end of the femur have quite the appearance
of the same parts in the Carnivora. (8) All the elements of the tarsus
are lower and broader, the astragalus has a deep pit for the internal
malleolus and a hallux is present. The latter has not been found in any
oreodont. (9) Another carnivorous feature in Agriochwrus is the shape
assumed by the neural spine of the axis.

In brief, the dentition and skeleton of Agriocherus show a large num-

- ae

¢
1894.] 251 (Frazer.

ber of close correspondences with the oreodonts and especially in those
particulars in which that group differs from other artiodactyl families. On
the other hand, there are significant deviations from the oreodonts, which
are to be found more particularly in the structures correlated with the
curious change in foot structure. It seems on the whole highly probable
that the two families are not distantly related, especially if the somewhat
intermediate character of Protoreodon be considered.

The conclusion to which the available evidence leads is, then, that
Agriocherus is the last term in a succession of species which form a
curiously specialized offshoot of the Oreodontide, its divergences from
that family being principally the results of a change in the functions and
uses of the feet. The separation of the two series was probably already
established in the Uinta Eocene, for, in spite of its somewhat intermediate
character, Protoreodon can be a forerunner only of the oreodonts, The
Bridger beds may be expected to yield the common ancestor of the two
series, and this animal will probably turn out to be a pentadactyl form,
with buno-selenodont dentition and quinquetuberculate upper molars, the
unpaired lobe in the. anterior half of the crown. AsI have elsewhere
suggested, this hypothetical form may have been already found in the im-
perfectly known Helohyus.

The likeness of the Agriochwrus molars to those of aS i has
often been noticed and the inference drawn that these two genera were in
some manner more or less closely related. Mr. Hatcher writes me that
he has lately found feet of Hyopotamus which suggest the same affinities.
Until this material has been carefully studied, it will be the part of pru-
dence not to prejudge the question.

Three New Methods for the Detection of Forgery.
By Dr. Persifor Frazer.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 18, 1894.)

I wish to put on record three new methods which I have applied suc-
cessfully for the purpose of detecting frauds in written documents.

The first enables one to determine with comparative ease which of two
crossing ink lines was made first, and consists in observing the cross-
ing by a lens of low power (four or five diameters) at a very oblique
angle. Ifa light ink line be made over a darker one the appearance to
the eye when viewing the crossing perpendicularly to the plane of the
paper will be that the darker line is superposed. The reason of this is
that ink lines are quite transparent and the darker line is seen through
the lighter one and seems to make one continuous line with its two limbs

Frazer. ] 252 [May 18,

across the intersection. When the paper is inclined, however, but few
of the rays of light which reach the eye by reflexion from the intersection
truverse and lose rays by absorption from both ink films; but the greater
number penetrate only the upper ink and do not suffer absorption by
the lower.

The second is a method of judging whether or not two lines have been
made with the same ink and consists in passing over each in succession
prisms of red, yellow or blue glass (or two of these), and noting the num-
ber of millimeters through which it is necessary to move each prism
from the position where its thin edge is in contact with the mark to be
judged to that where the color is extinguished and the line is black. The
prism is pushed horizontally over the ink mark continually adding to the
thickness of the colored glass over the latter. When the line appears
quite black the distance in mm. over which the prism has been pushed
is read off and compared with the number of mm. which the other line
requires to attain the same result. If the inks have the same colors these
results must agree.

Third method. In 1836 I read before the Society a paper on the use of
composite photography for the purpose of establishing the type of an
individual’s writing and especially the signature. Since then the mechani-
cal difficulties in the way have been greatly lessened and the method has
given most valuable results in cases before various courts. But there
are many occasions where it cannot be employed fur one reason or an-
other, and in such cases I have devised a system of measurement and
tabulation which accomplishes by figures what composite photography
established automatically by form. The older method may be called the
graphic average of the handwriting and the later the numerical average.
The advantage of the former is that it takes into account at once all the
elements of character, while the latter can deal only with comparatively
few, but in spite of this the results attained have been very interesting.

By the system here alluded to a given number of heights, breadths and
angles of letters, and spaces between them and between words, are
selected and measured in a large number of undisputed signatures. The
same elements are then measured in the signature in dispute. The aver-
ages of all the elements in the genuine series is then compared with the
latter, and their agreement or disagreement will generally lead to a cor-
rect judgment as to the genuineness of the disputed signature.

This method has given successful results in a direction which extends
the original idea to a study of ‘‘ guided hands,”’ and it has been possible
to extract from the columns of measurements, proofs of the existence of
characteristics of each of the separate handwritings.

= ''

ke te a ea bee «ob he

wees abe" Se eae > « Oe YT) oo

De eee ee ee ee ee

1894. ] 253

Stated Meeting, Muy 4, 1894.
Mr. INGHAM in the Chair.

Minutes of preceding meeting read.

Letters of envoy were received from the Survey of India
Department, Calcutta; K. Sichsische Gesellschaft der Wissen-
schaften, Leipzig, Saxony; Faculté des Sciences, Marseilles,
France; Mrs. Carvill Lewis, London, Eng.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of New South Wales, Sydney (142); Imperial Acad-
emy of Sciences, Physical Central Observatory, Russian Chemi-
cal Society, Library of the Ministry of Marine, Prof. Serge Niki-
tin, St. Petersburg, Russia (142); K. Vetenskaps Akademiens
Bibleotek, Statistika Central Byran, Stockholm, Sweden
(142); Maatschappij van Nederlandsche Letterkunde, Leiden,
Z. Holland (142); Bibliotheque R. de Belgique, Bruxelles
(140, 141); Redaction der Naturwissenscha/tlichen Wochen-
schri/t, Berlin, Prussia (141); R. Accademia dei Lincei,
Rome, Italy (142); Bibliothéque Universitaire, Lyon, France
(130-135); Mercantile Library, Philadelphia (135) ; Mr. Ever-
ard F.im Thurn, Georgetown, British Guiana (141).

Letters of acknowledgment (144) were received from the En-
gineers’ Club, Franklin Institute, University of Pennsylvania,
Mercantile Library, Pennsylvania Historical Society, Free Li-
brary of Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences, Wagner
Free Institute, Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, Gen. I.
J. Wistar, Admiral Macauley, Profs. E. D. Cope, H. D. Greg-
ory, Lewis M. Haupt, II. V. Hilprecht, J. P. Lesley, James
MacAlister, Drs. John Ashhurst, Jr., J. Solis Cohen, Persifor
Frazer, W. W. Keen, Morris Longstreth, John Marshall,
Charles A. Oliver, C. N. Peirce, W. S. W. Ruschenberger,
H. Clay Trumbull, W. H. Wahl, Messrs. R. L. Ashhurst, R.
Meade Bache, Patterson DuBois, Jacob B. Eckfeldt, Robert P.
Field, KE. V. d’Invillier, W. W. Jefteris, Franklin Platt, Theo-
dore D. Rand, Louis Vossion, J. M. Wilson, Ellis Yarnall,
Philadelphia; Mr. Heber 8. Thompson, Pottsville, Pa.; Rev. F.

254. [May 4,

A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa.; Rev. G. W. Anderson, Rose-
mont, Pa.; Dr. W. H. Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa.; Dr. John
Curwen, Warren, Pa.; Mr. Philip P. Sharples, West Chester,
Pa.; Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, Wilkes-
barre, Pa.; Maryland Institute for the Promotion of the.
Mechanic Arts, Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md. ;
Journal of the U. S. Artillery, Fortress Monroe, Va.; Mr.
Jedediah Hotchkiss, Staunton, Va.; Leander McCormick Ob-
servatory, Library of the University of Virginia, Prof. J. W.
Mallet, University of Virginia; Agricultural Experiment
Station, Experiment, Ga.; Georgia Historical Society, Savan-
nah; Michigan State Library, Lansing; Atheneum, Columbus,
Tenn.; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky.; Prof EK. W. Clay-
pole, Akron, O.; University of Cincinnati, Society of Natural
History, Cincinnati Observatory, Cincinnati, O.; Oberlin Col-
lege, Oberlin, O.; Purdue Experiment Station, La Fayette,
Ind.; Prof. G. W. Hough, Evanston, Ill.; State Historical
Society of Wisconsin, Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts
and Letters, Madison.

Accessions to the Library were reported from Prof. N. A.
Cobb, Sydney, Australia; Great Trigonometrical Survey of
India, Dehra-Dun; Etat Independant du Congo, Brussels, Bel-
gium; Musée Naturelle dé Hongrie, Budapest; K. Akademie
der Wissenschaften, Vienna, Austria; Gesellschaft fiir An-
thropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Berlin, Prussia;
Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Bremen, Germany ; Schlesische
Botanische Tausch-Verein, Breslau, Prussia; Prof. August
Tischner, Leipzig, Saxony ; Geographische Gesellschaft, Bern,
Switzerland ; Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Lau-
sanne, Switzerland; Société Francaise de Physique, Paris,
France; Mrs. Carvill Lewis, London, Eng.; Geological Society,
Glasgow, Scotland; Canadian Institute, Toronto, Canada;
American Statistical Association, Prof. Alexander Macfarlane,
Boston, Mass.; Prof. C. L. Doolittle, Salem, Mass.; Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Newark, N. J.; Academy of Natu-
ral Sciences, Mercantile Library, Mr. Frederick Prime, Phila-
delphia; Office of the Chief of Engineers, U. 8. Department

1894] 255

of Agriculture, Anthropological Society, U.S. Fish Commis-
sion, Census Office, Washington, D. C.; Lick Observatory,
Mt. Hamilton, Cal.; Iowa Masonic Library, Cedar Rapids;
Geological Survey, Des Moines, Ia.; Deutsche Wissenschaft-
liche Verein, Santiago de Chile; Sociedad de Ingenieros,
Puebla, Mex.

Mr. Henry Carey Baird, in the following letter, presented
to the Society, on behalf of the contributors, a handsome por-
trait of George Ord, a former Vice-President of the Society :

To THE PRESIDENT OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY :

Mr. President :—The pleasant duty has devolved on me, on behalf of a
number of members of the Society, subscribers, of presenting to the So-
ciety a portrait of the late George Ord.

This portrait has been copied by Mr. T. Henry Smith from the original
by John Nagle, painted in 1829, the property of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, to the courtesy of the officers of which institution we are in-
debted for permission to make this copy.

Mr. Ord was an eminent Philadelphian, having been born here in 1781,
and died here January 24, 1866. He was elected a member of this Society
October 17, 1817, was Secretary 1820-1827 and also in 1829, Vice-Presi-
dent 1832-1835, Librarian 1842-1848, Treasurer 1842-1847, Councilor
1836. From 1851 to 1858 he was President of the Academy of Natural
Sciences. He was also a fellow of the Linnean Society of London.

He was an intimate friend of the naturalist Alexander Wilson, and was
his companion in many of his ornithological expeditions. After Wilson’s
death, in 1813, Mr. Ord completed the eighth volume of Wilson’s Ornith-
ology (Philadelphia, 1814). In 1825 he prepared a new edition of the
last three volumes, and in 1828 published his Life of Wilson. In 18384 he
wrote the Memoirs of Thomas Say, and in 1849 a Memoir of Charles A.
Lesueur. While his special department was that of natural history and
especially ornithology, his labors as a lexicographer were important, hav-
ing aided in editing Johnson’s Dictionary, and having contributed valu-
able matter to the dictionary of Noah Webster.

It seems eminently fitting that a portrait of this distinguished member
of the Society should adorn the walls of its hall, and it is hoped that this
faithful reproduction of Nagle’s admirable picture may be thought worthy
of the subject.

PHILADELPHIA, May 4, 1894. HENRY CAREY BArtrp.

The letter was ordered spread on the minutes with the list
of donors.
PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 145. 2 @. PRINTED JUNE 15, 1894

256 [May 18,

Dr. Morris moved a vote of thanks to the donors, which
was adopted. ;

Committees on “‘ Membership ” and the “‘ Memorial Dinner”
reported progress.

A letter was received from Mr. Ben. D. Peter, Lexington,
Ky., announcing the death of his father, Dr. Robert Peter,
April 26, 1894, zt. 89.

Obituary notice of George de Benneville Keim was read by
Dr. Brinton.

Mr. Bache read his views on “The Dynamics of Boxing.”

Nomination No. 1278 was read.

Mr. Prime moved and Dr. Brinton seconded the following
resolution :

Resolved, That J. Sergeant Price, the Treasurer of the American Philo-
sophical Society, is hereby authorized and directed to cast the vote to
which the corporation is entitled as a policy holder and contributor of
“The Philadelphia Contributionship for the Insurance of Houses from
Loss by Fire,’’ at any election for Directors and Treasurer of the corpora-
tion last named, to serve for the year ending the second Monday of April,
1895, and to vote on any questions that may arise at the meeting at which
the said election is held.

The resolution was unanimously adopted.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, May 18, 1894.

President FRALEY in the Chair.

Col. Henry DuPont, a newly elected member, was presented
to the Chair, and took his seat.

Minutes of meeting May 4th read.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters of envoy were received from the Institut Egyptien,
Cairo; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta; K. K. Astro-
nomisch-meteorologische Observatorium, Triest, Austria; Uni-
versité de Lyon, Lyon, France; Royal Statistical Society,

rare

1894.] 257

London, Eng.; Direction Générale de Statistique, La Plata,
S. A.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Mint, Melbourne, Australia (139, 140); Académie Hongroise
des Sciences, Budapest (135, 1836, 187); Schweizerische
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bern, Switzerland (142); Prof.
Giovanni Capellini, Bologna, Italy (142); R. Academia di
Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Padua, Italy (142); Université de
Lyon, Lyon, France (180-139, 141).

Letters of acknowledgment (144) were received from the
Geological Survey Department, Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn,
Ottawa, Canada; Literary and Historical Society, Laval Uni-
versity, Hon. J. M. LeMoine, Quebec, Canada; Canadian In-
stitute, Toronto; Society of Natural History, Portland, Me. ;
Dartmouth College, Prof. Charles H. Hitchcock, Hanover,
N.H.; Vermont Historical Society, Montpelier ; Rhode Island
Historical Society, Providence; Franklin Society, Providence,
R.1.; Boston Society of Natural History, Massachusetts His-
torical Society, Public. Library, Mr. Robert C. Winthrop,
Boston, Mass.; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Mr. Robert
N. Toppan, Prof. J. D. Whitney, Dr. Justin Winsor, Cambridge,
Mass. ; Free Public Library, New Bedford, Mass.; Essex Insti-
tute, Salem, Mass.; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester,
Mass.; Mr. George F. Dunning, Farmington, Conn. ; Connec-
ticut Historical Society, Hartford; Yale University, Profs.
O. C. Marsh, W. D. Whitney, New Haven, Conn.; <Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Storrs, Conn,; State Library,
Prof. James Hall, Albany, N. Y.; Buffalo Library, Buffalo,
N. Y¥.; Prof. Edward..North, Clinton, N. Y.; Prof. J. M.
Hart, Ithaca, N. Y.; Columbia College, N. Y. Academy of
Medicine, N. Y. Historical Society, American Museum of
Natural History, N. Y. Hospital Library, Prof. Joel A. Allen,
Hon. Charles P. Daly, Dr. Daniel Draper, New York, N. Y.;
Vassar Brothers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Geological
Society of America, Rochester, N. Y.; Prof. W. Le Conte
Stevens, Troy, N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.;
Free Public Library, Jersey City, N.J.; Prof. Robert W.

258 [May 18,
Rogers, Madison, N. J.; New Jersey Historical Society, New-
ark, N. J.; Profs. W. Henry Green, Charles W. Shields,
C. A. Young, Princeton, N.J.; Dr. Charles B. Dudley, Altoona,
Pa.; Dr. Robert H. Alison, Ardmore, Pa.; Prof. M. H. Boyé,
Coopersburg, Pa.; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa.; Dr.
Traill Green, Prof. J. W. Moore, Rev. Thomas C. Porter,
HKaston, Pa; Mr. Andrew S. McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa.;
Haverford College, Prof. Lyman B. Hall, Haverford, Pa. ;
Mr. John Fulton, Johnstown, Pa.; Linnean Society, Lancas-
ter, Pa:; “Prof: F. A. Genth, Jir., Lansdowne, Pas Mirren
Rothermel, Linfield, Pa.; Hon. James T. Mitchell, Prof.
Albert A. Smyth, Philadelphia; Philosophical Society, West
Chester, Pa.; Col. H. A. DuPont, Wilmington, Del.; U.S.
Geological Survey, Surgeon-General’s Office, U. S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey, Smithsonian Institution, Catholic University,
U.S. Weather Bureau, Drs. J. S. Billings, W. J. Hoffman,
Col. Garrick Mallery, Prof. Charles A. Schott, Mr. William
B. Taylor, Washington, D. C.; University of Tennessee,
Knoxville; Texas Academy of Science, Austin; University of
California, Prof. Joseph Le Conte, Berkeley, Cal.; Lick Ob-
servatory, Mt. Hamilton, Cal.; Prof. George Davidson, San
Francisco, Cal.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Ia. ;
State Historical Society, Iowa City, la.; Kansas University
Quarterly, Lawrence; Nebraska State Historical Society,
Agricultural Experiment Station, Lincoln, Neb.; State Agri-
cultural College, Fort Collins, Colo.; Academy of Science,
Tacoma, Wash.; University of Wyoming, Laramie; College
of Agriculture, Las Cruces, New Mexico.

Letters of acknowledgment for Certificate of Membership
were received from Dr. Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass. ;
Prof. J. M. Hoppin, New Haven, Conn.; Gen. Isaac J. Wis-
tar, Philadelphia.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta; R. Accademia degli Agiati,
Roveredo, Tyrol; Osservatorio Astronomico Meteorologico,
Triest, Illyria; Université de Lyon, France; Société de Géo-
graphie, Toulouse, France; Royal Institution, London, Eng. ;

Gyr D> nt ee

1894] 259

American Oriental Society, New Haven, Conn.; Historical
Society, Buffalo, N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica,
N. Y.; Zodlogical Society, Editor of the Naturalists Leisure
Hour, Indian Rights’ Association, Editors of the International
Journal of Ethics, Prof. E. D. Cope, Dr. Charles A. Oliver,
Philadelphia; University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Observa-
torio Meteorologico Central de Xalapa, Mexico; Bureau d’Ex-
changes Internationaux de Publications de la Republique
Oriental de Uruguay, Montevideo; Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Fayetteville, Ark.; La Fayette, Ind.; Brookings,
S. Dak.; Tucson, Ariz.

A photograph was received from the Yorkshire Geological
and Polytechnic Society, Halifax, Eng. of Mr. James W.
Davis, Honorary Secretary.

Council met, and adjourned without business.

The President appointed Dr. Ruschenberger, who accepted,
to prepare an obituary of Dr. W. V. Keating.

Mr. Price moved, and Dr. Ruschenberger seconded the mo-
tion, to postpone the election of members until next regular
time for election, on account of small attendance owing to
very stormy weather.

Mr. Lyman read his paper on “Some New Red Horizons.”

Dr. Frazer followed with remarks on his own work in the
same horizons as illustrated in Adams, York, Lancaster and
Cumberland counties in the State.

Prof. Cope read by title a paper from Prof. Scott entitled
“ Notes on the Osteology of Agriocherus Leidy ;” also a paper
entitled “On the Lungs of the Ophidia,” by himself.

Prof. Barker read a communication entitled, “ Comparative
Study of the Chemical Behavior of Pyrite and Marcasite,”
by Amos Peaslee Brown.

Dr. Frazer indicated his method of detecting forgeries in
documents aid handwriting.

And the meeting was adjourned by the President.

Sept. 7, 1804.] 261

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vou. XXXII. JULY TO DECEMBER, 1894. No. 146.

Stated Meeting, September 7, 1894.
President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

The death of Lord Coleridge, Chief Justice of England, was
announced.

Mr. Lyman read the following correction of a statement.
made by Dr. Frazer in the last number of the Proceedings:

“In the last issue of the Proceedings, Vol. xxxiii, p. 216, for our last
meeting, May 18, 1894, Dr. Persifor Frazer makes public a wholly mis-
taken impression in regard to my position and influence in the State Geo-
logical Survey. So far from being its ‘ quasi director,’ I have never even
had the honor of being strictly speaking a regularly employed, salaried

Assistant Geologist of the Survey, but have only done contract-work for
' it; and have never had anything whatever to do directly or indirectly,
by authority or by advice, in responsibility or in consultation, with the
management or control of any part of the work of the Survey, except my
own.

“‘In writing out his remarks, he must have believed he had uttered
them essentially as they are printed ; but anything in the least like so in-
exact a statement in that matter would have been corrected at once.

“Beng. SmirH LyMan.”’

Mr. Prime spoke of the gold regions of South Africa.
Pending nominations 1273, 1274, 1276 to 1301 (inclusive)
were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

PROC, AMER. PHILOS. 80C, xxxIII. 146.2 H. PRINTED NOV. 19, 1894.

262 [Sept. 21,
Stated Meeting, September 21, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters acknowledging the receipt of diploma from Dr.
Isaac Roberts, Crowborough, Sussex, England, and Hon.
Robert EK. Pattison, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.

A circular from the Royal Society of New South Wales,
Sydney, in reference to prizes for 1894, 1895 and 1896.

A circular from the Palzeographical Society of Australasia,
Sydney, setting forth the objects of the Society.

Communication from the Council of the Imperial Russian
Geographical Society, in reference to the necessity of an Inter-
national Agreement with regard to the publication of material
contained in Naval Meteorological Journals.

Circular from the Secrétariat Général de la Société de Géog-
raphie de Toulouse, in reference to a decimal division of the
day.

Prospectus of the nature and objects of the Royal Institu-
tion of Great Britain, London, Engiand.

A letter from N. Borovko, Odessa, Russia, in reference to
the question of an international language.

Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Society of
New South Wales, Sydney; Mr. Edward Cousel, Melbourne,
Australia; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta; Government
Astronomer, Madras, India; Société Imp. Mineralogique,
Comité Geologique, Observatoire Physique Central, St. Peters-
burg, Russia; Academia Romania, Bukarest; Universite R.
de Norvége, Christiania; Fondation de P. Teyler van der
Hulst, Harlem, N. Holland; Maatschappif der Nederlandsche
Letterkunde, Leiden, Z. Holland; K. Leopoldinisch-Caro-
linische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle a. 5&.,
Prussia; Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der gesammten Natur-
wissenschaften, Marburg, Prussia; Wiirtembergische Verein
fiir Handelsgeographie, Stuttgart; Musée Guimet, Bureau of
Longitudes, Société Philologique, Paris, France; Zodlogical

1894.] 263

Society, Royal Society, London, Eng; Royal Dublin Society,
Royal Irish Academy, Dublin, Ireland; Geological Society of
America, Rochester, N. Y.; U.S. Naval Institute, Annapolis,
Md.; Musée de La Plata, La Plata, Argentine Republic, 8S. A.;
Société Scientifica du Chili, Santiago; Instituto Fisico Geo-
grafico Nacional, San José, Central America.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Tokyo
Library, Tokyo, Japan (139, 140, 141); Linnean Society of
N.S. Wales, Sydney (141); R. Geographical Society (Queens-
land Branch), Brisbane, Queensland (11); Mr. Samuel Daven-
port, Adelaide, S. Australia (141); Royal Society of Victoria,
Melbourne (141); Public Library, Wellington, N. Z. (187,
188, 141); Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors,
Finland (142); Physico-Mathematical Society, Kasan, Russia
(140, 141, 142); Tashkent Observatory, Tashkent, Russia
(142); Prof. Dr. Japetus Steenstrup, Copenhagen, Denmark
(142); Biblioteca N. C., Firenze, Italia (142); R. Istituto
Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere, Milan, Italy (142); R. Ac-
cademia d. Scienze Lettere ed Arti, Modena, Italy (142);
Societa Africana d’Italia, Naples, Italy (142); Prof. Giuseppe
Sergi, Roma, Italia (142); R. Osservatorio dell’ Universita,
Turin, Italy (142); Marquis Antonio de Gregorio, Palermo,
Sicily (141); Société R. de Geographie, Anvers, Belgique
(138, 142); R. Accademia degli Agiati, Rovereto, Tyrol (139,
140, 141); Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Berlin, Prussia (142);
Naturhistorische Verein, Bonn (141); Naturwissenschaftliche
Verein, Bremen, Germany (141); Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Emden, Prussia (141); Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Han-
over, Prussia (139, 141); K. Sternwarte, Leipzig, Saxony
(141); Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte, Mecklenburg,
Germany (141); K. Sternwarte, Munich, Bavaria (142);
Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Osnabriick, Prussia (141, 142);
Bibliothéque Cantonale, Lausanne, Switzerland (142); Aca-
demia des Sciences et Belles Lettres, Angers, France (141);
Société Linneenne, Bordeaux (142); Société d’Histoire et
d’Archzologie, Chalon-sur-Saone, France (142); Société des
Sciences Naturelles et Archéologiques de la Creuse, Guéret,

264. [Sept. 21,

France (142); Bibliothéque Universitaire, Lyon, France (142);
Faculté des Sciences, Marseille, France (114, 115, 116, and
Catalogue, Parts i-iv); Société Francaise de Physique, Société
de l’Histoire de France (144), Rédaction de “ Cosmos” (142,
144), Ministre des Travaux Publics (138, 141), Compte de
Charencey, M. Victor Duruy (144), Profs. E. Levasseur (142),
E. Mascart (142, 144), Gaston Maspero (142, 144), Léon de
Rosny (142), Marquis de Nadaillac (142), Paris, France.
Letters of acknowledgment (145) were received from Mr.
Horatio Hale, Clinton, Ontario; Bowdoin College Library,
Brunswick, Me.; Society of Natural History, Portland, Me.;
Amherst College Library, Ambherst, Mass.; Massachusetts
Historical Society, Athenzum, Boston Society of Natural
History, State Library of Massachusetts, Boston Public
Library, Mr. Robert C. Winthrop, Boston, Mass.; Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy, Profs. Alexander Agassiz, George L.
Goodale, Mr. Robert N. Toppan, Dr. Justin Winsor, Cam-
bridge, Mass.; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.; Marine Biologi-
cal Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.; American Antiquarian
Society, Worcester, Mass.; Rhode Island Historical Society,
Providence; Mr. George F. Dunning, Farmington, Conn. ;
Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford; Prof. O. C. Marsh,
New Haven, Conn.; New York Historical Society, Meteoro-
logical Observatory, American Museum of Natural History,
New York Iospital, Columbia College, Academy of Sciences,
Hon. Charles P. Daly, Capt. R. Somers Hayes, Profs. Joel A.
Allen, John J. Stevenson, New York, N. Y.; Prof. James
Hale, Albany, N. Y.; Buffalo Library, Buffalc, N. Y.; Prof.
Kdward North, Clinton, N. Y.; Profs. J. M. Hart, Burt G.
Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y.; Prof. W. Le Conte Stevens, Troy,
N. Y.; Academy of Science, Rochester, N. Y.; Vassar Broth.
ers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Dr. W. T. Barnard,
Boonton, N.J.; Free Public Library, Jersey City, N.J.; New
Jersey Historical Society, Newark; Prof. W. Henry Green,
Princeton, N.J.; Prof. Martin H. Boyé, Coopersburg, Pa.;
Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa.; Rev. Thomas C. Porter,
Prof. J. W. Moore, Dr. Traill Green, Haston, Pa.; Mr. John

1894.] 265

Fulton, Johnstown, Pa.; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa.; Dr.
D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa.; Academy of Natural Sciences,
Engineers’ Club, Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Mercan-
tile Library, Wagner Free Institute, Numismatic and Anti-
quarian Society, Editor of The Medical News, Public Library,
Library Company of Philadelphia, Hon. James T. Mitchell,
Gen. J. J. Wistar, Revs. W. H. Furness, H. Clay Trumbull,
Profs. John Ashhurst, Jr., Edward D. Cope, F. A. Genth, Jr.,
Lewis M. Haupt, H. W. Spangler, Drs. George Friebis, Morris
Longstreth, Charles A. Oliver, C. N. Peirce, W.S. W. Rusch-
enberger, Charles Schiffer, William Thomson, Messrs. Richard
L. Ashhurst, R. Meade Bache, Cadwalader Biddle, Lorin
Blodget, Patterson DuBois, Jacob B. Eckfeldt, William A.
Ingham, E. V. d’Invilliers, A. S. Letchworth, Robert Patter-
son, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Platt, Theodore D. Rand,
L. A. Scott, N. P. Tatham, Louis Vossion, Mrs. Helen Abbott
Michael, Philadelphia; Prof. John F. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa.;
Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville, Pa.; Dr. W. H. Apple-
ton, Swarthmore, Pa.; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa.;
Philosophical Society, Hon. William Butler, Mr. Philip P.
Sharples, West Chester, Pa.; Wyoming Historical and Geo-
logical Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Royal So-
ciety of New South Wales, Mr. N. A. Cobb, Sydney, Aus-
tralia; Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Melbourne;
New Zealand Institute, Wellington; Geographical Society,
Tokyo Library, Tokyo, Japan; Government Observatory,
Madras, India; Société Phys.-Mathématique, Kasan, Russia ;
Société des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie, Odessa; K. K.
Mineralogische Gesellschaft, Comité Geologique, Physikalische
Central Observatoriums, St. Petersburg, Russia; Bataviaasche
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, Batavia, Java;
K. Bibliotheek, K. Zoologisch-Botanische Genootschap,
’S Gravenhage, Holland; Société Hollandaise des Sciences,
Musée Teyler, Haarlem, Holland; Friessch Genootschap voor
Geschied. Oudheid en Taalkunde, Leeuwarden, Friesland ;
Maatschappij der Nederlandsche Letterkunde, Holland;

266 [Sept. 21,

Société Batave de Philosophie Experimentale, Rotterdam,
Holland; Naturforschende Verein, Briinn, Austria; Sieben-
biirgische Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften, Hermanstadt,
Transylvania; Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, K. K. Stern-
warte, Prag, Bohemia; Physikalische Gesellschaft, Deutsche
Geologische Gesellschaft, K. P. Geologische Landesanstalt und
Bergakademie, K.P. Meteorologische Institut, Berlin, Prussia ;
Naturhistorische Verein, Bonn, Prussia; Physikalisch-Medi-
cinische Societaét, Erlangen, Bavaria; Naturwissenschaftliche
Gesellschaft ‘“ Isis,” Dresden, Saxony; Gesellschaft zur Befor-
derung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Marburg, Prus-
sia; Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte, Mecklenburg,
Germany; Wiirttembergische Verein fiir Handelsgeographie,
Stuttgart; Société de Physique, Geneva, Switzerland ; Sociéta
Toscana di Scienze Naturali, “11 Nuovo Cimento,” Pisa, Italy ;
Comitato Geologico d'Italia, Rome; Société Linnéene, Bor-
deaux, France; Société d’Histoire et d’Archéologie, Chalon-
sur-Saone, France; Bureau des Longitudes, Société Zoologique,
Société Frangaise de Physique, Museum d'Histoire Naturelle,
Société de lHistoire de France, Société Philologique, Paris,
France; M. Edward Piette, Saint-Quentin, France; British
Association for the Advancement of Science, Zodlogical So-
ciety, Prof. Henry Wilde, London, Eng.; Natural History and
Philosophical Society, Belfast, Ireland; Royal Irish Academy,
Royal Dublin Society, Dublin, Ireland; Historical and Scien-
tific Society of Manitoba, Winnipeg; Boston Public Library,
Dr. Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass.; Free Public Library,
New Bedford, Mass.; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.; Brooklyn
Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Buffalo Library, Buffato, N. Y.;
American Geographical Society, New York, N. Y.; Geologi-
cal Society of America, Rochester, N. Y.; Pennsylvania Geo-
logical Survey, Harrisburg; Franklin Institute, Editors of the
Pionier Verein, Mr. Frederick Prime, Philadelphia; Wyo-
ming Historical and Geological Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa. ;
U.S. Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md.; Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, Baltimore, Md.; U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Bureau of Kthnology, American Historical Association, U.S.

1894.] 267

Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.; Mr. C. E. Jones, Au-
gusta, Ga.; University of Nebraska, Lincoln; Instituto Fisico-
Geografico y Museo Nacional, San José, Costa Rica, C. A.;
Museo de La Plata, Argentine Republic, S. A.; Ministry of
Foreign Affairs, Caracas, Venezuela, S. A.; South African
Philosophical Society, Cape Town; Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Manhattan, Kans., Madison, Wis.

A photograph for the Society’s Album was received from
Mr. H. A. Hill, Boston, Mass.

A circular from the R. Accademia delle Scienze, Turin,
Italy, announcing the death of its President, Prof. Comm.
Michele Lessona.

The deaths of the following members were reported to the
Society :

Brugsch Bey, Berlin, Prussia; died September 10, 1894,
cet. 67.

Prof. Heinrich Helmholtz, Charlottenberg, Germany; died
September —, 1894.

Prof. William Dwight Whitney, New Haven, Conn.; died
June 7, 1894, xt.-67.

Dr. William T. Barnard, Boonton, N. J.; died May 9,
1894.

Rear- Admiral Edward Yorke Macauley, Philadelphia; died
September 14, 1894, et. 68.

Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky.; died April 26, 1894,
xt. 89.

On motion, the President was authorized and requested to
appoint a suitable person to prepare the usual obituary notice
for the late Admiral Macauley.*

Dr. Cope presented for the Zransactions a paper on the
“Taxonomy of the Ophidia,” which was, on motion, referred
to a Committee of three members, to be appointed by the
President.t

Prof. Cope made an oral communication in reference to a
late review in the Archiv fiir Anthropologie (Braunschweig,

* Dr. Persifor Frazer was subsequently appointed.
+ Drs. Ryder, Chapman and Sharp were subsequently appointed.

268 [Oct. 5,

1893) upon his views of the ancestry of man, pointing out
the errors into which the reviewer had fallen.

Pending nominations Nos. 1273, 1274, 1276 to 1301, inclu-
sive, and new nominations 1302 and 1303 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, October 5, 1894.
President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Siichsische
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig, Saxony ; Royal Ob-
servatory, Greenwich, Eng.; Royal Statistical Society, Zodlogi-
cal Society, London, Eng.; Musée de La Plata, Argentine Re-
public.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta (142); Norwegian Society of
Science, Throndligen, Norway (141, 142); R. Academy of
Sciences, K. Statistiska Central Byran, Prof. A. E. Nor-
denskidld, Stockholm, Sweden (144); Prof. J. J.S. Steenstrup,
Copenhagen, Denmark (144); Royal Society of Sciences,
Prague, Bohemia (187-141); Deutsche Geologische Gesell-
schaft, Berlin, Prussia (142); M. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig,
Saxony (142); Verein fiir Erdkunde, Metz, Germany (141);
K. Sternwarte, Munich, Bavaria (144); K. Geoditisches In-
stitut, Potsdam, Prussia (142, 144); Wiirttembergische Verein
fiir Handels-Geographie, Stuttgart, Germany (141, 142, 144) ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Schweiz. Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft Bibliothek, Bern, Switzerland (144); Société Vaudoise
des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne, Switzerland (144); Musée
Guimet (142, 144); Ct. de Charencey, Marquis de Nadaillac,
Dr. Edward Pepper, Paris, France (144); Mr. Samuel Tim-
mins, Arley, Coventry, Eng. (142, 144); Philosophical So-
ciety, University Library, Cambridge, Eng. (142, 144); Sir
John Evans, Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead, Kng. (144); Philo-

1894.] 269

sophical and Literary Society, Leeds, Eng. (144); Royal So-
ciety (142, 144), Geographical Society (144), R. Meteorological
Society (142, 144), R. Astronomical Society (142, 144), Linnean
Society (142, 144), Geological Society (144), Society of An-
tiquaries (142), Microscopical Society (142), Royal Institution
of Great Britain (142, 144), Meteorological Office (144),
Zoological Society (144), Victoria Institute (142, 144), Prof.
William Crookes (142), Mr. C. Jublin Daunfelt (142, 144), Dr.
W.H. Flower (142), Sir John Lubbock (144), Col. William
Ludlow (142, 144), Sir James Paget (142, 144), Sir Rawson W.
Rawson (142, 144), Sir Henry Thompson, London, Eng. (142,
144); Geographical Society, Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, Man-
chester, Eng. (142, 144); Natural History Society, Newcastle
upon Tyne, Eng. (142, 144); Mr. Alfred R. Wallace, Park-
stone, Dorset, Eng. (142); Royal Geological Society of Corn-
wall, Penzance, Eng. (142, 144); Dr. Isaac Roberts, Crow-
borough, Sussex, Eng. (144); Sir Henry Bessemer, Surrey,
Eng. (144); Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society,
Yorkshire, Eng. (142, 144); Royal Society (142), Prof. James
Geikie, Rdinburgh, Scotland (142, 144); Philosophical Society,
Geological Society, Glasgow, Scotland (142).

Accessions to the Library were reported from M. N. A.
Cobb, Sydney, Australia; K. N.F. Universitetet, Christiania,
Norway; Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie, etc.,
Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Berlin, Prussia; Naturhistorische
Gesellschaft, Hanover, Prussia; Physikalische-Gkonomische
Gesellschaft, KGnigsberg ; Institut Grand-ducal, Luxemburg,
Germany; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Metz, Germany, Société
Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne, Switzerland ;
Direzione General della Statistica, Ministero di Agricoltura,
Institut International de Statistique, Rome, Italy; M. G.
Monret, Nicet, France; Prof. Emil Levasseur, Paris, France;
Ronsdon Observatory, Lyme Regis, Eng.; R. Cornwall Poly-
technic Society, Falmouth, Eng.; Royal Observatory, Green-
wich, Eng.; Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, Linnean
Society, London, Eng. Natural History and Antiquarian
Society, Penzance, Eng.; Nova Scotian Institute of Science,

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXIII. 146, 21. PRINTED NOV. 19, 1894.

270 [Oct. 5,

Halifax ; Université Laval, Quebec, Canada; Natural History
Society, Montreal, Canada; Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa;
Superintendent of City Trusts, Dr. D. G. Brinton, Mr. Henry
Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia; Siemens and Halske Electric Com-
pany of America, Chicago, Ill.; Observatorio N. Argentino,
Cordoba, Argentine Republic; Musée de La Plata, Argentine
Republic.

The President reported the appointment of Dr. Persifor
Frazer to prepare the obituary notice of the late Admiral
Macauley.

Dr. J. Cheston Morris read a paper on “The Ethics of
Solomon,” as illustrated by the Book of Kceclesiastes, with a
translation from the Septuagint.

Pending nominations Nos. 1278, 1274, 1276 to 1303 inclu-
sive were read,

The Committee appointed April 20, 1894, “to consider the
state of the Society,” etc., made the following report.

PHILADELPHIA, October 5, 1894.

The Committee, appointed under the resolution adopted by
the American Philosophical Society, April 20, 1894, “ to take
into consideration the state of the Society and to report whether
any, and if any, what measures it may be expedient to take for
increasing the resident membership of the Society, and promot-
ing its usefulness, and whether in effectuating these purposes it
may be necessary to amend the existing laws and regulations,”
beg respectfully to report that they have carefully considered
the resolution and recommend that the following changes be
made in the laws of the Society as most likely to attain the
object of the resolution.

1. They recommend that Chapter I of the laws be abolished,
which now stands as follows :

CHAPTER I.
OF THE MEMBERS, AND. MANNER OF THEIR ELECTION.
Section 1. The election of members shall be by ballot, and shall form
part of the stated business of the meetings on the third Fridays of Feb-
ruary, May, October and December.
2. A member may, at any meeting, nominate in writing a candidate for
membership, and the nomination so made may, in like manner, be con-

BP yon

1804. ] 271

curred in by other members. The board of ofticers and council may also
nominate candidates for membership ; and such nominations shall be cer-
tified to the Society by minute thereof in writing, attested by the clerk of
said board.

3. No person shall be balloted for, unless his nomination, with the
names of the members proposing him, or the minute of the board of officers
and council, made as aforesaid, shall have been publicly read to the
Society at the two stated meetings preceding that at which the balloting
takes place. Nor shall any person be deemed duly chosen unless three-
fourths of the votes given shail be in his favor.

4. Before entering upon an election for members, one of the secretaries
shall read the names of the several candidates ; and any member may
then, for the information of the Society, speak to their character and
qualifications for membership.

5. The names of the candidates and their places of abode shall be desig-
nated on the ballots, and the names of the officers shall be called in the
order of their seniority by the acting secretary, the members thereafter
depositing their ballots. The name of a candidate struck from a ballot
or not voted for shall be considered as a vote adverse to that candidate.

6. After all the other business of the meeting shall have been disposed
of, the ballot box shall be opened by the secretaries, or in their absence
by two tellers, to be appointed by the presiding member, who shall then
declare to the Society the result of the poll.

7. The members are mutually pledged not to mention out of the
Society the name of any candidate proposed, nor of any withdrawn or un-
successful candidate ; and the papers containing the names of the unsuc-
cessful candidates shall be destroyed immediately after the election.

8. Every member, upon his introduction into the Society, shall be pre-
sented to the presiding officer, and shall subscribe the laws.

9. Such members as reside within ten miles of the hall of the Society,
and such other members as desire to vote at the meetings and elections,
shall pay an admission fee of ten dollars, and annually thereafter, on the
first Friday of January, a contribution of five dollars. The payment of
fifty dollars at one time, by a member not in arrears, shall exempt him
from all future annual payments.

10. Members-elect, residing within ten miles of the hall, shall lose the
right of membership unless they subscribe the laws and pay their admis-
sion fee within one year after their election. Any member liable to an
annual contribution, who shall neglect or refuse to pay the same for the
term of two years, shall be notified by the treasurer in writing, on or be-
fore the second Friday in January alter such default, that his rights as a
member are suspended ; and, in case the said arrears, together with the
contribution due on the first Friday in January after such notice, shall
not be paid to the treasurer on or before the said last-named day, the
membership of such defaulting member shall be forfeited, his name
stricken from the roll, and reported to the Society by the treasurer.

972 | roca

11. On the Society being informed of the death of a member, the fact
shall be entered on the records, and a member may be appointed to pre-
pare an obituary notice of the deceased.

12. The obituary notices of members shall be read to the Society, and
they shall be bound together whenever they are sufficiently numerous to
form a volume.

That in the place of this, Chapter I shall read as follows :
CHAPTER I.
OF THE MEMBERS, AND MANNER OF THEIR ELECTION.

Section 1. The election of members shall be by ballot, and shall
form part of the stated business of the meetings on the third Fridays of
February, May, October and December.

No other business shall be transacted at such meetings until the ballot-
ing for the election of members is completed and the result thereof
reported to the Society.

SEcTIoN 2. A Committee on Nominations to consist of five members
of the Society, not members of the Board of Officers and Council, shall
be chosen by ballot on the third Friday of October in each year, to which
Committee shall be referred all nominations of candidates for member-
ship, and it shall consider and report from the lists of nominations so
referred such persons as said Committee may deem worthy of election to
membership. To make such recommendations the vote of the said Com-
mittee shall, for each person recommended, be unanimous.

The names of the persons so recommended for membership shall be
posted in a convenient place for inspection in the hall of the Society for
three weeks preceding the election of members.

Section 3. A member may, at any meeting, nominate in writing a
candidate for membership, and the nomination so made may, in like
manner, be concurred in by other members.

The nomination paper may contain a statement of the grounds upon
which the proposed candidate is deemed worthy of membership, or may
state merely bis name, residence and occupation. The nomination
papers shall be filed with the Secretaries and by them be immediately
transmitted to the Committee on Nominations, be recorded in a book to
be called the ‘‘ Record of Nominations,’’ and be reported to the Society
at its next stated meeting and entered on the minutes.

SeEcTION 4. At the election of members at least twenty members shall
be required for a quorum and any person recommended by the Committee
on Nominations having a majority of the votes of the members present
shall be deemed to be duly elected.

Section 5. The election shall be held by two tellers, to be appointed
by the presiding member, who shall receive and count the votes and
make report to the Society of the result of the election.

1894.] 273

A proper number of tickets containing the names of the candidates
favorably reported by the Committee on Nominations shall be printed
under the direction of the Librarian, and be ready for distribution
among the members at the time designated for holding the election.

Section 6. Such members as reside within thirty miles of the hall of
the Society, and such other members as desire to vote at the meetings
and elections, shall pay an admission fee of ten dollars, and annually
thereafter, on the first Friday of January, a contribution of five dollars.
The payment of one hundred dollars at one time, by a member not in
arrears, shall exempt him from all future annual payments.

Section 7. Members-elect, residing within thirty miles of the hall,
shall lose the right of membership unless they subscribe the laws and
pay their admission fee within one year after their election. Any mem-
ber liable to an annual contribution, who shall neglect or refuse to pay
the same for the term of two years, shall be notified by the Treasurer in
writing, on or before the second Friday in January after such default,
that his rights as a member are suspended ; and, in case the said arrears,
together with the contribution due on the first Friday in January after
such notice, shall not be paid to the Treasurer on or before the said last-
named day, the membership of such defaulting member shall be forfeited,
his name stricken from the roll, and reported to the Society by the Treas-
urer.

SrectTron 8. On the Society being informed of the death of a member,
the fact shall be entered on the records, and a member may be appointed
to prepare an obituary notice of the deceased.

Secrion 9. The obituary notices of members shall be read to the
Society, and they shall be bound together whenever they are sufficiently
numerous to form a volume.

2. That Chapter I1, Section 5, which now stands :

5. No one shall be esteemed a qualified voter at the election, who has
not subscribed the laws and paid the admission fee, or who is in arrears
to the Society, or has not attended a meeting during a whole year next
preceding the election.

shall be amended to read as follows:

Srcrion 5. No one shall be esteemed a qualified voter at the election,
who bas not subscribed the laws and paid the admission fee, or who is in
arrears to the Society.

3. That Chapter VII (Of the Officers and Council), Section 7,
which now reads :

7. The president and senior secretary of the Society shall be, ex officio,

274. [Oct. 5,

the president and clerk at their meetings; and three of their number shall
be a quorum.

be amended so as to read:

Section 7. The President and Senior Secretary of the Society shall be,
ex-officio, the President and Clerk at their meetings; and seven of their
number shall be a quorum.

4. To change Chapter VIII (Of the Librarian), so that Sec-
tion 3, which now reads :

8. He shall attend at the library at every meeting of the Society, and
daily, excepting Sundays, from 70 A... to 1 P.M, except when allowed
leave of absence by the presiding officer of the Society, and shall then,
and at such other times as he may think proper, lend out to any resident
member of the Society, who is not indebted to him for fines or forfeit-
ures, any books belonging to the library, except the last volumes and
loose numbers of periodical journals, and except recent donations made
to the Society, which shal] not be lent out; taking from each member
borrowing a book an obligation, with a sufficient penalty, to return the
same uninjured, within one month thereafter, subject to a fine of fifty
cents at every stated meeting that shall occur after the limited period
before he returns the book, and a forfeiture of double the value of the
book, or of the set of which it is one, if not returned in six months after
being borrowed.

so that it shall stand as follows:

Section 3. He shall attend at the library at every meeting of the
Society, and daily, excepting Sundays and legal holidays, from 10 A.M.
to 3 P.M., except when allowed leave of absence by the presiding officer
of the Society, and shall then, and at such other times as he may think
proper, lend out to any resident member of the Society, who is not in-
debted to him for fines or forfeitures, any books belonging to the library,
except the last volumes and loose numbers of periodical journals, and
except recent donations made to the Society, which shall not be lent out ;
taking from each member borrowing a book an obligation, with a suffi-
cient penalty, to return the same uninjured, within one month thereafter,
subject to a fine of fifty cents at every stated meeting that shall occur
after the limited period before he returns the book, and a forfeiture of
double the value of the book, or of the set of which it is one, if not
returned in six months after being borrowed.

That Section 9, which now stands as follows:

9, He shall receive an annual salary of seven hundred dollars, to be

1894.] 275

paid monthly from the treasury of the Society, and his services shall
commence on the first Monday after his election.

be amended to read :

SEcTIon 9. He shall receive an annual salary of nine hundred dollars,
to be paid monthly from the treasury of the Society, and his services shall
commence on the first Monday after his election.

That a new section be inserted at the close of the Chapter, as
follows:

Section 10. The library shall be closed during the months of July and
August, but members desiring to use the same shall be permitted to do so
under such arrangements as may be made by the Committee on the
Library.

5. To amend Chapter IX, Section 3, which now stands as
follows :

8. The qualified voters present at any stated or special meeting shall be
a quorum, and be competent to elect members, dispose of property, ap-
propriate money, and award premiums; but no property shall be alienated
or encumbered, except by the vote of three-fourths of the qualified voters
present, and given at two successive stated meetings. For the transaction
of the ordinary business, the reception and reference of communications
on literary, scientific, or other subjects, all other members present shall
be deemed competent to act, and, in the absence of qualified voters, shall
form a quorum.

so as to read:

SEcTION 3. Twenty qualified voters present at any stated or special
meeting shall be a quorum, and be competent to elect members, dispose
of property, appropriate money, and award premiums ; but no property
shall be alienated or encumbered, except by the vote of three-fourths of
the qualified voters present, and given at two successive stated meetings.
For the transaction of the ordinary business, the reception and reference
of communications on literary, scientific, or other subjects, all other
members present shall be deemed competent to act, and, in the absence
of qualified voters, shall form a quorum,

All of which is respectfully submitted,

FREDERICK PRIME, Chairman.
W.. P. TAtTHAM,

F. FRALEY,

Grorce H. Horn.

276 [Oct. 19,

Mr. Prime moved that the report of the Committee be made
the stated business of the meeting to be held on Friday,
October 19, 1894, and that the Secretaries be directed to print
and distribute the report to the resident members before the
next meeting.

The motion being seconded was carried.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, October 19, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was reported as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta; Société R. des Sciences, Upsal, Sweden ;
K. Sichsiche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig; K.
Geodiitisches Institut, Central Bureau der Internationalen Erd-
messung, Potsdam, Prussia; Verein fiir Vaterlindische Natur-
kunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart; Academy of Science, St.
Louis, Mo.

A letter was received from the R. Accademia delle Scienze,
Torino, Italia, announcing the death of Ariodante Fa Cretti,
one of its members.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta (144); K. K. Central-Anstalt
fiir Meteorologie, etc., Vienna, Austria (142, 144); Redaction
der Naturwissenschaftlichen Wochenschrift (130, 184, 187);
K. Akademie ‘er Wissenschaften, Berlin, Prussia (144);
Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Bremen, Germany (142, 144) ;
K. Siichs. Met. Institut, Chemnitz, Saxony (140, 142, 144);
Geographische Gesellschaft, Hanover, Prussia (142); K.Siichs.
Sternwarte (142, 144), Dr. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig, Saxony
(144); Verein fiir Vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg,
Stuttgart (140, 141, and Zrans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Société R.
des Sciences, Upsal, Sweden (137-141, and 7Zrans., xvii, 1, 2,
3, xviii, 1); Mr. Samuel*Timmins, Arley, Coventry, England

1894. ] 217

(144); Royal Observatory, Edinburgh, Scotland (142, 144);
Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton, Canada (144); Bowdoin College

Library, Brunswick, Me. (144); Dr. Justin Winsor, Cambridge,
Mass. (142); Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Holl,
Mass. (142); State Library, Albany, N. Y. (142, 144); Prof.
J. H. Oliver, Ithaca, N. Y. (144); Academy of Science, Roches-
ter, N. Y. (144); Mr. Arthur Biddle (144), Dr. John H. Brin-
ton (142), Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael (144), Messrs. J. G. Ro-
sengarten (144), Julius F. Sachse (144), L. A. Scott (141, 144),
Philadelphia; Prof. John F. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa. (144);
Prof. J. T. Rothrock, West Chester, Pa. (144); U.S. Naval
Institute, Annapolis, Md. (144); Bureau of Ethnology, Hon.
William Strong, Washington, D. C. (144); Academy of
Science, Austin, Texas (142, 144); University of Iowa, Iowa
City (144); Agricultural Experiment Station, Manhattan,
Kansas (141, 142, 144); Washburn College, Kansas Academy
of Science, Topeka (144); Lieut. A. B. Wyckoff, Seattle,
Wash. (144); Historical Society of Southern California,
Los Angeles (14+); Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal.
(144); Bishop Crescencio Carrillo, Merida, Mexico (144); Ob-
servatoire Météorologique Central de: Mexico, Observatorio
Astronomico de Tacubaya (144); Conimissao Geographica e
Geologica de San Paulo, Brazil (136,(.39, 140); Institute of
Jamaica, Kingston (142). “yt

Letters of acknowledgment (145) from the New Hampshire
Historical Society, Concord; Vermont Experiment Station,
Burlington; Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station,
Kingston; Providence Franklin Society, Providence, R. L.;
State Library, Albany, N. Y.; Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Geneva, N. Y.; Geological Society of America, Roches-
ter, N. Y.; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; Prof.
Robert W. Rogers, Madison, N. J.; Prof. Charles W. Shields,
Princeton, N. J.; Dr. Charles B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa.; Prof.
Lyman B. Hall, Haverford, Pa.; Mr. P. F. Rothermel, Lin-
field, Pa.; Dr. Persifor Frazer, Prof. H. D. Gregory, Philadel-
phia; Mr. Thomas Meehan, Germantown, Philadelphia; Enoch
Pratt Free Library, Maryland Institute, Peabody Institute,

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 146. 23. PRINTED NOV. 23, 1891.

278 [Oct. 19,

Baltimore, Md.; Mr. T. L. Patterson, Cumberland, Md.; U.S.
Geological Survey, Library Surgeon General’s Office, U. S.
Weather Bureau, Messrs. John S. Billings, W. J. Hoffman,
Garrick Mallery, Charles A. Schott, William B. Taylor, Wash-
ington, D. C.; University of Virginia, Leander McCormick
Observatory, Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Virginia, Va. ;
Mr. Jedediah Hotchkiss, Staunton, Va.; Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Raleigh, N. C.; Georgia Historical Society, Sa-
vannah; Newberry Library, Chicago, Ill.; Rantoul Literarv
Society, Rantoul, Ill.; State Historical Society, Iowa City ;
Prof. KE. W. Claypole, Akron, O.; Cincinnati Observatory,
O.; Journal Comparative Neurology, Granville, O.; Oberlin
College Library, O.; Purdue Experiment Station, LaFayette,
Ind.; State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Academy of
Sciences, etc., Madison; Kansas Academy of Science, Topeka ;
University of California, Prof. Joseph Le Conte, Berkeley,
Cal.; Historical Society of Southern California, Los Angeles ;
Lick Observatory, Mt. Hamilton, Cal.; Prof. Daniel Kirk-
wood, Riverside, Cal.; Nebraska State Historical Society,
Lincoln; Colorado Scientific Society, Denver; University of
Wyoming, Laramie; South Dakota Agricultural College,
Brookings; Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash.; Bishop
Crescencio Carrillo, Merida, Mexico; Observatorio Astrono-
mico Nacional, Don Mariano Barana, Mexico, Mex.
Accessions to the Library were reported from the New
Uampshire Historical Society, Concord; Dr. Samuel H. Scud-
der, Mr. Andrew McFarland Davis, Cambridge, Mass.; Con-
necticut Historical Society, Hartford; Yale University, New
Haven, Conn.; University of the State of New York, Albany ;
Academy of Sciences, Scientific Alliance, Profs. J. A. Allen,
W. LeConte Stevens, Mr. James Douglas, New York, N. Y.;
Academy of Science, Rochester, N. Y.; Pennsylvania State
College, Harrisburg; College of Pharmacy, Oriental Club ot
Philadelphia, Messrs. MacCalla & Co., Mrs. Wistar, Philadel-
phia; Peabody Institute, Baltimore, Md.; U.S. Department
of Agriculture, Treasury and War Departments, Washington,
D. C.; Law School of Mercer University, Macon, Ga.; Uni-

1894.] 279

versity of California, Berkeley; University of Wisconsin,
Madison; Historical Society, Lincoln, Neb.; Geological Sur-
vey, Minneapolis, Minn.; Observatorio Astronomico y Me-
teorclogico, San Salvador, Central America; Sociedad Cienti-
fica Argentina, Dr. Estanislao S. Zeballos, Buenos Aires, South
America; Observatorio Nacional Argentina, Cordoba, South
America.

The death of Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes (Boston) was an-
nounced, October 7, 1894 (zt. 86),

The proposed amendments to the Laws of the Society were
taken up.

The Librarian stated that public notice had been given in
the newspapers that the Society would consider same at this
meeting, and furthermore, that printed copies of the said
amendments had been sent to the members before the date of
the meeting, and that the quorum required by the Laws was
present.

Mr. Prime moved to consider Sections 1 to 5, Chapter I,
inclusive, together. The motion was carried.

Mr. McKean moved to amend paragraph 2 of Section 1, to
strike out “no other business shall be transacted at such meet-
ing until the balloting for the election of members is completed
and the result thereof reported to the Society,” and to substi-
tute instead at end of 1st paragraph, “and it shall have priority
over all other business until the balloting be completed.”

The President stated that, agreeably to the custom of the
Society, if any amendments were agreed to, that the Law so
amended must lie over for two weeks.

Mr. McKean’s motion was put and carried.

Mr. McKean moved to strike out the words “ not members
of the Board of Officers and Council” from Section 2.

Mr. McKean moved to amend the same section by striking
out the words “ be unanimous” and inserting instead “ there
shall be an affirmative vote of at least three members of the
Committee.”

The members discussed the question of public posting of
names in the Society’s Hall.

280 [Get. 19,

Mr. Prime submitted the following substitute for Section 2:

Section 2. A Committee on Nominations to consist of six members
shall be chosen by ballot at the Stated Meeting of the Society, to be held
on the third Friday of November, 1894, of whom two shall serve for one
year, two for two years, and two for three years, and annually thereafter
on the third Friday in November, two members of said Committee shall
be chosen by ballot to serve for three years, but the retiring members
shall not be eligible for re-election, until a year from the expiration of
their office. Any member not attending a meeting of the Committee for
six months shall be deemed to have vacated his office. Vacancies in this
Committee occurring from any cause whatever, shall be filled by appoint-
ments made by the President of the Society, or if there be no President in
office, then by the senior Vice-President. To this Committee shall be
referred all nominations of candidates for membership, and it shall con-
sider and report from the lists of nominations so referred, such persons as
said Committee may deem worthy of election to membership.

To make such recommendations, the vote of at least four members cf
said Committee shall be required. The names of the persons so recom-
mended for membership shall be posted in a convenient place for inspec-
tion in the Hall of the Society for three weeks preceding the election of
members.

Members spoke to the amendment.

Mr. Prime called for a vote on his amendment.

Dr. Cope offered the following amendment: “That a vote
of three members of the said Committee shall be a majority.”

The vote was taken on Mr. Prime’s motion, and it was car-
ried by 18 ayes, 4 nays.

Then on Mr. Prime’s amendment, which was lost, ayes 9,
nays 11.

The amendment of Dr. Cope was put and carried, ayes 12,
nays 6.

Dr. Greene moved that, it is the sense of the Society that it
is inexpedient to make any change in the method of electing
its members, then withdrew the same and offered a resolution
to postpone the further consideration of the amendments in
order to introduce the above motion.

The motion was lost, 10 ayes, 11 nays.

Mr. McKean moved to strike out the words “not members
of the Board of Officers and Council,” which was debated and
carried by a vote of 18 ayes and 8 nays.

1894, 281

Dr. Morris moved to strike out second paragraph of Section
2, and substitute as follows:

All nominations shall be open to inspection by members of the Society
when the Ha)] is open, under charge of the Secretaries.

The Committee on Nominations shall hold ‘stated meetings on the sec-
ond Fridays of January, Apri, September and November, when those
interested may state their reasons for or against any candidate: bat the
members of the Society are mutually pledged not to mention out of the
Society the name of any candidate proposed, nor of any withdrawn or un-
successful candidate : and the papers containing the names of unsuccess-
ful candidates shall be destroyed immediately after the election following.

Dr. Cope moved that the words “the names of the persons
so recommended for membership shall be placed in a conve-
nient place for inspection in the Hall of the Society for three
weeks preceding the election,” be struck out.

Mr. Prime explained the reason of the paragraph.

Dr. Brinton moved to adjourn. The motion was lost
ayes 7, nays 14.

The question being taken on Dr. Cope’s motion, it was car-
ried.

Dr. Greene moved to indefinitely postpone action on the
amendments.

Mr. Prime moved to make the amendments prepared by the
Committee the stated business of the next regular meeting.

It was moved to adjourn. Carried, ayes 17.

And so the Society was adjourned.

Lyman.] 282 [Nov. 2,

Some Coal Measure Sections Near Peytona, West Virginia.
By Benj. Smith Lyman.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1894.)

Some results of a couple of rough surveys made in 1872, near Peytona,
Boone Co., W. Va., though without any addition from later observations,
may be a useful contribution towards the elucidation of the geology of
that region. The graphic comparison of columnar sections there with
Prof. J. J. Stevenson’s careful general section in the northern edge of
that State, as published, without any diagram, in our Transactions, Vol.
xv, p. 15, 1872, shows a remarkable general agreement, considering the
great distance. The present sections also help very much in the identifi-
cation of the different coal beds of the region, hitherto insufficiently studied,
as remarked by Prof. I. C. White, in his valuable ‘‘Stratigraphy of the
Bituminous Coal Field of Western Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Vir-
ginia,’’ U. S. Geol. Surv. Bulletin, No. 65,p. 148, 1891.

It will be well to indicate first, with some precision, the situation of the
tracts surveyed, and then briefly their main topographical features ; be-
fore giving the geological details of the general structure and of the
special observed facts, and pointing out the remarkable agreement of the
resulting columnar sections with the distant northern section, and discuss-
ing the identification of beds that is consequently to be inferred.

SITUATION.

The accompanying small map shows in a general way the situation of
the two tracts and their relative position.

MAP OF A PART OF

WEST VIRGINIA,

$H OWING THE POSITION OF

v

aPAme MLLy

Ys. +
xs Sy
WIN F REDE COAMMINES §
>

iN

: “CF
OCOONAMILLG\ E

SCALE: —
12 MILES TO AN INCH.

1894.] 283 (Lyman.

One of the surveys covered the tract owned by the Peytona Cannel
Coal Company, at Peytona, on Coal River, thirty-five miles above Coals-
mouth (or St. Alban’s), on the Kanawha, and about twenty-two miles by
road south of Charleston, the State capital, and twelve miles southerly
from Brownstown. It is a tract of 6137 acres, in the shape nearly of an
oblong square about five miles long by a mile and three-quarters wide,
with the long sides running about northeast.

The other survey covered the two Parker tracts on Lens Creek (marked
as Callacham’s Creek, on some maps), both together about 6500 acres,
and somewhat in the shape of a leg of mutton, or of a rather one sided
oak leaf, with the stem of the leaf or smaller end about a mile southwest
of the mouth of the creek, near Brownstown, on the Kanawha, ten miles
above (southwest of) Charleston, and with the eastern side running in a
sinuous course southerly about three miles and a half, and the western side
mainly following the course of the creek. The southwestern corner is
about four miles northeast of Peytona.

LAY OF THE LAND.

The land of both surveys has the same general topographical character
that is found under like geological conditions throughout so large a region
in West Virginia and western Pennsylvania, namely, very steep, often
cliffy, hillsides and narrow valleys, with the hills rising 800 to 900 feet, or
even more to summits that are mostly narrow, here and there even sharp,
but in some places broad and flat, and with narrow strips of nearly flat
land, up to a couple of hundred yards in width, along the lower and com-
paratively level parts of the streams. The lowest points in each survey
are some 600 feet above sea level.

The Peytona tract is drained by Coal River, flowing westward across its
northern end, and in the central part by Indian Creek, flowing northerly,
the western edge by the eastern branches of Droddy’s Creek, up as far as
its Lick Fork at the southwest corner ; and the southern corner by the head
waters of the Sandy Lick Fork of Laurel Creek.

On the Parker tract, the lower part of Lens Creek, from its forks north-
eastward three-quarters of a mile to its mouth forms the stem of the oak-
leaf shape, and the midrib of the leaf is the left fork of Lens Creek, with
long side ribs and veinlets on the western side, and shorter ones on the
east. A narrow strip besides is added along the west, containing the most
eastern branches of the right fork of Lens Creek, which formsthe western
boundary. Both forks fall only fifty or sixty feet to the mile for four
miles above their union ; but above that much more rapidly.

GEOLOGY.

SrrRucTURE.—The geological structure that occasions the peculiar topo-
graphical character, with flat, table-like hilltops here and there, with flat
valleys and with many cliffs on the almost uniformly abrupt hillsides is,
of course, the very level bedding of a great thickness of rocks at a suffi-
cient height above sea-level.

Lyman. ] 284 [Nov. 2,

In the northern part of the Peytona tract, the rock beds seem to lie
pretty regular, with the very gentle dip of 1 to 102, or 512 feet to the
mile, southeasterly, and the strike of N. 143° E. The same dip and strike
perhaps continue throughout the southern part of the tract, but the lack
of surveys there leaves this point uncertain. There are slight local varia-
tions from the general dip causing ‘‘swamps’”’ in the mines, say one hun-
dred yards across, and sinking, say, one or two feet ; such swamps, how-
ever, as are common to al] our western, flat-lying coal] measures.

On the Parker tracts the dip is so slight that without much careful lev-
eling it would be impossible to tell exactly what it is, or whether it is the
same throughout the tracts. It seemed at the time of the survey and of
drawing the map, to be in general uniform throughout them, and to be
towards the north-northeast (N. 20° E.) about one foot in 78, or 68 feet to
ite mile. But there are local variations of the dip here, too, extending a
few hundred yards, or at least ‘‘swamps’”’ in the coal beds, depending on
the varying thickness of the rock-layers.

It now seems, however, not improbable that the strike lines, drawn
straight and parallel on the two large maps throughout the tracts of each
survey, should have been gently curved as indicated by the lines of shad-
ing of the two surveys on the accompanying little map of their general
situation, making the strike curves of one survey conform, by gradual
transition, to those of the other, and to correspond with the northwesterly
dip that is said to prevail at Coalburg, on the opposite, southeasterly side
of the broad, shallow basin. The strike curves on Lens Creek would then
be gently convex towards the northeast, and those of Peytona would be
slightly so towards the east. Nevertheless, this little change would not
affect the principal results of the surveys, nor the identification of the beds.

Rock-BEpDs.—The following is a general section downwards of the
rocks exposed on the Peytona tract, so far as known :

FT. IN.
Partly hidden, but chiefly sand rock and shales.. .about 155 0
Gray Clay oasis wine SengodvddooonDondcdood soiondd., OF 1 0
Coat, Pittsburgh Bed, with some slate......... aie eres 4 0
Hard fireclay and sand rock and shales........... ele i)
Coat, bituminous; SOLt. cies ei lomemem era se eee “g 0 4
Fireclay and hidden, but no doubt mostly sand
rock and shales ....... ponocnuoUdOOoUboNss0or 6 8a 0
COAL; bituminous: .12). 5.05 fn eae eee ele eee nae oy 4
Fireclay and hidden, but no doubt mostly sand
rock and shales”. ..)..caechest Hoop oucacoddoncGs coat o0 0
BODY, COAT vieie:s «4101510 2 cers CREE CE eros ss 0 3

Hidden, but no doubt chiefly sand rock and shales ‘‘ 55 0
Coat, bituminous, with two feet of fireclay in the

1010 (CU ee eee ei Sooo cas uHeORGaldooC Oy 5 0
Hard, gray sand rock and hidden, but doubtless

mostly sand rock and shales ...........-...-.: “* 180 0
COATES DIL MINOUScic15< co crere elec eines storeaiscsteiete us 0 6

——S—

1894.] 285 [Lyman.

FT. IN.
Hidden, but no doubt chiefly sand rock and shales about 13 0
Haas 5.5 GS ta cisuris’s Antioa ey nee eer nea ee a 0 4
COATES OLUININ OUSsiacie os cts os keine ue irere cnr ue 0 2
SLE TOT G1 AGC. 5 v cians ce) ae. civ ns oa Siew nicte ictal ae 0 4
Sand and bituminous coal mixed................ ae 0 9
Itoi Ore (CLPPONALE)....coak sok oa 2a ae eee ae - 0 04
Platemud sand TOCK=MIKEd."s <...<... =. ss ccometene vs 0 8
PUTCLERR ALG Yoyo oe scare a(s 3 2iCve ce ot «i ww ne dese eee we 0 5
Cannel slate(‘ bastard canneél”’)........ 0608-0. as 0 1
SCL MePNIe erates «fers 2s, Aicceuerclatcrare Seco avenclava <i tious aenoreiote “ 0 1
SMTA R YE ety eis a sine dco oca-5. ls} «wm ain s'> a vo Res ss 0 2
Cannel slate (‘< bastard cannel’”): .2...00..s00ces ne 0 1}
ARCO U Si cro ayaiauie ataiSae a Oo dulce © oceiece s eiethiont arene a 0 2
Coat, Upper Cannel, all ‘‘smooth cannel’’....... se 2 6
Cannel slate (‘‘bastard cannel’’), with fossil
SUE NUS S18 ey Sos le Nes ete ae oC ae ee fs 0 Qt
Saud TOCk and. Sandy SHAIES.. 6... scm cna wae ‘lpr. 0
Rol ts) ewe a eerie erate eetne tales cise isc 60a jaw syara,sheraxoymterettels be 0 6
PRY SURENERN ES ont) orients oi cgethc cw ie oso 0 cain s wine Res ss 0 04
Disha ane WOM OTE MIKE.) 5. 5. ss cine swe ee cciiawee os i 0
MPATRMCEL OS tema etyeiteyeetetiicia%s cio eisic slo's Sie cw <a ats Ste oS “s 0 0
PLUG Rope fo tobe aoe Ve erase rol las ohe) avsine sen oelvvabo'nieidaleyerm lapels #6 0 10
SIODIKD. Hacd tatnG Sone ORE OO ORI oar us 0 4
CAINE eGlatom secre eiocclvcwiarse sus crs. alelaleretbeerss as 0 2
WESpUT ON geerreta eters cvevsras tev etarie boise so. c fare ore wohetevelereiiose tine we 0 2
Coa, Main Cannel, partly bituminous........... if 2 10
SO SIGIIG 26 se So Gace te DOeD ORE Iee ae ee DOMD Se ES 1 0
SES ASUDIC KGCAMTME] 1 yeiaisiccc ctareia'c wis <ciete ile else) slelsiecie ce ss 0 5
SELB @hagiavetoyenere seve stelars¥cttare lay ai sve) ava. eel sate ce elokene eva lsvataee Ee 1 0
SH OMe DINU TNITLOUS)) << ere-a) cole es. o scieraceaecclteiwiovereke ee 0 %(
Hidden, but no doubt mostly sand rock and shales ‘* 89 0
(COUN SOND PU ET eae Oona rennet oes o: o 3 6
Hidden, but doubtless chiefly sand rock andshales ‘‘ 17 0
RSPUTT CLEC) G Heme aetelstajcisie ccessi overt eisvel gieveit cel cictals che fonsleletatoreiete a 4 0
IBID eee ier, 1 intcliars.cuid <laieee sacle elt eeetee Ue 2 0
COME LACHSINGETELISEC a orwiela o10ys e's) soi =vaynslblefolaretaletchere Op 2 0
Fireclay and brownish gray sand rock........... af 6.40
RAN Gerockeands SHACK.) calls, «:5,0)0 cislaore =o nlels Nelelatersye ai 0
Brown shales with small iron-ore balls........... a0) 0
IDG Cem aap ea HAGOMOdUaCOn er oroce ooo sS cdc Gy 0 3
Shales:and SAMA TOCK. wc. .0' «'s ake Deherere ale eebetaceror ioe ee 6
Sand rock, very cross bedded, brownish gray..... M4 9 0
COA A LMM OWE mo qoaaoe coCodnoCUuccC Hoop aba. ss 0 3
Sind rock, brownish gray, Penna. Formation No.
POTD hans a sin cobiras'act a a etal are teney staal oi'at eve ees ietanarene asta 6

800 0
PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xxxIII. 116.2K. PRINTED NOV. 23, 1894.

Lyman. ] 286 [Nov. 2,

The following is a general section downwards of the rocks exposed on
the Parker or Lens creek tracts, so far as known :

ETA SON:
MMA eSNG TOK. 6's /cciee a ciy cle snes eee aiate ere reas about 8 0
UGH sren ay aterc chon <toys ele arate svelacctaberetainiereyete anette oer 00 0
Coat, Pittsburgh Bed, 4,, 9 to 5,, 6, say........... oe 5 0
EAT GT fa... i5,2 cie’s!ssavelviay shots. oleveue igh Ge teeate el eee bale teneterete «44 0
Brownish-gray sand rock ...........+. Poe Sac be 4 0
WUE MH fai exes wrapeteis croraferecereee ede entre etna meet co a 0
TAOS i avers cose. Sle, ciatere lave: epaievageterete ntepetelereuc lave reten ee nene tes sc 6 0
Coat, Slate Vein, in two or three thin layers sepa-

rated by much clay, the upper one cannel, aver-

AKG, SAY. d55.5:2% cal Sie ce Raa eee eee ad 3 0
FATA OM se: sis ecsicie inc sfiro: wt clove repens ele retats ele syereed see isaretets cP 190) 0
Brownish gray sand Tore qodaAddd somoadoDHONONSeC es 5 0
1a GCVienmeo crime nc HOO Soo aae ss aia pabgdnesuc © 105 0
Coat, Wood’s Upper Bed, with commonly abont half

an inch of clay at about six inches below the top,

2), G(?) to. 45; OF Avena ee ISA Vie mae sctunel shee. eileen “6 3 0
PRIA MOM is e2)s core ee ieie hots ssoisieve mio su eaas cichess mietslote cieeee ss a 0
Brownish-gray sandy shaies and sand rock....... ot 0
Coau, Factory Bed, 0,, 9 to 3,, 8, with about two

thickish layers of clay, average............ 2... ue 3 0
Brownish-gray sandy, SHAIES biewcwuees so. / relat a ae
EDT CCL @rn)sckerntcraysjecnvetotiors: sry etelcielon rete eioitoreeetecieketemiore seen 20 0
Brownish-gray sand rock ............. Peanereeitae Gt) 0
Hididentcrrsr nial of edhe latina tote ute oneepete eamesreveioracs Strat ietene i 4 0
Brow Dish /Oray/ sae OC ke erento erate terete «ee 0
Coau, Wood's Lower Bed, commonly witha half-inch

seam of clay ahout five inches above the bottom,

3,, o¢ to4,, OF, average; Raynes sis clewleles ere = “ 3 8
Slate Hooroficoallandehid dente sreiyeriein eerie amo 0
COAL, avery, thin, seam, tsayonte rts eie eee i 0 4
Black slate: si. seseersterertetstere ararerereteversinieticrerciieretets) as 2 0
1a GUC) PARA ESHA Occ oo s Sabb joa oe cue Re toh alae 0
Brownish-gray sand rocky ccs ower ere eee <i 0
1c f(t. PE PMaRArGSm Sar sSn kimonos ones osomaste oy 6 0
Brownish-eray sand TOC... eee eines afeketers ano 5 0
Brownish-gray sandy shales, sometimes with small

ITFOM OTS als. \. as. ist aichetel agente Ncecctaeveate tenets pra cal a 0
Coat, Jerrold’s Bed, with sometimes a half-inch

layer of clay at about nine inches below the top,

sometimes one near the bottom also; 2,, 8, or

even less to 3,, 6, average, Say........000. tomer eee 3 0
Brownish-gray sandy shalesic2 s.ce.'csaetne sales a. fo
Coat Vickers Bed, perhapsnciecitrleiiteetee erties uo 2 0

1894.] : 287 [Lyman.

COAL OPENINGS.

PiTTsBuRGH CoAL.—The Pittsburgh coal bed has been opened at only
one place on the Peytona tract or in the neighborhood ; and that was near
the top of the mountain above the mines and east of them. The section
measured there was as follows, from above downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Loose sandstone blocks, somewhat limy ?

SMM GMNOCK AT MIC Kis, «16 orsre ets slaves cots os tunes
LABOR PTANICIAY s craie cce'ssais « a cleialetweee soa etace
(POyel COVA SoH Gao nio SSO orn cae ee

pe
wore
t—

Ce |

NR RI NI

Q
lo}
io)
foF)
Q
°
Po
is)
J — J — i
wWorRowDw eS
Se — + —
nS
f=}

or
i=)

The coal bed contains, then:
(Corel) COMlnceasAOne An Os TOONS te rE eorrar nae ccc

That is, however, so much inferior both in thickness and in quality to
what the same bed is even as near as Lens Creek, and still more to what
it is in the northern part of the State, that it seems not unreasonable to
hope that its average throughout the tract may prove better than at this
opening.

On Lens creek the bed forms but small patches on the hilltops, and
has (1872) been opened in only one place, namely, on the hill opposite
Mrs. Nuby’s house and King’s Hollow, about the middle of the eastern
edge of the map; with the following section, from above downward :

FT. IN,
AO AINeR VIE COP =COA liste cts oreieleiae (eral elotolelateiaisictelaleistatetete :
(ChYN SoGdcod ene ODOOOOOr Dido et O00 Oot seit pleranarens< 1 9
RRR N oteto Faerie) wu3 jens #1) = in: #. 2 9.5.8 Sheet Reena ete ere are 0 6
CoAL, with half-inch layers of clay at about four and
six inches from the bottom, and perhaps at about a
foot and a foot and a half from the bottom........ 3 4
5 7

The opening is not a very perfect one, and perhaps does not show the

Lyman. ] 2 3 8 [Nov. 2,

full thickness. The quality is only imperfectly shown, as the coal dug
had no solid cover and is all mere crop coal, yet seems to be good.

The bed has been worked at Curry’s mine, in Church Hollow, about
one hundred yards outside the Parker tracts, and just outside the north-
eastern corner of the Lens Creek map; with the following section from
above downward :

FT. IN.
AINE O Chicreetey<rcravaieernetel seston eters Rater Netrareney Sere rromtarate
(COV OR RARE noe aaron sehen oie tomo uci 1 5
Gray slate..... a Ye'a: dial Steve Slee Maheeelore peters Seleay wereeer erate reye 0 2
(O07. 6 Ve enn IA O Secs binic Gero cieRt no cigar cee 3 2
Bre Clay ioc, ius ios slctey tate etetanlotas aioe alaterer stare onion ened eokeh rel
4 9

The SIx-INCH BITUMINOUS COAL bed about twenty-three feet below the
Pittsburgh bed at Peytona, was opened in June, 1872, on the lumber slide
above the No. 1 Entry of the old Peytona mines. .

The FOUR-INCH SOFT, BITUMINOUS COAL bed about one hundred and ten
feet below the Pittsburgh bed, at Peytona, was opened in June, 1872, on
the lumber slide above the No. 1 Entry of the old Peytona mines, with a
fine-looking bed of fireclay partly exposed below.

SLATE VEIN.—The slate vein on Lens Creek was opened by an old drift,
near Curry’s coal mine in Church Hollow, just outside the northeast cor-
ner of the map; and measured as follows, from above downward :

FT, SENS FT. IN.
Slates; exposediSomen... vec eres ere 6 0
Ooalecannel eee to ee eee cae 1 2 )
Blackislates: nace anc eee eee 1 0 |
CoaL, soft, bituminous, more than half 3 5
Under watereabouta. see eee tare iL 3 J
9 5

The same bed was also opened in June, 1872, on the hillside up the hol-
low opposite Mrs. Nuby’s house and King’s Hollow on the Left Fork of
Lens Creek, below the opening of the Pittsburgh bed there ; and measures
as follows, from above downward:

FT. IN.
Clay, gray, perhaps notte place emi. eer
Coan, ‘caunel, ‘slaty. occ cme meee ce ner a tae tee 0 8
Brown slate or clay, with a little coal............... 0 54
Coal bituminous rere febelavstcrvte wi prayers Rene los 1 0
(Cary Gln ooéoneoobac si wipecey. | tehotete ehaveisterttekerels meceee Sie ans 0 53
Coan, bituminous’. .... Wee ssmneceeee meee webiste. 0 8
3 3

The THREE-INCH BONY COAL about two hundred feet above the upper
cannel coal bed was opened above Entry No. 4, at Peytona, in 1872;
but only showed two or three inches of bony crop-coal, or crop-cannel,
or perhaps merely crop-slate.

es

1894.] 289 [Lyman.

The THREE-FOOT BITUMINOUS COAL bed about one hundred and forty
feet above the upper cannel on the Peytona tract, has been partially
opened above Entry No. 4, with the following section from above down-
ward :

FT. IN.
TBO WMIN Ee tere etev ie a cians cee e GeO Sie Nek ae eee about 2 0
Crop-COAr, Splint-Wke) .....2.c.0csc%,0 wen So tgon deena 1 0
SHRUG © Langage rave toy <fe.si-v 12 oar nice ores ofa ere .cl evavacevevelete era obeveeetatets sic 1 5
Coat, bituminous, firm and good........... ty si ant 2 6
6 11

It may prove workable in some places, but cannot probably be counted
on as such throughout the tract. It is most likely the same asa bed of
unworkable thickness that has been opened on the waters of Indian
creek, either the ‘‘Third Cannel,’’ in Abshire’s Hollow and on Meadow’s
Fork (a bed yielding there about seven inches of cannel at the bottom
with bituminous coal above it), or a thin bed of bituminous coal said still
more to resemble it, formerly opened some twenty feet higher up, on
Meadow’s Fork.

The stx-INCH BITUMINOUS COAL some twenty feet above the upper can-
nel was opened on the top of the point on the south side of Droddy’s
Creek, near the western edge of the map; and is said to have been six
inches thick, pretty firm, but not splint-like, without solid roof, but about
two feet of rather hard clay above it. The same bed shows about three
inches of outcrop, without solid roof or floor, about thirty-two feet above
the bottom of Entry No. 4, of the Peytona mines and on the north side of
the hollow.

Upper CANNEL.—The thicknesses of the beds in the general section
within three or four feet above the Upper Cannel bed are the means of
measurements at two places; except that the thickness given for the
principal cannel bench is the average of four measurements near the
mines. That bench, however, is still more variable hereabouts. It has
been worked at the Peytona mines by a short drift, on which it measures
twenty-seven inches and about thirty-one inches ; and has also been
opened by a slope from the Main Cannel bed and measures there twenty-
one inches.

On Abshire’s Branch of Indian Creek, half a mile southeast of the Pey-
tona mines, the same bed is opened in several places, and at one of them
measures as follows, from above downward :

FT. IN
PULAU wet ererteystctarcta erercravers ot. estore shove vinreralolsjomboraetereter arse
SURV ASE ye eivinig cfosiatele. «<6 som 6 as lavage hae Alara ee eee 0 6
Brownish-gray sand Tock..:;.:.'. S27. <ateers ... about 3 6
Brown shales...... Stoorénopilo vuoa" bic avetaetarctsts “ 1 6
GAANG! COAT<. secs ade ove a Sagede waeaaneres aay tag aaa
BEEICR A OXWOSEU, 5c \chi aco w/ssjae se sige a= aie imate “s 0 3

7 8

Lyman.] 290 [Nov. 2,

At another opening, about two hundred yards further up the branch
and on its north side, the following section with the same bed is exposed
from above downward :

FT. IN.
CoaL, bituminous, ‘‘ hard,’’ merely the tail of the out-

EGLO Div ciereleiasio@ « sisiste sieicloatetetetne Ca steteriontetete peetevetste 0 9
SEU: Se ee Pe rns cea cinc ato nis HERS Anco oO aAOSOt 2 0
@annel” GOAL i/s-32. dccaccuaateternetare eemelaeee retoe eteher ee eee il 3

4 0

At an opening about thirty yards distant on the south side of the
branch the Upper Cannel is about ten inckes thick, but it is only the tail
of the outcrop not well roofed over.

An opening was made on the Upper Cannel in June, 1872, back of John
McCarty’s house on Droddy’s creek, in the western edge of the tract,
and gave the following section from above downward :

“ FT, IN.
Sand Tock, INASSIVe! terete hereto alee ees about 2 0
BATES cross tera cre surereteverors cue iavarctei clever tenstiote: o orabersuie ators oe 3 0
Coan, ‘soft. rotten, bituminonsheacc niece eee we 0 6
\GIEW i nAlaiio fools ack Sac esSh bo gide banister o bine “ 0 6
Black slate’ si./- sisi sscate erotmeraintn serie sieves tere BSAA ue ae 0 04
CANNEL, the upper inch perhaps a little bony.. ‘“ 3 23
9 3

The Upper Cannel was also opened in 1872 on the hillside over the
blacksmith’s shop on Droddy’s Creek, half a mile northwesterly from
the mines, and measures but 103 inches, of which only the upper nine-
eighths of an inch are cannel or cannel slate, the rest all bituminous ;
but there was only clay and loam above, without any solid roof.

The quality of the cannel coal of this bed at Peytona is very good,
though not quite equal to the remarkably fine coal of the Main Cannel
bed.

On Lens Creek the Upper Cannel coal bed is of different character, but
is beyond question the bed called there Wood’s Upper Coal. It seemed
in 1872 to have been worked only at Wood’s upper mine on King’s
branch, where it was opened by a drift about twenty feet long in the
winter of 1869 and 1870, with the following section from above down-
ward :

FT. IN.
CoAT,) bituminous) softerenscseeetieeeeee see DOUG 0 9
CUB itera: vara aeivicis » 6's shin ca ee eee seleieweterenis 0 0+
Coat, ‘bituminous, hard, “splint 27.- eee uh 2 8
3 5i

It was not then fully accessible on account of water dammed back by
fallen earth at the mouth.

1894. ] 291 [Lyman.

The same bed was imperfectly opened at the head of Big Hollow, in
1872, with the following section from above downward :

FT IN FT, IN
Loose clay and shaly wash........ about 2 0
CoaL, much weathered, ratherhard ‘‘ 0 6
CLES Sa ae nae RBM S ena aura se S 0 03 i So 9
Coat, hard and firm, but weathered ‘‘ 3 24
Blackwslate; exposed: :-sj.cs «> « as 0 1

oy 210

The same bed was opened in 1872 on the very steep hillside on the
south side of Schoolhouse Hollow, near the middle of the east edge of
the map, with the following section from above downward :

FES, "IN: Fr. IN;
lao POOR EXPOSE 202% 2 sca. Sores a about 2 0
COA PROMER.. ccs wes oe acess re es “ 0 53 -
RO Paar tesaiecstctals cieie stars cic src a-c ise, e008 she e 0 2 } 3 33
COAT hardy splints .-.<1.)< Ricbowew o 2 10

5 33

Floor, said to be slate, two inches under water.
Another opening made on the same bed in 1872, on Bee Branch, near

the southern edge of the map, gave the following section from above
downward :

FT IN. FT IN
SUMIGKGH Sr ao ganond scooosc0ceaDOnS about i 0
OOsD TAtHEeD SOfticc.c..:') 2+. 2 1eleelers $s 0 4k
Wilabyaaerateistereicis eielereleicieieis See orer cc 0 1 } 3 3
CoaL, bituminous, hard, ‘‘splint’’. *‘ 2 93
Brownish-gray, fine, hard sandrock ‘‘ 1 0
5 3

A rather imperfect opening made on the same bed in 1872 nearly oppo-
site Nuby’s house on the left fork of Lens Creek had the following section
from above downward :

No roof but loose material, mostly brownish-gray sandstone blocks.

FT. IN.

COAT SI DLGUIININOUSS « se is-<cefeuste.s: ep cuss arelete cusletarechatemene tor 0 33

Gray Clays. 5 «1:01 nO dDGaLOD Fo ED tac esta tnisis (ale Maes about 0 14
CoaL, bituminous..... FAC AG Soa ASA 2 1
EOE YACUPAT 75 ctevala a6 -'a's wtase' 0, sin 68 6 ~ 5 eis miatenetnyenPteraan santas 0 6
COAT. DILUIMIN OUST sersn. so seine oheeaciehtotiveerte oe ere 0 6
3 6

Another opening on the same bed made imperfectly in 1872 at Per-
fater’s Spring, on a small branch of the left fork of Lens Creek, nearly

Lyman.] 292 [Nov. 2,
south of Lavender's house, gave the following section from above down-
ward :

No roof but wash.

FT. IN
WORT, SIAL 5. ops.s,s-c,00ceeiaye ttre aerenee een tee reye about 0 1
Coat, with half an inch of clay about the middle, ‘ 0 11
Hard fire clay.

1 0

The spring is only about three feet distant. Its water is called good,
but said to taste a little sulphury.

It is probably the same bed that was very poorly opened in 1872 rather
high up the hillside in Peels’ Hollow, with the following section from
above downward :

Wash loam. FT. IN. FT. _IN.
(OO PA cS rao apo MnO OcD doo o0od 0 33)
Clays os bos cones cal Sees ae ees 0 13
COSA. oc cols) Baie OSE Te Ree RE eee eae 1 oa D) 9
CU ira: atte cis inst ental eee ene ca 0 03
COAT hic bah tee REE Crone 0 2 |
Olay, GMP OSet taza enreaerreeien are about 0 6
2 8

The coal is only bituminous, and nothing but dirty crop-coal, and so
not of very good appearance.

The bed was also opened in 1872 near Asa Ferrel’s house, and near
the southwest corner of the map, just above the so-called Ferrel’s coal
opening on the Factory Coal Bed, or the Peytona Main Cannel, and had
the following section from above downward :

Roof, not solid. FT. IN.
(Glormbajoriohaubrowlsy, Ceol” Goss obenccbanodscaoucucc 0 6
Birecl ay <2 -:<5 cf eee ie ea ante tee ee 0 6
Coal) bituminous) splintiggrersce tear taneneteier il 6

2 6

The coal of Wood's Upper Bed is bituminous, of very fine quality, espe-
cially the main bench, below the seam of, clay. The main bench is a
remarkably firm splint coal, extremely well suited for steam purposes or
domestic fires, or probably even for burning raw in iron furnaces, It is
easily mined in large blocks that bear rough handling extremely well.
A fair specimen of it was assayed in 1872 by the very able chemist, Dr.
George A. Koenig, and yielded :

WOE sia iis ach sides ole ind caidberatacohapeeehsneyatsepeteneretats areretettetatetatener= tate 68.35
Gas iieten-seiatstercier cis Er ts te Goes oe 23.25
FAISTVGS! ((QTAUY )ini suelo’ «15:5 cianesielalel ste avers Paeenateteiheneletenstertenenchelstetate 6.45
EfyProscopie” water... cages melee te ere tien steer tae ntaettet 1.95

100.00

a

1894.] 293 [Lymap.

The coal seems to be very free from sulphur. The thin upper bench is
less firm than the main one. This bed is undoubtedly the one described
in the following extracts from a report on these tracts by the celebrated
Professor James Hall (1854), as quoted in the pamphlet of the St. George
Mining and Manufacturing Company, New York, 1865, page 7:

‘«This bed was first opened on the point of a low hill in the rear of Mr.
Vickar’s house, as shown onthe map. At this point it is three feet ten
inches thick. Although in a most exposed situation, and covered only by
a slight thickness of clay, the coal was quarried out in blocks of large
size, and breaking into smaller masses only by the application of consider-
able force.

‘“«The aspect of the coal is that of a laminated cannel coal with thin
seams of bituminous coal intervening, but altogether forming a small part
of the whole. On burning this coal side by side with the cannel coal
from the bed previously mentioned, there was a remarkable similarity in
the color and character of the flame, the amount of smoke and the ash.
The coal burns with much white, or yellowish-white flame, without de-
crepitation, and witha small quantity of smoke. It maintains its form,
showing no disposition to melt or run, and in the process of burning,
throws out numerous jets of white flame, in addition to the steady burn-
ing flame. When partially burned, it presents a fine porous coke, finally
burning away to a white or light-colored ash, without, in the cases tried,
‘any appreciable quantity of slag or other impurity. The flame and quan-
tity of smoke from a piece of cannel coal burned at the same time and by
the side of this coal were not perceptibly different.

“From this little experiment, twice repeated at the locality, I infer that
for all purposes for producing steam, or for a steady, dry-burning, blazing
coal, the coal from this bed will answer all the purposes of the real cannel
coal, and for these objects will be equally valuable. The only advantage
possessed by the cannel coal for domestic use is that of its freedom from
soiling in the process of handling. I am inclined, therefore, to regard
this bed of coal as of very great value, particularly upon the western riv-
ers, and for the steam boilers of all manufactories where the prevailing
coals are of the soft, bituminous character.

“‘T may mention that such is the indestructibility of this coal from ordi-
nary atmospheric agencies, that large fragments may be picked up in the
beds of the streams half a mile from the coal in place, and the specimens
burned were of such samples which had lain exposed to the weather prob-
ably for centuries. I need scarcely mention that from this remarkable
indestructibility of the coal from the agency of the weather and from its
breaking out in large blocks, even on the exposed outcrops, it is remark-
ably adapted to bear transportation with little loss from breaking or
waste.

‘This combination of qualities, which I hesitate not to say is possessed
by no other coal in this region, except the cannel coal, renders it extremely
valuable to any parties who propose to mine and send coal to market.”’

PROC, AMER. PHILOS. 800. xxxitl. 146. 2L. PRINTED NOV. 22, 1894.

Lyman. ] 294 [Nov. 2,

The bed seems to thin out, not only southwestward towards Peytona,
but northwestward towards the Kanawha ; for near the river it measures
but 2 feet 10 inches in one place, and would seem to be much less than that
in Church Hollow and thereabouts. At the few points, however, where
fully opened on the Parker tracts, it seems to be of good workable thick-
ness ; and the bed seems to have its greatest size just here, and to be in
general little noticeable everywhere else in the neighborhood.

The ‘‘ bastard cannel’’ at the bottom of the upper cannel coal bed, at
Peytona, contains numerous fossil shells.

Marn CANNEL.—The Main Cannel coal bed had, in 1872, been worked
for twenty years or more at the Peytona mines and near them, as well as
at the adjacent mines of the Western Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany. Seven measurements of the coal at different parts of the Peytona
mines give the following section of the bed from above downward ;

FT. IN. FT, IN.
Smooth cannel, 1,, 8 to 2,, 1, average,
aDOUtis,a ts cals se eceeie slavorometeeynch rien rere 1 10 | 2 6
Curly (or birds’-eye) cannel, 0,, Oto 1,, 6 0 Bp
Bituminous coals OF Oto OM Sao. ee 0 4 0 4

2 10 2 a0
After those measurements were made, another part of the mine yielded
cannel, both kinds together, 3 feet 5 inches thick, the lower 17} inches
being curly and the rest all good cannel.
An opening on the river front of the billside over Halsted’s farm about
three-quarters of a mile northeast of the mines shows the following section
from above downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Brownish-oTay Slates. ciee cise. sh about 8 0
Wild cannel or very bony cannel, or
canmelislatecc. scree haaoot a0060 6000 0 il
Clay iistclsres sco peer e ree ereitenterion meas 0 i
CANNEL, the lower inch a little mixed
with bituminous coal’ jan.ce.e- mines 0 5
CoaL, bituminous, very hard........... 0 9
6) ARMOIRE Se cise SG5h snore oe 0 1 tod
Coat, bituminous, very hard, somewhat
resembling ‘‘ curly cannel”’.......... 0 ifs
10 13

In Abshire’s Hollow, about half a mile southeast of the mines, the bed
is opened, with the following section from above downward :

VANS IN,
SMOOMVGANN HE cee ne re EO DOES Oe 0 3
Cosy, hard bitiminous’..ce eee eee 0 11
HSMoOoth) CANNEL... cscs nie oes aioe ee een reer eter 0 10

1894.] 295

{Lyman.

An opening near Droddy’s Creek, about three-quarters of a mile north-

westerly from the Peytona mines, gives the following section from above
downward :

Bo IN.

OE RNUN EIT SEAL Vic)<\aisieis-a.cidaasiivieols vise etia od leider aia siete 0 6
WOT OLGUIMMINOUSSs 15:4 arrests «a le oa retoaicle tolmecion Siete 0 #
CoaL, bituminous, resembling ‘‘ curly cannel’’...... 1 1
© OMT AD ISOMER OUS $5 sarees crocs o sic lars cbc Secs ormteheraersiaterere 0 6
2 4

Near John McCarty’s house on Droddy’s Creek, about twenty feet below
the opening on the Upper Cannel, there is an old opening quite fallen in
that must have been on the Main Cannel ; but its coal is said to have been
‘* bituminous mixed with cannel.’’

The smooth cannel is cannel proper; the curly cannel is an intimate
mixture of cannel coal and bituminous. The curly is more highly prized,
as it makes the best coal for domestic use. The quality of both kinds is
remarkably pure. Besides the very great merits of the coal for domestic
purposes, it is very valuable for making gas, owing to the large yield and
high candle power of the gas ; and the coal is therefore used as an ‘‘en-
richer’’ with bituminous gas-coal.

The following are the results of an assay of the Peytona canne} coal, as
reported by the Manhattan Gas Light Company of New York, in 1869 :

‘‘Maximum yield of gas per ton of 2240 pounds—13,200 cubic feet of
32.66 candle power.

«* At 10,000 feet per ton (standard yield) the illuminating power of the
gas is equal to 41.16 candles,

‘* Yield of coke per ton, 32 bushels, weighing 1380 pounds.

“‘One bushel of the hydrate of lime purifies 4510 cubic feet of gas.

«* Analysis of the coal :

SAV EUL Capnva su OUGES She eiare) 2-2: eye sic a va.alaiorel avetavers ejay aleve ovetenstale vee. 46.00

SPEDE LRG AITSE) O Hlecicrayare Foch a ote, wick ore cs 6, o Sieve aoa o lale (ater a ol aEevetisreie 41.00

CONS NGS G0 cI CI ee ie a ereteudl alas a Reels PE ean 13.00
100.00’’

The cannel coal of the Main Bed has in some parts of the mine red ash,
and in some parts white ash. At one place there is what they call
“‘gummy coal’”’ or ‘‘gum,’’ red and white, said to be liquid when fresh,
like syrup, thinner than cold molasses. Some of it when gathered dry in
the mine looks like a rotten coal, and some of it like a bituminous
powder.

In mining, the bituminous coal was thrown aside in the mine, and left
there.

This bed is the sameas the Factory Cannel Coal Bed of Lens Creek, but
much superior to it in quality, as well as thickness, at the Peytona mines.
It isa very irregular bed both in thickness and quality, and its unusual

Lyman. ] 296 [Nov. 2,

merits in these respects at Peytona gave especial value to the deposit
there.

The Factory Cannel Coal Bed was the most widely known of all the coals
on Lens Creek, and is the one formerly worked at the old oil factory on
the Left Fork. The section there, at about twenty-five yards inside the
middle one of three drifts, is as follows, from above downward :

FT IN. FT IN
COMO UM INOUS: eee eeeteeeieeete Sars 0 6
black slaty ‘clay... s..2:us ees emit : 0 94 3 85
Ware ais ss. sia ssepoiore te reeaanetetoteratobosrneloiere 2 5
Black ironvores sce eeereinee eee about 0 3

3 113

The bench of cannel however is said to yield only 1 foot 6 inches of
good cannel, the rest being ‘‘ wild cannel’’ or cannel shale.

The same bed was imperfectly opened in 1872 nearly opposite Nuby’s
house on the Left Fork of Lens Creek and bad the following section from
above downward :

No solid roof. FT. IN.

CANNEL, partly good, partly slaty, all rather poor
LOOKING xe aiksias Svalel ete ciermatete inet ere eine ole ene about 3 0
Blackicarbonatelofrons, actus atieloiecile cei orrerierre 0 2
Brownish-gray sand rock, at least................008 20 0
23 2

The coal looks rather less pure than the Peytona mine cannel, but that
is perhaps owing to its being merely crop-coal. The thickness, too, could
not be properly measured without a firm roof.

The bed was opened also in 1872,near the schoolhouse of the Left Fork,
with the following section from above downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Shalycsandrockeus. secretes about 22 0

Black. Clay sc: wauicecimsaieeeeateets cae ite 0 1

CONT, vs ja:s:e.0.018 sine cia ae eestale Cees us 0 1

Black clay... 0a: a's ame eee ue 0 1

ANd TOCK a... a ccasletane seem eeeee ue 2 0

Gray shales, .o.... scree poeeteee ates 12 0

Black soft-slate,'. can0<: een a 0 6

COAT. DITUMINOUSs nei ree re nereetate 0 43

Clay Cmca cet we ew et sence aneeevcce eeccee 0 al 0 9
COAL, bituminous... «<2 0c' sete ecreebtalere 0 3

BMgeht CANNEL. «5... '< o's. cseitee teeters 0 04 |

Gray Slaty.clay.. ....<.. i. '.!.seacheneeen aac 1 6

plialy BAM TOCK. «so s6ce +05 sateen about 10 6

or
for]
= |

+1894. ] 297 [Lyman.

The same bed apparently was imperfectly opened in 1872, near the head
of Stewart Branch, and had the following section from above downward :

FT. IN.
ILoRyiny. OVA MAR OMAR AOD SSB RGea boone doco Woon about 2 0
Clay, mixed with coal slate, outcrop........... ob 0 6
MEME NC diyatesererel obaveloice &, ocean Sg vucts, acta aoe s i 6
COMP DINUIMINOUSoaacr ociso eect len oe oe ee 0 Tf
4. 7

The same bed was imperfectly cpened too, in 1872, in Locust Hollow,
east of the Right Fork, and had the following section from above down-
ward :

FT. IN.
No true roof, but clay and wash................ about 2 0
[ONG PECI | OA a gk Ee ase Core TRE a mG Si 0 u
SUEY Re ONWEL SEN icie roca cee vad dae ue ho Re ee 0 6
COAT PAT NEIMELOUS ie si shard ies oie ts oo eee 1 5
RVR Ca ley aera ote tava te (ei csoue ova e sinvo e's Scan. «wb seve wae about 0 1
CANINE OUS sai crst- tanks cee ac bes ae arses. ee ee eee ee 0 7

5 2

The same bed was well opened in 1872, above Asa Ferrel’s house, near
the southwest corner of the map, with the following section from above
downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Giay and brown Shales. .. 20.0 ....-. 6.5 2 5
1 0 NEG or 0 1
Gray and brown shales .............0-. 0) 6
CoAT, MiLUmIMOUS, COOds So... 5. wa 0 2
CANNEL, good, but not curly..... rane 0 5 | 2 &§&
Coal bituminous, 00d ..:....:.-...s0% 1 10 J
Brownish-gray sand rock, exposed, about 0 6
5 11

The place of the bed appears also to be indicated by an exposure of
about three inches of bituminous coal a little more than 40 feet in level below
the opening on Wood’s Upper Coal at Perfater’s Spring already mentioned.

The quality of the Factory Cannel Bed is plainly very variable, and its
thickness extremely so. The bed thins out towards the Kanawha, near
Brownstown and above, and can scarcely be found there at all, having
but a few inches of thickness and no cannel. It may prove workable in
some spots, especially near the factory, but is so thin and variable that it
can hardly be counted on. Thecannel lasts so long, when exposed to the
weather, that bits of it are found all along the outcrop, which is therefore
comparatively easy to follow on the ground; and can be looked for
between the outcrops of Wood’s Upper and Wood’s Lower Coal.

Lyman.] 298 [Noy. 2,

SHoor Coau.—The Shoot Coal Bed, at Peytona, is so-called from the
opening near the foot of the shoot at the mines. The opening was closed
and no longer accessible in 1872, but was said to -have had the following
section from above downward :

FT. IN
CoAn, bituminous, good, hard...) 2 ae.o- caylee ae 0 10
S21) Ie eASSnereagia OSC rng c/S.S SOM ECE cas ee ines Sms 0 +
CoaL, bituminous, good, very hard, ‘‘breaks almost
likeanthracite: coc oan ee ere veceee 2 63
3 6

The same bed is also said to have been opened a great many years ago,
by Dr. DuBois, above the Blacksmith Bank, and found to have a thick-
ness of over 4 feet, besides 3 inches of slate at 10 inches below the top.

The bed was opened in 1872, in Abshire’s Hollow, opposite Abshire’s
house, with the following section from above downward :

FT. IN.

No solid roof.
COAT: SbitwMiNOUGe. cao astroset ec ecrs come ere hile eomeerEn iene 2-10
Coan, **splint,”” or, bony sts. cee sea ear Senet 0 6
3 4

The bed was likewise opened in 1872, on Indian Creek, about 300 yards
above Abshire house, and 50 yards below the mouth of Meadow’s Fork of
Indian Creek, and had the following section from above downward :

FT IN. FT IN
Gray shales.
Soft black slate snc. cee ereneiere about 0 1
POAT DitUmMINOUSse eee eerie ieteste 0 9 }
Slaten eis ct dhks Pee oe ae ee eT eine: 0 33 + 3 1
Coan, Dituminous.2. >. oes os 2 63 J
3 8

On Lens Creek, the coal bed of Wood’s lower mine (a drift some 20 feet
long), on King’s Branch of the Left Fork, is the same as the Peytona Shoot
Coal Bed, and has the following section from above downward :

FT IN. FT. IN.
Solid sand rock exposed .........:about 4 0
COAT. DitUmMInNOUS.- - eee eeeeete 1 On)
Sllateor clays \,.<c.. sacs eee about 0 03 |
COAL, bituminous... .....<seeeee ee eee it 7 { 3 8
SI RIGO @EN Gausbaconoogucccouo0Ds about 0 04 |
CON HIM ONES BouapoooasooooSsa0d 1 OW)
8

1894.] 259 (Lyman.

The same bed was opened in 1872, near the schoolhouse of the left fork
of Lens Creek, and had the following section from above downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Brownish-gray sand rock, exposed, about 2 6
CoaL, bituminous, firm and good....... 2 9 7}
PROVE OR SIMEC 0:c'c-c oraleinc:aie's\sa1sssfetsine 0 0} >; 4 408
CoaL, bituminous, firm and good....... iL pee
Slate, exposed. .j.. 2.5.0.6 .. ses -.. about 0 3

6 93

The coal seems to be of fine quality.
The same bed was formerly opened at Fry’s Coal Bank, still partially
accessible in 1872, and had the following section from above downward :

FT. IN.
*«Slate roof of unknown thickness.’’
Coan, bituminous, very firm, good. .........0.00s.4. 3
‘“«Slate bottom.”’

Near the mouth of the drift the coal has a quarter-inch of slate at a
foot or fifteen inches from the bottom ; buf the slate is said to disappear
further in.

The same bed was opened rather imperfectly on Stewart’s Branch,
nearly three-quarters of a mile southwest of the forks of Lens Creek and
had the following section from above downward :

Le)

FT. IN.
Cm? Gin! ONC IMEC oa a5 Seapnoocdacdoabar about 10 0
Gray sand with some particles of coal mixed......... 0 4
COAT IO INITMING US ae lelcisicr se = icke's deblalavetete alanamuaeeterunr sere 2 0
Hard, brownish-gray sand rock.

12 4

The same bed, apparently, was opened in 1872, in Peels’ Hollow, with
the following section from above downward :

ET IN.
Loam.
SMOWMUES MES We eid seca: srerane’cl Sata evorousiec arene erie otro about 2 2
WAT ICI OUS!, o.aisin's =,-.0' bs 5.0 4 oletereie erciseieteteteretererats 0 6}
Fireclay.

2 84

But, perhaps, the coal bed was not fully exposed ; or possibly, by an
error of the aneroid level, this may be the representative of the Black-
smith Coal Bed.

Imperfect openings of the same bed were also made nearly opposite
Nuby’s, on the Left Fork of Lens Creek, where only two feet are exposed

Lyman.] 300 [Nov. 2,

in a crush of loose rocks ; and near Asa Ferrel’s, on the Right Fork of
Lens Creek, where less than a foot cf crop coal has been uncovered.

This coal bed is clearly the same as the bed formerly worked at the
Winifrede Coal Co.’s main mine, less than a mile east of the main Parker
tract. That mine was still accessible in 1872, with a little difficulty, and
near the mouth of the drift gave the following section from above down-
ward :

FT IN. FT. IN.
Brownish-gray, massive sand rock.about 5 0
NWS ere ters case aeons Gere I OR ae: 0 8
Brownish-gray, massive sand rock....... 1 9
STAGE ce cots cere oi ae, cere ac eure yer ere ten Sete ek aeeiictis 3 0
CoaAL, bituminous, firm and good........ 2 9
COG acc co'sateress eiceteserotetehe eevee micyeintote eters 0 3 4 6
CoaL, bituminous, firm and good........ 1 6
Shale, exposed........... eohiekneeeaWOUt. val 0

Wey Salil

The quality of the coal, as well as the slate or clay parting, is extremely
like what is found at the opening on Wood’s Lower Bed (the Peytona
Shoot Bed), near the schoolhouse of the Left Fork of Lens Creek, and at
Fry’s Coal Bank on Ketcham Branch and at other points. The identity
was evidently recognized by Prof. Hall forty years ago.

The coal of Wood’s Lower Bed on Lens Creek seems all to be of very
fine quality, richer in gas than Wood’s Upper Coal and somewhat less
firm than that, though still very firm and capable of bearing handling
very well. It is much liked asa domestic coal, and would probably be
a good gas coal. It is unquestionably the same as the one of the Wini-
frede mines, the coal of which bears a very high reputation ; and is prob-
ably the same in quality, since those mines are within a mile of the
eastern edge of the main Parker tract. Besides, as already pointed out,
the resemblance is very strong indeed.

The Winifrede Coal was supposed in 1872 to be also the same as the
bed of the Coalburg mines, a couple of miles more distant up the
Kanawha ; but, in spite of the resemblance of the structure of the two
beds and the quality of the coals and other arguments, Prof. White
(Bulletin 65, p. 162), says that the Winifrede is seventy-five or one hun-
dred feet lower than the Coalburg coal, reckoning from the Kanawha
black flint. In that case it would seem that the Coalburg bed must be
the same as Wood’s Upper Coal, the Upper cannel of Peytona ; but the
distance apart in these two surveys is about one hundred and twenty
feet, a difference hard to reconcile. The Shoct Bed of Peytona, Wood’s
Lower Bed of Lens Creek, seems hereabouts to be the most uniform in
thickness and in quality of all the coals below the barren measures, and
to be everywhere a very excellent, firm, bituminous coal and of workable
thickness wherever it has been fully opened. Towards the Kanawha,

1894.] 301 [Lyman.

outside of the tracts, it appears to be in two or three benches separated by
layers of clay a foot or even more in thickness.

BuiacksMiIt#H Coau.—The Blacksmith Coal at Peytona is so named for
its purity and usefulness in the forge, and would seem to be very per-
sistently of fine quality, since the same bed is called so in the northern
edge of the State. It is, however, probably too thin to work at present,
except for local use along the outcrop.

It was worked by a drift at the lower part of the Peytona mines, and
had there the following section from above downward :

FT. IN. FT, IN.

Brownish-gray sand rock.......... about 4 0
IENGDIew 5 Gog ape ones Oneomeee Sooasa 8 1 6
Brownish-gray, hard shales, exposed ‘‘ 0 6
Soft shales..... agoaceucesadcasogac ss 0 2
POAT WIEUAMBOUS, x1. cies soa es. “s 0 2 ]
Hronysenw Or Slate. eas ice ess - ess $s 0) 15 |
CoaL, bituminous............ 430 Sto oy 0 Oa ame 3
SII one Sa Da AEE ae ee « 0 03 |
COAT MUMMIIMNOUS EA 0.</./c2 <i! seine “s it 24 J
Clay, apparently.

8 5

The bed was opened also at Abshire’s Coal Bank, on Indian Creek near
Abshire’s Hollow, with the following section from above downward :

FT. IN.
Shaly sand rock, exposed........... SH aoe Me about 5 0
STAMP HALOS: SF OO). :c)e etre)! <so\s.<. score sin la clalejelele os 2 0
Fireclay, mixed with slate.
7 0

The same bed is opened, too, in Abshire’s Hollow, back of his house,
with the following section from above downward :

FT IN

Shales, exposed.......... oleae slejararere love “ie; Ree aes about 3 0

Blialy sand rock. 62S. avec ee encenwe seas ee a 2 0

PILE eect occ or orn Ponereloue Secale aus alene Gea) eee 0 0 6

COM MOILUMMINOUS. ccc bersos as ovis ata mare cnemicele ae 2 1
Fireclay mixed with slate.

7 i

This bed at Lens Creek appears at about twenty feet below Wood's

Lower Coal.
It would seem to be the bed opened in 1872 0n Ketcham Branch, near

the southeast corner of the map, in two places near together on opposite
PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXIII. 146. 2M. PRINTED NOV. 22, 1894.

Lyman.] 302 [Nov. 2,

sides of the branch and about half a mile from its mouth. At the upper,
southern, one there was the following section from above downward :

- FT. IN.
Gray shale, exposed «st .-haeeune aces se reer about 3 0
Black slate..... SHER e son oncr op midincosuyede * 1 63
CGhrayvisballes & s.v1.s0.¢ icici nee electorate eta teeta “< 0 83
CoaL, bituminous, and clay and slate in several
layers, mostly coals. 36 cae ae te eee es “iG i 2
Gray shales. -
6 5

At the lower, northern, opening of the two, there was the following
section from above downward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Brownish-gray sand rock........+.+ about 1 6
Brown and gray shales........... ch 5 0
Blackislate 4.3... aero mee ss 1 5
Gray shalesis dato ee nee ete ae al 0
COATS bitUumMINOUSH ee Coe eee eee 0 3

CUB Yi esyorn-arcttaseierncnt eee emirate 0 2 } 0 a
COAL, DILUNTINOUSH oe eerie 0 2
9 6

The same bed seems also to have been opened on the Stewart Branch of
the Left Fork, some 500 yards above the mouth of the branch, by a couple
of old ruined drifts that expose a few inches only of the top of the coal,
with two or three feet of shales over it.

JERROLD’s COAL.—Jerrold’s Coal of Lens Creek seems not to exist at
Peytona, but to be represented perhaps by some three inches of black
slate at the bottom of about twenty feet of apparently iron-bearing brown
shales just like those that overlie the bed on Lens Creek. The black slate
is exposed on the railroad about sixteen feet above the top of the lower
shoot.

The bituminous coal bed worked by Jerrold on the bank of the Left Fork
of Lens Creek, just below the mouth of Ketcham Branch, has the following
section there, from above downward :

Loose blocks of sandrock. FT. IN. FT. IN.
oof slate, exposed. 2. sheeraee eric 1 0
Coa, bituminous, comparatively soft... 0 4

Coan, bituminous, much of it hard
‘‘splint,’’ but generally less hard than
Wood's Upper Coal. ...2ssaseceeroeees 2 84 J

4 3s
It would seem probable on the whole that it is the same bed that was
worked at Mitchel’s Coal drifts on the left fork of Lens Creek about 200
yards above the mouth of Ketcham’s Branch ; though it is possible that

1994.] 303

{Lyman.

the coal here is a local thickening of the small bed that occurs some fifteen

feet below Jerrold’s Coal. The section at Mitchel’s drifts is as follows,
from above downward :

FT. IN,
BRTE TE RPIOSCED oi cer o.0. svn ras e-+ opasania aie ede ees about 1 6
CoAL, bituminous, less firm than Wood’s Upper Coal,
POAC PON RIT CUA NIG Yao, ore 2: cin ale’ # win ts onstrate heel 3 1
“«Slate floor.’”’ =
4 tf

The same bed apparently was opened at the old drift on the Ketcham
Branch of the Left Fork of Lens Creek, near the mouth of the branch. The
coal is partly covered at the bottom ; but would seem to measure about
two feet in thickness.

The Jerrold Coal is seen also at Mrs. Nuby’s coal mine, a drift about six
feet long on the Left Fork of Lens Creek, 300 yards below her house, with
the following section from above downward :

FT. IN. FT, IN.
Shalleswexposeds +o -ce es r-cc cles about 4 0
Coat, bituminous, of fair quality........ 1 0 1
SUN Sani) ete ea es Se a a 0 01 2 103
Coat, bituminous, of fair quality....... 102 J
6 103

Two inches above the clay seam, there is, at least in places, another
similar clay seam.

The same bed was worked with eight old drifts close together just
across the creek, and had there the following section from above down-
ward :

Sand rock, massive.
Slaty shales and shaly sand rock with small iron-ore
MOCITUE Aka ce po bos O BAe opera eee oRcoD oe oer about 15 0
CoaL, bituminous, with two or three quarter-inch
seams of black clay at about nine inches below the
top; apparently 38,, 0 or more in one drift, in

FT, IN.

ANOMLET MIMEASUTEC sis 2rc/ere + c.cis clea a le aie loa Semeeeeeraele 2 10
RI Siyg SMI ER)e 1. are oic,sicicla lic.» visie.s stove s[e- sina yee pera netememnes 10 0
25 0

The same bed is worked with a drift a dozen yards long at Myer’s Coal
Bank, close by the oil factory already mentioned, and has the following
section from above downward :

FT IN. FT. IN.
Brownish-gray sand rock, massive, about 12 0
ST eters cise aro ckeMnaie = torso is fapaten stare eiecrsineaare 0 6
COAL, biLUMINONS, POO «5.2... 005 \onenis 0 9
PSR Fes CLAY yur cicjasinlejn'acapn ym slain iodine 0 04 } 2 84
COAT, bituminous, POOd: -n).-.--te 1 11

Lyman.] 304 [Noy. 2,

The same bed is also worked by Gus. Hoffman, on the Vinnie Lick
Branch of the Right Fork of Lens Creek, and has there the following sec-
tion from above downward :

FT. IN
COmT bituminous 4.1.2 hod eee eo EER Cee 0 6
REY lr les ayes wis aCe he sie epsyae erate ete a tates ate 0 0g
COAT; (DUNN O18), 00e ete leutaeioe Peter Rid ee oietete, oetatars 3 0
3 63

The bed has been worked, too, by a drift on the opposite (west) side
of the Right Fork of Lens Creek, back of Gus. Hoffman’s house, and has
there the following section from above downward :

FT. IN.

Brownish-gray shaly sand rock................ about 8 0
Shalesiwathsiron nodtlesses seer eee er nee teeetee 1 6
COAT: DIttMINOUS) 2.4 Bee ee or ee ae ee ee 2 1
ilu 4

The bed was imperfectly opened on the Right Fork of Lens Creek, oppo-
site the mouth of Orchard Hollow and a quarter of a mile above the
mouth of Vinnie Lick Branch, and had the following section from above
downward :

FT. IN.
Shaly sand rock with some nodules of impure iron
ORG yo cher sce s Fis Se ae Oe See eer about 6 0
Coat, bituminous, good, but much weathered, at
LOBSE sla\ es oe wie. 0x,are sh otal Sep apepteneT oeciche epee WL Maeno about 1 93
Dark: shales «2 2 shea fac peers ee aes ede ancien 5 0
12 93

Half a foot of the top of the coal bed is exposed under the shales near
Mr. Hoffman’s, opposite the mouth of Big Hollow, on the Right Fork of
Lens Creek. ;

The bed was opened in 1872 in Locust Hollow near the east bank of the

Right Fork of Lens Creek, and had the following section from above down-
ward :

FT. IN. FT. IN.
Clay shales, no solid roofty /-s110. ums. re 2 0
Coat, bituminous, mostly hard and good. 1 63
C1’ Gan ateen ERC OAR AL Seo GG i 0 3 03
COAL, HORY %...-'.!5,52..2is. see 0 6

5 ye

Another imperfect trial pit on the same bed, some twenty yards to the
south, gave about the same measurements, but some of the lower bench
seemed to be like cannel.

a

1894.] 305 {Lyman.

The same bed is at least partially exposed where it finally passes south-
ward beneath the bottom of the valley of the Right Fork of Lens Creek, at
' the mouth of Rise Hollow. The coal there is partially concealed by
muddy water and perhaps rubbish in the hole, but would seem to be only
1,, 6 or two feet thick, with only two feet of wash for a cover. The wash
is stripped off, and the coal dug out. The coal is firm and in large lumps,
bituminous, of good quality and much liked by the country people.

The coal at Jerrold’s, Hoffman’s, Nuby’s and Myer’s mines, and at
Rise Hollow is of good quality, but not equal to Wood’s Upperand Lower
coals. It is less firm, especially the upper six inches, than either of them ;
but the greater part of the bed is far from being tender. The quality in
fact seems to be on the whole pretty fair. The thickness would seem to
be rather variable, and it may prove to be unworkable at present in some
partsof the tracts. It not only disappears at Peytona, but on the Kanawha
above Brownstown would seem to be hardly of workable thickness, or
only two feet and a half, though worked a little at some points.

VICKER’s CoaL.—Opposite the mouth of Vicker’s Branch, on the Left
Fork of Lens Creek, at the lower end of the eight drifts on the Jerrold Coal,
there are two old drifts on a coal, a dozen or fifteen feet lower ; and, for
want of a more suitable name, it may be called Vicker’s Coal. The coal
is no longer exposed for measurement here ; but seems to have been per-
haps two feet thick.

The same bed was worked at an old drift about fifteen feet below
Jerrold’s old coal opening on the Left Fork of Lens Creek, two hundred
and fifty yards below the mouth of Ketcham Branch. There also the
drift has fallen in so as to be inaccessible and leave the coal unexposed.
The thickness seemed to have been perhaps two feet.

The bed may probably be the same as the one exposed at Peytona,
nine feet below the top of the waterfall below the lower shoot. It has
there the following section from the top of the waterfall downward :

FT, IN
Brownish-gray sand rock, very cross-bedded......... 9 0
COATS DItUMINOUS)./.... 66.15.0106 cies SOATEST sialearnscer : 0 3
Brownish-gray sand rock (?)

9 3

It is probable that the coal bed was of greater thickness than that, at
the drifts on Lens Creek, or it would not have been opened for working
at all; but as it seems to have been little worked compared with the
Jerrold Coal just above it, there is no probability that it was more than
the two feet thick it seems to have been.

It is barely possible that the coal of Mitchel’s old drifts on Lens
Creek just above the mouth of Ketcham Branch may be the Vicker’s bed ;
and it was so supposed probable in 1872; but in that case it would have

Lyman.] 306 | Noy. 2,

been only quite locally thicker there. It seems on the whole very much
more likely that Mitchel’s coal was the same as Jerrold’s.

COMPARISON WITH THE NORTHERN WEST VIRGINIA SECTION.

According to Prof. J. J. Stevenson (Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol.
xv, pp. 17-31, 1872), the section of the carboniferous rocks of a portion of
Monongalia and Marion counties, in the northern edge of West Virginia,
near the southwest corner of Pennsylvania, is as follows, from above
downward :

UPPER COAL GROUP—MONONGAHELA RIVER SERIES.

MEAN,
FT. FT. Nis FT. IN.
1. Sandstone, ‘‘Waynesburg’’ 30-10 35 0
Benen. os. ye Re ae 1-15 Bo anatl aa
3. CoaL, ‘‘Waynesburg’’.... 6-9 7 6
HE MSEIG ITC VORRB AG co Spo uaor 15 15 One}
BASIBMILO?, ve leccrre ses tet Netsretect ieee ores 8 8 0
6. Wimlestonee)...s neocons 5 5 0
7. Shales and sandstone...... 20 20 0
8. Limestone and shale...... 30 30 0 |
9. Sandstone and shale...... 3) 35 0 |
HOY Wimestorves eis. siete 6 6 0 [ 194 6
AE Sand StOnGarastie sels claispeteies 15 15 0
HD TAINO STON C iors, oyecrs,opsiebaye's fate) eas 7 2 0 |
HSE SAMGSTOME so siexcyorcer sere oreeyers 10 10 0
A 4e TIME STONEKiee.s s.ecelelelearetonre 8 8 0
15. Sandstone and shales...... 23 23 0
MGA A chs ceiccnn armeteeeieee 1-25 12 6)
17. Coat, ‘‘Sewickley’’.... 41-6 5 3 5 3
aril Mam Sp nt MRR aE red cide clas we A 5-8 6 6 )
LO otmves tone rematch rem errate 9 9 Or 44 6
20a Sand stonecen cece aeons 4-10 i 0 [
ils, WslMeStONCiericrarscret ce erereae 22 22 ged
22. Coan, ‘‘Redstone”’....... 4-5 4 6
Bia) wetted Gh oemeaeor OG eos e 1 1 0 }
A MEStOME weieercieicienienmne 12 12 0 \ 39 0
25. Shale’..... eA AO oe 6 ae 5-12 8 6) -4
POS SANGStOMCl,. 0 «ce ese een 0-35 alle 6 J
a7, Coan,‘ Pittsburgh’’.. 4.0. 7-14 10 6 10 6
AS: MHALCCIAY su. 00 -)> cis aisle 3 3 0}
LOWER BARREN GROUP—BARREN MEASURES. t 20 0
LeeShaletwith dron oc ccm. 6 nets : 14 14 Os]
OU NTLIAERTOHO 2 «7550 5 ve 2-4 3 oJ
Sa OONTAa Aart ik Meo rialedie Soe 13-2 1 9 1 9

1894.] 307 [Lyman.

MEAN.
FT FT. IN. FT. IN.
APEC itera s pisinscreicra stared 3 3 0 )
De MMGSLONeH at ia acters cle were 25 25 0
GOR SES se teats ciarccatee sesreiere 8 8 0
Oe GIMESTONG ssn. cs 1c Sele 3 3 0
8. Shale with iron........... 4} 4 Care oo. 6
Pe pICMIIORUONE sr. - 015 <2, < shale eteia aie 5 ad 6 |
10. Shales and shaly limestone 22 22 0
Ap MEE RT ONO tore go) </eiera o/<larorae 13 1 6 |
MSM ALC bare pvctelets Aero io tyeleiese bee 18 18 0
IBR Croan) Eee anaes oho me aOeae 1-2 1 7 1 73
Ae SAMGSTONC never 7s cic eee «sre 10-85 17 6 17 6
(lines CO Atliweteretesiecisict.« ¢ ie seeeecva.s 2-11 0 113 O 113
UGtRmIMeSTONE as eyeciees ais ei 8 8 0 7}
PE HALES ONVO Sys era< ssi ocaieiee 10 10 0
Se IGIIMESTOM EC everece cielo <ieievele\s,ere 3 3 0
if), SiH Oliaeadoosaus og son 12 12 0 91 0
BOM Sandstone o.. o<ce. = esis 49 40 0
zi. Conglomerate. -.....52.-6% 0-6 3 0 |
De VAINCES COME)s 4 oi svalesero'xiei eis: sierers 15 15 oJ
DSC OAT crersierelercusieisre o eisievel ister 33-4 3 9 3 9
24. Shales, variegated, with
some shaly sandstone.... 333 33 6
NANO SLONE!\ teres efere einieit « ~)s-< 1-4 2 6
26. Shale, calcareous and fos- (630
MINTO aon enoocnamaogd 2-4 3 0
27. Shale, variegated, fossilifer-
US }eePetter saree ore scale, siaies 24 24 0
SER OAT Amira ciciottisnele taelera.s 3s 4-1} 0 11 (ala
POM LINERTONE sisiziacie cate v'sys sto 6 5 5 0
30. Shales, variegated, with
MRO ici Scie BOO CCCRTERO RG DReIees 20 20 0 |
Sle SANUStONES «veces <'ic alesse s 10-20 15 Q
32. Shales with iron.......... 10-15 12 pasa” © 6
LOWER GROUP—ALLEGHENY RIVER SERIES. |
1. Sandstone, ‘‘Mahoning’’.. 75 75 0
TORE See ee eee 12 tana OC)
3) (OLN Conn GeO ee Dertee 14 1 4 1 4
4 Shales.;..... SA eEaC eRe 1-25 13 0 13 0
FiO OuAsTae mie ielaierelieererel eee lsteleteie 4-5 4 6 4 6
GUEST ALeS eer earoiic lo heciciceterstotatsds 10 10 0 10 0
fie COM os erry anions ey ARS allies eeete il 1 0 1 0
Se Sandstone cise sleletere 5 5 0
Gur S hale ccsracm sss BSicheiore 10 10 0 49 6
10. Limestone, ‘‘ferriferous”’ 4-5 4 6
ily WshrCuel Gaebe Aan ois Sabine yamine 30 30 0

Lyman.] 308 [Nov. 2,

MEAN.
FT Fr IN. FT, IN
IL (COONS RO Ree REI NS 5 > 3 6 Br 6
18. Sandstone and shale....... 20-30 25 0 25 0
(4 Coan, < Blicksmith sae. 2-3 2 6 2 6
PA NEG are cess 5 eisicnsl ohneterene takers 15-20 iy 6
16. Sandstone, ‘‘Tionesta’’... 25-30 27 6 70 0
AUR ILD OF cioioc: clace soya eee 25 20 0
TICE Of oy. aa ene ars eaten otro 13 1 9 1 9
LO Sandstone... see ce ae 4 4 0 4 0
DONC OAT: carsom-eseeraene eee 1 i 0 il 0
DASA les? =... .cose eee ere net : 10 10 0 10 0
Great conglomerate, Penna.
INO NS NSITS aim sition eee about 850 300 0

The following table of sections shows the coal beds and the intervals
between them at Peytona, and in several parts of the Lens Creek field, as
well as an average of the whole Lens Creek field, in comparison with the
corresponding beds of Prof. Stevenson’s section for the northern edge of
the State, as just given.

The columnar sections drawn on the two maps show the correspondence
of the coal beds still more clearly. -

IDENTIFICATION OF THE COAL BEDs.

Comparing these sections with the sections given by Prof. I. C. White
in his Bulietin No. 65, it appears that the six-inch coal about twenty-three
feet below the Pittsburgh Bed at Peytona is the little Pittsburgh Bed of
Fayette county, Pa.; the Slate Vein would apparently correspond to the
Little Clarksburg Coal, likewise slaty at Clarksburg, W. Va.; the three-
inch bony coal about 200 feet below the Pittsburgh Bed at Peytona (or
possibly the five-foot coal fifty-five feet lower) would correspond to the
Elk Lick Coal of the Pittsburgh, Allegheny County and Fayette County
region; the six-inch bituminous coal at nearly twenty feet above the Upper
Cannel or Wood’s Upper Coal, would be the Upper Freeport Bed; the
Main Cannel, or Factory Cannel, would be the Middle Freeport Bed;
Stevenson’s coal bed No. 7 would be the Lower Freeport Bed ; the Shoot
Coal, or Wood’s Lower Coal, or the Winifrede Coal, would be the Middle
Kittanning Bed ; the Blacksmith Coal would be the Lower Kittanning ;
Jerrold’s Coal would be the Clarion Bed ; and Vicker’s Coal would be the
Brookville Bed.

The leveling of the surveys was done partly with the vertical circle of
a transit, partly with a hand level and partly with an aneroid ; and
though not perfectly exact, was no doubt quite sufficiently so to confirm
the identification of the coal beds and to prove that the general sections of
the surveys agree very strikingly with the one of northern West Virginia.

BARREN MEASURES
eve ae pete /
m Do a 26.2 £5 »
eee | Zon 3 ao aay Soh >
Bea i Sp ma zSZze,a% 2
ater <amle ek toe 2

4 °o m myo z >
<a ora Zormme@s +
Tht EES ee oe i Sh co" 6
Sita 5 ey ver 3 2Ea os A
omGt Gime te a8 B 3 k
° ] - Qnars =e cle ; §
Son Siete a2) 2 ae VS 5
gs? 2225 Nee oO x
@Zz6 a<z9 ee att 2
$3 G - end mS44h2
Pee S zi Zr ors

14cnzz
San re : a5
cA 8 wg 0 € a3 zz :

Be Pere a
£2° e235 as eae

"

roe PGs efosni ¢
SS > ) : | |
'?, .

>

eS S55
Sina

NT

Y ie Cal
| 1 (MENS
SQ) CON Mt A

SSS

~ >

4 e Bez hol +
Ome aan

WHdaTsay WH

L778
LP

ANOS

>
o
c
D
a

aS

“enor.

<OVONYUA GALINDO WVDIHECOSO
3MA ONIMOHS
suoou
40
SNOILO3S g

"ELOb GE "a ‘AK “IOA

F
i
:
i

z
*
>
7
c
a
a
x
cal
z
4
»
4
4
3
4
°
°
°
S

—
©
age
2 2
baad r
g 5
caEG
3 4
= 4
= ‘3
zB 4
3 4
4 *
e >
bs e
° °
s =

™33UO0 GNI IMs WO SY HWE
Mah. SI NOILOIG BIOON BHA

7, “SSINHOIH J JO SNOLLWINY A
202g 40 JONIGNCGS3NSCD

|

Ne SS. 1;
Hl i, teens A EGY =
SS Sse <i ‘hi
SD VY IAL.
Nai 7
6 ) ANS) La
SSSA fe |
SENS
DSH PW WER ~ ISS
Zz YL R SS Ne, Lv, fE: US /
iE SSASY

THA 40 LEME BH

AZ NI AuYdy £334 ND

NIDIAIO “SWWSY¥.LS ‘S3NIT GNYT

JHA O4 ONIOHOD
4244 40 cI IML 4O 993

ONY GOovoM ‘ST00H

LOOKS
VINNY NIV

G VSNNYO Waeen
n

IHL WENL A@ NIVIBIONN 49

"WHMAWNYY 3H4i NO HLNOWS

WOWUS TE HOLESDINVYHD 40 HLNOS GVO AG BIW T
NI AWWd¥ 29R4 Adais BUY oF

“D "AA 40 BABAWNS
NE GINIT IETIVMWs AN@IVNL® 2

aay

“GW SN] 3HL NI dig 3HL ONOIV NOILOIS

OO ATACOW JuY BISNOK
“LOVYUL 3HI NI
“WiHd T130¥ WH

IX 81d S01 “OM VINA 104

eS sel cl OD: VNOLAId NBN
3HL 40 JYW HOLINS WolHdved0d0| ONY T¥OIDDIOIgQY

‘VINIDUIA LS3AA ALNNOD 3N00g NI

“UNG GLLINNIG AD SNIWLNOD LOVES IHL = —“(8O0F

“2G Hisly HLNOS cee
"RYINA"] HLINS WINWeNIG Ao

>
4
4
°
s
4
z
a
4
2
>
&
4

(G00b) HAIG
auv 438 HOWs 40 @3NIT
ONY G029 TVOO 37e¥xN
IHL MONO O27 “NOs
Une IHL NO OT7
"WIQN3LA3S OF

WH 40 LUY:

amd

2\ \"l'ic, y,

ey A P - f
K zi) his ig . 4
ifs !
ede ey ON NY

¥ 3 } Wid ‘
Z F \
: /, : ‘ G
4 ~— YOY

KL cP > y) pk ; 44. )

Ret LT? i a3 x y) » \ \

cae ; t ~ 7); Y /G

ow'al/

SS

“\Y \\ <2 :
en Ri : \ \\ =>

AUS, NY AYA"

45 Cuay. i HENS 4 Sy

V))i \e\$G. 4/

p 1) agihe!
MY Saat j
CINCH, ae

- zs Ol ij We

Proceedings Amer, Phils,Sc, fo, HMI, No. 14, Plate MX

MAP or « ROUGH SURVEY A A
‘ orrac
is Sa “
PARKER COAL TRACTS~
on

LENS CREEK, KANAWHA CO.. W. VA.

Eitee

BY GENJ. SMITH LYMAN, 135 SOUTH FIFTH ST, PHILAOELAMIA. ©

<a 27 AUG. ier,

Rock SecTioNns
SHOWING T we
CORRESPONDENCE OF THe Bei

‘OAL
wane ae

z Hii [THe ute Go>

SS

He OE PEGE

2 EF EE

\{

00)
“os * searelvee
x ire ee
UPPER COAL Ae ewaree ‘THIm TO WORK IW Pace a ‘ZA
ano SF 1NS THE LAST TO =r? wh. THE FACTORY Comal pgs aS 5
1 PLIWAPS WORRAULE 1 SOME ACES. as SN
ay (T

oe 45%, MTOROBOORC WATER Uns", js Lowen

Pmt quasirr. BEAROWS COAL He Pn 2. THE Orr ‘ iy
euro 1B BADLY OPENED WERE 4NO 1TB QUALITY ROT EAL 2\N
=

ran

—+ “<=
=

SS

WEED

LY

iC
Ns
Ne
Naas

THY)
TATE

"aa

=
é

e&

}

)

Sam >
SI = —~ {
"4 =~
= AVY

mrOUR

OUND.
ALON T PARALLEL LINKS

SEs)!

C4
“ P47
= es agisscaans . Sy we
ee ee ee

SE ae ota Hin ween: coer Maer ee
ee Le ee ee lea &
Se ee

Cag andre ee ot wo Peek

- hee ee? RO Oe Rate HE EE. POP I
7 ak eRees ats peels es. V4

torres & ee
veer we? ut

=. eye 2 eater ean?

{[Lyman.

309

1894.]

STEVENSON, PEYTONA, LENS CR., NEAR FERREL’S NEAR MOUTIL NEAR NUBY’S N. BE. COR. MAP 3
N. EDGE, W. VA. GENERAL, GENERAL. SCR. OF KETCHAM BR. L. NS CR. & CHURCH HOL, se
Ro LN HT. IN. RDN. Fr. IN. Rr IN: FT. IN FT IN. ~
Coat bed, “‘ Pittsburgh ’’..... 10 6 4 0 5 0 5 6 4 9 pe
Winterville crerecistersie svereteiee sialecreel ole PA (0) 23 0 a
CORT BEd Suvi cce ass y eae ia) 0 6 89 0 89 0 57.6 OO A
(interval eects cierciseteetreris ears cre 86 6 85 60 A
Coat bed, ‘Slate Vein’’..... ee 0 4 a 20 3 8 SO. ee
Interval... .:... apse avayatete Saree 109 54 90 0) ‘|
Commnedsncs NO: coms aa camer 3 (3) ry
JUTE Sn Aeeicce ropaceoo deic ae)
ONTO secret ates oe a airee 5 [ be 0 800" 70 303.0 300 «(0 AC
Utena loots essa be ae ee 208 b4 12 0 R
(COAUINS cucaomsostonubucuoun ogode l OG 3
lta WEClonocnnscacs bAdoooe 16 «4 x
Coan, “Upper Cannel” ...... 1, —4 27 <6 3. «(O Pe M83 3 4 3 =6 ts .
Dnitenydlicsravccict tenes 12 6 1GLAES 44 0 26 9 6t 0 Ay 0) 50 0 S|
Coat bed, ‘‘ Main Cannel’’... 4 6 2 10 3 «(0 280 Omg 37 en) 0 6? Py
Interval...... LAS rere 1050 4
COAT Hea AiS NINO: Wi oo cxaearemeinte 10 92 6 Ci 310 680 63 0 66 0 3
Mite rvielltsejevarecarerelereteverevetoretae alet- : 49 6 9
CoAL bed, ‘“‘Shoot Bed”..... 3 6 3. «6 3. 8 0PS6 4 0 2 O+ fs
Ib eonosode ociccodaonu toc 25 6«(0 23 «(0 22 0 23 60 °
Coat bed, ‘‘ Blacksmith’’.... 2 6 2 0 0 4 78 #20 93 4 0 3 =
ThitervAl aces mutase: (ert) 63 0 64 0 66 0 a
Coma avierroldisige smite ne W -45) (slate) Be 0 2 0? Gye Se :
Titer alec han eee aaa Ae 0 a7 (0 14 0 1 0) 14 0 By
OOATie VACKETIA vet enn: (aie il 03 ry) (Oe Py (Ys 2 0? a
623 7 644 9 602 0 180 3 244 9 630 6 416 6 3
aa]
A

wth wate

Morris. } 310 Oct. 5,

The Ethics of Solomon.
By J. Cheston Morris, U:D.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 5, 1894.)

Probably at no period of human history, unless it be in our own time
and case, do we read of such changes as came over the Hebrew nation in |
the course of the century covering the reigns of Saul, David and Solomon.

For three or four centuries preceding, the land of Palestine had been oc-
cupied by the twelve tribes who took possession of it under the leadership
of Joshua, the successor in command of Moses the great lawgiver. Trained
in Egyptian knowledge and civilization, we should naturally look for
marks of the impress of Egyptian modes of thought and expression in
their writings; and accordingly we do find much that is to be explained by
their contact with, and departure from, this phase of human development
as illustrated by the monuments and mummies which have been and are
now so carefully studied. A pastoral and agricultural people, living in
detached communities, asscciated more or less closely by consanguinity
and common dangers, and with a worship which separated them from the
idolatrous nations surrounding them, they seem to have enjoyed varying
degrees of prosperity and freedom under the judges or rulers who arose
among them from time to time. The ancient empire of the Hittites had
crumbled and disappeared ; the rival Assyrian and Egyptian empires had
alternately prospered and waned, and were then, as they continued to be,
in frequent contact and struggle for supremacy. Along the east coast of
the Mediterranean were powerful cities of Philistines and the commerce-
loving Tyrians and Sidonians. As in after ages, the rich and fertile plains,
the valleys and mountain fastnesses of the land of Canaan, Gilead, Bashan
and Moab produced food and cattle in enormous quantities for the supply
of these neighboring nations, and caravan routes were well established
along the coast and across the Arabian and Syrian deserts. By these
communication was made and exchange effected between the products of
the valleys of the Nile and the Euphrates; while by the commerce of
Tyre, the Iberian peninsula and possibly the shores of Albion were
brought into intercourse with far Cathay, as we may infer from the length
attributed to the voyages of the navies of Hiram and Solomon and the
cargoes with which they were freighted. But with the movements or
interests of their neighbors the Hebrews hitherto had had little concern—
they might hardly even have had more title to be considered as a nation
than have to-day the wandering Bedouin bands that are the sole permanent
inhabitants of Arabia. Their territory was raided by Moabite, Amalekite
or Philistine: no advance in arts or sciences took place among them ; and
even their monotheistic faith seemed likely to die out, as it degenerated
into a superstitious reverence for the Ark, or was overlaid with the idola-
try of the surrounding peoples. After the capture of their great Palladium

1894. ait [ Morris.

by the Philistines, they became the slaves of the latter, until, under the
guidance of Samuel, Saul raised the standard of revolt, blew the trumpet
in Gibeah with the shout, ‘‘ Let the Hebrews hear.’’ Successful in driving
off the oppressing bands of the Ammonites, he was soon surrounded by
large numbers of his countrymen now roused to strike for their liberty ;
he organized them and led them to victory. But the crowning achieve-
ment of the war with the Philistines which ensued was not his, but
that of ‘‘a youth, ruddy and of fair countenance,’’ who with sling and
stone slew in mortal combat the challenging giant of the Philistine army,
and thus became, in accordance with Saul’s offer, his son-in-law. The
kingdom of the Hebrews was then successfully established, and by the
prowess of its warriors gained respectful consideration among its neighbors.
The subsequent madness of Saul, his jealousy and banishment of David,
and his death in his last great battle with the Philistines, we need not
stop to consider, except to note the indignation which Nabal’s sneer,
“There be many slaves nowadays who have run away from their mas-
ters,’’ aroused in David, as an index of how the movement of the Hebrews
was regarded by the wealthy sheep-master of Carmel. The death of Saul
was in a few years followed by David’s public recognition as king of the
united nation—by the capture of Jerusalem from the Jebusites and its es-
tablishment as his capital, whence he waged war after war against the
surrounding Moabites, Edomites and Ammonites, extending his territories,
carrying off immense booty, and levying heavy imposts on his subjugated
enemies. Of all this we read only incidental and fragmentary allusions,
yet sufficient to enable us to trace the rise of the nation to power and
wealth ; so that we are not surprised at the alliance of Pharaoh’s daughter
with his son Solomon. If David’s character as that not only of the sweet
singer of Israel, but a large-hearted, earnest man and devoted servant of
God, should interest us, not the less should that of his son and successor.
Born and reared amid all these commotions and developments, and doubt-
less trained carefully by Nathan and the other counsellors of his father,
and impressed with the duty laid upon him to consolidate and strengthen
the new kingdom, he evinces a spirit of wisdom and discretion, an earnest
study of the conditions of his life work that may well win our admira-
tion. The building of the temple and the palace for which preparations
had been made during his boyhood would naturally draw to Jerusalem
the best skill and thought of the time ; for it was well known that neither
means nor desire were wanting to make them what indeed they were,
worthy of rank among the wonders of the world. Then also the overland
commerce between Egypt and Assyria traversing such an extent of Solo-
mon’s dominions, and fostered by him by building fortresses and outposts
to protect the caravans as they came from Damascus to the shores of the
Mediterranean, would bring such an amount of business to Jerusalem
that we can readily understand how he made silver and gold as common
as iron and stone in his rapidly growing capital. Judicious alliances and
treaties, his reputation for justice and fairness, and the prosperity of the

Morris. ] 312 (Oct. 5,

nation, naturally attracted men of science and thought around him, just as
in later days they were to be found at the court of Haroun al Raschid.
Then the public works, undertaken and carried out so magnificently with
the aid of skilled men from Tyre, for instance, would have brought to-
gether the architects and mechanicians, the sculptors and brassfounders,
and many other artisans whose occupations and achievements must have
seemed most marvelous to the nation of shepherds and herdsmen. We

read in the sacred history of the brassfoundings and castings made by -

some of these men, and can readily comprehend after clouds of smoke
from the furnaces had filled the valley and plain of the Jordan, and forms
of beauty and grace came from the moulds prepared by these foreign-
ers, how tales of genii and afreets spread among the people, and Solo-
mon’s ring became invested with the magical powers which it possessed
in the imaginations of the East. We can see the genesis of stories like
that of Aladdin. But amid all this concourse of men of thought and ac-
tion the guiding spirit isthat of Solomon. Of studious, reflective, observant
and judicial turn of mind, we find recorded among his works not only
proverbs and poems, but treatises on natural history. We are informed
that he ‘‘spake of trees from the hyssop to the cedar of Lebanon,”’ 7. e.,
from mosses to conifers, ‘‘and of beasts and fowl, creeping things and
fishes.’”’ Though these treatises are lost, we may judge of his accuracy
from such allusions as are made in Proverbs and Solomon’s Song to the
habits and actions of both animals and men.

We may then easily picture to ourselves this powerful king gathering
around hima sort of Academy of Sciences, or Royal Philosophical Society,
before which would come many and varied subjects of interested discus-
sion among representative men of the differing civilizations of the period.
Before such an “ Assembly” or ezzdyota, Or acting perhaps as its Secre-
tary or Reporter or Clerk, exzdyjotactns, We May imagine him reading a
paper on the theme of man: his object and destiny in the universe, and
how he can attain to his best development, his highest good. We may
suppose Egyptian Materialism, Assyrian Fatalism, and Tyrian Commer-
cialism or Opportunism well represented in the audience, either taking part
in the discussion or having their respective views stated, to be criticised and
shown to be partly erroneous or insufficient, and followed by the statement
of his own solution, and the application of it to the whole problem. This
is to be found in Ch. viii. 1: ‘‘ Wisdom maketh a man’s face to shine.”’
If we look to Solomon’s conception and impersonification of Wisdom as
given in Proverbs viiiand ix, and think of the contrast he draws between it
and ‘‘the false woman ’’ as Socrates ages after did between the true and false
reason, and recall the devotion of the Alexandrian school to the Holy Wis-
dom which led to the opening words of John’s Gospel in which the same
wisdom is called The Word—Aovyos—the Son of God, and afterwards to the
erection of ‘‘ Hagia Sophia ’’ at Constantinople, we shall, it seems to me,
gain the clue so much sought after to this Book of Ecclesiastes. It then
all comes into logical form as a grand discussion on the theme of what

—— ee

ee

—ss

1894.] 31 3 { Morris.

is profitable for man, and what should be the ruling aim of his life ; and
the conclusion is given in the last verses.

The propositions which Solomon maintains are:

The omnipotence of God :

The future life of man : and

The judgment after death.

The whole is cast into the form of a poem, as may easily be seen by put-
ting the verses of the Authorized Version in parallelism, or by following
the Septuagint translation, in which I find this already done. I have also
tried to analyze the differing arguments and sentiments, and to attribute
them respectively to an Egyptian, an Assyrian, anda Tyrian speaker, and
to Solomon in reply, concluding with the verdict of the Assembly as
given by its ‘‘Shepherd ”’ or presiding officer.

As to the success of such an effort and how far it explains the whole
book, I leave to the candid reader and critic to determine. The ‘‘material-
istic’’ views of esoteric Egyptian philosophy, the successive passage of
earth, air, fire and water into each other, the perpetual round of the forces
of Nature, are first given; then the dark ‘‘fatalism’’ of the East, ‘‘to
everything there is a season ;’’ then selfish ‘‘ opportunism,’’ are succes-
sively discussed, and dismissed as insufficient or unworthy explanations of
this ‘‘sore travail of the sons of men.’’ Then comes the solution, to walk
in the fear of God, in the wisdom of God, in the hope of a life beyond,
followed by the beautiful peroration, and summing up of the whole.

The comp)sition of the book is easily explained by the circumstances
given, and its argument is complete, without any necessity for supposing
later Epicurean or Stoic or Platonic influences. The problems of human
existence had been thought out far beyond these in the East long before,
as we find from Pythagoras, and the monumental evidences we are dis-
covering in the present era of investigation among the remains of an-
tiquity.

Brugsch Bey, in 1876, drew for me a schema which represented what
he considered the esoteric Egyptian philosophy: four altars in profile,
dedicated to earth, fire, air and water respectively, while a circle above
indicated the perpetual change of matter from one of these forms into
another. Each is worshiped as divine, and each has both a male and a
female name. From this I took my concept of the views of the Egyptian.
Omar Kayam’s celebrated ‘‘Rubayat’’ furnished me with that of the
Assyrian, while the Chinese commissioner, Hon. Fung Kwang Yu, in his
statement before the Parliament of Religions, at Chicago, of the doctrines
and modes of worship of the followers of Confucius almost exactly
echoes the sentiments of my Tyrian.

Since writing the above I have availed myself of the kind criticisms and
suggestions as to several passages of my friends : Rt. Rev. O. W. Whitaker,
Dean Bartlett, Dr. McVickar, Prof. Morris Jastrow, Jr., Dr. W. F. Brand
and Dr. Benjamin Lee ; to whom, as well as to Rev. Mr. Elwynand Rev.
Dr. Cattell, I hereby return my thanks and acknowledgments. While

Mortis,] | 314

Jerome, Luther, Desvoeux and Herder have each suggested some such col-
loquy as I have proposed, their exact views were unknown to me until
this article was in print ; and I would submit that Herder’s very similar
division in many instances is an argument in favor of the hypothesis.

ECCLESIASTES.

L The words of the Ecclesiast the son of David (the) king of Israel in Je- °

rusalem. *
SOLOMON.

2 Perplexity of perplexities, said the Ecclesiast, all is perplexity.+

3 What profit to the man in all his Jabor
In which he labors under the sun ?

EGYPTIAN.

‘4 A generation goes, and a generation comes,
And the earth has stood for ever.
5 The sun rises and the sun sets :
And hastes to its place (again).
6 It rising there moves toward the South :
And circles (again) toward the North.
The wind goes in a circling of circles:
And returns upon its circles.
7 All the streams run into the sea,
And the sea is not filled :
To the place where the streams run,
Thither they return to flow.
8 All words are feeble :
A man shall not be able to speak it :
And the eye shall not be filled with seeing :
And the ear shall not be satisfied with hearing.
9 What has been? that is what shall be:
And what has been done? that shall be done.
And there is no new thing under the sun.
10 Who shall speak and say, Behold this is new
It hath already happened in the ages before us.
11 There is no remembrance of the first things,
And to the latest things there shall be no remembrance
Among those that shall be born at the last.

SOLOMON.

12 I the Ecclesiast became King
Over Israel in Jerusalem :

«Translated from the Septuagint.
+See Liddell & Scott for true rendering of watatoTyS.

1894.] 31 5 [ Morris.

13 And [ gave my heart to seek out
And to observe in wisdom
Concerning all things happening under heaven :
For a difficult task God has given to the sons of men,
That they should be exercised in it.
14 I saw all the deeds done under the sun :
And behold all is perplexity and grasping of wind.
15 The scattered cannot be arranged in order,
And that which is lacking cannot be numbered.
16 I spoke in my heart to say:
Behold I am increased, and have added wisdom
Above all who were before me in Jerusalem.
And I gave my heart to know wisdom and knowledge:
17 And my heart considered many things,
Wisdom and knowledge, parables and understanding.
I knew that even this is a grasping of wind ;
18 For in abundance of wisdom is an abundance of knowledge -
And the one adding knowledge adds pain.
2 I said in my heart, Come, I will prove thee in pleasure,
And see into the good : and lo even this too is perplexity.
2 I said to laughter, It is excess ;
And to pleasure, Why doest thou this?
3 And I observed whether my heart would heat my flesh as wine :
And my heart walked in wisdom
And to seize upon pleasure ;
That I might see what is good for the sons of men,
What they should do under the sun
All the days of their life.
4 [increased my working :
I builded me houses: I planted me vineyards :
5 I made for myself gardens and parks
And I planted in them every tree of fruit.
6 I made for me fountains of waters
To water thence the forest producing the trees.
7 I bought me men slaves and women slaves,
And house servants were born to me:
And even the possession of herd and flock was great,
Beyond all that had been before me in Jerusalem.
8 I gathered me even silver and gold,
And the treasures of Kings and of the countries.
I made for myself songsters and songstresses,
And luxuries of sons of men, cupbearer and female cupbearers.
9 And I was increased, and added
Beyond all who were before me in Jerusalem :
And indeed my wisdom remained with me.
10 And all which my eyes desired I withheld not from them :

Morris.] 316 [Oct. 5,

I refused not my heart any pleasure,
Because my heart rejoiced in all my labor :
And this was my portion from all my labor. _

11 And I beheld all the works which my hands had wrought,
And on the labor I had labored to do,
And behold all was perplexity, and grasping of wind
And there is no profit under the sun.

12 And I looked to consider wisdom,
And excess and folly :
For what man shall follow (7. e., excel) after this plan?
Such he (the King) hath done (already).

13 And I saw that wisdom excels folly
As light excels darkness.

14 The eyes of the wise are in his head :
And the fool walks in darkness :
And I know, even I,
That one end shall meet them all.

15 And I said in my heart,
As the ending of the fool
Shall there be an ending even to me:
And wherefore was I wise?
Ispoke moreover in my heart
That even this is perplexity,
Because the fool speaks from excess,

16 That there is no memory of the wise

Any more than of the fool through Eternity,
Because in the coming days all shall be forgotten.
And how dies the wise man as the fool?

17 And I hated life :

For it was evil to me,
The work done under the sun :
For all is perplexity, and grasping of wind.

18 And I hated all my labor
In which I labor under the sun.

19 For I shall leave it to the man who comes after me:
And who knows whether he shall be wise or a fool ?
And whether he shall have authority in all my labor
In which I have labored and been wise under the sun ?
This indeed is perplexity.

20 Then I turned to detach my heart
From all my labor which I had labored under the sun.

21 For there is a man, whose labor is in wisdom
And in knowledge and in manliness :

And the man shall give his portion to one who did not labor in it !
This is indeed perplexity and great injustice,

That it happens thus to the man

Tn all his labor and the grasping of his heart.

ee ee ee ee

1894.] 317 [Morris.

22 What shall be to the man in all his labor
And in the grasping of his heart
In which he labors under the sun?

23 For all his days are a struggling
Of pains and of his rage,
And even in the night his heart sleeps not—
This indeed is perplexity.

EGYPTIAN.

24 There is no good for man (except)
What he eats and what he drinks,
And what good he shows his soul in his labor.

SOLOMON.

Even this I see is from the hand of God.

25 For who eats and drinks without Him?

26 For to the good man before His Presence
He gives wisdom, knowledge and happiness :
And to the wicked He has given a struggle to add and to gather,
That He may give to the good man before the presence of God :
So that even this also is perplexity and grasping of wind.

ASSYRIAN.

© Time is for all things :
And a season to every deed under heaven.
2 A season to be born, and a season to die:
A season to plant, and a season to pluck up the planted :
8 A season to kill, and a season to heal :
A season to destroy, and a season to build ;
4 A season to weep, and a season to laugh :
A season to mourn, and a season to dance :
5 A season to throw away stones, and a season to gather stones :
A season to embrace, and a season to be far from embracing :
6 A season to seek, and a season to lose :
A season to keep, and a season to throw away :
7 A season to rend, and a season to sew :
A season to be silent, and a season to speak :
8 A season to love, and a season to hate:
A season of war, and a season of peace.

SOLOMON.

9 What profit to the worker in the things which he works?
10 I beheld all the struggle

Which God has given to the sons of men,

That they should struggle in it.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 146.20. PRINTED DEC. 27, 1894.

Morris. ] dl 8

11 Everything which He has made is beautiful in its season ;

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

ASSYRIAN.

He hath even set all the eternity in their heart,

That man should not find out the doing which God does
From the beginning even unto the end.

I know that there is no good thing among them,

But to rejoice and do good in his life.

And indeed every man who eats and drinks

And sees good in all his labor,

This is the gift of God.

SOLOMON.

I know that all things which God hath made

These things shall be forever.

To Him it is impossible to add,

And from Him impossible to take away.

And God has made it

That men should fear before His Presence.

What has been already, is,

What shall be has happened already,

And God shall seek the driven-away.

And yet I saw under the sun the place of judgment,
There was the impious :

And the place of the righteous,

There was the pious.

And I said in my heart,

God judges the righteous and the impious :

For there is a season for everything

And for every deed, there.

I said in my heart concerning the talk of the sons of men,
That God judges them,

And to show that they are (but) beasts.

ASSYRIAN,

[Oct. 5,

And indeed the end of the sons of men, and the end of the beasts,

There is one end to them (both).

As the death of this, so the death of that :

And one breath is in all.

And how doth man excel the beast?

Nothing: for all is perplexity.

All (go) to one place :

All came from the dust,

And all shall return to the dust.

And who has seen the spirit of the sons of man,

ee >

1894. ] 319 { Morris.

wo
ra)

Whether it ascends ?

Or the spirit of the beast,

Whether it descends below into the earth?
And I saw that there is no good for man
But that he should rejoice in his works,
Because this is his portion :

For who shall bring him to see

In what it shall consist after him ?

SOLOMON.

4 Then I turned, and beheld all the oppressions,

6

CO =

9

That are done under the sun.

And, behold, the tears of the oppressed,

And there is no one comforting them :

And in the hand of those oppressing there is power,
But there is no one comforting them.

And I praised the dead who are already dead
More than the living who are yet alive.

Yea good above these two

Is he who has not yet been,

Who hath not seen all that is done,

The evil done under the sun.

And I beheld all the labor,

And all the manliness of the doing,

That this is envy of a man from his fellow.
This indeed is perplexity and grasping of wind.

TYRIAN.

The fool folded his hands

And ate his own flesh.

Better is a handful of rest

Than two handfuls of labor and grasping of wind.

SOLOMON.

And I returned, and saw perplexity under the sun.
There is one, and there is not a second :

For there is neither son nor brother to him :

And there is no end to all his labor:

For his eye is not sated with wealth.

And for whom do I labor :

And deprive my life from goodness ?

This at least is perplexity, and an evil struggle.

TYRIAN.

Twoare better than one:
To them is a good reward in their labor:

Morris. ] 320 (Oct. 5,

10

11

13

14

15

16

Wi

For if they fall, one shall raise his fellow :

But woe to the one when he shall fall,

And there is not the second to raise him :

And indeed if two sleep together they have warmth :
But the one, how shall he be warmed?

And if one be overcome,

The two shall stand against him (their enemy),

And a threefold cord shall not be quickly broken.

SOLOMON.

ee

Better isa poor and wise servant (or youth)

Than an old and foolish King

Who knows not to give heed any longer.

For out of the house of bondsmen (this one) shall come forth to reign,
While even in his own kingdom (the other) has become poor.
T saw all the living under the sun

Walking with the youth the second (or successor),

Who shall stand instead of him.

There is no end to all the people,

To all that were before them :

And indeed the last shall not rejoice in him :

So that even this is perplexity and grasping of wind.

—— ee

TYRIAN.

Keep thy foot as thou walkest to the house of God ;
And let thy sacrifice be (to be) near to hear

Rather than the gift of fools;

For they know not that they do evil.

5 Haste not with thy mouth,

cL

And let not thy heart make haste

To bring a word before the Face of God :

For God is in the heaven above,

And thou upon the earth :

Therefore let thy words be few.

For a dream comes in abundance of trial,
And a voice of a fool in abundance of words.
According as thou shalt vow a vow unto God,
Delay not to pay it.

For there is no pleasure in fools :

Pay therefore what thou shalt vow.

Better for thee not to vow,

Than to vow and not to pay.

Let not thy mouth make thy flesh to sin,

And say not before God’s Face that it is a mistake :
Lest God should be angry at thy voice,

And destroy the works of thy hands.

EE

1894.] 321 [ Morris.

6 For (it is) inabundance of dreams and perplexities, and.of many words,
That thou fearest God.

SOLOMON.

7 If thou seest the oppression of the poor,
And the ravaging of judgment and justice in a land,
Admire not this thing :
For there is a Lofty One to watch over the lofty,
And there are loftier ones than these.

8 And the abundance of the land over all (others)
Is the king of a well-tilled field.

9 The lover of silver shall not be satisfied with silver :
And who has loved their begettings in (its) abundance?
This indeed is perplexity.

TYRIAN.

10 In abundance of goods those eating them are multiplied :
And what manliness to him from it?
That it is the government of seeing (it) with his eyes.
11 Sweet is the sleep of the slave,
Whether he eat little or much :
12 But to the one abounding in wealth
There is that prevents him from sleep.

SOLOMON.

13 There is a sore evil which I have seen under the sun :
Riches kept for one’s own for evil to himself,
And that riches is destroyed in an evil struggle ;
And he hath begotten a son, and there is nothing in his hand.
14 As he came naked from the womb of his mother,
(Naked) he shall return to go as he came :
And nothing shall be left of his labor,
That he may go (with it) in his hand.
15 And this indeed is an evil sickness (sore evil),
That as he came so shall he go:
And what his advantage in what he labors for the wind ?
16 And all his days are in darkness
And in grief and much rage
And in sickness and vexation

TYRIAN,

17 Behold what I have seen good :
It is good to eat and drink,
And to see good in all one’s labor,
Wherein one may labor under the sun
The number of the days of his life
Which God hath given him : for this is his portion.

Morris. ] 322 [Oct. 5,

18 And indeed every man to whom God gives wealth and possessions,
And has permitted him to eat of it,
And to take his portion, and to rejoice in his labor,
This is the gift of God.
19 For he shall not remember the days of his life :
For God shall scatter him in the joy of his heart.

SOLOMON.

G6 There is an evil which I have seen under the sun,
And it is great among men.
2 A man to whom God shall give wealth, possessions and honor,
And there lacks nothing which his soul may desire :
And God permitteth him not to eat of it,
But a stranger eats it.
This is perplexity, and an evil disease.

EGYPTIAN.

oo

If a man shall beget a hundred (children)
And shall live many years,

And the days of his years be abundant,
Yet his soul shall not be filled with good,
And even he had no burial—

The untimely-born is better than he.

4 For into perplexity it came,

And into darkness it goes :

And in darkness its name shall be hidden.
For indeed it saw not the sun :

And he knew not rest :

(The advantage is) to this over that,

6 Though he lived the courses of a thousand years
And knew not good—

Do not all go to one place?

co

SOLOMON.

7 All the labor of man is for his mouth :
And yet his soul shall not be satisfied.

8 Because there is advantage to the wise man over the fool,
Therefore the poor man knows how to walk in presence of life.

9 Better is the sight of the eyes, than the longing in the soul.
This also is perplexity, and grasping of wind.

ASSYRIAN.

10 If anything has already been its name has been called :
And it is known what is man,
And he shall not be able to contend with the Stronger than he.

11 For there are many words which multiply perplexity.

=

1894.] 323

%

10

11

12

13

14

{Morris.

What is the advantage to man?

For who knows what is good for man in life,
The number of his days of his perplexity ?
For He hath made them in a shadow:

For who shall announce to a man

What shall be after him under the sun ?

EGYPTIAN.

A good name is better than good ointment,

And the day of death than the day of birth.

It is better to go to the house of mourning than to the house of feast-
ing ;

For this is the end of every man,

And the living shall give good to his heart.

Anger is better than laughter :

For in severity of the face the heart shall be made better.

SOLOMON,

The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning,
But the heart of fools is in the house of joy.
Better to hear the rebuke of the wise

Than to listen to the song of fools.

Like the crackling of thorns under the pot,

So is the laughter of fools.

TYRIAN.

This also indeed is perplexity,

That oppression carries away a wise man

And destroys the heart of his nobleness.

Better is the end of strife than the beginning of it :

Better the patient than the proud in spirit.

Haste not in thy spirit to be angry :

For rage dwells in the bosom of fools.

Say not of what was, that former days were better than these :
For not in wisdom hast thou inquired about this.

SOLOMON.

Wisdom is better than an inheritance,
Yea, an advantage to those seeing the sun.
For in its shelter wisdom is as the shelter of silver :
And abundance of knowledge of wisdom shall make one alive through
it.
ASSYRIAN,
Consider the works of God:
Who can adorn him whom God has overturned ?

Morris. ] 324 [Oct. 5,

15

16

MG

18 Be not wicked over much,

19

20

2

pas

23

24

25

26

270

2 And indeed Jay not to heart all words spoken by the wicked,

In the day of good live in the good:

And consider in the day of evil.

Consider indeed : God has made this harmoniously with that, concern-
ing talk,

That man should find nothing beyond him.

TYRIAN.

I have seen all these things in my perplexity.

There is a righteous man, destroyed in his righteousness :
And there is a wicked man, remaining in his wickedness.
Be not righteous over much,

Nor be excessively wise—

Lest thou perish :

And become not hardened—

Lest thou die before thy time.

It is good to restrain thyself in this,

And indeed not to soil thy hand with that—
All things shall come to those who fear God.

SOLOMON.

Wisdom shall help a wise man
More than ten powerful ones in a city.

TYRIAN.

For there is no just man in the earth,
Who shall do right and not sin.

That thou hear not thy slave curse thee :
For very often it would do thee harm,
And afflict in many ways thy heart :
Because so also thou hast cursed others.

SOLOMON.

All these things have I proved in wisdom :
I said, I will become wise :

But she (wisdom) was far from me,
Beyond where she had been—

A depth of depth—who shall find it?

I turned about, I and my heart,

To know and to seek and to search out
Wisdom, and a sure calculation :

And to know the folly and hardness

And madness of the impious :

And I find it, and declare it more bitter than death.
Even as the woman who is a snare ;

Her heart is a net ;

1894.] 325 { Morris.

Bonds are in her hands.
The good man before the Face of God
Shall be snatched away from her :
And the one sinning shall be taken with
28 Behold this did I find, said the Ecclesiast,
One by one to find a disputing ;
29 Which my soul sought, and I found not—
And I found one man among a thousand,*
_ Anda woman in all these I found not.
30 But behold this I found—
What God has done with man is right :
But they have sought many disputings.

ry EGYPTIAN, ASSYRIAN, TYRIAN.

Who knows the wise
And who knows the solution of the thing?

SOLOMON.

$8 Wisdom enlightens a man’s countenance :
And the shameless in his face shall be hated.
2 Watch the mouth of the King,
And haste not concerning the word of the oath of God.
3 Go from His Presence,
Stand not in wicked word :
For He shall do whatever He pleaseth,
4 Asa King having authority :
And who shall say, What doest thou ?
5 He that keeps the commandment
Shall not know an evil thing ;
And the heart of the wise
Knoweth the season of judgment.
6 For to everything is a season, and a judgment :
So that the knowledge of a man is great to him.
7 For there is none who knoweth what shall be ;
For how it shall be, who shall announce to him ?
8 There is no one that hath power over the spirit,
That he may retain the spirit :
And there is no power in the day of death,
And there is no discharge in the day of (that) war :
And impiety shall not save that belonging to it.

TYRIAN.

9 This all have I seen :
And [ applied my heart to every work,
Which is done under the sun:
In how many things man has authority over man to afflict him.

*See Proverbs viii and ix.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 146.2 P. PRINTED DEC. 29, 1894.

Morris. ] 326

10 Then I saw the impious borne to the graves,

11

13

14

15

16

lr

And from the good they went away :
And they praised them in the city
Because they had done thus.
SOLOMON.
This also is perplexity,
That sentence against doers of evil is not swift :

[Oct. 5,

Therefore the heart of sons of men is abundantly filled to do evil.

Whoever has sinned has done evil :

From that time is also away from their greatness.
For this I know,

That it is good to those who fear God :

That they may fear before His Face.

And there shall be no good to the impious :

And he shall not prolong his days in shade,

Who feareth not before the Face of God.

ASSYRIAN.

There is a perplexity wrought upon the earth,
That there are righteous,

To whom it happens as to the deed of the impious :
And there are wicked,

To whom it happens as (to) the deed of the just.
I have said that this indeed is perplexity.

And I praised mirthfulness :

For there is nothing good for a man under the sun
But that he should eat and drink und rejoice :
And this shall be his advantage

In his labor all the days of his life,

Which God has given him under the sun.

In which I gave my heart to know wisdom,

And to behold the stiuggle made upon the earth :
For both day and night

There is no one seeing sleep with his eyes.

And I beheld all the work of God, ~

That a man shall not be able to find out thoroughly
All the work done under the sun.

Though a man should labor to seek,

Yet shall he not find out :

However a wise man may say he knows it,

He shall not be able to find it.

For to all this I gave my heart :

And my heart hath known all this.

As well the righteous and the wise,

As their works, are in the hand of God :

And so also love and hate.

1894.] 327 [Morris.

There is no man hath known all things before their face :
Perplexity in them all.
2 There is one ending to the righteous and impious,
To the good and to the wicked :
To the clean and the unclean,
To the sacrificer, and to him that sacrificeth not :
As is the good, so is the sinner :
As the swearer, so the one fearing an oath.

SOLOMON.

3 This were an evil in all done under the sun
That there were one end to all.
And indeed the heart of the sons of men has been filled with evil :
And madness is in their hearts during their life,
And after them among the dead.
4 For who is He that gives to all the living?

TYRIAN.

There is hope for the living dog:
He is better than the dead lion.

5 For the living know that they shall die,
But the dead know not anything.

And there is no longer for them a hire,
For their memory has been blotted out.
6 And even their love and their hate.
And their desire has perished.
And there is no portion still forever
In all done under the sun.
7 Go: eat in mirth thy bread :
Drink in good heart thy wine :
God is well pleased with thy doings :

8 Be clothed at every season in white garments,
And stint not oil on thy head :

9 And see life with the wife whom thou lovest,
All the days of the life of thy perplexity,
Which has been given thee under the sun;
For this is thy portion in thy life,

And in the labor thou laborest under the sun (!)
10 Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do

Do it with thy might

For there is no deed nor reasoning

Nor knowledge nor wisdom

In Hades, whither thou goest (!)

SOLOMON.

11 I returned : and saw under the sun
That not to the swift is the race,

Morris.] 328 [Oct. 5,

Not to the mighty the battle,
Not to the wise man bread,
Not to the prudent wealth,
Not to the knowing favor :
For season and chance happen to them ali
12 For indeed a man has not known his season :
Like the fishes taken in an evil net |
And like birds captured in a snare,
So are snared the sons of men in an evil seagon.
When it falls upon them suddenly.

ASSYRIAN.

13 And indeed I saw this wisdom under the sun,
And it is great to me.
14 Ifa city be small and the men in it few,
And a great king come against it
And besiege it and build great bulwarks against it -
15 And there be found in it a poor wise man,
And he save the city by his wisdom,
No man remembered the poverty of that man.
16 And I said, Wisdom is greater than power :
And yet the wisdom of the poor man is scouted,
His words are not listened to.

SOLOMON.

17 The words of the wise are heard in refreshment
More than the shoutings of rulers among fools.
18 Wisdom is better than weapons of war ;
And one sinner will destroy much good :
10 (So) dead flies corrupt the preparation of oil of fragrance.
Better a little honor for wisdom
Than great glory for folly.

EGYPTIAN.

2 The heart of the wise is at his right
But the heart of the fool at his left.

3 Indeed, whenever the fool goeth in the way
His heart faileth him :
Whatever he thinks it is folly.

4 If the spirit of the ruler rise against thee
Leave not thy place :
For forbearance heals great sins.

TYRIAN.

5 There is an evil which I have seen under the sun:

As something not intended it proceeded from the face of the ruler
6 A fool was presented with great exaltations :

And the wealthy shall sit with the humble.

1894.] 329 | Morris.

7 I saw slaves upon horses,
And rulers walking as slaves on the earth.

ASSYRIAN.

8 The digger of a ditch shall fall into it:
And a serpent shall bite the destroyer of a hedge.

EGYPTIAN.

9 The remover of stones shall be hurt by them:
The splitter of wood shall be endangered by it.

TYRIAN.

10 If the axe fail, he has disturbed its face,
And he must labor labors :
That man’s wisdom is not excessive.

11 Ifa serpent bite through not having been charmed,
There is no advantage to the charmer.

SOLOMON.

12 The words of the mouth of the wise are grace :
But the lips of the fool shal] drown him.

13 The beginning of the words of his mouth is folly,
And the last of his mouth is wicked madness :

14 And the fool multiplies words.

ASSYRIAN.

Man knoweth not what hath been

Nor what shall be:

For (that which comes) after who shall tell him?
15 The labor of fools afflicts them :

He knoweth not how to ‘go to the city.

TYRIAN.

16 Woe to thee, city,
Whose king is young,
And whose rulers eat in the morning !
17 Happy thou, O land,
Whose king is son of the free,
Whose rulers eat in season,
For strength, and shall not be ashamed !
18 Through sloth the roof will be abased,
And in idleness of hands the house will leak.
19 For laughter do they prepare bread and wine,
And oil to make glad the living :
And to the expenditure of silver
Shall all things be obedient.

.

Morris.] 330

EGYPTIAN.

20 And indeed curse not the King in thy thought,

In thy bedchamber curse not the rich:
For a bird of the air shall carry thy voice,
And that which has wings shall tell thy speech.

11 Cast thy bread upon the face of the waters :

For in fullness of days thou shalt find it.

2 Give a portion to seven, aye to eight :

10

For thou knowest not what evil shall be on the earth.

ASSYRIAN.

If the clouds be full of rain

They empty themselves on the earth :

Whether the tree falls to the South

Or whether it falls to the North,

In the place where the tree fails

There it shall be:

The one watching the wind sows not,

The one gazing at the clouds shall not reap :

In which there is none who knows the way of the spirit.

SOLOMON.

As the bones (grow) in the womb of a woman with child
So thou knowest not the works of God,

All the things that He doeth.

In the morning sow thy seed,

And in the evening hold not thy hand :

For thou knowest not which shall flourish,
Whether this or that :

Or whether both shall be alike good.

Sweet is the light,

And good to the eyes to behold the sun :

For if a man should live many years,

Let him rejoice in them all :

Yet let him remember the days of darkness,
For they shall be many :

All that cometh is perplexity.

Rejoice, oh young man, in thy youth:

And let thy heart cheer thee in the days of thy youth:
And walk blameless

In the ways of thy heart,

And not in the sight of thine eyes:

And know that in all these things

God will bring thee into judgment.

Therefore put away wrath from thy heart,
And remove wickedness from thy flesh :

For youth and thoughtlessness are perplexity.

[Oct. 5,

————

1894.] 331

12 And remember thy Creator
In the days of thy youth :
Before the evil days come
And the years touch, when thou shalt say
I have no pleasure in them.
2 Before the sun and the light be darkened,
And the moon and the stars ;
And the clouds return after the rain.
3 In the day when the keepers of the house tremble,
And the men of might are turned aside,
And the grinders cease because they are few,
And those looking out of the windows shall be darkened,
4 And they shall close the doors in the street,
In weakness of voice of the grinder ;
And he shall rise at the voice of the ostrich,
And all the daughters of song shall be abased.
5 And they shall look to the height,
And terrors be in the way:
And the almond shall blossom,
And the grasshopper be heavy,
And the caper-berry be scattered :
Because a man has gone to the house of his eternity,
And the mourners have gone about the streets.
6 Or ever the silver cord be untwisted :
Or the golden bowl broken :
Or the pitcher be broken at the spring:
Or the wheel overturned at the cistern :
7 Or the dust returned to the earth as it was,
And the spirit returned to God who gave it.

SUMMING UP BY THE PRESIDING OFFICER.

& Perplexity of perplexities, as said the Ecclesiast,
All is perplexity.

9 And moreover because the Ecclesiast was wise,
Because he thoroughly taught man knowledge,
And the ear shall trace out the adornment of parables,

10 The Ecclesiast sought many things
To find acceptable words,
And the writing of correctness,
Words of truth.

11 The words of the wise are as goads,
And as spikes well planted :
They of the assemblies
Gave them from one shepherd.

[ Morris.

Pennington and Smith.] 332 | Nov. 2,

12 And moreover by them my son, be warned:
Of making many books there is no end :
And much anxious thought
Is a weariness of the flesh.

The end of the discourse, the whole, listen to :
13 Fear God :

And keep His commandments :

For that is the whole (of) man.
14 For God will bring every deed into judgment :

With every hidden thing,

Whether it be good

Or whether it be evil.

The Atomic Mass of Tungsten.
By Mary EH. Pennington and Edgar F. Smith.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1894.)

A study of the literature relating to this subject discloses the fact that
while, in most instances, every effort was made to eliminate foreign mat-
ter from the material employed in the numerous investigations which
have been conducted at various times, several doubtful points continue.
The object of this communication is to direct: attention to one of these pos-
sible sources of error, viz., the presence of traces of molybdenum, and
to present results obtained after its evident removal.

The earlier investigations relating to the atomic mass of tungsten are
rather numerous; but of these that of Schneider is without doubt de-
serving of the most confidence, chiefly for the pains taken in preparing
pure material for the later experiments. The author offers satisfactory
evidence of the absence of possible contaminating substances, and in writ-
ing of the presence of molybdenum employs these words: ‘‘ Molybdin
endlich nicht, weil die Molybdinsaure in heftiger Gliihhitze fliichtig ist ’’
(Journ. prakt. Chemie, 50, p. 158). The experience of chemists generally
is that a complete separation of tungsten trioxide from molybdenum triox-
ide cannot be attained in this way. Indeed, an examination of the exper-
iments recorded by Schneider discloses the fact that he, while engaged in
reducing strongly ignited tungsten trioxide, several times discovered on
the anterior portion of the reduction or combustion tube ‘‘ ein weiss-
liches Sublimat.’’ This sublimate Schneider attributes to tungsten chlo-
ride, but the question may well be asked, Was it not molybdic acid?

Waddell has made the most recent contribution to our knowledge upon
the atomic mass of tungsten (Amer. Chem. Journ., 8, 280). He experi-

1894. ] 33d [Pennington and Smith.

enced much difficulty in obtaining pure tungsten trioxide. He found by
considerable investigation that Rose’s method for the separation of molyb-
denum and tungsten was the most convenient. Traube (Jahr. fir Min-
eratogue, etc., Beilageband, 7, 232) and more recently Friedheim (Z. fur
anorg. Chemie, 1, 76) has shown that this procedure does not entirely
eliminate the molybdenum. Recent investigations, in this as well as in
other laboratories, upon artificial and supposedly pure, as well as natural
tungstates have proved that these all contain molybdenum in appreciable
amounts, and it may well be questioned whether the earlier determinations
of the atomic mass of tungsten were not affected by the presence of traces
of molybdenum. Its complete and absolute removal would tend to raise
the value of this constant of tungsten. An effort to this end appeared to
be desirable.

An attempt was first made to free the trioxide from impurities through
the sodium salts. This course was abandoned inasmuch as traces of alkali
persistently adhered to the tungsten. This fact is not new ; Schneider was
fully aware of it, and in consequence he had recourse to another method,
which was also adopted in this investigation with some modifications.

A quantity of tungsten trioxide, derived from wolframite, was heated
in a porcelain dish for three days with concentrated nitric acid. The lat-
ter was then decanted and the yellow oxide was well washed with water.
It was next subjected to the action of boiling agua regia for the same
length of time, the acid solution, however, being removed from time to
time. The washings and acid liquor were tested foriron. When this
was no longer detected the washed trioxide was dissolved in yellow am-
monium sulphide, air being excluded as much as possible. The solution
was filtered from insoluble material, and concentrated almost to the point
of crystallization, when hydrochloric acid was added. The liquid was
removed from the resulting precipitate, which was ignited, then boiled
with nitric acid, and later with agua regia. The resulting trioxide no
longer showed the presence of iron and manganese. It was then washed,
brought into a porcelain dish, covered with distilled water and am-
monia gas conducted over the liquid until it was saturated. Several
days were required for this purpose. Only a very small residue remained
undissolved, It contained a trace of silica and a little greenish-yellow ox-
ide. Hydrogen sulphide gas was next introduced into the ammoniacal
solution, which was then digested at 80° C., for several hours. On the
addition of pure dilute hydrochloric acid to this solution tungsten trisul-
phide was precipitated. This was filtered out, washed and roasted in a
large porcelain crucible with air access. The trioxide prepared in this
manner no longer contained silica, iron or manganese. If tin had been
originally present it would have gone out with the aqua regia, and any
columbic acid would have remained when the trioxide was subjected to
the ammonium sulphide treatment. The next step was to prove the pres-
ence or absence of molybdenum. A portion of the purified tungsten tri-
oxide was converted into the ammonium salt and the sulphocyanide test

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXIII. 146. 2Q. PRINTED DEC. 29, 1894.

Pennington and Smith.] 334 [Noyv. 2,

(Braun, Zeit. f. Analyt. Chemie, 2, 36) for molybdenum applied to its aqueous
solution. The presence of molybdenum was very evident. The ignition
of the tungsten trioxide in the earlier stages-of purification had not elimi-
nated this constituent. Instead of adopting Rose’s method as was done
by Waddell, and thus introducing the possible contamination from a fixed
alkali, recourse was had to the reaction of Debray—the volatilization of
the molybdic acid as oxychloride—MoO,. 2HCl1 ( Compt. rend., 46, 1098, and
Liebig’s Annalen, 108, 250). The experiments of Péchard (Compt. rend.,
114, 173, and Zeit. f. anorg. Chemie, 1, 262), as well as those more recently
made by Smith and Oberholtzer (Journ. Am. Chem. Soc., 15,18, and Zeit.
f. anorg. Chemie, 4, 236), and by Smith and Maas (Journ. Am. Soc., 15,
397, and Zeit. f. anorg. Chemie, 5, 280), give evidence that by this means
molybdenum can be expelled from tungsten derivatives. To this end the
remainder of the tungsten trioxide was placed, in portions, in a porcelain
boat and exposed to the action of hydrochloric acid gas, aided by a gentle
heat (150-200° C.), until a volatile sublimate of MoO,. 2HCl was no
longer noticed. Upon reoxidizing the residual tungsten trioxide in open
porcelain crucibles and then subjecting portions of the same to the sul-
phocyanide test the presence of molybdic acid was no longer observed.
This was taken as an evidence of its complete removal.

The trioxide subjected to the treatment described in the last paragraph
was suspended in water into which ammonia gas was conducted. The
oxide dissolved without leaving a trace of foreign matter. The salt ob-
tained upon evaporation was crystallized three times ; it was then dried
and ignited with careful exclusion of dust. This material was now re-
garded as sufficiently pure for the experiments projected. As it was not
intended to attempt any determinations by reduction of the oxide, the
latter was reduced in a current of hydrogen, carefully purified, to the
metallic state. The reductions were made ina large platinum crucible
after the manner of Von Pfordten (Ber. d. deutsch. Chem. Gesell., 17, 731).
Inasmuch as the reduced metal slowly alloys with the platinum the resulting
metallic powder was in all instances gently shaken from the crucible after
it had cooled in a current of hydrogen. The reduction of trioxide pro-
ceeds quite rapidly in the above manner and is always complete. The
product is dark gray in color. Its specific gravity was found to be 18.64
at 0°. It was carefully preserved from dust and moisture in drying
bottles.

The amount of oxygen absorbed by the conversion of tungsten into its
trioxide was made the basis of the determinations recorded in this paper.

The oxidations were made in porcelain crucibles. These were sup-
ported in close-fitting asbestos rings so that reducing gases could not gain
access to the hot oxide. To avoid loss from particles being carried out
mechanically a porcelain lid wider than the crucible was placed over it,
at the height of one-half inch. A careful examination of this lid from
time to time showed no traces of tungstic oxide. Dust particles were
also excluded in this manner. No other work was done in the room in

1894.] 33D [Pennington and Smith.

which these oxidations were performed. All draughts were avoided.
The crucibles were handled with nickel crucible tongs. They were al-
lowed to cool in vacuum desiccators over sulphuric acid. Calcium chlo-
ride cannot apparently be used for this purpose, at least a superficial
greenish tinge was always noticed on the oxide cooled in this way. Di-
rect sunlight also causes a reduction of the trioxide, therefore the desicca-
tors were kept covered with a black cloth.

At the beginning of each oxidation the flame applied was quite small.
The metal increased in bulk as it oxidized, and in five minutes had assumed
a light yellowish-green color. At the expiration of half an hour the heat
was increased. Later a stronger heat was allowed to act and continued
until the oxidation was finished. The first period of each oxidation con-
tinued through five hours. The crucible and contents were cooled and
weighed. The second period lasted three hours additional, after which
the crucible was allowed to cool. It was again weighed, and even if there
was no change in weight from that first recorded, the ignition was con-
tinued for two hours more. The third weight, if constant, was taken as
final. Each oxidation, therefore, was not considered finished until it had
been continued through a period of at least ten hours.

The weighings were made upon a Becker balance with weights, which
had been adjusted for this work. The vacuum standard was observed,
and oxygen taken equal to sixteen in all the calculations. The results
were as follows :

WEIGHT OF WEIGHT OF ATOMIC

TUNGSTEN OXYGEN MASS
IN IN OF
GRAMS, GRAMS, Ww.

1.—0.862871—0.223952—184.942
2.—0.650700—0. 168900—184.923
3.—0.597654—0. 155143—184.909
4.—0.666820—0.173103—184.902
5.—0.428228—0.111168—184. 900
6.—0.671920—0. 174406—184.925
7.—0.590220—0. 153193—184.933
8.—0.568654—0. 147588—184 9438
9.—1.080973—0. 280600—184.913

MGA. ciac.cuiot 184.921

AVIS UAITIN ITTV ey ee ese aaron os os so ee eeee oteeenee eters 184,943
IVITTANTNA TETAS Ses eee ars Diaconis held oShe eR Pae Cone cha niches nictaie 184.900

.043

Clarke (Recalculation of the Atomic Weights, 1882, Washington) and
Becker (Atomic Weight Determinations, 1880, Washington) in their recal-
culations of this constant of tungsten both arrive at the figures 184.02

Pennington and Smith.] 336 [Nov. 2,

(O=16), while Ostwald (Outlines of General Chemistry, translated by
Walker, 1890, p. 30) says, ‘‘the mean of the good determinations is
W=184’’ Waddell (Amer. Chem. Jr., 8, 280) gives as the mean of his
determinations 184.5 (O=16). The results presented in this communica-
tion show, therefore, a wide difference from those usually looked upon as
most correct.

The evidence in earlier papers of the absence of molybdenum from the
tungsten is far from satisfactory. Waddell recognizes this; hence he
employs Rose’s method for the removal of molybdenum from his starting-
out material. Since the publication of his research other experimenters
have declared and proved the insufficiency of this method (Traube, Fried-
heim, loc. cit.) for the purpose to which Waddell applied it. For this
reason the Rose method was not followed in this present investigation, as
well as from fear that it might introduce alkali, difficult to eliminate. As
a substitute for it the method of Debray was adopted.

In considering the factors that possibly could have caused a rise in the
atomic value other than that occasioned by the complete removal of
molybdenum, two suggest themselves. First, the occlusion of hydrogen
by the finely divided metallic tungsten, upon cooling in that gas, would
produce sucha result. Waddell (luc. cit.) by one experiment is satisfied
that such gas occlusion does not occur. Derenbach (Mmaug. Dissertation,
Wirzburg, 1892) claims that there is an appreciable retention of hydrogen
by the finely divided metal. The question is therefore one of importance,
and while this communication contains no data on this point, yet if an
occlusion equal to that claimed by Derenbach (Dissertation, p. 43) be
granted to have occurred in each experiment recorded in this investigation
the final result would not be equal to that actually obtained. We must
therefore look further for the cause of the rise in the atomic value. The
reductions of the trioxide were made in a platinum vessel. An examina-
tion of the metallic tungsten for platinum did not show its presence.

Again, tungsten trioxide volatilizes slightly at elevated temperatures ;
its escape would operate to augment the final value of the tungsten con-
stant. There is, however, no evidence that loss in this way did occur,
for the porcelain lid suspended over the crucible during the long ignition
period never showed the presence of trioxide. Even if such a volatiliza-
tion had taken place, it is not at all probable that three weighings could
have been made with no change in the same. Furthermore, the remark-
able concordance of the individual results among themselves precludes
the idea that the rise in the found atomic mass is attributable to volatiliza-
lion of trioxide. In the end it seems most reasonable to assume that the
new value is due to a full and complete elimination of the last traces of
molybdenum from the tungsten prior to its oxidation.

CHEMICAL LABORATORY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA,
November, 1894.

1894. | Oot [Smith and Desi.

The Atomic Mass of Tungsten.
By Edgar F. Smith and En. D. Desi.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1894).

Most of the experiments made to determine this constant consist in re-
duction of the trioxide and the subsequent oxidation of the metal. Two
experimenters have attempted to weigh the water produced in the reduc-
tion of the trioxide. A. Riche (Annal de Chim. et de Phys., (3) 50, 10,
1857) made five such trials. The atomic mass of tungsten, deduced from
his experiments, equals 174 (O=16). Three years later Bernoulli (Pogg.
Ann., iii, 599) made two experiments and his recorded value for the con-
stant is 186+. In both instances there is considerable variation in the
individual results.

In a previous paper by Pennington and Smith a value (184.9) was
obtained that differs quite appreciably from that usually accepted as rep-
resenting the true atomic mass of the element under discussion. We have
undertaken in this present investigation to determine the atomic value
from the quantity of water formed in the reduction of the trioxide chiefly
for the purpose of ascertaining whether the elimination of the last traces
of molybdenum would likely produce the great rise in atomic mass. It
will be remembered that great stress was laid upon this point by Pen-
nington and Smith. In the preparation, therefore, of our trioxide we
adhered closely to their method of purification and observed all precau-
tions laid down by them. For details, therefore, we would refer the
reader to their paper.

The hydrogen used by us in the reductions was prepared from sulphu-
ric acid and the purest zinc obtainable. To purify the gas it was con-
ducted through a series of bottles containing potassium permanganate,
an alkaline lead nitrate solution, silver nitrate, caustic potash, sulphuric
acid, calcium chloride, and finally through a glass tube nine inches long,
filled with bright, polished iron wire. The latter was heated constantly
with a Bunsen burner. After this the gas was admitted to the tube where
it came in contact with the ignited trioxide, contained in a platinum boat.
The water produced in the reduction was collected in a weighed, glass-
stoppered U-tube, filled with anhydrous calcium chloride. A similar tube
was attached to this to prevent absorption of moisture from the surround-
ing atmosphere.

All weighings were reduced to the vacuum standard, and in the calcu-
lations oxygen was taken as 76 and hydrogen as 1.008 (Clarke).

Stokes. ] 338 [Nov. 2,

Results.

WO H,O AT. MASS W.
0.983024—0. 22834—184. 683
0.998424—0. 23189 —184.709
1.008074—0.23409—18 4.749
0.911974—0.21184—184.678
0.997974—0. 23 179—184. 704
1.007024—0.23389—184. 706

Mea nissan ce 184.704
mY [4 bad) 040 Re RR PRET AS PT a tat rN Uh eMC SL SUNS 184.749
IW Giraud yos 000 REM RRCRE Ree Er Kone INR nA in Weasels cn BR 5 Ae 184.678
1 D1 i RNR Re iD Mi Bhd 4) Ren AER See Ri dee lL tk O71

The mean 784.704 falls below that given by Pennington and Smith.
The discrepancy may possibly be due to the method, or the personal factor
entering into the work may account for it. However, the result we
believe clearly proves that the atomic mass of tungsten is certainly greater
than what is generally assumed as correct, and in all likelihood the
molybdenum contained in the tungsten has caused the low values found
by previous experimenters. *

CHEMICAL LABORATORY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA,
November, 1894.

Notices of Presumably Undescribed Infusoria.
By Dr. Alfred C. Stokes.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1894.)

Salpingeca globosa, sp. nov. (Fig. 1).—Lorica pedicellate, carafe-
shaped, the body subspherical, tapering at the posterior extremity to
the pedicle ; neck conspicuous, about one third as long as the body of
the lorica, the margin flaring ; pedicle often oblique, somewhat flexuous,
and about as long as the entire lorica. Solitary. Length, ;,;,5 inch.
Hab.—Fresh water, near Trenton, N. J.; attached to filamentous alge.

Salpingeca collaris, sp. nov. (Fig. 2).—Lorica vasiform, less than
four times as long as broad, but divisible by its characteristic contour

* A review of all the methods heretofore used in determining the atomic mass of tung-
sten has been begun by one of my assistants. Care is being taken to completely elimi-
nate certain sources of error which have not been absolutely excluded in earlier work.
—E. F. 8,

1894.] 339 [Stokes.

into two regions, a posterior, inflated, obovate portion, tapering to the
pedicle, and an anterior region, subcylindrical, somewhat exceeding the
posterior region in length, its lateral margins parallel, the anterior aper-
ture circular, its borders everted ; pedicle usually exceeding the lorica in
length; enclosed animalcule freely motile within the lorica, at times
situated exclusively within the frontal, neck-like portion, at others
extending into the anterior region of the posterior part of the sheath ;
when disturbed retreating into the posterior region, and advancing to the
frontal portion when its fright has passed, the sarcode then completely
filling that part of the lorica and taking its shape. Length of lorica ;35;5
inch. Hab.—Standing water from the Morris and Essex canal, New
Jersey.

The water in which this beautiful and characteristic form was found
was taken from the canal late in the autumn of 1891, by Mr. 8. Helm, of
New York city, and by him sent to me. It remained on my table until
February 17, 1892, almost unnoticed, except that a little water was occa-
sionally added to supply that lost by evaporation. On the date last men-
tiened the animalcule was found in some abundance, attached to various
submerged fragments and in company with a profusion of Salpingeca
gracilis J. Clk., a form which it somewhat resembles, and near to which
it should be classified.

Prorocentrum hamatum, sp. nov. (Fig. 3).—Body ovate, less than
twice as long as broad, smooth, depressed, the lateral borders slightly
flattened, the posterior margin evenly rounded and obtusely pointed ;
dorsal surface convex ; ventral aspect somewhat flattened, bearing on its
frontal margin a stout, anteriorly projecting, obtusely pointed, often
colorless process, which is bent hook-like almost at a right angle, directed
towards the left-hand side and slightly excavated dorsally, thus exhibiting
a ledge like or shelf-like projection towards that aspect of the body ;
frontal border truncate, surrounded, within the margin, by an annular
groove, the right-hand and left-hand ventral continuations of which
extend obliquely along the adherent posterior prolongation of the frontal
process and unite to form a subcentral, longitudinal ventral depression ;
anterior flagellum spirally undulating, taking its origin from within the
ventral portion of the anterior groove, on the left-hand side of the
posterior prolongation of the hook-like process, and extending round the
frontal border into the groove on the right-hand side of the frontal pro-
jection ; ventral flagellum long, trailing, vibratile, taking its origin from
near the central region of the ventral groove ; nucleus subspherical,
located near the posterior extremity, often with an apparently amylaceous
corpuscle on one side and near it. Chromatophores linear, elongate,
vermicular or variously curved. Length, 535 inch. Hab.—Brackish
water from a salt marsh on Coney Island, N. Y. Movements rotary on
the longitudinal axis. Abundant.

This form was collected and sent tome by Mr. H. C. Wells, of Short
Hills, N. J.

Stokes. ] 340 [Nov. 2,

Although Zrachelomonas is probably not an infusorian, the following
descriptions are here included for convenience.

Trachelomonas fusiformis, sp. nov. (Fig. 4).—Lorica fusiform, three
times as long as broad, punctate with minute, scattered, conical ele-
vations which are larger and more conspicuous near the margin of the
posterior prolongation ; anterior region narrowed, neck-like, the frontal
border slightly everted, the margin minutely denticulate ; color brown,
Length of lorica, z+; inch. Hab.—Pond water, near Trenton, N. J.;
movements tremulous and rotary on the longitudinal axis.

Trachelomonas spherica, sp. nov. (Fig. 5).—Lorica subspherical,
somewhat depressed, the anterior aperture produced into a short,
cylindrical, neck-like region, its frontal margin with four or more
obtuse denticulations ; entire surface of the lorica armed by long, con-
spicuous, obtuse spinous processes, the largest of which are subequal in
length to the length of the neck-like portion of the sheath ; color reddish
brown ; flagellum in length equaling or exceeding the circumference of
the lorica. Diameter, including the length of the spinous processes, 335
inch. Hab.-—Pond water, with Lemna, near Trenton, N. J. Movements
rapidly rotary.

Trachelomonas acanthophora, sp. nov. (Fig. 6).—Lorica fusiform,
about twice as long as broad, the posterior region somewhat suddenly
contracted into a short, naked, punctate or smooth, prolongation,
terminated by three diverging spines ; anterior tegion produced as a neck-
like portion, naked and punctate or smooth, the anterior border truncate,
the margin bearing four or more radiating spines; central or body-region
armed by numerous, conical, spine-like prolongations ; flagellum equaling
or exceeding the lorica in length ; endoplasm green. Length of lorica,
including spines, =}, inch; width, without spines, about 755 inch. Hab.
—Pond water, with Lemna, near Trenton, N. J. Movements rotary on
the longitudinal axis.

Vaginicola longipes, sp. nov. (Figs. 7, 8).—Lorica trumpet-shaped,
much compressed, rather more than four times as long as broad, widest
and inflated near the middle third, thence tapering posteriorly to a
narrow, irregularly subcylindrical region forming from one-third to one-half
of the entire length of the lorica ; anterior border slightly everted, the
lateral margin somewhat constricted beneath the frontal region ; lorica
often irregularly constricted, the posterior, pedicle-like portion frequently
curved, and variously contorted, bent or irregularly inflated, the whole
becoming chestnut-brown with age ; enclosed animalcule adherent pos-
teriorly to-a long, narrow pedicle apparently attached to the posterior
extremity of the lorica, but often there becoming indistinct, and at times
seemingly adherent to one lateral margin ; body soft and flexible, finely
striate transversely, extending slowly and irregularly, often undulate or
vermicular in form, the contracted anterior region bending posteriorly,
the flexure thus produced advancing towards the anterior aperture of the
lorica, the unexpanded peristomal region apparently wedged against the
lateral borders of the sheath, the animalcule thus remaining until another

1894.] 341 [Stokes.

contraction changes its position ; extended body elongate, very narrow,
projecting for from one-third to one-half its length, or more, beyond the
frontal aperture ; peristome broad, somewhat oblique ; contracted body
obovate ; nucleus elongate, narrow, band-like, exceedingly tortuous dur-
ing the contracted state of the animalcule; contractile vesicle single,
spherical, anteriorly situated. Length of lorica, about jj, inch. Hab.—
Attached to aquatic plants from Rancocas creek, at New Lisbon, N. J.

Caulicola (caulis, stem; colo, to inhabit), gen. nov.—Animalcules
loricate, asin Thuricola, except that the lorica is conspicuously nedicel-
late, and possesses a valve-like appendage which is not attached to the
wall within the lorica, as in Zhwricola, but to the lateral margin of the
anterior aperture.

Caulicola valvata, sp. nov. (Fig. 9).—Lorica ovate, less than twice
as long as wide, posterior border rounded, somewhat inflated, thick-
ened centrally and with a short, posterior projection at its point of
attachment to the pedicle; lateral walls often slightly undulate, and
usually narrowed at the truncate, anterior aperture ; valve-like appendage
attached to the lateral border of the anterior aperture, rising by the
pressure of the extending animalcule, and when fallen, completely closing
the orifice by a horizontal, flat-topped lid; pedicle slender, thickened
centrally, and with a short anterior projection at its point of attachment
to the lorica, tapering posteriorly, and about one-third as long as the
lorica ; body of enclosed animalcule colorless, transparent, and when
extended, protruding about one fourth of its length beyond the lorica ;
cuticular surface transversely striate; nucleus elongate, band-like.
Length of lorica, ;4; inch. J/ab.—Brackish water from Coney Island,
N. Y. Collected and sent to me by Mr. H. C. Wells, of Short Hills, N. J.

Bicoseca phiala, sp. nov. (Fig. 10).—Lorica elongate-vasiform, less
than twice as long as broad, widest anteriorly, tapering posteriorly to
the pedicle ; anterior margin everted, truncate; lateral borders often
almost rectilinear ; pedicle short ; enclosed animalcule not exserted ; con-
tractile vesicles two or more, often four, near the posterior extremity ;
nucleus not observed. Length of lorica, ;;;5 inch. Hab.—Pond water
from near Trenton, N. J.; attached to filamentous objects.

Enchelyodon vesiculosus, sp. nov.—Body elongate-ovate, one lateral
border somewhat concave, the other convex ; both extremities rounded,
the anterior somewhat truncate ; soft, flexible and changeable in shape ;
about twice as long as broad, the cuticular surface longitudinally striate,
entirely ciliate ; pharynx obconical, about one-third as long as the body,
longitudinally plicate, the anterior orifice transversely oval ; nucleus ap-
parently subspherical or broadly oval, subcentrally located ; contractile
vesicles three or more, near the posterior extremity ; anal aperture postero-
terminal ; endoplasm enclosing numerous, green corpuscles which obscure
the internal structure, and render the body semi-opaque. Movements
rotary on the longitudinal axis. Length of body, ;}5 inch. Hab.—Pond
water in early spring, from near Trenton, N. J.

PROC. AMER, PHILOS. soc. xxxiIr. 146.2R PRINTED JAN. 14, 1899.

Stokes. ] 342 [Nov. 2,

This form differs from #. farctus C. & L., in the presence of the mul-
tiple contractile vesicles and in the single, rounded nucleus, the latter in
H. farctus being recorded as band-shaped.

The infusorian was obtained in abundance in a gathering made in the
middle of February in the mild winter of 1889-’90. Reproduction is by
transverse fission.

Nassula trichocystis, sp. nov. (Fig. 11).—Body elongate-cvate or
subelliptical, cylindrical, more than twice as long as broad, the two
extremities subequal; oral aperture near the anterior extremity, in a
slight depression or concavity of the lateral body-margin, and followed by
a conspicuous, conical, pharyngeal rod-fascicle extending to near the
body-centre ; oral cilia somewhat larger and more conspicuous than those
of the general surface; contractile vesicle single, spherical, laterally
placed in the posterior part of the anterior body-half, often leaving small
lacune at complete systole ; nucleus subspherical, subcentrally located ;
trichocysts exceedingly abundant, obliquely and densely set within the
cortical layer ; endoplasm frequently exhibiting a movement of rotation.
Length, ;+; inch. Hab.—Pond water, near Short Hills, N. J. Move-
ments rotary on the longitudinal axis.

This form, which is interesting on account of the remarkable abundance
of trichocysts enclosed by the cortex, was collected by Mr. H. C. Wells,
of Short Hills, N. J., and by him sent to me.

Urostyla vernalis, sp. nov. (Fig. 12).—Body elongate-ovate, or sub-
elliptical, soft and flexible, about three times as long as broad, both
extremities rounded, the anterior somewhat curved towards the left-hand
side and slightly narrowed ; posterior extremity sometimes evenly convex,
frequently obtusely pointed on the right-hand side of the median line ;
dorsal aspect convex, its cuticular surface irregularly roughened by
clusters of minute, rounded elevations arranged in irregularly longitudinal
series ; lateral body-margins of the larger infusorians often flattened and
subparallel, those of the smaller forms convex ; upper lip crescentic ;
peristome field obovate, the anterior region of the adoral depression proper
not including any portion of the frontal border, but taking its origin pos-
teriorly to that margin, at a distance about equal to one-tenth the length
of the entire body, and extending on the left-hand side of the body some-
what obliquely backward towards the right-hand side for about one-third
the length of the ventral surface, its left-hand margin bearing a series of
large and conspicuous adoral cilia, and a row of finer par-oral cilia, the
right-hand border supporting an undulating membrane and aseries of fine
pre-oral cilia ; endoral cilia none ; uncinate frontal styles from four to six,
distally bifid and somewhat irregularly placed near the right-hand border
of the peristome field ; ventral surface clothed by fine, vibratile cilia in
six parallel, longitudinal lines ; marginal sete longest, largest and most
conspicuous on the posterior border, where they are slightly interrupted,
those on the two sides of the median line of the body usually directed
towards one another and frequently overlapping ; anal styles slender,

1894.] 343 [Stokes.

fimbriated, from six to eight in number, arranged in an oblique row and
not projecting beyond the body-margin ; contractile vesicle single, spheri-
cal, near the left-hand side of the anterior body-half, in the dorsal aspect,
the cuticular surface of which it elevates at its systole, and through which
it seems to discharge its contents ; nucleus double, the two nodules ovate,
one being in the anterior, the other in the posterior body-half, near the
left-hand body-margin, and each bearing a laterally attached nucleolus ;
anal aperture not observed. Length from ;}, to; inch. Hab.—Shallow
way-side pools in the early spring, near Trenton, N. J. Reproduction by
transverse fission. Endoplasm brewn.

This form bears a somewhat close resemblance to Urostyla trichogaster
Stokes, but differs conspicuously in its habitat, U. trichogaster being
found in infusions of decaying vegetable matters, the present species in
the clear, pure waters of the pools of early spriag. It also differs in the
character of the adoral depression which does not include a part of the
frontal border of the body ; in the absence of the endoral cilia, and
especially in the fewer frontal styles.

The body is exceedingly soft and flexible, and its motions active. The
brown endoplasm is often of a beautiful, transparent golden tint. The
favorite food is the algal spores and the other small vegetal objects with
which the shallow pools are at this time of the year so well supplied,
while the fuod of U. trichogaster is chiefly animal.

Acineta corrugata, sp. nov. (Figs. 13, 14, 15).—Lorica ovate. or sub-
triangular, compressed, the length but slightly exceeding the greatest
breadth ; lateral margins convex, tapering towards the pedicle and
variously crenated, or almost smooth and even ; general surface bearing
numerous, irregularly disposed but frequently parallel and centrally con-
verging, linear ridges, that vary in number, arrangement and general
direction with the age of the lorica, in maturity and in old age the inter-
linear spaces becoming exceedingly prominent as inflated, rounded and
elongated prominences, the lateral borders of the lorica then being con-
spicuously and irregularly crenate ; anterior margin slightly elevated cen-
trally, this elevation extending perpendicularly along the subcentral
region of the frontal and of the dorsal aspects of the sheath, this in trans-
verse, subcentral optical section having a rhomboidal outline, the lateral
borders truncate and emarginate ; anterior border of the lorica closed in
except for a narrow, slit-like aperture traversing it, and an ovate orifice
at each antero-lateral margin for the passage of the fasciculate, capitate
tentacles ; frontal region, in surface view, compressed and undulate, or
with six oppositely disposed, concave depressions ; pedicle conspicuous,
well-developed, hollow and about one-third as long as the lorica ; nucleus
apparently bruadly ovate and subcentrally located ; endoplasm coarsely
granular ; the enclosed animalcule usually nearly filling the cavity of the
sheath. Length, including pedicle, 45 inch. Hab,—Attached to fila-
mentous alg in the brackish water of a salt marsh, Coney Island, N. Y.

The corneous, transparent lorica is exceedingly thin and delicate, vary-

Stokes. ] 344 [Nov. 2,

ing much in connection with the surface plications or ridge-like eleva-
tions, in early youth the raised lines being low, inconspicuous and
irregularly disposed ; in maturity becoming full; rounded and prominent,
separated by deep furrows, as if the wall of the lorica had become dis-
tended with liquid, dilatation taking place at expansile regions between
the ridge-like markings of the earlierstage ; in the mature state the lateral
borders are protuberantly crenate.

Acineta flexilis, sp. nov. (Fig. 16).—Lorica irregularly subspherical,
tapering posteriorly to the short, hollow pedicle; anterior border
closed, thin, apparently perpendicularly lamelliform, the margin
irregularly undulate; two opposite lateral regions each bearing two
anteriorly approximating, posteriorly diverging, narrow fissures for the
passage of the tentacles, the fissures usually being open only sufficiently
for the passage of the tentacles, except during the final development and
the escape of the embryo, when those on the lateral margins and that on
the frontal border are seen to be continuous, the expanding fissures clos-
ing after the escape of the embryo ; pedicle about one-seventh as long as
the lorica ; tentacles capitate, of two kinds and apparently issuing only
from the slit-like lateral fissures, one kind being straight, rigid, and not
often exceeding twice the length of the lorica, the other form filamentous,
flexible, writhing and variously curved and coiled, often extending to
more than five times the length of the lorica ; body of the animalcule sub-
spherical or obpyriform, not filling the cavity of the lorica, and in no way
adherent to it; endoplasm granular ; nucleus broadly ovate, located near
one lateral border ; contractile vesicle single, spherical, postero-lateral in
the region opposite the nucleus. Length of the lorica, including the
pedicle, =1, inch. Hab.—Fresh water from near Trenton, N.J.; attached
to Spirogyra.

Codosiga florea Stokes (Journ. Trenton Nat. Hist. Soc., January, 1888,
Vol. i, No. 3).—This was incorrectly placed in the genus Codosiga ; it is
a Monosiga, and should be referred to as Monosiga florea.

Halsis furcata Stokes (Journ. Royal Micros. Soc., August, 1889).—
This generic name being preoccupied, it may, in this instance, be changed
1o Halsiopsis, the single known species then being Halsiopsis furcata.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Fig. 1. Salpingeeca globosa ; with collar retracted,
«« 2. Salpingeeca collaris.
‘« 3. Prorocentrum hamatum. x 720.
‘« 4, Trachelomonas fusiformis. x 500.
** 5. Trachelomonas spherica. X 460.
‘¢ 6. Trachelomonas acanthophora. x 500,
«« 7, 8. Vaginicola longipes. Xx 200.
«¢ 9. Caulicola valvata. x 400.
‘* 10. Bicosceeca phiala ; empty lorica. X 835,

i oo

N°146-PL XXL

XXXII.

Vol

Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.

Proceedings Amer, Philos, Soc, Vol, XXXII, No. 146, Plate XXIl

1894.] 345 [Dolley.

Fig. 11. Nassula trichocystis. x 450.

«¢ 12. Urostyla vernalis. x 190.

‘« 13. Acineta corrugata ; mature, but not old, form. x 400.

** 14, Acineta corrugata; transverse, subcentral, optical section.
x 400.

** 15. Acineta corrugata ; surface view of the frontal region ; some-
what more enlarged than in Figs. 13, 14.

« 16. Acineta flexilis. > 560.

Obituary Notice of John M. Maisch.
By Charles 8. Dolley, M.D.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 7, 1894.)

The preéminence which American pharmacy has for many years main-
tained may without doubt be largely attributed to the scientific zeal and
ability of the teachers of pharmaceutical science in the various institutions
of the country. To no one belongsa greater meed of praise than to the
late Prof. Maisch, a member of the American Philosophical Society, to
which he was elected January 18, 1884.

John Michael Maisch was born of humble parents in Hanau on the
Main, Germany, on the 3d of January, 1831. His early education was
obtained at the free schools of his native town, and he soon attracted the
special attention of his teachers on account of his aptness and diligence.
Under one Theobald, he was introduced to the study of mineralogy and
microscopy and began practical field work in the vicinity of Hanau, and
it was largely due to the interest awakened by this teacher that he became
ambitious for a university education and was led to seek instruction out-
side that afforded him by the curriculum of his school.

Under Dr. Bromies he soon demonstrated his fitness for original inves-
tigation in chemistry, and was permitted by him to assist in certain
studies of the fatty acids and resins.

For a time his inclinations were towards theology, but his increasing
interest in natural science led him to abandon the idea and to devote him-
self with such ardor to his scientific studies as to undermine his strength
to such an extent that it became necessary not only to give up close appli-
cation for atime, but, in the end, to relinquish his strong desire for a
university course.

Entering the military service of Hesse, he became impregnated with the
revolutionary ideas rife among the soldiery, and recognizing the incon-
sistency of his position, he resigned his post and, joining the Turners of

Dolley.] 346 [Deeniy

Hanau, accompanied them in their excursions through the Valley of the
Main, assisting them in the promulgation of revolutionary sentiments.

In 1849, while engaged in this work, he was arrested at Sinsheim and
sentenced to four anda half years’ imprisonment with hard labor; but
through the connivance of friends he soon after effected his escape and
managed to emigrate to America. Landing almost penniless in Balti-
more, young Maisch took up for a time with factory work, but soon
managed through his fondness for natural science to make the acquaint-
ance of Drs. Wiss and Vogler, who aided him in the study of pharmacy
and gave him employment for a time during the years 1850-51 in a drug
store owned by the former. This store being sold, Mr. Maisch removed
to Washington, where he served in a drug store until 1853, when his
parents and sisters having come to Philadelphia, he joined them there.
For about two years he acted as drug clerk in Philadelphia and New
York and finally entered a chemical factory in Brooklyn. From 1856 to
1859 he was employed by the firm of E. B. Garrigues and Robert Shoe-
maker, of Philadelphia, and in the latter year he accepted an instructor’s
position in the School of Pharmacy conducted by Prof. Parrish in an upper
room at the southwest corner of Kighth and Arch streets.

Here his natural love for research, his tact and ability as a teacher
attracted attention and led to his call to the Professorship of Pharmacy
and Materia Medica in the College of Pharmacy of the City of New York,
his spare time being employed in the laboratory of Dr. E. R. Squibb.
Prof. Maisch returned to Philadelphia in 1863, when under Surgeon-
General Hammond he organized the U. S. Army Laboratory, which,
during the two and a half years in which he conducted it, is said to have
effected a saving to the Government of nearly a million of dollars. After
the War and until 1871 Prof. Maisch carried on a retail drug business at
1607 Ridge avenue, but finally gave it up on account of his increasing
duties at the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and as the Secretary of
the American Pharmaceutical Association, of which he had been from
1856 one of the most active members.

It was in 1866 that John Maisch succeeded William Proctor, Jr., in the
Chair of Pharmacy, but in the ensuing year he exchanged Chairs with
Prof. Parrish, assuming the title of Professor of Materia Medica and
Botany. This position Prof. Maisch retained until his death on the 10th
of September, 1892. In 1860 he was elected a member of the Board of
Trustees of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and ten years later
accepted the editorship of the American Journal of Pharmacy. That
John Maisch was a man of unwearied industry, absolute integrity and
profound knowledge, is the unanimous testimony of all who were familiar
with him and with his teachings and writings, a fact which was empha-
sized by the conference of the Hanbury Gold Medal upon him by the
Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain for distinguished services and
original research in the natural history of drugs. The following is a list
ef Prof. Maisch’s contributions to science :

— se ee

a

1394.]

1854.

1855.

1858.

1859.

1860.

347 (Dolley.

On the Adulteration of Drugs and Chemical Preparations. Amer.
Journ. Pharm.

Liquor Ferri Iodide. Jbid.

On the Incompatibility of Sulphate of Quinia with the Acetates.
Ibid.

Examination of Bitartrate of Potassa. Ibid.

Effects of Sunlight on the Syrup of [odide of Iron. Jdid.

Translation of M. Strecker’s Paper on Quinine. did.

Contributions to Toxicology. bid.

. On Convenient Modes of Administering Cod Liver Oil. Jdid.

On the Relations of Physicians and Pharmaceutists. Jb7id.
Contributions to Toxicology. did.

On an Expeditious Mode of Making Mercurial Ointment. Jd7d.

On Solution of Gutta Percha. Jbid.

On Sulphate of Quinine and Carbonate of Ammonia in Pills. bzd.
On Wine of Colchicum Seed. Jdid.

. On Protiodide of Mercury. /bid.

On Effervescing Powders. Jbid.

Solubility of Iodides in Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. Jdcd.

On Fluid Extract of Arnica. Jbid.

On Fluid Extract of Uva urst. Ibid.

On the Detection of a New Falsification of Oil of Bitter Almonds.
Lbid.

American Eclectic Resinoids. Buchner’s Repertorium fiir Phar-
macie, Vol. vi, p. 481.

On the Sale of Poisons in the United States. Jbid., Vol. vii, p. 267.

On Fluid Extracts in the United States. J47d., Vol. vii, p. 297.

Remarks on Some Pharmaceutical Preparations. Amer. Journ.
Pharm.

On Diluted Acetic Acid. Jdid.

On the Preservation of Drugs from Insects. Ibid.

Note on Syrup of Hypophosphites. Jbcd.

On the Decomposition of the Quinia by the Acetates. Ibid.

On Extractum Ferri Pomatum. did.

On the Preservation of Fluid Extracts. Jbid.

On the New System of German Weights. Jbdd.

On the Proper Menstruum for Fluid Extracts. Jbid.

Notes on Fluid Extracts of Buchu, Cimicifuga, Serpentaria and
Valerian. Jbid.

On the Solubility of Phosphate of Iron. Jdid.

On a New Mode of Preparing Some Syrups. Jbid.

Manufacturing Pharmacy in the United States. Buchner’s Reper-
torium, Vol. viii, p. 433.

On Examination of Oil of Peppermint. Amer. Journ. Pharm.

On Some Preparations of Calamus Root. Jbid.

Gleanings from the German Journals (three articles). bid.

Dolley.] 348 [Dec. 7,

1860.

1861.

1862.

1863.

1864.

1865.
1866.
1867.

Alumen Exsiccatum, Jdid.

Analysis of Commercial Glacial Phosphoric Acid. Jbid.

Note on Benzoic Acid and Some Banzoates. Jbid.

On the Detection of Croton Oil in Mixtures. Jbid.

Analysis of Milk. bid.

Chemical Notes. Jbid.

Alumen ustum. Buchner’s Repertorium, Vol. ix, p. 127.

United States Pharmacy. Jdzd., p. 145.

On Chelidonium majus. Amer. Journ. Pharm.

On the Adulteration of Carmine. Jbid.

On Commercial Iron by Hydrogen. Jbid.

On the Importation of Mineral Waters. Jdid.

Analysis of the Chalybeate Waters of Sharon Spring, New York.
Ibid.

On Anacahinte Wood. Jbid.

On the Tincture and Ferrated Tincture of Bark. Jbid.

On tbe Origin of Bay Rum. Jdzd.

On the Volatile Oil of Wyrcia acris. Ibid.

On the Ferrated Tincture of Cinchona. Jdid.

On the Conversion of Monohydrated into Common Phosphoric
Acid. Ibid.

Gleanings from the German Journals (four articles). Jbzd.

Chemical Examination of Cocoa Leaves. Jdid.

On the Mineral Water Trade in the United States. Buchner’s Re-
pertorium, Vol. x, p. 257.

On the Medical Flora of the Vicinity of Philadelphia. Jécd., Vol. x,
pp. 289 and 359. :

Gleanings from the German Journals. Amer. Journ. Pharm.

On Commercial Belladonna Leaves. /did.

Report of Committee on Herbarium. Jb7d.

On the Standing of the Pharmacist in the United States Army.
Buchner’s Repertorium, Vol. xi, p. 294.

On Snake-bite Remedies in the United States. Jbid., p. 352.

On Copaiba Pills. Amer. Journ. Pharm.

Gleanings from the German Journals. bid.

Note on the Alkaloids of Menispernum Canadense. Ibid.

Note on Podophyllum. did.

Practical and Scientific Notes. lbzd.

On Impurities and Adulterations. Jbid.

Gleanings from German Journals. Jdid.

On the Contamination of American Sulphuric Acid with Arsenic.
Ibid.

On the Preparation of Heavy Oil of Wine. Jbzd.

On the Active Principle of Rhus Toxicodendron. Jbid.

On Liquor Maguesi Citratis. Jb7d.

On Liquor Ferri Acetatis. Jbid.

— =~

1894.]

1867.

1868.

1869.

1870.

1871.

1872.

1875.

349 [Dolley.

On the Specific Gravity of Medicinal Chloroform, Jdid.

On Colchicia. Jbid.

On Tests for the Purity of Glycerin. Jbid.

On Carelessness in the Collection of Drugs. Ibid.

Note on Cheap Glycerin. bid.

Gleanings from the German Journals (two articles). Jbdd.

On a Permanent Solution of Pyrophosphites of Soda and Iron. Jdid.

Review of Pharmacopeeia Helvetica. bid.

Gleanings from the German Journals. bid.

On Chloroform. Jdid.

Note to Editor on False Jalap. Jbid.

Gleanings from the German Journals (four articles). Jbid.

On the Milky Juice of Lactuca elongata. Ibid.

On Some Panama Drugs. bid.

On the Nomenclature and Definitions of the United States Pharma-
copeia. Lbid.

On Lycopodium clavatum. Ibid.

On the Weeds of Western Peppermint Plantations. Jbid.

Gleanings (three articles). bid.

On Pharmaceutical Legislation. Jbid.

On Solubility of Glue in Glycerin. bid.

Decomposition of Acetate of Morphia in Aqueous Solution. Jbid.

Detection of Turmeric in Powd. Rhubarb and Mustard. Jd7d.

Ferrated Elixir of Cinchona. Ibid.

Gleanings from Foreign Journals. Jbid.

Gleanings trom German Journals (four articles). bid.

Fluid Extract of Chestnut Leaves. Jbid.

Note on Amylo-nitrous Ether. Jdcd.

Note on Hydrocyanate of Morphia. Lid.

Note on Some Pill Masses. Jdid.

Precipitation of Quinia by Iodide of Potassium. Jdid.

Seeds of Two Species of Strychnos. Jhid.

Solutions of Alkaloids in Medicated Waters. Ibid.

Syrupus Assafeetide. Jbid.

Gleanings from the European Journals (twelve articles). Zbid.

Loss of the Herbaceous Parts of Plants in Drying. Jbid.

Monobromated Camphor. Jbzd.

On an Asserted Specific for Ague. Jbid.

On Some Pectoral Powders of European Pharmacy. Jbid.

On the Botanical Origin of Root of Cypripedium. 7bid.

On the So-called African Saffron. bid.

Pharmacognostical Notes. Jbid.

Use of Petroleum Benzine in Making Oleoresins. Jd¢d.

Chloride of Mercurethy]. Jdbzd.

Impurities Among Rhizomes of Cypripedium. Jbid.

Levico Mineral Water. Jbid.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 800. XXx1II. 146.28. PRINTED JAN. 14, 18995.

Dolley. ] 390 [Dec. 7,

1873. Gleanings from European Journals. bid.
Medicinal Use of Green Soap. bid.
Remarks on Elixirs. Jbid. ;
Selected Formulas from Pharm. Germ. bid.
Spirit of Nitrous Ether a Supposed Test for Some Alkaloids. Jdid.

1874. Balsams Liguidamber styraciflua and orientale. Ibid.
Gleanings from European Journals (nine articles). Lbid.
Notes on Some North American Drugs. J6id.
Occurrence of Arbutin in Some Ericaceous Plants. Ibid.
Pharmacognostical and Chemical Notes. Jbid.

Remarks on Resin of Podophyllum, Jdid.

1875. Constituents and Properties of Potentilla. Zbid.
Gleanings from European Journals (nine articles). Jb7d.
Medicated Waters. Jbid.

Note on Tinctura Opii Muriatica. Jb7d.
On Some Substitutions. Jbid.
Remarks on Cinchoquinine. Jbid.

1876. Asserted Presence of Tannin in Gentian. /bid.

Fucus vesiculosus and Some Allied Species. Jbid.

Gleanings from Foreign Journals (ten articles). bid.

Notes on the Genus Teucrium. Jd7d.

Notes on the International Exposition (three articles). Jbid.
Notes on the Quinine Flower. id.

Remarks on Cinchoquinine. bid.

Remarks on Extract of Jalap. Jdid.

Use of Metrical Weights in Prescriptions. Jbid.

1877. Detection of Castor Oil in Copaiba. bid.

Examination of a Cure for Love of Liquor. Jbid.
Formulas and Preparations of New Medicaments. /d7d.
Gleanings from the Foreign Journals (eight articles). /bid
Note on Dialyzed Iron. Jbid.
Note on Xanthium spinosum. Lbid.
Note on the Permanent Exhibition. bid.
The Metrical System in Prescriptions. Jbid.
The Strength of Tinctura Opii. Jbid.
1878. Aspidium marginales. Lbid.
Berberis of the Pacific Coast. bid.
Gleanings from Foreign Journals (six articles). bid.
Notes on a Few American Drugs. Jbid.
Useful Species of Viburnum. Jbid.
1879. Artificial Fruit Essences. bid.
Poisonous Species of Astragalus. Jbid.
Sulphocarbolate of Potassium. Jdid.
Supposed Alkaloids of Podophyllum. Jd7d.

1880. Note on Some American Species of Artemesia. Jbid.

Presence of Tannin in Gentian. Jbid.

1894.]

1881.

1882.

1883.

1884.

1885.

1886.

301 [Dolley.

Compound Spirit of Cinnamon. /bid.

Dose of Extract Physostigmatis. Jbid.

Georgia Bark. [bid.

Manufacture of Quinia in the United States. Jbid.

Oleum Betulee Empyreumaticum. bid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (four articles). Jbid.

Origin of False Senega. did.

Orthography of the Metric Units. Jdid.

Poisonous Principle of Anacardium. /bid.

Practical Notes from Foreign Sources. Jbid.

Stearopten of Buchu Leaves. bid.

Tinctura Rusci. /bzd.

Xantborrhcea Resins. Jbid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (ten articles). Ibid.

Practical Notes from Various Sources. Jbid.

Preparation of Mercurial Ointment. Jdid.

Syr. Ferri Protochloridi. Zbid.

China and Allied Species of Salvia. Jd7d.

Useful American Myrtles. Jbid.

Comparison of Galenical Preparations (six articles). Jbid.

Galenical Preparations of the German Pharmacopceia (four articles).
Ibid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (eight articles). bid.

Practical Notes from Various Sources (five articles). Zid.

Relative Strength of Certain Preparations. bid.

Chemical and Pharmacognostical Notes. Jbzd.

Laboratory Notes—Abstracts from Theses (two articles). Zbid.

Notes on Researches on Capillarity. Jbid.

Practical Notes. Ibid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (eight articles). bid.

Materia Medica of the Mexican Pharmacopeeia (eight articles) bid.

Pharmaceutical Preparations of the Mexican Pharmacopeeia (four
articles). Jdid.

Practical Notes (two articles). Jbd.

Commercial Spanish Saffron. bid.

Indigenous Species of Croton. Jbid.

Useful Plants of the Verbenacee. 1bid.

Commercial Sulphate of Quinine. Jbid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (six articles). Ibid.

Materia Medica of the New Mexican Pharmacopeeia (four articles).
Ibid.

Note on Yerba and Raiz del Indio, Jbid.

Practical Notes and Formulas did.

Strophanthus or Heart Poison. L6id.

Dolley.] 39 2 [Dec. 7,

1886.

1887.

1888.

1889.

1890.

1891.

1892.

1893.

Gotthilf Heinrich Ernest Miihlenberg as a Botanist (An Address
before the Pioneer Society of Philadelphia). Hoffman’s Phar-
maceutische Rundschau, New York.

Chemical Notes from Theses. Amer. Journ. Pharm.

Gleanings in Materia Medica (six articles). bid.

Jalap Resin and Jalapin. ldéd

Practical Notes from Various Sources. J6id.

Remarks on Cancer Cure. bid.

Blue Coloring Matter in Flowers. Jbid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica. Jbid.

Notes on Some New Remedies. /bid.

Notes on Some Old Remedies. Jbzd.

Practical Notes from Foreign Journals. 2béd.

The Genus Luffa. Jbid.

Preparations of Mustard for Internal Use. (bid.

Useful Plants of the Genus Psoralea. Ibid.

Origin of False Senega Root. Ibid.

Notes on Some Indigenous Remedies. Jbid.

Botanical Origin of Some Pharmacopeceial Drugs. Lbid.

Gleanings in Materia Medica. Jbid.

Morphine Salts and Hydrocyanic Acid. ddd.

Notes on Scopola. bid.

Pharmacopeeial Assays of Drugs and Galenicals. [6id.

Plant Groups and Constituents and Properties. /bcd.

Practical Notes from Various Sources. Jbid.

Prospective Camphor Industry of Florida. Zb¢d.

Some North American Medicinal Plants. Jbid.

Notes on Vegetable Drugs used in Mexico. Jbid.

Notes on Some North American Medicinal Plants. Jd7d.

Polygala alba. Ibid.

Soda Mint. Jdzd.

Vanilla Plant an Epiphyte. did.

On the Tubers of Dioscorea Species. Jbid.

NotEe.—The writer desires to acknowledge the kindness of Professors Remington and
Trimble, of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, in farnishing him with data, and
particularly his indebtedness to the biographical sketch by Prof. Remington, in the
American Journal of Pharmacy.

Ee —— — ———

1894, ] 35 3 [Rosengarten.

The Chateau de Rochamicau.
By Joseph G. Rosengarten.
‘(Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1894.)

The home of La Fayette at La Grange has long been a point of attrac-

tion for many Americans, full of admiration for La Fayette and the part

he played in the American Revolution. The story of his services in be-
half of the struggling colonies, so well told by Mr. Charlemagne Tower,
Jr., in his noteworthy contribution to our history of the Revolution, will
undoubtedly strengthen and renew the strong affection always entertained
in this country for La Fayette, so markedly exhibited during his lifetime,
especially on his last visit to this country, and in the reception given
to his descendants, who came here to join in the celebration of the centen-
nial anniversary of the surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown. In doing
honor to La Fayette and to his countrymen for their help in securing
American independence, we ought not to forget the Rochambeaus, father
and son, the former the General-in-Chief of the French Allied Army sent
to help the American colonies in their struggle against Great Britain, the
son his Aid de-camp, who served with distinction, and was sent to France

‘to secure that final help, fleet, men and money, with which the long war

,

for Independence was brought to a successful termination by the closing
and crowning victory. A recent visit to the Chateau de Rochambeau
showed that it was full of interest for Americans, for there the present
owner, the Marquis de Rochambeau, piously preserves the historical relics
of the family, and prominent among them are those that marked the
Comte de Rochambeau’s leading part in the American War of Inde-
pendence. The Chateau itself is of great interest. Situated on the banks
of the Loire, between Blois and Vendéme, it is easily aecessibie, and a
view of its fine grounds, its curious caves, its lovely outlook over the
valley of the Loire, its noble avenue and the beautiful river, is of itself a
delight to lovers of the picturesque.

In the Massachusetts Historical Society Proceedings, 1832-85, Vol. xx,
p. 100, the late Hon. Robert C. Winthrop describes his thea recent visit
to the Chateau de Rochambeau, where he found many relics of the old
Marquis and Count, as he then was, of Yorktown memory—the sword
which he wore in America, his badge as an honorary member of the Cin-
cinnati, his baton as a Marshal of France, with all his orders and decora-
tions, and a portrait of himself, one of a large series of family portraits on
the walls. On pedestals in the corners were two beautifully wrought
miniature cannon, inscribed as having been presented to the widow of the old
Marquis by Louis XVIII, to take the place of the two British cannon which
Washington had presented to Rochambeau after the victory at Yorktown,
which had been seized and probably recast during the French Revolu-
tion. In his bedroom was the original MS. of his Memoirs printed in

Rosengarten. J 354 [Dec. 21,

1809. Between the windows was a large portrait, one of Peale’s original
portraits of Washington, which had been presented by Washington him-
self to Rochambeau—a large square or three-quarters portrait, in military
costume, with a cannon and other military emblems in the background—
in perfect preservation and worthy of being included among the most
notable of the numberless portraits of the Father of his Country.

A recent visitor, giving an account of the Chateau as he saw it in Sep-
tember last, in a letter printed in the Philadelphia Ledger of October 31,
1894, speaks of the fine suits of ancestral armor, worn by the Rochambeaus
of the sixteenth century, around which are draped the American flags,
presented by Gen. Hancock to the present owner, certainly an involun-
tary tribute by the preux chevalier of our own army to the prowess of
these knights of old. He also was among those who on behalf of the
Government of the United States welcomed the Marquis de Rochambeau
as the leader of the French visitors of 1881, descendants of the gallant
soldiers who had shared in the honors of the surrender at Yorktown.
Thus the connection between the Rochambeau of our own Revolutionary
War, and the Rochambeau of to-day, is one of the pleasant ties that keep
alive the friendship of the two countries and make the United States and
France sister republics. The Comte de Rochambeau left two volumes of
Memoirs, published in Paris in 1809, edited by Leonce de Lancival, which
tell the story of his life. Born at Vendéme July 1, 1725, and dying at the
Chateau de Rochambeau on May 1, 1807, his long life was full of inter-
esting experiences asa soldier, and the short episode of his services as
Commander-in-Chief of the French Army sent to help Washington, is of
itself enough to make him a man of note for all students of American his-
tory. He entered the French Army as Cornet in 1748, in Saint Simon’s
Regiment of Cavalry, and served with distinctiun in campaigns in
Bohemia, Bavaria and on the Rhine ; he was made Colonel in 1767, as a
reward for his brilliant services at the siege of Namur, and Brigadier for
his action at Minorca, and Major-General for his reorganization of the
French Army. He served under Marshals Saxe and Richelieu and
d’Estrée and de Broglie, who afterwards sent De Kalb to this country
with an offer to become the General-in-Chief of the army in the impending
struggle, a curious episode admirably told by Dr. Stille, the President of
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Rochambeau himself tells us that
‘after the peace,’’ it must have been about 1769, when he was stationed
at Strasburg as Inspector of the French Infantry in Alsace, he advised the
Hereditary Prince of Brunswick to go to America, and there play the
part of William of Orange in England—make himself sovereign of a
superb empire—but the Prince had no idea that the colonies could be
united then, or for a long time tocome. It was a curious coincidence
that he should have served under Marechal de Broglie, who seriously
hoped to play a leading part in America, and that Rochambeau himself
should have led the French Army which did such signal service in help-
ing America to achieve its independence, while the same Brunswick

1894.] 355

(Rosengarten.

Prince sent his soldiers, in the pay of Great Britain, to help prevent the
colonies from establishing their independence. Rochambeau was a
soldier, and he had no political aims and ambitions either here or at home.
After his brilliant career in the French wars on the Continent, he gained
fresh honor by his successful reorganization of the French Army in its
short experience of peace, and as Governor of the Department of Nor-
mandy and Brittany, and as Inspector-General, showed great capacity.
Io 1778 he organized the force intended for a descent on the English
coast, and after twenty years of hard service was made Lieutenant-General.
He was appointed to the command of the corps intended to be sent to
America, consisting of 4000 men, seven ships, and money and supplies
for the struggling colonies—De Ternay was put in command of the naval
force. Arrived at Newport, R. I., after a voyage of seventy days, he dis-
embarked with his contingent, fortified his position, and later on met
Washington at Hartford, and arranged the plan of the campaign that was
to end with such signal honor, Hesent his son and Aid-de-camp back to
France, ‘to procure additional men, and further needed help, and through
the younger Rochambeau’s vigorous presentation of the case, France was
led tosend more shipsand more men and more money. Col. de Rochambeau
returned in May with the satisfactory news of another fleet under De Grasse
_and six hundred more soldiers and a million and a half francs in coin.
Colonial bills were then selling at forty per cent. discount, and much benefit
was derived from a further sum of six million francs, which was put at Wash-
ington’s disposition. The French War Office advised a movement north-
ward to the Penobscot, Nova Scotia and Halifax, but fortunately and
wisely left Rochambeau free to join and act with Washington, and it was
he who suggested the movement to and operations in Virginia, and at the
same time asked for more ships and men and money from the French
forces serving in the West Indies.

The Continental currency was practically repudiated by Congress. On
June 18, the French corps started to join Washington’s Army on the
Hudson, making in all a force of 9000 men, enough to keep Clinton in
New York and bring Cornwallis to the coast. De Grasse brought from
San Domingo Saint Simon’s corps of 3000 men and 1,209,000 francs.

Rochambeau divided the 100,000 Louis d’or in his army chest with
Washington. The united army crossed the Hudson at King’s Ferry,
Washington leaving 3000 men on the left bank to cover West Point, the
French taking position on the lower Hudson, as if for an attack on New
York, but soon moving to the Delaware, passing it at Trenton, going
through Philadelphia, where Congress reviewed it.

The library of the Historical Society has a copy of a rare book, an
abridged translation of the Memoirs of the Marshal Count de Rochambeau,
by M. W. E. Wright, published in Paris in 1838, giving that part of the
French original dealing with his American campaigns. The English of
this translation and the queer mistakes in names of men and places make
this a very curious performance ; it does not seem to have invited any

Rosengarten. | 356 [Dec. 21,

attention to Rochambeau’s Memoirs or to the broader subject of the French
forces in America, since then so fully and ably discussed by the late Mr.
Balch in his various elaborate studies of the material he gathered in Paris.
In that treasure house of information on the subject, Doniol’s Histoire de
la Participation dela France a V Htablissement des Etats Unis d' Amerique,
Rochambeau’s name and deeds are frequently recorded. Chosen to com-
mand a descent on the English coast, for his services in the Seven Years’
War had made him preéminent for an independent expedition, he was
suddenly called from the Chateau de Rochambeau, where he had just gone
to take possession on the death of his father. He was assigned to the
leadership of the force sent to America. He was in consultation with La
Fayette as toits details. His instructions are printed in the seventh volume
of Sparks’ Washington, where the letters from Washington to Rocham-
beau, both in this country and after his return to Europe, show the close
ties that bound the two in life-long friendship. a Fayette was full of
zeal and ambition, and acting as intermediary between Washington and
Rochambeau, was at the outset unwilling to defer to the prudence and
experience of the elder soldier, but in the end all worked together har-
moniously with the best results. Rochambeau treated La Fayette with
fraternal tenderness, and even in criticising his impetuous plans, spoke of
himselfas ‘‘le vieux pére qui parle a son cher fils.””’, When Washington and
Rochambeuu met for the first time at Hartford, the former had Knox and
La Fayette with him; the latter Ternay, Chastellux, Fersen, Damas,
Mathieu Dumas. The results of the interview were entrusted to the
younger Rochambeau, who sailed in a ship commanded by Ia Perouse,
to seek in France additional help, men, money and ships. Chastel-
lux and Mathieu Dumas both printed their accounts of their life in
America, the former in 1786, the latter not until 1839, but both show
that France and indeed all Europe were closely following. events
in America. Washington naturally deferred to the older soldier,
but Rochambeau loyally sought to do all he could to assist both
in perfecting plans for military operations and in making them suc-
cessful by the prompt use ofall the means at hand. The fifth volume of
Doniol gives the letters of Rochambeau to the French War Department,
from his accepting the command until he returned to France ; it includes
copies of his correspondence with Washington and with de La Luzerne, the
French Minister in Philadelphia. In his letter accepting his appointment,
he recalls his experience in the battles of Laufeldt, Crefeld and Closter-
camp, and his reasons for a force large enough for all the contingencies of
a war ina distant country. Undoubtedly to him is due the fact of later
reinforcements of men and ships as well as liberal advances of money.
Besides reproducing portraits of Rochambeau from Trumbull, Doniol
gives in his fifth volume a portrait owned by the family, from a miniature
in their possession. Of the son I know of no portrait in this country,
although there isa very good one at the Chateau de Rochambeau, that
might with advantage be reproduced toadd to the growing ealleeye of men
of note in our history.

1894.] 3 ay [Rosengarten.

-In Scharf and Westcott’s History of Philadelphia, Vol. i, p. 414, there is
a record of the visit on August 30, 1781, of Washington and Rochambeau.
They were received by the Light Horse and escorted to the city tavern and
thence to the house of Robert Morris, on Market street, between Fifth and
Sixth. At three o’clock they proceeded to the State House, and paid
their respects to Congress, after which they returned to Mr. Morris’,
where they dined in company with Samuel Huntingdon, the President of
Congress, Gens. Knox, Moultrie and other distinguished officers. In the
evening the city was illuminated.

Mr. Westcott, in his History of Philadelphia, says that they dined with
the President of Congress [of the State ?], Thomas McKean. In the after-
noon the vessels in the Delaware displayed their flags and fired salutes.
On September 3 and 4, the French Army marched through the city.
Their route was down Front and Second street, and past the State House,
where Thomas McKean, as President of the United States, being Chief
Officer of Congress, dressed in black velvet, and sword by his side, his
head covered, reviewed them, receiving the honors due toa sovereign. On
his left were Washington and Rochambeau, uncovered, and on his right the
Chevalier de la Luzerne, the French Minister. After the ceremonies,
President McKean sent a formal letter to Count Rochambeau, expressing
the satisfaction of himself and of Congress at the brilliant appearance and
exact discipline of the several corps.

The regiment Soissonais was exercised on the commons on September
4, in the presence of Congress, the French Minister and the Generals, and
20,000 spectators. The regiment had four field pieces, and went through
all the evoluticns of a skirmish, to the delight and satisfaction of the vast
crowd. On July 15, 1782, Washington and Rochambeau attended the
féte given by the French Minister at his residence in Philadelphia to 1500
guests, in honor of the birthday of the Dauphin of France. His house
was near Sixth and Chestnut streets, where in the evening there were fire-
works on the large loton Chestnut street opposite the Minister’s residence.
Mr. Gérard was elected a member of the Philosophical Society in 1779,
following other illustrious Frenchmen on its rolls, Condorcet, Daubenton,
Barbeu Dubourg, Le Roux, Reynall, Lavoisier, Rozier, and in turn fol-
lowed by Luzerne, Marbois, La Fayette, Chastellux, Vergennes, Guichen,
Rochefoucauld, Cabanis, Brissot de Warville, Du Pont de Nemours, and
all of these have made their mark on both sides the ocean. Thus the
Philosophical Society began its admirable method of recognition of those
who have rendered great public service both in the old world and in the
new.

Washington and La Fayette reached Williamsburg September 14, and
found there La Fayette strongly posted. Barras brought the siege guns
by water, and then took Viomesnil and his troops from Annapolis to
Jamestown, where the whole army was united by September 26. On the
28th the siege of Yorktown was begun, de Grasse landing 600 men from
his fleet to assist the land operations. The American Army was on the

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XxxiII. 146.2 7. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1895.

Rosengarten. ] 358 ! [Dec. 21,

right, the French on the centre and left. On October 19, Cornwallis
surrendered with 8000 men, 214 guns and 22 flags. On the 27th an Eng-
lish fleet of 27 sail came to Cape Henry, but it was too late. The French
took possession of the British quarters at Yorktown, Gloucester, Hampton
and Williamsburg. Later they rejoined Washington at King’s Ferry on the
Hudson. Returning to France, Rochambeau was received with honor by
the King, and, with other French officers who had served with him, was
meted out decorations and promotions. It was on his return from York-
town that here in Philadelphia, as he tells us in his Memoirs, of all
the honors paid him, none touched him more than an address presented
to him by a deputation of Quakers, old men in costumes that he charac-
terizes as quaint from their simplicity, who thanked him, not for his mili-
tary success, of which they told him they had no admiration, but because
of his being the friend of mankind, and for the perfect order and discipline
of his soldiers, and he records with satisfaction the fact that in the three
campaigns he had madein America, there was nota single instance of any
quarrel between soldiers of the French Army and those of the American
Army, a record honorable alike to the soldiers of both nationalities, officers
and enlisted men, too. It is eminently characteristic of the man that in
this hour of glory he interceded on behalf of De Grasse and secured for
him a return to the King’s favor.

Rochambeau in his Memoirs gives a glowing account of the resources of
the country, and says he thought the United States could some day have
a population of thirty millions or more. He made a short visit to England
and was received most cordially, meeting many of Cornwallis’ officers on
avery friendly footing. At the outbreak of the French Revolution he
had both civil and military duties forced on him, and was given the com-
mand of the Army of the North. He was the last Marshal of France ap-
pointed by Louis the XVI, and Napoleon in confirming this distinction
put him first on the list of his Marshals. Forced by ill health to give up
his command, he retired to his Chateau, was arrested and sent to prison
by Robespierre, and after nine months’ confinement, barely escaping
the guillotine, was released without trial, and indeed without formal
charges of any kind. His son was sent to the West Indies, where he was
as successful as possible under the most disadvantageous conditions, but
finally was made a prisoner of war by the English. Paroled by them, he paid
a visit to Washington, and was received by him withevery honor. After
eighteen months he was exchanged, and that for Gen. O’Hara, one of the
English officers captured at Yorktown. He again returned to France, and
was appointed Governor-General of San Domingo. The father congratu-
lated Berthier, who had served under him in America, on his appointment
as Napoleon’s Chief of Staff, and was presented to Napoleon, who wanted
to make him a senator, an honor which he declined on the score of age
and bad health, but he was made Grand Officer of the Legion of Honor.
The son was sent back to France as a prisoner by his own rebellious
subordinates, and the father went to Paris to defend him against charges

OT

Eee ee

st

an ay

al

ty 6 nese

1891.] 309 [Rosengarten.

made by his enemies, but the son was again a prisoner in England, in
spite of the father’s appeal to Cornwallis to remember his release on
parole at Yorktown. The younger Rochambeau finally returned to
France, was made General of Division, and lost his life at the battle of
Leipsic, in 1813. The father had died in 1807, and a grandson, a young
cavalry officer of great promise, praised by Davoust and promoted to a
staff position, lost his leg in the same engagement, and was thus com-
pelled to return to civil life. He lived and died at Rochambeau, and the
stately Chateau is rich in relics of these three generations of gallant
soldiers and of many ancestors of distinction in both civil and military
life. The present Marquis de Rochambeau, himself no mean scholar in
history and archeology, has printed an interesting little volume of sketches
written by the younger General de Rochambeau during the last years of the
eighteenth century, and when he was a prisoner of war in England be-
tween 1803 and 1811; they are drawn from his personal knowledge of the
men and events hastily described—Danton, Robespierre, Barrére, Carnot,
Brissot, Montesquieu, Custines, Biron, Pichegru, among them not a few
who had served with the French Army in the American War of Inde-
pendence, and some of whom achieved great distinction under Napoleon.
It is curious to find that Gen. de Rochambeau suggests that the Duke of
‘Kent be sent to command in Nova Scotia, in the hope that the dissatisfied
party in the United States might find in him a possible candidate for
President, making the office hereditary. As the elder Rochambeau had
suggested to a Brunswick Prince the possibility of founding an empire 1n
America, so the younger Rochambeau believed that the English Govern-
ment had an idea that Americans still cherished a secret affection for the
house of Hanover.

The Marquis de Rochambeau has printed, too, several valuable archeo-
logical works and an account of the Chateau de Rochambeau. He calls
attention to the curious rock grottoes on the hillsides around it, the work
of more than twenty centuries back, for he traces them to the Celts, and
has found evidences of their handiwork, ancient dwelling places of the
very earliest dwellers in the region, and their burial places, too, for skele-
tons of great antiquity, and other evidences of Druidical worship of the
third century, have been found there. The estates were in the family
from the eleventh to the twelfth century, and the deeds and other muni-
ments of titie have been preserved from the fifteenth century, beginning
in 1486, although members of the family are known to have taken part in
the Crusades, one of them under St. Louis of France falling in battle in
Egypt in 1251, while another in return for his services in a campaign in
Italy was granted as motto for his shield the device: ‘* Vivre en preux y
mourir.”’

From 1516 the Chateau and estate of Rochambeau gave the name borne
by the family, and among them some were distinguished in the wars of
the League, others in the navy, one under Jean Bart was made Commodore
in 1741, and another Governor of Vendéme was succeeded in that office

.
Rosengarten. | 560 [Dec. 21,

by his son, who commanded the French forcesin the American War of
Independence, and later on became Marshal of France. The Chateau
itself dates from the twelfth or thirteenth century. It was originally sur-
rounded by walls and flanked with towers. It was rebuilt by Marshal de
Rochambeau in the style of his time, and all that recalled the feudal castle
disappeared to make room for the architecture of the period. The towers
were demolished, but so solid were the foundations that even now when
the water of the Loire is clear the old massive stones on which they
rested can be seen. Now the Chateau isa large main central building
with two wings. Theseare comparatively modern, but the main body is of
very old construction, with massive walls, secret passages and a hidden
entrance to what were once the dungeon keep and underground prisons.
In face of the main entrance a graceful modern chapel has been con-
structed, hollowed out of the soft rock. On one side a great series of stables
and other houses, on the other the long line of very ancient caves, still
used for farm purposes, in which the archeological zeal and intelligence
of the present owner have unearthed many curious relics of its successive
occupants, from those of the stone age, through Gallic and Roman days
down to historic periods quite within our own memory. Indeed so vast
are these artificial caves, that in one of the largest, a whole troop of
cavalry were quartered during the recent French military manceuvres at
Chateaudun, horses and men numbering nearly a hundred each, being
easily accommodated in these roomy, high, airy, dry, well-lighted and
well-ventilated natural dwellings. Where once the crenelated walls of
the Chatean commanded the Loire, there are now broad terraces
and flights of steps and grassy banks leading to the edge of the
river ; on either side of the Chateau fine gardens, and beyond the river
broad meadows planted with fine trees in the style of an English park, so
much affected in France in the last century, while a splendid avenue of a
mile or two leads from the house between the river on one side and the
series of rock caves on the other, to the high road leading to Vendome,
allin admirable preservation, and in striking contrast to the flat plain
that surrounds the famous Chateau de Chambord, and the typical straight
lines of small trees that are so frequent throughout Touraine, depriving
even its historical chateaux of the beauty of the simple Chateau de Rocham-
beau. The present Marquis de Rochambeau, in his interesting monograph
on the Chateau and its vicinity, gives a series of early charters, from the
seventh to the thirteenth century, for churches and properties now in-
cluded in its grounds, and the gift of the ground itself under the name of
Rochambeau in 1486, the will of the first owner of the present family in
1598, the deed of the establishment of its chapel in 1633, and other inter-
esting papers drawn from the family archives and from local and other
public depositories of ancient records. These monographs, that of the
younger General de Rochambeau, and that of the present owner of the
Chateau, are in the library of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania,
which already has on its shelves the Memoirs of the Count de Rochambeau,

a
1894.] 361 [ Rosengarten.

the Commander of the French Allied Troops in the War of American In-
dependence, and the archeological writings of the present owner are in the
library of the American Philosophical Society. Iam very sure that the
present owners of the Chateau will be glad to know that the name of
Rochambeau is stil] borne in honor and affection in this country. The
official papers of Rochambeau as Commander of the French Army in this
country have very properly been obtained by the Government of the
United States, and are now safely deposited in Washington, where no
doubt they will be made accessible to students of American history.
His private papers are still preserved in the family Chateau, where he lived
and died, and it would be very interesting if his correspondence with those
he left there, during his service in this country, could be made public, for
we should have from a man of large experience his judgment and opinions
of the American patriots and statesmen and soldiers with whom he was in
daily communication, and we should know how this old French noble-
man and soldier was impressed by the country and the people. His
printed Memoirs are very favorable in every thing he says of the country
and of its people, but they deal in generalities after the fashion of the day.
No doubt they give rather his general impressions as he transmitted them
by word of mouth to a literary man, who really edited them to suit his
own views of how biography ought to be written, than with any fidelity
to the plain speech of the old soldier, whose experiences in a long life
must have been so wide and so varied. No doubt, too, after the rough
usage of the French Revolution, with actual imprisonment and the threat
of the guillotine, he looked back on his stay in America, at the head of a
well-disciplined and well-equipped force of old soldiers, surrounded by
officers who represented the flower of the French aristocracy in its best
estate, as a period of great expectations, more than realized by the pros-
perity of the infant Republic, in great contrast to the violent changes in
France, the sad days of the declining monarchy, its violent overthrow,
the stormy days of the French Revolution, its excesses, and the strong
measures by which Napoleon reéstablished the heavy hand of military
power in France and over Europe, and the brilliant years of his empire
after its first proclamation. When the elder Rochambeau died, Napoleon
was at the very zenith of his power, and when the younger Rochambeau
fell at Leipsic, Napoleon’s star was still in the ascendant. It would be
most gratifying to learn whether their private correspondence and family
and other papers are still preserved, and to have them printed, if not in
full, at least at sufficient length to give to the growing army of American
historical students a better knowledge of the Rochambeaus as they lived
and thought, and of their opinions of the men of the new country to
whose future greatness they had contributed so largely. That they came
of old historic and military stock, tracing its home back to Celtic days,
and their family to ancestral Crusaders, made them all the more helpful
for the Republic of the New World.

362 [Nov. 2,
Stated Meeting, November 2, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A circular from the Executive Committee in honor of Prof.
Guido Cora, Turin, Italy, requesting contributions for his
twenty-fifth anniversary.

The following societies were reported as having been placed
on the list to receive the Society’s Proceedings: Societé Fran-
caise de Physique, Redaction de la Melusine, Paris, France;
Societi Toscana di Scienze Naturali, Il Nuovo Cimento, Pisa,
Italy ; American Academy of Medicine, Haston, Pa. ;. Ameri-
can Archeological and Asiatic Association, Nevada, Ia. ;
Iowa Masonic Library, Cedar Rapids, Ia.; Field Columbian
Museum, Chicago, Ill.; University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wis.; Historical Society of Southern California, Los Angeles,
Cal.; California Historical Society, San Francisco, Cal. ;
Associacion de Ingeneiros y Aryuitectos de México, Mexico ;
Observatorio Meteorolégico Central, Xalapa, Mexico.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Govern-
ment Geologist, Adelaide, Australia; Congrés Internationaux,
Moscow, Russia; Finska Litteratur-Sillskapet, Helsingfors,
Finland ; R. Societatis Scientiarum, Upsal, Sweden; R. Acad-
émie des Sciences, Amsterdam, Netherlands; Mittelschweizer-
ische Geographisch-Kommerzielle Gesellschaft, Aarau, Switzer-
Jand ; Société Fribourgeoise des Sciences Naturelles, Fribourg,
Switzerland; K. K. Militér-Geographisches Institut, Vienna,
Austria; Centralbureau der Internationale Erdmessung, K. P,
Geoditische Institut, Berlin, Prussia; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft, Hmden, Prussia; Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany ; Naturhistorische
Gesellschaft, Niirnberg, Bavaria; Verein fiir Vaterlindische
Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart ; Ministére des Travaux
Publics, Paris, France; Cobden Club, London, England ;
Islenzka Fornleif af jelags, Reykjavik; Agricultural Hxperi-
ment Station, Burlington, Vt.; Society of Natural History,

1894.] 363

Boston, Mass.; N. H. Colony Historical Society, New Haven,
Conn.; Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N. Y.; Geologi-
cal Survey of Pennsylvania, Dr. Bushrod W. James, Messrs.
B.S. Lyman, MacCalla & Company, Philadelphia; Commissio
Geographica e Geologica, San Paulo, Brazil.

The following decease of members was announced :

Prof. J. A. Froude, London, England, October 20, 1894,
eet: TT.

Col. Garrick Mallery, Jr., Washington, D. C., October 25,
1894, set. 63.

Dr, William Goodell, Philadelphia, October 27, 1894, zet. 65.

On motion the President was authorized to appoint at his
leisure a suitable person to prepare the obituary notice of Dr.
Goodell.

The consideration of the amendments to the Laws, post-
poned from the last meeting, came up as the stated business of
the Society.

On motion, the consideration of the pending amendments
was resumed.

Dr. Greene moved that the further consideration of Articles
1-5 inclusive, Chapter I, be indefinitely postponed, which
motion was carried, ayes 16, nays 7.

Sections 6 and 7, Chapter I, were put to a vote and carried
as follows:

Secrion 6. Such members as reside within thirty miles of the hall of
the Society, and such other members as desire to vote at the meetings and
elections, shall pay an admission fee of ten dollars, and annually there-
after, on the first Friday of January, a contribution of five dollars. The
payment of one hundred dollars at one time, by a member not in arrears,
shall exempt him from all future annual payments.

Section 7. Members-elect, residing within thirty miles of the hall,
shall lose the right of membership unless they subscribe the Laws and
pay their admission fee within one year after their election. Any mem-
ber liable to an annual contribution, who shall neglect or refuse to pay
the same for the term of two years, shall be notified by the Treasurer in
writing, on or before the second Friday in January after such default,
that his rights as a member are suspended ; and, in case the said arrears,
together with the contribution due on the first Friday in January after

such notice, shall not be paid to the Treasurer on or before the said last-
named day, the membership of such defaulting member shall be forfeited,

364 [Nov. 2,

his name stricken from the roll, and reported to the Society by the Treas-
urer.

On motion, Section 5, Chapter II, of the amendments was
indefinitely postponed.

The amendments to Chapter VIII as to the Library and
the Librarian were referred to the Library Committee.

Chapter IX, Section 3, was amended and carried as follows:

Section 3. Ywenty qualified voters present at any stated or special
meeting shall be a quorum, and be competent to elect members, dispose
of property, appropriate money, and award premiums ; but no property
shall be alienated or encumbered, except by the vote of three-fourths of
the qualified voters present, and given at two successive stated meetings.
For the transaction of the ordinary business, the reception and reference
of communications on literary, scientific or other subjects, the members
present shall be deemed competent to act, and, in the absence of quali-
fied voters, shall form a quorum.

Chapter VII, Section 7, was amended and carried as fol-
lows:

Section 7. The President and Senior Secretary of the Society shall be,
ex-officio, the President and Clerk at their meetings ; and seven of their
number shall be a quorum.

It was ordered that consideration of the above amendments
be made the stated business of the ensuing meeting, copies of
the amended regulations to be sent to the members with the
meeting notices, with notice that the same will then come up
for final adoption.

Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman read a paper on “Some Coal
Measure Sections near Peytona, West Virginia.”

Prof. Barker presented a paper entitled “The Atomic Mass
of Tungsten,” by Prof. Edgar F. Smith and E. D. Desi; also
one on “The Atomic Mass of Tungsten,” by Prof. Kdgar F.
Smith and Mary E. Pennington.

Dr. Alfred C. Stokes presented (through the Secretaries) a
paper entitled, “ Notices of Presumably Undescribed Infu-
soria.”’

On motion of Dr. Greene, it was

Resolved, A Committee of three be appointed to consider the expediency

of providing a light collation after each stated meeting of the Society, or
at stated intervals, in the Society’s rooms, and that the Committee be

1894.] 365

given power to act provided no expense be incurred by the Society by
such action.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, November 16, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

An invitation from the Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie,
Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Berlin, Prussia, to attend the
twenty-fifth anniversary of its foundation, November 17,
1894.

Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Academy of
Sciences, Amsterdam, Netherlands; K.Geologische Landesan-
stalt und Bergakademie, Berlin, Prussia; R. Instituto di Studi
Superiori, Firinze, Italia; Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle,
Ministére des Travaux Publics, Paris, France; Agricultural
Experiment Stations, Burlington, Vt., Amherst, Mass., Buffalo,
Ney slthaea, N:-Y., College Park, Md. Raleigh, N. (Cz
Knoxville, Tenn., Agricultural College, Miss., Manhattan,
Kans., Brookings, 8. Dak.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Uni-
versetets-Bibliotheket, Christiania, Norway (144); R. Norwe-
gian Society of Sciences, Throndhjem (144); K. Zoologisch-
Botanisch Genootschap, The Hague, Hollaad (144); Royal
Zodlogical Society (144), Royal Academy of Sciences, Amster-
dam, Netherlands (140-142, and Trans., xvii, 3; viii, 1);
Musée Teyler, Harlem, Holland (144); Maatschappij van
Nederlandsche Letterkunde, Leiden, Holland (144); Anthro-
pologische Gesellschaft (142, 144), K. K. Geologische Keichs-
anstalt (144), Dr. Aristides Brezina (142, 144), Prof. EK. Suess,
Vienna, Austria (142, 144); Verein fiir Geographie u. Statis-
tik, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany (140-142); Naturwissen-
schaftliche Verein des Reg. Bez. Frankfurt-an-der-Oder, Prussia

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXII. 146.2 U. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1895.

366 [Noy. 16,

(142, 144); Societi Africana d'Italia, Naples, Italy (144);
Brown University, Providence, R. I. (144); Oregon Agricul-
tural College, Corvallis (140, 145).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Physika-
lisch-Technische Reichsanstalt, Messrs. Friedliinder & Sohn,
Berlin, Prussia; Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlindische
Cultur, Breslau, Prussia; Voetlindische Alterthumsforschende
Verein, Hohenleuben, Saxony ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein,
Regensburg, Bavaria; Marquis de Rochambeau, Vendome,
France; Meteorological Office, London, England; Dr. Samuel
A. Green, Boston, Mass.; Dr. J. C. Morris, Mr. Frederick
Prime, Philadelphia; Rev. Prof. Frank P. Manhart, Selins-
grove, Pa.; U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
D. C.; Pullman's Palace Car Co, Chicago, Ill.; Lick Observ-
atory, Mt. Hamilton; Prof. Dr. L. Harpérath, Buenos Ayres,
S. A.; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Geneva, N. Y.;
Charleston, W. Va., Columbus, O.

A eabinet photograph of Mr. W. W. Jefferis was presented
by himself.

The President reported that he had appointed Messrs.
Greene, Brinton and Phillips as the Committee on Collation
after Meeting provided for in the resolution of November 2,
1894.

Owing to the absence of a constitutional quorum, action on
the proposed amendments to the Laws was postponed until
the next stated meeting of the Society.

Pending nominations Nos. 1278, 1274, 1276-1808 inclusive
and new nomination No. 1304 were read.

Specimens of the Anaglyph, the latest discovery of Ducos
Du Hauron, the French photo scientist, were shown by Mr.
Julius F. Sachse. The subject was discussed by Dr. J. Cheston
Morris, Prof. W. H. Greene, Dr. D. G. Brinton, Dr. George H.
Horn and others.

Dr. Brinton moved that the President be authorized and
empowered to appoint, at his leisure, a committee of five
members to devise and report an improvement in the Laws
respecting the election of members.

1894.] 367

(The President subsequently appointed Messrs. Brinton,
Prime, Morehouse, Greene and Cattell).

Dr. Morris moved to refer the resolution to Council with
directions to report upon the same at the next meeting of the
Society.

Dr. Morris’ motion, being put to a vote, was lost.

The original motion then being put, was carried.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, December 7, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Corresondence was submitted as follows:

Letters of envoy were received from the Institut Eeyptien,
Cairo; Australasian Association for Advancement of Science,
Adelaide; Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney, Aus-
tralia; Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Schlesische
Gesellschaft fiir Vaterlindische Cultur, Breslau, Prussia;
Vogtlindische Alterthumsforschende Verein, Hobenleuben,
Saxony; M. de Nadaillac, Paris, France; Royal Observatory,
Greenwich. England; Zodlogical and Statistical Societies,
London, England; Dr. Isaac Roberts, Starfield, Crowbor-
ough, Sussex, England; Bureau of Statistics of Labor, Bos-
ton, Mass.; American Academy of Medicine, Haston, Pa. ;
Prof. J. P. Lesley, Philadelphia ; Committee on Finance, U.S.
Senate, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington. D.C. ;
Agricultural Experiment Stations, Lake City, Fla. New
Orleans, La., College Station, Tex.; Fort Collins, Colo., St.
Anthony Park, Minn., Tucson, Ariz.; Kansas Academy of
Science, Topeka; Direccion General de Hstadistica, Mexico,
Mexico.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Austra-
lasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Adelaide ;
Government Museum, Madras, India; K. P. Akademie der

368 [Dec. 7,

Wissenschaften, Berlin, Prussia; Nassauische Verein fiir Natur-
kunde, Wiesbaden, Prussia; Biblioteca N. C. di Firenze,
Italia; Marquis de Nadaillac, M. Levasseur, Paris, France;
Meteorological Office, London, England; Dr. Isaac Roberts,
Starfield, Crowborough, Sussex, England; Royal Observatory,
Cape of Good Hope, Africa; H. G. Pearson Memorial Com-
mittee, New York ; American Academy of Medicine, Kaston,
Pa.; Miss Elizabeth Harvey Morison, Philadelphia ; Commit-
tee on Finance, Washington, D.C.; Public Library, Cincinnati,
O.; Director of the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, IIl.;
Direccion General de Estadistica, Mexico, Mexico; Agricultural
Experiment Stations, New Haven, Conn. Byran, Tex.,
Auburn, Ala.

Mr. Charles A. Rutter presented to the Cabinet, through
Dr. J. C. Morris, photographs of the Mexican Sacrificial Stone
and Mexican Calendar Stone.

Dr. Charles S. Dolley read an obituary notice of the late
John M. Maisch.

The following deaths were announced :

Rev. James McCosh (Princeton, N. J.), November 16, 1894,
eet. 85.

Hon. Robert C. Winthrop (Boston, Mass.), November 16,
1894, eet. 85.

The following amendments to the Laws laid over from the
last meeting were considered and being put to a vote were
carried unanimously, a constitutional quorum being present
and voting.

Sections 9 and 10, Chapter I, were put to a vote and carried as follows:

‘Section 9. Such members as reside within ¢hirty miles of the hall of
the Society, and such other members as desire to vote at the meetings and
elections, shall pay an admission fee of ten dollars, and annually there-
after, on the first Friday of January, a contribution of five dollars. The
payment of one hundred dollars at one time, by a member not in arrears,
shall exempt him from all future annual payments.

“‘SecTion 10. Members-elect residing within thirty miles of the hall
shall lose the right of membership unless they subscribe the Laws and
pay their admission fee within one year after their election. Any mem-
ber Jiable to an annual contribution, who shall neglect or refuse to pay
the same for the term of two years, shall be notified by the Treasurer in

1894.] 369

writing, on or before the second Friday in January after such default,
that his rights as a member are suspended ; and, in case the said arrears,
together with the contribution due on the first Friday in January after
such notice, shall not be paid to the Treasurer on or before the said last-
named day, the membership of such defaulting member shall be forfeited,
his name stricken from the roll, and reported to the Society by the Treas-
wrens. -

Chapter IX, Section 3, was amended and carried as follows:

“Section 3. Twenty qualified voters present at any stated or special
meeting shall be a quorum, and be competent to elect members, dispose
of property, appropriate money, and award premiums; but no property
shall be alienated or encumbered, except by the vote of three-fourths of
the qualified voters present, and given at two successive stated meetings.
For the transaction of the ordinary business, the reception and reference
of communications on literary, scientific or other subjects, the members
present shall be deemed competent to act, and, in the absence of quali-
fied voters, shall form a quorum.’’

Chapter VII, Section 7, was amended and carried as follows :

“‘SectTion 7. The President and Senior Secretary of the Society shall be,
ex-officio, the President and Clerk at their meetings; and seven of their
number shall be a quorum.”’

On motion the Committee was discharged.

The following report was presented from the Committee
appointed November 16, 1894, to report a new method of
electing members:

The Committee appointed by resolution of the Society dated November
16, to report desirable alterations in the By-Laws touching the election of
members, recommend as follows :

That Sections 2, 3 and 4 of Chapter I of the Laws of the Society be
repealed, and that in their place the following laws be substituted :

«2. A Standing Committee on Resident Membership shall be elected
by the Society, on the third Friday in January, to consist of six mem-
bers, the term of office of two of whom shall expire each year, and none
of whom shall be eligible for immediate reélection ; the function of which
Committee shall be to examine carefully the claims of each candidate
offered for membership, and to which Committee all nominations fur mem-
bership shall be sent, signed by at least three members of the Society,
none of whom shall be members of the Committee on Nominations.

«©3. That at the meeting of the Society previous to that assigned for the
election of members, the Committee on Nominations shail report to the
Society on all nominations which were received by it previous to its last
meeting, reporting which candidates received an affirmative vote of at
least four out of the six members of the Committee, and which candidates
received less than that number; and this report shall be printed and sent,

370 [Deer 21;

under seal, to each resident member of the Society, at least one week before
the evening of the election; provided, however, that said Committee,
before reporting to the Society the names of any candidates who have
received less than four affirmative votes, shall notify the proposers of
such candidates, in order that their names may be withdrawn, if their
proposers so desire.

‘‘4, Nominations for non-resident membership shall be signed by at
least three members of the Society who are not of Council, and sent in to
the Board of Officers and Council, who shall recommend for election such
as they deem desirable, and the election of such shall be in the same man-
ner and at the same time as above specified for resident members.”’

And to add to Section 6, of Chapter I, these words:

‘“And any candidate shall be deemed duly chosen who shall have
received in his favor a majority of the votes cast.’’

D. G. Brinton, Chairman,
FREDERICK PRIME,
GEORGE R. MOREHOUSE,
W. C. CAaTTELL,

WILuIAM H. GREENE.

The same was ordered to be made the special order of busi-
ness for the next meeting, notice thereof to be sent to the mem-
bers.

The Committee on Dr. Cope’s Paper reported favorably on
its publication and was discharged.

The Committee on Collation reported, and was indefinitely
continued.

Pending nominations Nos. 1278, 1274, 1276-1808 (inclu-
sive) were read, new nomination 1304 was read, and the
Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, December 21, 1894.

President, Mr. FRALEY, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A circular letter was received from the R. Accademia di
Scienze Lettere ad Arti, Modena, Italy, announcing the prizes
which have been awarded during 1898-94. Also one from

1894.] BYE!

the same Society announcing the death of its Secretary, Cav.
Avv. Pietro Bortolotti.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen, Denmark (144);
Colonial Museum, Haarlem, Holland (144); Friesch Genootschap,
Leeuwarden, Netherlands (144); Drs. Friedrich 8S. Krauss
(142, 144), Friedrich Miiller, Vienna, Austria (142, 144, 145);
Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenburg, Ger-
many (142, 144); Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bamberg,
Bavaria (142, 144); K. Bibliothek (144), Redaction der
Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschri/t, Berlin, Prussia (142,
144); Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Bremen, Germany
(145); K. Leopoldina Carolina Academie der Deutschen Natur-
forscher, Halle a. S., Prussia (144); Dr. Henri de Saussure,
Geneva, Switzerland (144); R. Accademia dei Lincei, R.
Comitato Geologico d'Italia, Rome, Italy (144); Société
Linnéenne, Bordeaux, France (14+); Faculté des Sciences,
Marseilles, France (145); Bureau des Longitudes (142), Rédac-
tion Cosmos (145), Mr. A. Des Cloizeaux (144), Profs. A.
Daubree (144), E. Mascart (145), Marquis de Nadaillac, Paris,
France (145); Mr. Samuel Timmins, Arley, Coventry, Hag.
(145); University Library, Cambridge, Eng. (145); Royal
Society, British Association, Zodlogical Society, R. Meteoro-
logical Society, R. Institution of Great Britain, R. Astronomi-
cal Society, R. Statistical Society, Linnean Society, Victoria
Institute, Mr. Archibald Geikie, London, Eng. (145); Dr.
Isaac Roberts, Starfield, Crowborough, Sussex, Hng. (145);
Royal Society of Edinburgh, Prof. James Geikie, Kdinburgh,
Scotland (145); Lord Kelvin, Glasgow, Scotland (145); Royal
Dublin Society, Dublin, Ireland (145); Nova Scotian Institute
of Science, Halifax (138); American Antiquarian Society,
Worcester, Mass. (145); Brown University, Providence, R. 1.
(144); Society Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N. Y. (144); Geo-
logical Society of America, Rochester, N. Y. (185, 140);
Messrs. Robert P. Field, William W. Jefferis, Philadelphia
(145); Mr. E. T. im Thurn, Georgetown, British Guiana (142,
144).

372 [Dec. 21, 1894.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the R.
Ministero della Instruzione Publica, Padova, Italia; R. Ac-
cademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Modena, Italy ; Societa
Reale, Naples, Italy; R. Istituto Veneto di Scienze Lettere ed
Arti, Venice, Italy; Marquis de Nadaillac, Paris, France ;
Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society, Halifax, Eng. ;
Victoria Institute, London, Eng.; Radcliffe Observatory,
Oxford, Eng.; John Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. ;
Bureau of Ethnology, United States Geological Survey of the
Rocky Mountain Region, Washington, D. C.; Secretaria di
Fomento, Mexico, Mexico.

The following death was announced:

Prof. Paul Albrecht, Hamburg, Germany.

Mr. Rosengarten read a paper entitled “The Chateau de
Rocham beau.”

Publication Committee reported that it had ordered the
publication of Dr. Cope’s paper for the 7ransactions.

Pending nominations Nos. 1273, 1274, 1276-1303 (inclu-
sive), and new nomination No. 1304 were read.

Owing to the absence of the quorum required by the Laws
of the Society, the report of the Finance Committee was not
acted upon, the appropriations were not: passed, and candidates
for membership were not balloted for.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

EEE ee

INDEX TO VOL. XXXIII.

Stated Meetings Held.

Page Page.

PSOSs DUP NV iain eal (py hii sje ee L,,, | 1804, May 1S i carey eae metas anh tenes 256

January 19 : se Lal September fins cisincell soe ae ~ 261
LEME) DUT EDL) Ase es i 144 September 2) heen feel oon
PRE TOMU REVO, eats) ty sho et ie Se 146 @elober'b ys Si ee ect oh ieee ee 268
WETREL oy Ene oe ee 150 October 19. See, tet 276
March 16 . 135 November 2a ae . 362
YG OV Le a or 159 Novemberl6-..... 365
PA OUC OME stat curse a Ys. cr sl sas 160 Decemben7. 5) 4; jaa ees 367
Mea eran ec 2's 253 Mecember-2ie vv asarwie ae eee 370
New Members Elected.
February 16, 1894,

No. 2227. Henry A. Dupont, «.. -.. . . Wilmington, Del ....... = . 149
2228. Sir Henry Bessemer, ....... ondons Pine ope y.\ eavies co ee 149
2229. Hermann Snellen, 2. Utrecht, Netherlandsi2). 40.) core one ee 149
SZAU KAIST SACHS, <.. . . 42 a sk Rhiladclphin. 7.1.18 1 old ak eee 149

Decease of Members.

George de Benneyille Keim ...... 35)|| hordiGoleridge:s yess eae ae eee 261

Charles MisOressolic, a. fio as eee 3 Brugsch Bey’s a5 ae eee eee 267

DIOMUMIS DUCK meter ks) es ef 3 | Hemrich Helminoltzes cane seeen ee 267

Oswald Seidemsticker.... ..... 143 | William Dwight Whitney ....... 267

VOMNMOCYDURG es oe 144 | William\T. Bamard. 33.5 267

William’ Trowbridge |... 2... +. 144 | Rear Admiral Edward Y. Macauley . . 267

Cente aVevOmnlgdsiter! 2h ols sm 149 Oliver Wendell Holmes ........ 279

PUTT MOORE re OFS x) pecs fa acy aa $490\| a0. AG Mtroudeyr suena nee eeien ote 363

Cav. Damiano Muonil.. <..:.... 156 Garmick Mallory.) Jira cien care) eae 353

Hebrown-sequard. 26... 5 =. . «160 William! Goodell 23) Wes cnet se 363

pine CanlifieOwen.! .. so... v. . 160 James! MoCoshiiy a ash csoeee ot ists nc 368

Hon. Washington Townsend. - . 160 Robert/G Winthrop. os. i 2.072 6 868

WilljmmiV. Keating: . 20. 25. 6 1 161) |) PaultAlbrechtis ses cece sone < » 372

Jao) ony DE) 125 OG Se ee 267

Obituary Notices Ordered.

George de Benneville Keim by Daniel G. Brinton. .....-.......6+.... 143

Comaladiseigensticker Dy. Ve El prechit raise. Greene) Sl sla) ele) er hi ccl see, Sakis 145

Witla Keating by Dr, Ruschenberzer: . Gti Mertens ss te - dc chee «oles 259

EE) SRD Si ite rsa a 267, 270

Rear Admiral Edward Y. Macauley by Persifor Frazer.
PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXxIII. 146. 2 v.

PRINTED JAN. 22, 1895.

d74.

Obituary Notice Read. Page.
Thomas M. Cleemann by Frederick Prime........-...+..-. + « «160; 177, 279:
George de Benneville Keim by Daniel G. Brinton. ...........-.-. . 187, 192, 256
DouneM, Mateoh by Charlesis, Dolley cisrnrcvshel< uensuarsteuely) curacn cine: . 845, 352, 868

Acceptance of Membership.

Henrrss, Dupont, Wilnonetom, Del ict sls ale nie ie) ote state ta Bre eae a af eh GR ODU.
Sir’ Henry’ Bessemer, London; Bing. seis ss heen esas eee as peu LOD:

Written Communications.

Bacup, R. Meape

On the Seeret of the Brownian Moyements..... . PR meat ors 7 162, 168, 176

ANY WIDL pa Deoh (el Ifa) gat fup-ohay-araes ah Aho Grn ner PP eriateerr eae cube vin tsi,
Barrp, Henry Carey.

Association; The Dominating Need of Man and the Keynote of Social

yl ris eye bet gtr Le tOe terra hyo Ae cetieae «ip 0! pore: Loe, AO) LT

Brinton, D. G.

Nagualism. A Study in Native American Folk-lore and History .... . .4, 11,78

Brown, Amos PBASLEE.
A Comparative Study of the Chemical Behavior of Pyrite and Mar-
GABLE ew aia heliek > sarca tale cia o see acid Tht -@. Leal bai etorouke aezeat nl tener Re RE e
CHAMBERLAIN, A. T.

On Botanical Names in the Language of the Kootenay Indians of Southeastern
Lhe ufo bys MC heey) 5 pig riers ahsy Gar eld, etre, wape ud ee Raa aoa

Corn, E. D.
On the/Bishos of Rio Grande do Sul... 2.0 bs nie +0 + oo we ye a. eee OS
On the Structure of the Skullin the Plesiosaurian Reptilia, and on Two New
Species from the Upper Cretaceous ... . » » » 00+» «es 2 ww + 100) 115,040

On‘the LunesorthsOnpnidign «seu tele soe oa cee oe ate 7 4an8 217; 224, 259

Qn the:Taxonomy ofthe Ophidia.\.. . 1. » +.» e+. ss PPR ia retro
Frazer, PERSIFOR.

Three New Methods for the Detection of Forgery............ 251, 252, 259
HuBBARD, Jessa W. é

The Yolk Nucleus in Cymatogaster aggregatus Gibbons... ... . Si ep aloes ee
Lyman, BungAmin, SMira.

Age of the Newark Brownstonel. Vo. 5 <4) ss ss ue ue a> OMe ae 5, 10, 144

Map of the New Red, New Jereey,%. ¢ utes ses « seen aenatepeeunnnies 160, 198

Correction of a Statement made by Dr, Frazer in Proceedings No. 140; cscs 5 samen

Some New Red Horizons. . sieis ah «sch lecs 8 8 > Parike eeet Ce clac 192, 216, 259

Some Coal Measure Sections near Peytona, W. Va........ « . 282, 809, 864
Morats, J. C.

On Moberculosisin Amimals’., vigesnettv acne sunset menTeinnEne . . » 158, 155

Onithewithics or Solomon .:;. 2) cewimictieetn renieg aa Kaetiee aes . 270, 810, 832

PENNINGTON AND SMITH.
The Atomic Mass of Tungsten......... MAO ARG Watencn ate 882, 386, 364

375

ROSENGARTEN, JOSEPH G. Page.
Mine Chateawde Rochambeau +. +1 5. deecss ie) eels Gite fe be ba pers « . odo, BOL, giz

RotTurRock, J. T.

Horestsiof Pennsylvania. ‘2 \j<: xs % a aaeen., o reeieen eet paieionen one is . . 114, 133
The Present Condition and Future Prospect of the Pennsylvania Forests... . 153

Scort, W. B.
Notes on the Osteology of Agriochcerus Leidy (Artionyx O. & W.). . . 248, 251, 259

SMITH AND Dest.
The Atomic Mass of Tungsten..........-. Ss ey aaa ee 27, 238, a64

Sroxes, ALFRED C.
Notices of Presumably Undescribed Infusoria ............. 338, 345, 364

Wriaut, Dr.
A Bacteriological Study of the Water Supply of Philadelphia.......... 143

Oral Communications.

Corsz, E. D.
OPE ere vee VOMIDION: 2) joie." 0 orgy arip ee iin gee. sl edouhephoule’ Herren oxtee ewe 149
On Some:Points of the Anatomy of the Ophidia. ...........5.4.5-. 160
In Reference to a Review in the Archiv fiir Anthropologie (Braun-
BChWeIe, 1895). cans ss és et oe ee et om eS eae 7 267, 268
FRAZER, PERSIFOR.
Remarc Onei re kymMan’s: PAPEL 95 2 isc ute. ofc bes abe sue ols) ease 216, 217
On his own work in Adams, York, Lancaster and Cumberland Counties. . . . 259

PRIME, FREDERICK.

On the Gold Regions of South Africa... ..... Be ecies See A itmsatigt os 261
Miscellaneous.

Amendments to the Laws of the Society, Statement of Librarian. ... . SONG aie 279

CO STATOL ALG Cpe ie Tg fat ay coc” (ove! ot Sh terol es telah siijctne) syia ol ehtst esi Teneeins 368, 369, 370

Appleton, W. H., presented tothe Chair. ...- 2.2.0. 2 fee sae Sst ete toe 1
Baird, Henry Carey, letter from, presenting on behalf of the contributors, a portrait

Gk Geaes (Ci i eee en RC hes oc uc nda! 5, bere 255

Board of Officers and Council Proceedings submitted. .......... ates see te 149

Borovko, N., Odessa, Russia, letter in reference to an International Language. . . . 262

iHoMoloui Cavarcyvrbietro; Geath Of. ssc ¢ she 4) 0S ol se Rw el ewes 370, 371
Childs, George W., the President requested to prepare a note in reference to the death

Ole POETS Rs Cle reste ie torrets les Seisiel te era deta: Rabie ents Soeeie sks Jah eaons

CORVEULUDC EM UTTHIA Es 5% Jets; Soe 2) ces ve a) 1s) ANE eres om Pelyeeewe ieee! is] ce (a Te . . 143

On Publication—Report on paper by Dr. Wright... .......... 2. 189

Ordered Dr. Cope’s paper to be published in Thanbactiona: worse RE

On Finance—Report presented... .... Feehan cn Onde Heck Gee SO site as | eee

On Michaux Legacy—Report and resolution presented ............ 4,5

Wie Mlemoerin! Dinner; sss iste ius te oe aR aie ome ek eesti 162, 256

ROTEL OMSET Dycle cars, ss ls) a) 18) Sahn ol eel in ate Uiadusn imegiet ot ee . - . 162, 256

(ONS) .0701 Via Po) 0 a See Ra Boer meatetres Fhe ein. Nese ns Speman eLee

To Consider the State of the Society, etc., Report... ......... . 270, 276, 369

To Examine and Report upon a Paper by E. D. Cope. .......... . 267, 370

To Examine and Report upona Paper by Dr. Wright. ......... 143, 144, 145

Congres International des Americanistes, delegates appointed to meeting of. . . . . 146

376

Page.
Congrés Internationale des Orientalistes, Geneva, resolution appointing Rev. Robert
Wis ROgersidelegate to the’... ioiwetat am atc oo ree Ehapee nen een ithe Le
Cora, Prof. Guido, circular from Executive Committee in honor of, requesting con-
tributions for his twenty-fifth anniversary... ...... at Seon tc » . 062
Coues, Dr. Elliott, returned the Lewis & Clarke MSS... ... . “eR setEae) Woemnee SS Sane
DuPont, Col. Henry, presented tothe Chair............ 22 SEY Se eae 256
Fraley, Hon. Frederick, resolutiou with reference to a public dinner to be given
on the ninetieth anniversary of his birth..... . Se 3 Me eee 162
Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Berth, Prussia, invita-
tion to. attend its twenty-fifth anniversary = 2). . ss cy) ci ced eeleante naires 265

Heckel, Prof. Ernest, circular inviting subscriptions towards a memorial bust of. . . 144
Imp. Russian Geographical Society, communication in reference to the Naval Meteoro-

Logical Journals) «4. 1kh crate caer rom eects WevieMceeen aceite etic om arent a IEA Se 262
Librarian nominated...... Shey (ep aie Bein) AaCCane eh gta dentate coco Oke RM Eek kee enemas = re
Reélected. Geo Genoa ianost © Ais! kek koh stems tenes at Nh RM, . . 1438
Maryland Historical Society, invitation irom’ to its fiftieth QNNLVEPSALYs eye ye eos 15d

Mexican Sacrificial Stone and Mexican Calendar Stone, photograph presented. . . . 368
Motions connected with the amendments to the Laws of the Society. Prof. Cope, 280, 281

NT EATATTLG 50. Ge, ve: oy jay fa road, oe sites re Clore aoe aPM Circa pte M Siete aremeaaare 276, 279, 280, 281
=\y Bragg a's (Ce) (EY oh Oe eR OMNI at BET SR ga th a a! GARE Soll be. so DE DOO
Ws Greene. ests. ts bertas, ela ae Beni Aro tite ae AoA ee incr rie t= 280, 281, 363
DEP VLOLTIS sche te Meer bare Hot) ca altaid ar Weghionliellsaited ty ete SoS roe Sale wok gets peepee

Dr, Greene, to provide a collation after the meetings of tee Society. ss 3 « OO, 308
Dr. Morris, a vote of thanks to the donors of the portrait of George Ord. . . . 256
Mr. Price, to postpone the election of members until next regular meeting. . . 259

NiROnN Chive Damiano fa SHOT ECCOMMLIOL Msc come materi in air lurere Miteyiy re tire gee eat 156
Nederlandsche Maatschappij ter bevordering van Nijverhied, Harlem, circular offer-
TMS PTIZS LOT ILS OL se ak Osa, Sai va dee auntie elites PESTA Ge ee anal na c 1
Newberry, John Strong, Fund for the Endowment of Original Scientific esearch’
CY HE VENT AlA barns oysalloinloecM ine Sia nus obake Bloke die c a « 6 bon - . 144
Nominationsiread:) 2) 2.7 a . 4, 144, 145, 155, 157, 160, 162, O56, 261, 268, 270, 370, 372
Nominations Beet SPP UuE Wires dA gbie tear, | is sliufoi ge vous ean ca tits hae fa ease eee eliee
Nomination eitheeaann CSU e ee MOR CMON CH: cr Oss fC, ty GS Eee a oe Red RSS . 145
Paleographical Society of Australasia, Sydney, Cb US | Ut a oem AROSE epee) tac ot 262
Peter, Ben. D., letter from, announcing the death of his father ............ 256
Photographs seco Te R. Meade Bache ..... Bod gnome 0 EOC tart ec oe.
Mr; Phones Me Clean is i Sco. 0 ely enyete sist bc real. ayia ego) earl air me on a PE
Prof. Oswaid Seidensticker ....... AER Sa ORO eis too, a o:koy aukec teenies
PLOT. WOMeye sah, dectia: etlap cual Gekeaeeanen Oh ee foe neem nae ieee esaei, teres
IPFOl MUStiO NVINSOR tee sears RASC rad at) cout ae esc 144
Prof. John Tyndall cs. sarah And aes 4 oh footie Cue AO noes 1438
Marquis de Nadaillaec ..... oh deletes a onan rates Boa ap tay Nee ae ears 149
MrssHelen AibbottMichaeli ys a vice saie aia lame safe yidhce cowry co. . 149
DraGeorge AR... MorehouSOis ceamelsckitierten Cai en aire Caren FER Matec tye vol S
Nie Wy Aue, Vie MCKe ay ae etre eect eane Mahcscdoop ase. 4 en lawacn | See ois 153
MrwRoberiPattersOny <i sy. ecu camer eee OTL OOM EMR OL O00 De oore to, Gee lu 153
Mr. James W. Davis, Honorary Secretary of the Yorkshire Geological and Poly-
technic Society, Halifax. bins 08 ease nee enee 5 Tip tal ae omens t ORotee tatters 259
IM beta GIy Nee = OL) A ee a ee RCE er NPC atee gra hl ts pee er ae. eee
Portraitmeceived=-George' Ord: .\..-<\<<k ane, ay sme Renae Eee aes ace 255
Public posting of names in the Society’s Hall discussed. ......... ee Nee 279
R. Accademia delle Scienze, Turin, Italy, circular announcing the death of its Presi-
dent Pracomm., Michele essonae) ase cen ci oe een Ss eke Maen

R. Accademia di Scienze Lettere ed Arti, Modena, Italy, circular letter announcing
The awarding Of OTiZesty). 26. sees Ween, veneer st ead
Announcing the death of its Secretary, Cay. Avo. Pietro Bortolotti. ..... 70, 871
Reports—Secretaries on paper by A. F. Chamberlain ............ Prec ce

38tT

J Page.
Resolutions—Dr. D. G. Brinton in reference to the presence of professional reporters
aunemernilar meetings of the'Society;. 26h 5 «cb focuses fete cete wile 146
Appointing Rev. Robert W. Rogers delegate to the Congrés Internationale des Orien-
UAIBECE GENEVE oe, So ol RRS Goes Mabel oe ee meine eee tebe eee soke fe 155
Mr. J. Sergeant Price, with reference toa public dinner to be given Hon. Frederick
Fraley on the ninetieth anniversary of hisbirth.......,........ 162
Mr. Frederick Prime, with reference to increasing the resident membership. . . 162
Authorizing J. Sergeant Price to cast the vote in the elections of the Philadelphia
CONUMMUtTOMSMEDS ter.o<) 0. a Ste. 2 area eee et Ee ae Site aetreren pee price 256
Rogers, Rey. Robert W., appointed delepate to the Congrés Internationale des Orien-
PELSROS Mer CINE Vitleaw, 5 Pa kia hes ata? ot wOUN Saco SP mpy Us Sieh nye Sanh Stee Bet rah ferme eee 155
Royal Institution of Great Britain, Prospectus of the nature and objects of. . . . . . 262
Royal Society of New South Wales, circular in reference to prizes. ........ 262
amahve wins. mresemted tothe Chair: -;.) ../..<) steam ee cooske Ot mre a repetre es 150 -

Société de Géographie de Toulouse, circular in reference to a decimal division of the
CLV MMMD te Mnatr Wi Yre So's ae lc).'s) 0) es o's bara ue aorentabiontacts SiMe esata wuenrer xe Wannte 262

ty wert abl, hv ae”
% ; SL oi (ou=
i fe A aes
t c ft) ares LA
| ' i .
4 i fi ¢
i i « “
4 ett) *
Ke ie
“ i Iga “e : F fot )e Yi oes pir aN poe! ik :
au A % 1 Pe ~4 ‘id J
Py i Os ‘ i
v ‘ é i * ; : (Pa yi
J 4 cave Cl eee Wilaeeettly or, Lee. ae ah |
a th at. j) { eal aa 8

WM SAD OS Ee Rac Seal Pin aioe A a Can
tae i uae Vet ahd:

Mee . Sh NE eee, gil ee eee

1 : , ag
ED RS PT 4 RAH Dil peice AS Pret IN ALS
, ee, 7 " e Ma ‘
ree pee: M Paw
\ i ;
} > A ks er 7 new Nese
‘ ‘ 1 err. af
A i 46 , y } a "4 i ne yea
i : Lars sie Cane" en its Ae aE WOO
OFREN La soy Oita Gal silly Bal NG a oa
om . ‘e ‘hs E ie f " yah
. “ i ? 7 ws i + 2S ~4
a t i uy
< ha .s ¥
a i s
’ J : ¥ .
\ J H ar > iy 4
' La OP y ES RS
i j
oa Oy
i aa,”
be
+ 1
) ;
a ' ze
: . is { Phe
, v eon os
| ‘ | i
{ a] : ¥ My
~
- 4
' } i tied
; j
| ' \
+ No x \
% fe ™~™
) x
° 7 i
J , :
\ ey f
‘ ;
od af oy
=>.
7
‘
A
ea 7 a a oO
—<
Ny 5
; ¢
. a a,
A “ee, :

I
y : i
,
i ‘ 7 \,
ine
’ , fi
hé
: F
, x
"
n
! : P '
3
(
‘
Y ret
a
Pes N

LIST OF SURVIVING MEMBERS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

FOR

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Corrected to tpemanace 4; 1895;
BY
(= EIS as Se Gis aes So Dd SE Soe
A Secretary of the Society.

List of surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society,
held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge.

The addresses here given so far as known are at the present time. Cor-
rections of this list are respectfully solicited.

A name printed in ztalics indicates that the Society is uncertain as to
whether such member is still living and desires information on the subject.

The Society will be happy to receive photographs (cabinet size preferred)
of such of its members as have not already sent.

A

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

1687. ABBE, CLEVELAND. ....... July 21, 1871, Army Weather Bureau,
Washington, D. C.
9170; ‘ABBOTT, ‘(CHARLES C.:. . . . - Dec. 20,1889, Bristol, Pa.
1463. ABBOT, HENRY L......... April 18, 1862, New York city, N. Y.
1809. RcKERMAN, RICHARD. ..... July 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden.
1713. ACLAND, HENRY W........ Jan’y 17, 1873, Oxford, England.
PAV ASS Ue bV. G8, 10} 0010 51. eC R EONS Dec. 17, 1886, Rennes, France.
PV ath, My 18 3 ac ne May 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md.
1381. Adamson, Rev. John C. .- .. July 18, 1856.
779. AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER. . . . April 16, 1875, Cambridge, Mass.
1642. AGASSIZ, ELIZABETH. .. ... Oct. 15, 1869, ae es
1860: ATISON, ROBERT H......: - May 3, 1878, Ardmore, Pa.
Soo AGEN ORI: ASAPH. (5% 5 0 0: Sept. 20,.1878, New York, N. Y.
1927. AMES, CHARLESG......... Jan’y 21, 1881, Boston, Mass.
2064. ANDERSON, GEORGE B... . . Feb’y 19, 1886, West Point, N. Y.
2164. ANGELL, JAMESB.........- Oct. 18, 1889, Ann Arbor, Mich.
1122. Angelis, Pedro de...--....+. Jan’y 17, 1840, Buenos Ayres, S. A.
2294. APPLETON, WILLIAM HypDE.... May 19, 1893, Swarthmore, Pa.
2102. ARGYLL, DUKEOF....... . May 21, 1886, London, England.
1761. ARMSTRONG, WM. GEORGE... . July 17, 1874, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England.
1996. ASHHURST, JOHN... ....:. Jan’y 18, 1884, Philadelphia.
“cc

2012. ASHHURST, RICHARDL. ..... April 18, 1884,

\ ioe
. vay ee? |
‘
‘ ‘ ¥
yon
7 ?
bia hs
oa
y ‘\
i i
ar a, ‘
‘ ~ ' ls
F f
re

wo

Yigal a = Aa

+ 4 .
' i f 14h
: r
¢
t AF
A : P 1
i ei a
fy ay,
re
i
f My oS ety! ? ¥
{ : tip »
‘ 1 ial y v
a) “
( f
i
+ {
y “
i ,
; f
r, pire
; es
%
LS i
yi "
‘ ,
Me
: ‘
i *
‘
re
1
int
J
we
' -
*
, y J - I > oe
, XN >
4 > ay ins
a, ant
en le ay vitey .
\
‘
‘
’ A%
1

1995.
1832.
1630.
1991.
2075.
2191.
1936.
1818.
1741.
2011.
1902.
1133.
2119.
1968.
1966.
1802.
2298,
2149.
2154.
1920.
1831.
2134.
2157.
1554,
1669.
1790.
1700.
1444.
2047.
1126.
1826.
2083.
2195.
1636.
2069.
1745.
2080.
1881.
1547.
1653.
1452.
2007.
1938.

1788,
1606.
2051.
1731.
1796.
2130.
1911,
1707.
2147.

Name.

BACHE Hee MIMADE: «ces «© ¢
BACHE, THOMAS HEWSON. .
BAIRD, HENRY CAREY .....
‘BATE D TECENEY, Mis 5 3. ss
BAKER, WILLIAM'S, . . 3 6 i 2s
BATT GROBERTIS, 1s sce 6 se
BARBER, EDWIN ATLEE. ... .
BARCENA, MARIANO. ......
BARKER, GEORGE F. .
IARIMR VV ECARION . so, << 0 =
BARTHOLOW, ROBERTS '.....
BARTERI. WE. Cy... .
ASTUAN | WADOLPH: 0. 0. 3) 6 6s «
BELL, ALEXANDER GRAHAM. . .
BELL, JOSEPH SNOWDEN... ..
BELG) WOWEEIAN: ©. 6 5 «eve
BESSEMER, SIR HENRY
BIDDLE, ALEXANDER
IBID PARTHUR) cite css 2 6 6
BIDDLE, CADWALADER
BIDDLE, CRAIG at
BILLINGS, JOHNS... 2... 5...
BLAIR, ANDREW A...

Buair, THOMAS S
BLAKE, WILLIAM PHIPPS ....
BLAsius, WILLIAM
IBRODGED WUOREN «1 s+ «i %) « '
BOHTLINGK, OTTO
IBONWILEE, Wie GeAGis s. ss = 5
BONES MABTING Hes. sa-5 2s
BRACKETT, CYRUS FoacG.....
BRANNER, JOHN C........
BREZINA, ARISTIDES
BRINTON, DANIEL G.......
BRINTON, JOHN IE... 6 2 + « <
BRITTON, J. BLODGETT
BRooKS, WILLIAM KEITH... .
Brown, ARTHUR ERWIN ....
BRUSH, GEORGE J.. ......-
BULLOCK, CHARLES
BUNSEN, ROBERT W.... .
IBUBK, ESSE Yi. « «
BUTLER, WILLIAM

oe. “eye ve

CAMPBELL, JOHN LYLE
CANBY, WILLIAM MARRIATT.. .
CANNIZZARO, TOMMASO
CAPELLINI, GIOVANNI
(ARIBT es Hel chs alo. sella te tenee ve
CARRILLO, CRESCENCIO .....
CARSON, HAMPTONL......- :
CASSATT, ALEXANDER JOHNSON .
CASTNER, SAMUEL, JR.

3

a5)

Date of Election.

Jan’y
Feb’y

18,

2,
15,
18,

18,
16,

1884,
1877,
1869,
1884,
1886,
1891,
1881,
1877,
1873,
1884,
1880,
1840,
1886,
1882,
1882,
1876,
184,
1888,
1888,
1880,
1877,
1887,

1866,
1870,
1875,
1872,
1862,
1885,
1840,
1877,
1886,
1886,
1869,
1886,
1873,
1886,
1879,
1865,
1869,
1862,
1884,
1881,

1875,
1868,
1885,
1878,
1875,
1886,
1880,
1872,
1887,

Present Address.
Philadelphia.
“ce

“

Yonkers, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Dublin, Ireland.
West Chester, Pa.
Mexico.
Philadelphia.

ce

ce

Yonkers, N. Y.
Berlin, Germany.
Washington.
Philadelphia.
Northallerton, England.
Surrey, England.
Philadelphia.

“ce

ity

Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia,
Tyrone, Pa.
New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.

“oo
Leipzig, Germany.
Philadelphia.
Coopersburg, Pa.
Princeton, N. J.
Stanford University, Cal.
Vienna, Austria.
Philadelphia,

“ce

“ce

Baltimore, Md.
Philadelphia.

New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.
Heidelberg, Germany.

West Chester, Pa.

Crawfordsville, Ind.
Wilmington, Del.
Messina, Italy.
Bologna, Italy.
Pleasantville, Pa.
Merida, Yucatan.
Philadelphia.

“cc

o

a oy M ;
iy irk ovine et
ei

2152.
1675.
1908.
1783.
1778.
2132.
2158.
1717.
1983.
1876.
1999.
1555.
1367.
2129.
1867.
1662.
1672.
2207.
1836.
2100.
2172.
1439.

1567.
2214.
1354,
1806.
1516.
1811.
1557.
1928.

1468.

2131.

2208.
2013.
2208,

2108.

2089.
1946.
1839,
1924.
1787.
1918.
1878.
2068.
1573.
1727,
2227.
2086.
1679,

2105,
1917,

Name.
CATTELE,: J. MCKEEN. .) 2. ..s 's
CATTELL, WILLIAM GC... 3 2°
CHANCE, HENRY MARTYN ...
CHANDLER, GoM co. Se Set

CHAPMAN, HENRY GC. 2... . ss

CHARENCEY, COMTE HYACINTH DE
CLARK, CLARENCE H.......
CLARKE, THOMASC. ...-.. 5
CUAY POT WE .oWie ie ies 0 6 ee
CROISHAUX, DES, A: 5 2. 6 « 2.8
COHEN; Ji/SOLIS)*.. 2. .< aire
COPE; EDWARD Ds... ...... ..
COPPEE) EEENBY f0 s0s 6% 0
CORANGUIDOM Ces ses es es
COURS JHEDIORT 5 «#2 <6 s
MOK tetas, <li. +e.
COME -BCKLEY (B.'s... res G
GRAMP. CHARLES HD. s.. s.. ss
CRANE ADHOMASIHs 5 6 000 «0

GROOKES, WILLIAM ... «6...

Cruz, FERNANDO (of Guatemala)
(CUR WIN OEMs is csc) 5) ose
IDBEC OSIWAN Teeter re miss) ce, een re> se
DATA TOCMARLES PLR sh os ss.
DANA AMES Dc 5 8s. :
DANNEFELD, C. JUHLIN. ....
DAUR RAs cies os « %
DAVENPORT, SAMUEL.......
DAVIDSON, GEOKGE........-
DAWEGUINS, WILLIAM B. sc. 56 «

DAWSON JOEUN Wis) jc csc 0 0-6 ©
DELGADO, JUAN DE DIAS DE LA

VAD AGN icMicgtaticcciis hss. \ s 6
DERGUM, FRANCIS Xi)... ee
DICKSON, SAMUEL. ....2..-.
EXON SARIS Gee 2. 5 le see
DOLLEY, CHARLES. .... « °
DONNER OLTOS voce =) lees « .
DOO UMETRS CoD ve cele ve. sv me
DOUGLASS, JAMES, JR... ...-.
DRAPER IDANTEG! <0 5. 2 3s :
DROWN, THOMASM.......-.
DU BOISSPATTCRSON <5. « « «
DUDLEY, CHARLES BENJAMIN. .
DENGAN GOUIS 1%) ce 3s)
DUNNING, GEORGE F.......
DUPONT, EDOUARD .......
DuPONT, HENRY A...... wae
DURUS VICTOR. “ss... 2 6
DUTTON, CLARENCE E......
EASTON, MORTON W. ..... »

ECKFELD?, JACOBB;,.....-.

+

Date of Election.

May
Jan’y
April
April
April
Dec.
May
Jan’y
Jan’y
Oct.
Jan’y
Jan’y
Jan’y
Dee.
Sept.
April
Oct.
Dec.
Feb’y
May
Dec.
April

18, 1888,
20, 1871,
16, 1880,
16, 1875,
16, 1875,
17, 1886,
17, 1889,
17, 1873,
19, 1883,
18, 1879,
18, 1884,
19, 1866,
18, 1856,
17, 1886,
20, 1878,
15, 1870,
21, 1870,
16, 1892,

2, 1877,
21, 1886,
50, 1889.
18, 1861,

19, 1866,
19, 1893,
21, 1854,
21, 1876,
17, 1863,
20, 1876,
19, 1866,
15, 1880,
18, 1862,

17, 1886,
16, 1892,
18, 1884,
16, 1892,
17, 1886,
21, 1886,
21, 1881,
20, 1877,
15, 1880,
16, 1875,
15, 1880,
17, 1879,
19, 1886,
18, 1867,
18, 1873,
16, 1894,
21, 1886,
20, 1871,

17, 1836,
15, 1880,

Present Address.

Garrison-on-Hudson, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.
Akron, Ohio.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
Bethlehem, Pa,
Turin, Italy.
Washington, D. C.
Cincinnati, O.
Drifton, Pa.
Philadelphia.
Ithaca, N. Y.
London, England.

Warren, Pa.

Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.

New Haven, Conn.
Stockholm, Sweden.
Paris, France.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
San Francisco, Cal.
Manchester, England.
Montreal, Canada.

Madrid, Spain.
Philadelphia.

ae

Helsingfors, Finland.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Spuytenduyvil, N. Y.
New York, N. Y.
Boston, Mass.
Philadelphia.
Altoona, Pa.

U.S. Navy.
Farmington, Conn.
Brussels, Belgium.
Winterthur, Del.
Paris, France.
Washington, D. C.

Philadelphia,

-

gia koe. « * 20 INO EARS
DR arte tears} bie) SS) nl eats
= At A eee :

Py, i I RG CEST Patna
‘ b CO ihe” 8 an ‘i ae e

yy Win, hh) hee Adal CHITA D A

i wpe ELSES lt

ee 210 ; opr ate neh,

“, i 1% bar
j
i rs Ys
\ ‘
wy
; - ' ‘ee,
i
; we ‘
j Fae '
1 ip i
ov OBL ras
‘ : “a 1 =
i ~
—
;
a | A j ai f
; :
7 hy ; , ee | »-
{ 1 "
‘ ’ my 23
~~ e a
- 1 el Li 1 i
; 7
»* as ate,
4
i) ary

é
= i
ita
’
te y
i '
he tory i <
4
‘ ~ i
i
ta ous)
Ae . Me it
; © x ‘A
f iy a
ay , Oy ed HP ey
\ 4 « r
Vey : te ——
ee yt
. l doi
, t ‘
: - >
f *
A v4 ‘ i .
‘
os ¥ }
‘
4
A
. ~)
{
% *
an i ne ' ane
; 5
‘ ‘
a
1
f,
7 : Soe ott
/ oti

5

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.
Tol EDDY ENR Y Ty). ss 5 «16 8 . Feb’y 2, 1877, Terre Haute, Ind.
1686. ELIOT, CHARLES W....... - April 21, 1871, Cambridge, Mass.
OST EMMONS Se He cre) ss es +s «) Jan’y 19, 1888, Washington, D. C.
1943. EVANS, JOHN .... ..... Oct. 21, 1881, Hemel Hempstead, Eng.
ag
2180. FIELD, ROBERT PATTERSON ... May 16, 1890, Philadelphia.
1901. FLuNT, AUSTIN, JR....:. -.. April 16, 1880, New York, N. Y.
1621. FLOWER, WM. HENRY. ..... Jan’y 15, 1869, London, England.
1875. FoGco, EDWARD A....... - Oct. 18, 1879, Philadelphia.
2197, HORBES GEORGE’... oi. . 0 +» - Oct. 16, 1891, London, England.
1170. FRALEY, FREDERICK ...... July 15, 1842, Philadelphia.
TON? SWRALEY. JOSHEPHC. 50s s > s « April 16, 1880, ss
1695. FRAZER, PERSIFOR ....... Jan’y 19, 1872, x
2171. FRIEBIS, GEORGE ....... + Dee: 20) 1889; a
2179. FULLERTON, GEORGES...... May 16, 1890, sf
FAS HIM BON TOOLING G lols 1a) ie beive sie 16 April 18, 1873, Johnstown, Pa.
1914. FURNESS, HoRACE Howarp... April 16, 1880, Philadelphia.
1130. FURNESS, WILLIAM H....... April 17, 1840, ss
(Ge
1988. GARRETT, PHILIPC ....... April 20,1883, Philadelphia.
2079: (GATES MGR. <2 s. . ss « May 21, 1886, Amberst, Mass.
1025., GATSCHET, ADBERTS, .. 1... Oct. 17, 1884, Washington, D. C.
1897. GEIKIE, ARCHIBALD. ...... Jan’y 16, 1880, London, England.
ESOS TGEIKTE DAMES: ce 6 sss sess April 21, 1876, Edinburgh, Scotland.
2067. GENTH, F. A., JR... ...... Feb’y 19, 1886, Philadelphia, Pa.
1855. GIBBS, OLIVER WoLcorT. .... July 21, 1854, Cambridge, Mass.

1587. GILL, THEODORE NicHoLtas _.. July 19, 1867, Washington, D. C.
1800. GILMAN, DANIELC. ...... April 21, 1876, Baltimore, Md.
1940. Giraldes, J. P. C.Cassadode. .. July 20, 1827.

1950. GLADSTONE, WM. Ewart .... Oct. 21, 1881, London, England.
2212. GOODALE, GEORGE LINCOLN. . . Feb. 17, 1893, Cambridge, Mass.
2162. GOODE, G. BROWN. ....... Oct. 18, 1889, Washington, D. C.

1680. GOODFELLOW, EDWARD...... Jan’y 20, 1871, os
2203. GOODWIN, HAROLD ....... May 20, 1892, Philadelphia.
1271. GOULD, BEN. APTHORP ...... Jan’y 17, 1851, Cambridge, Mass.
Ae SR CRASS EINISECAG Goo) cries a Jan’y 18, 1878, Chicago, Ill.
2222. GREEN, SAMUEL A.......2. Oct. 20, 1893, Boston, Mass.
1605. GREEN, TRAILL ......... Oct. 16, 1868, Easton, Pa.
1504. GREEN, WILLIAM HENRY .... April 17, 1863, Princeton, N. J.
1880. GREENE, WILLIAMH...... . April 18, 1879, Philadelphia.
2155. GREGORIO, IL MARCHESE ANTONIO

CRIES Meck clsy cbs, as’ s, ‘ . Dec. 21, 1888, Palermo, Sicily.
2159. GREGORY, HENRY D....... May 17, 1889, Philadelphia.
2188. GREGORY, CASPAR RENE... . May 15, 1891, Leipzig.
1229. Grimaldi, Cevea ........ Oct. 16, 1846, Naples, Italy.
1939. GRIscomM, WM. Woopnutt.... April 15, 1881, Haverford, Pa.

1815. GROTE, AUGUSTUS RADCLIFFE. . Oct. 20, 1876.
2090. GUBERNATIS, ANGELO DE.... May 2l, 1886, Florence, Italy.

1438. GUYANGOS, PASCUAL DE..... April 19, 1861, London, England.
qe

2054. HAECKEL, ERNEST. ....... Oct. 16, 1885, Jena, Prussia.

1658. HALE, EDW. EVERETT. .... . Jan’y 2t, 1870, Roxbury, Mass.

1709. HALE, HORATIO........ . Oct. 18, 1872, Clinton, Canada,

1853.
1795,
2219,
1356,
2027.
1412,
2194.
1337.
2136.
1827.
1510.
1764,
1681.
1862.
2082.
2071.
2165,
1985,
2218.
1963.
2110.
1768,
1663.
2160.
2068.
1624,
2224.
1607.
2070.
1941.
1696.
1698.
2143,
2084.
1843.
2211.
1623.
1426.

2052.
2221.
1773.

2010.
1933,
2049,
1954,
2017.

1989.
2169.
2021.

Name.

TVA ASAPH © 5. 3 8s! 560
HALL, CHARLES EDWARD.....
EWAN BES AVA CUED © Fe sie o: co le te te
EAST SIPACMDISS 2/50 ci) et tu) Sete! tive) Aas e

PEAT MUNDANE nc oy" eir estes are a
HAMMOND, WILLIAMA .....
Jet Anne OB MN ISIG | Gmcmenen euTev cas
HARDING, GEORGE .......
IFT ARRISS JOSEPHS. =. os = sie
HART, JAMES MORGAN. .... 4
HARTSHORNE, HENRY......

HAUER, FRANZ RITTER VON. . .
HAUPT, HERMANN. ...%.. 3
EPAUPI IGE WAGs. te ove ee eine
HIAVESS RP SOMERS. « . sie « «
UAC S ORIENT Sr cei ielcolaey nc. vs 10
HAZLEHURST, HENRY .....
HEILPRIN, ANGELO .......
HEWETT, WATERMAN T....,
HILL, HAMILTON ANDREWS...
HILPRECHT, HERMANN V.....
HIMES, CHARLES FRANCIS ...
HITCHCOCK, CHARLES HENRY. .
HOFFMAN, WALTER J... 2: «
HOLLAND, JAMES W. ... se
HOOKER, JOSEPH Do. 4. =
ETORP UNG oe e Os tepis) cel, wo ce ewe? -e
HORN, GEORGE HENRY .....
IORNER EUNMAN: | c's =) es. = 5) o
HOTCHKISS, JEDEDIAH. .....

HOUGH. (GEORGE, Wes 6 s «+ «
FIOUSTON SE EDWUNG eis rstie © .0 he
HOUSTON, HENRY Hi... - 2 «6
HOVEUACQOGDE ABEL). . os +» e
ENUM ETIUE epee islis. es) sine. o
HUMPHREY, JAMES ELLIS...

HUXLEY, THOMAS HENRY....
EDV; VOSHP LE staWs\tel (se se

Im THURN, EVERARDF......
D’INVILLIERS, EDWARD VINCENT.

INGHAM, WM. ARMSTRONG. ...

AMES -HDMIUND! Ji sls‘ © » © «
DANNHE ICGAMDIO!. 10+ 6 <6 s

JAWINE LORACK cu. 0. 3 «se ©
JEFFERIS, WILLIAMW.....-
JORDAN, FRANCIS, JR... ..- 5
KANE, ELISHA KENT... .

KEANE OHN: J. s 0 «6 6 ss 6 «
KEEN, WILLIAM We... 6 no &

6

Date of Election.

Jan’y
Oct.
May
July
Jan’y
Oct.
May
Jan’y
May
Feb’y
July
Oct.
April
May
May
Feb’y
Oct.
April
May
April
Dec.
Oct.
April
Oct.
Feb’y
Jan’y
Oct.
Oct.
Feb’y
Oct.
Jan’y
Jan’y
May
May
July
Dec.
Jan’y
July

aE

Oct.
May
April

J
April
April
Oct,
Jan’y
April

A

April
Dec.
July

18, 1878,
15, 1875,
19, 1893,
21, 1854,
16, 1885,
21, 1859,
15, 1891,
20, 1891,
20, 1887,
2, 1877,
17, 1863,
16, 1874,
21, 1871,
3, 1878,
21, 1886,
19, 1886,
18, 1889,
20, 1883,
19, 1893,
21, 1882,
17, 1886,
16, 1874,
15, 1870,
18, 1889,
19, 1886,
15, 1869,
20, 1893,
16, 1868,
19, 1886,
21, 1881,
19, 1872,
19, 1872,
20, 1887,
21, 1886,
20, 1877.
16, 1892,
15, 1869,
20, 1860,

16, 1885,
19, 1893,
16, 1875,

18, 1884,
15, 1881,
16, 1885,
20, 1882,
18, 1884,

20, 1883,
20, 1889,
18, 1884,

Present Address.

Washington, D.C.
Westport, N. Y.
New York, N. Y.
Albany, N. Y.
Haverford, Pa.
New York, N. Y.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.

“cc
Ithaca, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Vienna, Austria.
St. Paul, Minn.
Philadelphia.
New York, N.Y.
Philadelphia.

“é

“ce

Ithaca, N. Y.
Boston, Mass.
Philadelphia.
Carlisle, Pa.
Hanover, N. H.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.

ce

Staunton, Va.

Evanston, Ill.

Philadelphia.
sc

Paris, France.

Baltimore, Md.
London, England.
Vienna, Austria.

Georgetown, British: Guianae
Philadelphia.

Philadelphia.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.

ae

“ce

Kane, Pa.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia,

Name.
1723. KELVIN, LorD (WM. THOMSON). .
ZS) KIEPERT: FUENRT: . .%. 2 s ane
RIG CENDALL, BOTS. << 3 2 « are
HOSP MING ROLARENCE: % 2 vi “cele « «
1284. KIRKWOOD, DANIEL.......
1767p CONTIG GEORGEUAS. 5s. 0 < = «

2167. KRAUSS, FRIEDERICHS.....

1694. LAMBERT, GUILLAUME. .....

1858. LANDRETH, BURNET. ......
1781, LANGLEY, SAMUELP...... ‘
Ae AUROCHENG., BROW %. s 2 ia .
1711. LAUTH, FRANZ JOSEPH .....
1974. LAWES, JOHN BENNETT .....
1595. LEA, HENRY CHARLES. .....
STU CONTE OSEPH. (5... 5 6.0:
1986. LEHMAN, AMBROSEE.......
2182. LELAND, CHARLESG. ......
2174, GE MOINE, J.M.. 3... Shes ots
1934, LE ROY-BEAULIEU, PAUL.....
1382. LESLEY, J. PETER. ...... .
1876. LETCHWORTH, ALBERTS. ....
2085. LEVASSEUR, EMILE....... 5
1415. DEWwis, FRANCIS W. .......
1756. LOCKYER, JOSEPH NORMAN... .
DIOA mM MOWARS EEL toiiertel tists oc 8 <0.
1872. LONGSTRETH, MoRRIS......
2019 TURBOCK SOHNE. st cps. cs) «5 0
2003. a DLOW. WELGIAM. 2. i... .

1629, LYMAN, BENJAMIN SMITH. . .

2107. MACALISTER, JAMES.......
2209. MACFARLANE, JOHN M......
2042. MALLET, JOHN WM........
1847. MANSFIELD, IRA FRANKLIN...
1857. MARCH, FRANCIS ANDREW ...
186 MARKS WIGKIAM Di. ws. 6 ss
1604. MARSH, OTHNIELC .......
2078. MARSHALL, JOHN. .......
1018. Martinez, Juan José .......
PAUSE EA UNCC i De a c
1572. MASON, ANDREW ........
2196) MASPERO, GASTON... 5 <0
1654. MAYER, ALFREDM .......
1888. McCREATH, ANDREWS......
1821. MCKEAN, WILLIAM V.......
2004. MCMASTER, JOHN BACH. ....
1677. MEEHAN, THOMAS. ...... 2
1903. MERRICK, JOHN VAUGHAN .. .
1947. MERRIMAN, MANSFIELD.....

1744. MEsSCHERT, MATHEW HUIZINGA.

7

Date of Election.

April
Dec.
Jan’y
Oct.
April
Oct.
Dec.

aes

Jan’y
Jan’y
April
Jan’y
Oct.
Jan’y
Oct.
April
April
May
Dec.
April
July
Jan’y
May
Jan’y
April
Feb.
Sept.
July
Jan’y
Jan’y

IV

Dec.
Dee.
Jan’y
Jan’y
Jan’y
May
Oct,
May
April
Dec.
Jan’y
May
Oct.
July
Feb’y
Jan’y
Jan’y
April
Oct.
Oct.

18, 1873,
17, 1886,
21, 1842,
18, 1872,
18, 1851,
16, 1874,
21), 1889,

19, 1872,
18, 1878,
16, 1875,
17, 1873,
18, 1872,
19, 1883,
18, 1867,
18, 1878,
20, 1883,
16, 1890,
20, 1889,
15, 1881,
13, 1856,
18, 1856,
21, 1886,
20, 1860,
TC 18748
19, 1892,
20, 1878,
18, 1884,
18, 1884,
15, 1869,

17, 1886,
16, 1892,
16, 1885,
18, 1878,
18, 1878,
3, 1878,
16, 1868,
21, 1886,
20, 1832,
19, 1890,
18, 1867,
15, 1891,
15, 1869,
18, 1879,

2, 1877,
18, 1884,
20, 1871,
16, 1880,
21, 1881,
17, 1873,

Present Address.

London, England.
Berlin, Prussia.
Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.
Riverside, Cal.
Houghton, Mich.
Vienna, Austria.

Louvain, Belgium.
Bristol, Pa.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
Munich, Bavaria.
Rothamstead, Herts, Eng.
Philadelphia.
Berkeley, Cal.
Philadelphia.
London, Eng.
Quebec, Canada.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia,
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
New York, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
London, England,
Wee Ss7AGs
Philadelphia,

Philadelphia.
Lansdowne, Pa.
University of Virginia, Va.
Cannelton, Pa.
Easton, Pa.
Philadelphia.

New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.
Spain.

Paris, France.
New York, N. Y.
Paris, France.
Hoboken, N. J.
Harrisburg, Pa.
Philadelphia.

“oe

e

Bethlehem, Pa.
Douglassville, Pa.

8

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.
2142, MICHAEL, HELEN ABBOTT. ... May 20, 1887, Philadelphia.
2175. MITCHELL, JAMEST........ Feb’y 21, 1890, rs
1461. MircHELL, S. WEIR... 2... Jan’y 17, 1862, os

2114, MONIER-WILLIAMS, MONIER... Dec. 17, 1886, London, England.
1791. MOORE, GIDEONE......-.. Oct. 15, 1875, New York, N. Y.
2029. MOORE, JAMESW ........ Jan’y 16, 1885, Easton, Pa.

1841. MOREHOUSE, GEORGER..... April 20, 1877, Philadelphia.
VDA MOET. « eis cics ccs «ses Jdal’y 15, 1836) Waples laly:

1976. MorRIs, J. CHESTON. ...... # Jan’y 19, 1883, Philadelphia.
Boa MOREIS; JOHN'G. . a . «0 « 6 - Oct. 20, 1898, Baltimore, Md.
Dive MOBTON SELENE <6 6 lee «00 Jan’y 18, 1867, Hoboken, N. J.
2121. MucH, MATTH#US. ....... Dec. 17, 1886, Vienna, Austria.

1866. MUHLENBERG, F.A........ Sept. 20, 1878, Reading, Pa.
2120. MUELLER, FRIEDERICH ..... Dec. 17, 1886, Vienna, Austria.

1486. MUELLER, F. Max......... Jan’y 16, 1863, Oxford, England.

2192. MUNROE, CHARLES E....... May 15, 1891, Washington, D.C.

DUG2MEURDOCK,: J.B 6 «5 6 «> « « FKeb’y 19, 1886) U.S. Navy.

1937. MuRRAY, JAMES A. H...... April 15, 1881, Oxford, England.
Ny

2087. NADAILLAC, MARQUISDE..... May 21, 1886, Paris, France.

1852. NEWCOMB, SIMON. .\...... Jan’y 18, 1878, Washington, D. C.

1582. NEWTON, HUBERT ANSON.... April 19, 1869, New Haven, Conn.
1703. NIcHOLS, STARR Hoyt .... July 19, 1872, New York, N. Y.

DUGOSINDKITIN, SERGE. 5 « < - « «6 « Feb’y 19, 1866, St. Petersburg, Russia.
1805. NORDENSKIOLD, ADOLF Eric .. April 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden.
i712) NORRIS, ISAAC... . 2s... - Oct. 18, 1872, Philadelphia.
2106. NORRIS, WILLIAM F...... . Dec. 17, 1886, &
9016. NORTH, EDWABD........-. Oct. 16, 1885, Clinton, N. Y.

oO
2072. OLIVER, CHARLES A... ..... Feb’y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.
fils ODLVERAOANIES) BH) . 5 < «« + 0c Jan’y 17, 1878, Ithaca, N. Y.
VISSMOPPHR DT OMIOES: <6 < s6. 6 «© «8 May 15, 1891, Paris, France.
DISS OSEORN SHIENRE Es «6 <0 « « ® Feb’y 18, 1887, New York, N. Y.

2039. OSLER, WILLIAM......... Jan’y 16, 1885, Baltimore, Md.

1=
1868. PackarRD, A. S.,JR........ Sept. 20, 1878, Providence, R. I.
1578. PACKARD, JOHN H..=.....- Jan’y 18, 1867, Philadelphia.
Tastee AGT. AMES) 56: fe sie eio+) 00 Jan’y 20, 1854, London, England.
1984. PANCOAST, WILLIAM HENRY... Jan’y 19, 1883, Philadelphia.
2036. PARVIN, THEOPHILUS...... Jan’y 16, 1885, uf
BODE PASTEUR, LOUIS 6:06 2 e0 2 Oct. 16, 1885, Paris, France.
2035. PATTERSON, C.STUART...... Jan’y 16, 1885, Philadelphia.
1282. PATTERSON, ROBERT....... April 18, 1851, “s
1320. PATTERSON, THoMAS L...... April 15, 1853, Cumberland, Md.
2213. PATTISON, ROBERT E......- Feb. 17, 1898, ‘Harrisburg, Pa.
1772. PEARSE, JOHN B......... Jan’y 15, 1875, Boston, Mass.
1859. PErRcH, C. NEWLIN.....--. May 8, 1878, Philadelphia.
1722. PEMBERTON, HENRY....-.-. Jan’y 17, 1873, ae
2104. PENAFIEL, ANTONIO. .....-. May 21, 1886, Mexico.
2073. PENNYPACKER, SAMUEL W. .. May 21, 1886, Philadelphia.

1518. PENROSE; R.A. FE... 6 2 2 o> © July 17, 1863,

9

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.
2059. PEPPER, EDWARD ....-..... Feb’y 19, 1886, Paris.
1666. PEPPER, WILLIAM. ....... July - 15, 1870, Philadelphia.
951. Pereira, José Maria Dantes... . April 18, 1828, Lisbon, Portugal.
1824. PHILLIPS, HENRY, JR. ...... Feb’y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.
L760 SPoATE WRANEGLIN «<6 5. « « « July 17,1874, sf
2127. PLATZMAN, JULIUS... .:,.... Dec. 17, 1886, Leipzig, Germany.
2053. POMIALOWSKY, JOHN. ..... Oct. 16, 1885, St. Petersburg, Russia.
1539. PORTER, THOMASCONRAD.... Oct. 21, 1864, Easton, Pa.
2044. PoTTs, WILLIAM JOHN ..... Oct. 16, 1885, Camden, N. J.
2097. POSTGATE, J.P ......... May 21, 1886, Cambridge, England.
PIGIOEOMELE Jc We «cs « » « « OCt.. 18,7889) Washington, D.C:
1619, PRESTWICH, JOSEPH. ...... Jan’y 15, 1869, Shoreham, England.
1592. PRICE, J. SERGEANT. ...... Oct. 18, 1867, Philadelphia.
1780. PRIME, FREDERICK, JR ..... April 16, 1875, se
2088. PULZSKY, FRANCIS ....... May _ 21, 1886, Buda-Pesth, Hungary.

1758. PUMPELLY, RAPHAEL. ..... April 17, 1874, Newport, R. I.
Ee
1736. RAND, THEODORE D. ...... April 18, 1873, Philadelphia.

TSO RAN DANTE GAN Stes 5 ss eto Jan’y 18, 1878, Warren, Pa.
1644. RAWLINSON, GEORGE. ... . Oct. 15, 1869, Oxford, England.
1765. RAwWsoN, RAWSONW...... Oct. 16, 1874, London, ce
2099. RAYLEIGH, LORD ........ May = 21, 1886, Essex, England.
1784. RAYMOND, RossITTER W .... April 16, 1875, New York, N. Y.
1585. RAYNOLDS, WILLIAM F...... April 19, 1867, Detroit, Mich.
1591. READ, JOHN MEREDITH. .... July 19, 1867.
2077. REED, HENRY... «© ox «+ « May 21,1886, Philadelphia.
1889. REMSEN, IRA .......... July 18, 1879, Baltimore, Md.
ISIS RENARD) A. 5 sc. = ss ee «~©OCt. «©: 21, 1881, Brussels, Belgium.
1348. RENARD, CHARLES ....... Jan’y 20, 1854, Moscow, Russia.
1890. RENEVIER, E....... -... duly 18, 1879, Lausanne, Switzerland.
PSUGSOR MEO AUXSoHecm tage: is)“, et s “se Feb’y 2, 1877, Berlin, Prussia.
2122) REVILLE, ALBERT... >... .. ‘Dec. 17, 1886, Paris, France.
1500. RICHARDSON, BEN. WARD... April 17, 1863, London, England.
1808. RILEY, CHARLESV ....... April 21, 1876, Washington, D.C.
IDG ROBERTS, ISAAC). 16, c, 0s 60. 3. . Oct. 20, 1893, Starfield, Crowborough, Sus-
sex, England.
1957. ROBINS, JAMES W......... April 21, 1882, Philadelphia.
1390. RoGERS, FAIRMAN. ....... Jan’y 16, 1857, Newport, R. I.
Di. ROGERS; ROBERT Wis s)« . - « - Feb’y 21, 1890, Madison, N. J.
1462. RouRig, F.L.0.......... April 18, 1862, Los Angeles, Cal.
2050. ROLLETT, HERMANN....... Oct. 16, 1885, Vienna, Austria.
1907. Roop, OGDENN.......... April 16, 1880, New York, N. Y.
1964 VHOSNY, IDE, LaON:. ‘2... . + July 21, 1882, Paris, France.
1732. Rossi, GIOVANNI Battista. ... April 18, 1873, Rome, Italy.
2198. ROSENGARTEN, JOSEPH G..... Oct. 16, 1891, Philadelphia.

1718. ROTHERMEL, PETER F..... . Jan’y 17, 1878, Linfield, Pa.

1838S. ROTHROCK, JOSEPH T. ..... April 20, 1877, Philadelphia.
1264. RUSCHENBERGER, W.S. W.... Oct. 19, 1849, we

1620, RUTIMEYER, CARLL....... Jan’y 15, 1869, Basel, Switzerland.

2109. RYDER, JOHNA......... Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia.

Ss
2280) SACHSE, JULIUS FP... 6 = 56 . Feb'y 16, 1894, Philadelphia.
1766. SADTLER, SAMUEL PHILIP. ... Oct. 16, 1874, SS
2148. Sayous, CHARLES E........ Feb’y 17, 1888, Paris, France.

Name.
1563. SANDBERGER, FRIDOLIN.. .

1958. SARGENT, CHARLES SPRAGUE .
1730. SAUSSURE, HENRIDE......

10

Date of Election.
April 20, 1866,
April 21, 1882,
April 18, 1873,

2211.
1498.
1864.
1725.
1919.
2112.
1870.
1883.
1704.
1533.
1770.
1728.
2057.
1965.
2076.
1944.
1960.
1797.
1822.
1582.
2146.
1544,
1789.
2141.
1742.
2009.
2189,
1720.
1949.
1446,
1990.
1840.
2168.
1559.
1820.
2193.
2094,
2023.
1844,
2092.

1786.
1846.
2098.
2006.
1993.
1726.
1807.
1754,
1723.

1909,

SCHAEFER, CHARLES... ...
SCHOTT, CHARLES ANTHONY...
PGE ZA CATR TiMe-s Aer eile an oe 6
SCLATER, PHILLIP LUTLEY... .
Scort, LewisA......... 2
SCOLM RW.) Bs icdhetc SL Secounas
SCUDDER, SAMUEL HUBBARD...
EDGR eG AR Tai fo) “ens is, esis, 3)
SELLERS, COLEMAN .....
SELLERS, WILLIAM....... 5
SELWYN, ALFREDR.C. .....
SELYS, DE, LONGCHAMPS. ....
SERGE GLISHPPE a vals) s/s «=
SEVE DE BAR, EDOUARD.. .

SHARPUBENTAMING, <6 10. os «
SHARPLES, PHILIP PRICE ....
SHARPLES, STEPHEN PASCHALL. .
SHERWOOD, ANDREW .....-.
SHIELDS, CHARLES W.......
SLUR MOOLU Memon om cic et s\ ic ia 5) \6
MUU AE DCAM Notrst cs! ey isioe «+
SMITH; GOLDWIN: © « ¢-<-s < « 5
SMUNH TO TEPEVEN fc 6) co) sa lene
SMYEH WAT BERTEL. ive: 5 3: C
SNOWDEN, A. LOUDON. .....
SNYDER, MONROEB. .....
SPANGLER, HENRYW.... » =
SEORKORMD Ati Fesyes si cn cies ve 6 2
SLTALLO, OHNE sts coc) e ale ss

SPEENSTRUP Ts Weis cle eo « «>
STEVENS, WALTER LECONTE...
STEVENSON, JOHN JAMES.....
STOKES, GHORGE G. = 3. «ss
STRONG, WILLIAM
SDRUART GORGE. = 50 0 © «
STUBBS, WILLIAM. .
SuUESS, EDWARD. ...
SRCUTOR RAG Gl) nies kai eae
SWUIVENP MR ci stels cee <)) ol) 7
SZOMBATHY, JOSEF.......-.

TATHAM, WILLIAMP...... .
TAVEOR. WILLEAM IB. . . . « « <
TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC ...
THOMAS, ALLEN C... .
THOMPSON, HEBER S...... 5
THOMPSON, HENRY........-
THOMSON, ELIHU
THOMSON, FRANK
THOMSON, WILLIAM (see LORD

KELVIN). .
THOMSON, WILLIAM...

Cet Cea tk

CHC

Feb’y
April
Sept.
April
Oct.
Dec.
Sept.
April
July
April
Oct.
April
Oct.
July
May
Oct.
April
Oct.
Feb’y
April
Oct.
Jan'y
Oct.
May
Oct.
Jan’y
May
Jan’y
Oct.
Jan’y
Jan’y
April
Dec.
Jan’y
Feb’y
May
May
July
July
May

=i
April
Oct.
May
Jan’y
Jan’y
April
April
April

April

April 16, 1880,

iy
16,

20,

18,

15, 1880,

17,
20,
18,

19, 1872,

15,
16,
18,

16, 1885,

21,
21,
21,

21, 1882,

15,

2,
15,
a1,
20,
15,
20,
17
18,
15,
17
21,
17,
18,
20,
20,
19,

2,
15,
21,
18,
20,
21,

16,

19, 1877,

21,
18,
18,
18,
a1,
17,

18,

1893,
1863,

1878,

1878,

1886,
1878,
1879,

1864,
1874,
1873,

1882,
1886,
1881,

1875,
1877,
1864,
1887,
1865.
1875,
1887,
1873,
1884,
1891,
1873,
1881,
1862,
1884,
1877,
1889,
1866,
1877,
1891,
1886,
1884,
1877,
1886,

1875,

1836,
1884,
1884,
1873,
1876,
1874,

1873,

Present Address.
Wiirtzburg, Bavaria.
Brookline, Mass.
Geneva, Switzerland.
Philadelphia.
Washington, D. C.

London, England.
Philadelphia,
Princeton, N. J.
Cambridge, Mass.
Philadelphia.

“cc

e

Montreal, Canada.
Liége, Belgium.
Rome, Italy.
Ramsgate, England.
Philadelphia.

West Chester, Pa.
Boston, Mass.
Mansfield, Pa.
Princeton, N. J.
Strasburg, Germany. (?)
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

sé
ae

3

Washington, D. C.
Cincinnati, O.
Copenhagen, Denmark.
Troy Ni kts

New York, N. Y.
London, England.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
Oxford, England.
Vienna, Austria.
Philadelphia.
Oxford, England.
Vienna, Austria.

Philadelphia.
Washington, D. C.
Upper Burmah, India,
Haverford, Pa.
Pottsville, Pa.
London, England.
Swampscott , Mass.
Philadelphia.

London, England.
Philadelphia,

Name.

FSO ReSIPEIU et Aerc eis, <a) ~ch 's) @) eee es
1688. TILGHMAN, BENJAMINC....
1233. TILGHMAN, RICHARDA.....
1657. TILGHMAN, WILLIAM M......
2176. TIMMINS, SAMUEL ........
Pisa eROPEN AR DAU Des 6-5 oss le gtecne
2065. TOPPAN, ROBERT NOXON.....
1597. TOWNSEND, JOSEPH B......
2024. TRUMBULL, HENRY CLAY. .
1978. TSCHERMAK, GUSTAF ......
1988. TURRETTINI, THEODORE .. .
DIGS LUTELE, DAVID Ke. . es 0 3 =
PiGaw EVER KONIG. i oss + 3 eo
TODINELUNNER VhWTERG te tite <2 «
Sop SON SANUS 6 ete) a6) ss = s

2185. UNWIN, WILLIAMC.......
2000S VAUX RICHARD: so. ec ss cc
2045. VERE, DE, SCHEELEM. .....
1475. VIRCHOW, RUDOLPH. ......
GSO VOGT OAR tiers fe 5) ) owe
2115. VON MELTZEL, HUGO ......
1670. VOSE, GEORGE LEONARD. ....

2186. VOsSION, LOUIS. .......-.

2034. WAGNER, SAMUEL.....«.«.-e
74S WAHT, WILDEAM El. 1s 3 «
1724, WALLACE, ALFREDR......
BIS a WARD SIGESTER Iss s les «6 > «
2038. WEIL, EDWARD HENRY .....
2028. WEISBACH, ALBIN. .......
1639. WHARTON. JOSEPH. .......
163%. WHITH, ANDREW Ds ic 6s - + «
SAS VVELEDE ESA Gs lopte is: we 6 6 ¢
1487. WHITNEY, JOSIAH DWIGHT... .
1868. WILDER, BURT GREEN......
FAO VWWELLTAMS, (DALCOTT.. . +. s « «
DiS; Wins, ELEENBY. . 9% « . » « « :
2150. WILSON, EDMUND B ......
2041. WILSON, JAMES CORNELIUS... .
1747. WILSON, JOSEPH M. .....

21387. WILSON, WILLIAM POWELL .. .
2223) WINSOR, JUSTIN. . .. Sieatenre
2140. WIREMAN, HENRY D.......
DA eWISUAH PISAAG Des « es 6 60 8
1561. WISTER, OWEN JONES. .... ¥
Soe sWiOOD RICHARD, . « « « « © s 6
1762. WOODWARD, HENRY. .... -
1751 WOOLTTEN, J. Hs. ss se wits

1854. WORMLEY, THEODOREG. ....

El

Date of Election.
April 15, 1864,
July 21, 1871,
April 16, 1847,
Jan’y 21, 1870,
Feb. 21, 1890,
Dec. 17, 1886,
Feb’y 19, 1886,
Jan’y 17, 1868.
July 18, 1884,

Oct. 20, 1882,
Dec. 19, 1890,
Oct. 18, 1889,

Oct. 18, 1889,
April 15, 1864,
May 20, 1887,

Dec. 19, 1890,

Oct. 17, 1862,
Oct. 15, 1869,
Dec. 17, 1886,
Oct. 21, 1870,

Jan’y 16, 1885,
Jan’y 16, 1874,
April 18, 1873,
May 17, 1889,
Jan’y 16, 1885,
Jan’y 16, 1885,
April 16, 1869,
April 16, 1869,
Jan’y 18, 1878,
Jan’y 16, 1853,
May 3, 1878,
May 18, 1888,
Feb’y 21, 1890,
Feb’y 17, 1888,
Jan’y 16, 1885,
Jan’y 16, 1874,
May 20, 1887,
May 19, 1893,
May 20, 1887,
May 19, 1893,
April 20, 1866,
April 18, 1879,
July 17, 1874,
Jan’y 16, 1874,
Jan’y 18, 1878,

Present Address.
Geneva, Switzerland.
Philadelphia.

“

ié
Arley, near Coventry, Eng.
Paris, France.
Cambridge, Mass.
Philadelphia.

Vienna, Austria.
Geneva, Switzerland.
Philadelphia.
Williamsburg, Va.
Leoben, Austria.
Philadelphia.

London, England.

Philadelphia.

University of Virginia, Va.
Berlin, Prussia.

Geneva, Switzerland.
Koloszvar, Hungary.
Boston, Mass.
Philadelphia.

Philadelphia.

Parkston, Dorset, England.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
Freiburg, Saxony.
Philadelphia.
Ithaca, N. Y.
Morgantown, W. Va.
Cambridge, Mass.
Ithaca, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

ae
Bryn Mawr, Pa.
Philadelphia.

“

“

Cambridge, Mass.
Philadelphia.

ac
ch

“ce

London, England.
Reading, Pa.
Philadelphia.

12

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.
1932. WORTS, CHARLES STEWART... Jan’y 21, 1881, Philadelphia.
2061. WYCKOFF, A.B.......... Feb’y 19, 1886, Seattle, Wash.

ped

1904. YARNALL, ELLIS......... April 16, 1880, Philadelphia.
1759. YOUNG, CHARLES AuGUSTUS... April 17, 1874, Princeton, N. J.

ie es iene Mash PY NAMEN pee pie

ye &

\MERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

% WOrs AX CITT. : JANUARY, 1894. No.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

; Stated Meeting, January 9; 189 4. \a.< via v8 ole, cis eee Oe 5
: pe of the Newark Brownstone. By Benjamin Smith Lyman..... Bes ie
Further on the Age of the Newark Brownstone. By Benjamin

= — Smith Lyman...... Seis ore SMe) ie <oaicag ets He aa eee 0-9 e
Es po Nagualism. A Study in Native American Folk-lore and History. — .
By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D........ Aa te do ene aes ats See SL
x The Yolk Nucleus in Cymatogaster aggregatus Gibbons (with three A

plates). By Jesse W. Hubbard....2-.ceseseeeees. Tower Aaa
On the Fishes obtained by the Naturalist Expedition in Rio Grande
do Sul (with six plates). By H. D. Cope............+.++5 iether

On the Structure of the Skull in the Plesiosaurian Reptilia, and on
Two New Species from the Upper Cretaceous (with one plate).

Fe DD, CODe a2 mes see's Sek cena ee ieee ay Danes 2 ee A
Forests of Pennsylvania. By J. 7. Rothrock. ............+.....
Association : The Dominating Need of Man and the Keynote of

Social Science. By Henry Carey Batrd............ eer ere

; Stated Meeting, January 19, 1894 ......-. oo
Stated Meeting, February 2, 1894....+..+++ aie
Stated Meeting, February 16, 1894 ....-.++++.+ 5 ;

Stated Meeting, March 2, 1894..........2. 0400 ‘.
* Stated Meeting, March 16, 1894 ......-2. 205.00 ;

Philosophical Society, 1048. Fifth St., Philadelphia.”

re

PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

MacCALLA & COMPANY,
NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

a re ae ae an eects,

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

SECTION 1. John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year .
1786 offered to the Society, as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted); and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which —
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
niitted as candidates for this preminm.°*

8. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.
5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the

Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

cs Hic the communication, cescription, or model, es. the officer te

whom it shall be entrusted; nor shall such Giiens part with the same
out of his custody, without a special order of the Society for that pur-
pose.

6. The Society, having previously referred the several communica-
tions from candidates for the premium, then depending, to the consid-
eration of the twelve counsellors and other officers of the Society, and
having received their report thereon, shall, at one of their stated meet.
ings in the month of December, annually, after the expiration of this

current year (of the time and place, together with the particular occa-

sion of which meeting due notice ‘shall be previously given, by public
advertisement) proceed to final adjudication of the said premium ; and,
after due consideration had, a vote shall first be taken on this question,
viz.: Whether any of the communications then under inspection be
worthy of the proposed premium? If this question be determined in
the negative, the whole business shall be deferred till another year;
but if in the affirmative, the Society shall proceed to determine by
ballot, given by the members at large, the discovery, invention or im-
provement most useful and worthy; and that discovery, invention, or

improvement which shall be found to have a majority of concurring

votes in its favor shall be successful; and then, and not till then, the
sealed letter accompanying the crowned performance shall be opened,
and the name of the author announced as the person entitled to the
said premium.

7. No member of the Society who is a candidate for the premium
then depending, or who hath not previously declared to the Society,
that he has considered and weighed, according to the best of his judg-
ment, the comparative merits of the several claims then under consid-
eration, shall.sit in judgment, or give his vote in awarding the said pre-
mium.

8. A full account of the crowned subject shall be published by the So-
ciety, as soon as may be after the adjudication, either in a separate pub-
lication, or in the next succeeding volume of their Transactions, or in
both.

9. The unsuccessful performances shall remain under consideration,
and their authors be considered as candidates for the premium for five
years next succeeding the time of their presentment; except such per-
formances as their authors may, in the meantime, think fit to withdraw.
And the Society shall annually publish an abstract of the titles, object,
or subject matter of the communications, so under consideration ; such
only excepted as the Society shall think not worthy of public notice.

10. The letters containing the names of authors whose performances
shall be rejected, or which shall be found unsuccessful after a trial of
five years, shall be burnt before the Society, without breaking the seals.

31. In case there should be a failure, in any year, of any communi-
eation worthy of the proposed premium, there will then be two pre-
miums to be awarded the next year. But noaccumulation of premiums

i
ee

shall entitle the author {o more than one ‘premium for any one discov.
ery, invention or improvement.

12. The premium shall consist of an oval plate of solid standard gold
of the value of ten guineas. On one side thereof shall be neatly en-
graved a short Latin motto suited to the occasion, together with the
words: ‘‘The Premium of John Hyacinth de Magellan, of London,
established in the year 1786 ;”’ and on the other side of the plate shall be
engraved these words: ‘‘ Awarded by the A. P. 8. for the discovery
of A.D. .’ And the seal of the Society shall be annexed —
to the medal by a abo passing through a small hole at the lower
edge thereof.

SECTION 2. The Magellanic fund of two hundred guineas shall be
considered as ten hundred and fifty dollars, and shall be invested sepa-
rately from the other funds belonging to or under the care of the So-
ciety, and a separate and distinct account of it shall be kept by the
treasurer.

The said fund shall be credited with the sum of one hundred dollars,
Lo represent the two premiums for which the Society is now liable.

The treasurer shall credit the said fund with the interest received on
the investment thereof, and, if any surplus of said interest shall remain
after providing for the premiums which may then be demandable, said
surplus shall be used by the Society for making publication of the

terms of the said premium, and for such purposes as may be authorized

by its charter and laws.

The treasurer shall, at the first stated meeting of the Society in the
month of December ee make a report of the state of said fund
and of the investment thereof.

i" Members who have not as yet sent their photographs
to the Society will confer a favor by so doing; cabinet size
preferred.

{38” Members will please communicate any change of address or inac-

curacy in name.

(ss" A few sets of the Society’s Transactions, New Series, 1818 to 1893.
XVIII vols., 4to, can be obtained from the Librarian. Price $85.00.

ee | | OF WASHINGTON,
PROCEEDINGS

_ AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
BLD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

You, XXXII. Jun, 189: No. 145.

ANTHROPOLOGI
TABLE OF CORTENTS. CAL SOCIETY
Stated Meeting, Aprifé, OF o WAS
Stated Meeting, Apri®@omt30p—n

The Secret of the Brownian Movements. By R. Meade Bache...-
___- Obituary Notice of Thomas Mutter Cleeman (with one plate). By

PAGE)

HINGTON, Bie

Frederick Prime........ = RSs SE er I ee eee eee eae i
Yhe Dynamics of Boxing. By R. sha BOChOTS vane Ace CLS 179
Obituary Notice of George de Benneville Keim (with one plate).
MEP MERU CMILID 005 ac cules ween deus lve vie. sos Luce wlohe orden 187
Some New Red Horizons (with three plates). By Benjamin
IN MIE al taform ic = Si-8 hv ie ob vic line awn’ #04 p 00% 6.0 cals Ovia 192
~ Remarks on Mr. Lyman’s Raper. By Dr Persifor Frazers...... 216
- On the Lungs of the Ophidia (with six plates). Dy Prof. #. D.
i iia ig ome ots «ee x PE, ae ee oy tetas acmletons 217
A Comparative Study of the Chemical Behavior of Pyrite and Mar
casite (with two plates). Ly Amos Peaslee Brown... .......0. 225
Notes on the Osteology ot Agriochcerus Leidy (Artionyx O. and W.)..
By -W, By Scott... .. RENE Rice cehv «.0 ais Sip eon n/cid'y aiee-eune (kame eee 243
Three New Methods for the Detection of Forgery. By Dr.
eta TU PORT an tee etre ae ic ioo 6.0 6 wos al lu 'e.0 0 ve vaicin ebin wanred 251
stated Meeting; May 4, 1894. occu he cons 2°38
Stated Meeting, May 18, 1894.....ccccceer cece 256
fet {@8" It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

("In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
; _ spondence be addressed simply ‘‘To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 1048. Fifth St., Philadelphia.’’

PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY a
BY

_ MacCALLA & COMPANY,
NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

THe Henry M. PuHitiires Prize Essay FUND.

Miss Emily Phillips, of Philadelphia, a sister of Hon. Henry M. —
Phillips, deceased, presented to the American Philosophical Society,
held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge, the sum
of five thousand dollars for the establishment and endowment of
a Prize Fund, in memory of her deceased brother, who was an
honored member of the Society. The Society accepted the gift and —
agreed to make suitable rules and regulations to carry out the
wishes of the donor, and to discharge the duties confided to it.
In furtherance whereof, the following rules and regulations were
adopted by the Society : |

First. The Prize Endowment Fund shall be called the ‘‘ Henry
M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund.’’

Second. The money constituting the Endowment Fund, VI2.,
five thousand dollars, shall be invested by the Society in such
securities as may be recognized by the laws of Pennsylvania, as
proper for the investment of trust funds, and the evidences of such
investment shall be made in the name of the Society as Trustee of
the Henry M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund.

Third. The income arising from such investment shall be appro-.
priated as follows:

(a) To making public advertisement of the prize and the sum or
amount in United States gold coin, and the terms on which it shall
be awarded.

(4) To the payment of such prize or prizes as may from time to
time be awarded by the Society for the best essay of real merit on

= PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
i
‘ HOLD AT PHILADELPHIS FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.
‘Vou. XXXIII. JuLy TO DecEMBER. 1894. No. 146.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
Stated Meeting, September 7, 1894. .......ccveee 261
Stated Meeting, September 21, 1894...........4- 262
Stuted Meeting, October 5, 1894.....°.. eft Riera, OOS
Stated Meeting, October 19, 1894.....- secceeees 276
Some Coal Measure Sections Near Peytona, West Virginia (with
| two plates). By Benjamin Smith Lyman..........0e. eee e eee ee 282
The Ethics of Solomon. By J. Cheston Morris, MD............. 310
The Atomic Mass of Tungsten. By Wary EH. Pennington and EHd-
at SS Sg SS APRA I ea 332
/The Atomic Mass of Tungsten. By Bagar Pp. Smith and En. D.
UE YE eran eM eG er cao. oC sie ee who's Mia «odin srareiepeiarsie 337
Notices of Presumably Undescribed ir faeerit (with one plate).
NTR E ANUNCR. lo- oe oso vu a ta elas eelasieecy sce vaelne es 338
Obituary Notice of John M Maisch (with one ate). By Charles
PSST) GI EB a a I Sa 345
The Chateau de Rochambeau. By Joseph G. Rosengarten......... 358
Stated Meeting, November 2, 1894.........0+.008 362
Stated Meeting, November 16, 1894... ..0...0000. 365
Stated meen, December 7, 1894 ..scvercensssce 367
Stated Meeting, December 21, 1894.......+..000 370

(3 [tis requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

(= In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply ‘‘To the Secretaries of the’ American
Philosophieai Society. 1048. Fifth St., Philadelphia.”

PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
MacCALLA & COMPANY,
NOS. 237-9 DOUK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

CHAPTER XII. :

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

SECTION 1. John Hyacinth de Magellan. in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society,as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted); and the Society

‘having accepted of the abcve donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums wili be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM. “4

tag)

- 1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send ay
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of tbe author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
aiitted as candidates for this premizm. :

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the Engtish, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the |
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication. and shall at all times be open to the inspection of -
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

+

eo

i
i

WALL EAU

Matty tts ta ti